Book__ 
 
 
 /S6^ 
 
Educational 
 Foundations 
 
 A Monthly ^ejci-'BooK of 
 Pedagogy and General Culture 
 for Teachers, Normal Schools, 
 Training Classes, Reading 
 Circles and Home Study 000 
 
 'DKCBM'BB'R, 1900, 
 
 The Vhilo4!ophy 
 oy Efducation; 
 
 or, Uhe Trincipte^ ond Practice 
 of ISeaching 
 
 By T. TATE, F.R.A.S., 
 
 Author of various Educational ajtd Scientific Works. 
 Edited by EDWARD E. SHEIB. A.M.. Ph.D. 
 
 Vo/. JCII., JSTo, 4^. ^1,00 a year 
 
 Prom the E^ducational 'PuhlUhin^ House 
 of E,. L. KELLOGG d CO., 61 B. 9lh 
 
 St., JVebif yorK.: 266 Wabash A-Oe., Chicago. 
 
 Copyright, 1900, by E. L. Kellogg & Co., New York. 
 
i BIOGRAPHES OF ii 
 I GKEAT EDUCATORS 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF FROEBEL. 
 
 In no way can one get a better idea of the life and work of Froebel and 
 of the Kindergarten ttyitem of Education than thru thii account of \t by 
 Froebel him»elf. Besides the Autobiography, the volume contains a 
 chapter on Froebel and the Kindergarten System of Education, by 
 Joseph Payne. Cloth. 5i»c. 
 
 KELLOQG^S PESTALOZZI : HIS EDUCATIONAL 
 
 WORK AND PRINCIPLES. By Amo8 M, Kellogo. Thii in an 
 excellent sketch of the life of PeBtaJozzi and an excellent statement 
 of the principles which he did so much to establish. It was written to 
 give a clear view is a small space of Pestaloizi , of what he did and what 
 he discovereM in education. Manila covers, i tie. 
 
 LANG'S BASEDOW: HIS EDUCATIONAL WORK 
 
 ANI> PRINC1PL.E8. Tho Basedow is not as well known as some 
 other great educational thinkeri, jet his work was importaBt. He based 
 his educational system on the principles of Comenius, 1 ocke, and other 
 great thinkers before him, yet by the persistent application of the»e 
 principles he brought about a complete change in education. Manila 
 covers. 15«. 
 
 LANG'S OUTLINES OF HERBART'S PEDAGOGICS: 
 
 WITH A BIOGRAPHICAL INTRODUCTION. This volume bas 
 been prepared with a view to setting forth as briefly and clearly as pos- 
 sible, the fundamental ideas of Herbart's educational theory, an* of 
 making it better known to American teachers. Limp eloth covers. 3ft'. 
 
 LANG'S COMENIUS: HIS LIFE AND PRINCIPLES 
 
 OF BUUCATION. The greatest and most important of all the re- 
 formers whose life and work have been recorded in the annals of peda- 
 gogy is certainly Ajtnos Comenius. His theory of teaching surpasses any 
 that had been proposed up to his time. This book has oeen prepared 
 for young teachers and students and those who know little of Comenius, 
 to give a clear idea of him in small space. Manila covers. 1 5c. 
 
 LANG'S HORACE flANN : HIS LIFE AND Ed- 
 ucation a I. WORK. Every American teacher will certainly want 
 to be acquainted with Horace Mann, the greatest con non ■ihool re- 
 former that our country ever bad. This volume tell ii a clear and in- 
 teresting way the story of his life and educational labors, gives a suna- 
 mary or his pedagogical ideas, and points out why he deserves a high 
 place in the history of education. Manila covers. 15* 
 
 LANG'S ROUSSEAU AND HIS *• EMILE/' 
 
 An outline of the life, work, and educational ideas of RonsHeau. This 
 volume tells just what Rousseau did for education. It criticises his ideas 
 . with reference to modempedagogics, showing what is right and what 
 # ifl wrong in his metheds. It should be read as an introduction to Bous- 
 seau and before reading " Emile," or any other of the writings of this 
 original thinker and educator. Maaila cover. l6o. 
 
 i E. L. KELLOGG & CO., Educat'l Publishers 
 
 2 61 EAST NINTH STREET, NEW YORK 
 
 J 
 
Vol. X 
 
 THE PHILOSOPHY OF 
 EDUCATION 
 
 OR, THE PRINCIPLES JND PRACTICE 
 OE TEACHING 
 
 By T. TATE, F.R.A.S. 
 
 AUTHOR OF VARIOUS EDUCATIONAl. AND SCIENTlFtC WORKS 
 
 Edited by EDWARD E. SHEIB, A.M., Ph.D. 
 
 NEW YORK AND CHICAGO 
 
 E. L. KELLOGG & CO 
 
0> 
 
 
 Copyright, 1885, 
 By E L. KELLOGG & CO. 
 
r 
 
 PREFACE TO THE AMERICAN EDITION. 
 
 The growing desire for treatises on education that is mani- 
 festing itself is a most encouraging feature. It indicates real 
 progress. Tate's Philosophy of Education has long been held 
 in high esteem by thoughtful teachers; and though published 
 nearly thirty years ago no more lucid and compact a statement 
 of principles has been made, and it well deserves to be reprinted. 
 It was in this volume those educational precepts were found that 
 in these modern days are so. famikr to the teacher : "From 
 the Known to the Unknown;" " From the Simple to the Com- 
 plex;" " From the Concrete to l^he'iV^'stract," etc. 
 
 The work displays a vast amount of pedagogical knowledge, 
 and gives proof of the prolonged and careful study of the sub- 
 ject by the author. It cannot but aid the practical teacher, for 
 a marked feature of the present stage of progress in education 
 is the desire for the principles that govern the art of teaching. 
 
 That portion of the book devoted to psychology is the least 
 attractive, though it fairly represents the ideas that held sway 
 during the first half of this century— the period that Tate 
 represents. Dissent has been made where it was deemed need- 
 ful. The notes which have been added arc not intended as 
 criticisms, but to in<Ucate here and there the agreement or dis- 
 
IV PREFACE TO THE AMERICAN EDITION. 
 
 [Agreement of the statements of the volume with the prevailing 
 views on psychology and pedagogy. 
 
 Parts III., IV., and V. contain suggestions that were valuable 
 thirty years ago, and might very properly have been omitted; 
 but in order to make the volume complete they are reproduced, 
 but in small type. 
 
 The republication of Tate's Philosophy of Education by 
 Messrs. E. L. Kellogg & Co. is one of many efforts they are 
 making to elevate the rank and dignity and usefulness of the 
 teacher's work, and deserves cordial appreciation. 
 
 Edward E. Sheib, 
 President Louisiana State Normal School, 
 
 Baltimore, Aug. 12, 1885. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 This work is the result of the labor and reflection of many 
 years ; it, in fact, embodies the experience of my life as a prac- 
 tical educator. It contains an exposition of all the leading 
 principles upon which my other works on education have been 
 written ; and in order to understand fully the drift and pur- 
 pose of the one, the teacher must study the expositions and 
 principles of the other. Wherever I have adopted the ideas 
 of others, I have always, to the best of my recollection, made 
 a due acknowledgment of the obligation, 
 
 I am not acquainted with any work which really treats of 
 the philosophy of education in connection with the practice 
 of it. Our books on education are either too purely specula- 
 tive or too exclusively empirical, and, so called, practical. 
 
 My most earnest desire is that this work may be the means 
 of directing the attention of the practical educator to the phi- 
 losophy of education, and to the development of those systems 
 and methods which are best calculated to establish in our 
 schools a thoroughly sound and enlightened education. 
 
 T. Tate. 
 
 May, 1857. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Introduction 13 
 
 PART 1.— ON METHOD AS APPLIED TO 
 EDUCATION. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 Methods and Systems of Instruction. — Definition of Terms, etc. 
 Different Methods and Systems of Education at present employed in 
 .Elementary Schools. 20-25. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 Importance of Method. 
 Method in Education— in Art— in Science— in Poetry— in Oratory— in 
 Nature. A distinguished Teacher must have Method. 25-28. 
 
 A Glance at the History of Method. 
 Socrates— Euclid— Bacon— Newton— Archimedes. Primary Education- 
 Locke — Rousseau — Pestalozzi — Lancaster — Bell — Government 
 Scheme of Education. 28-32. 
 
 Present Condition and Future Progress of Education. 
 Necessity of further Progress. Educators divided into two Classes. 
 The Baconian Philosophy considered in relation to the Progress of 
 Modern Education. 32-40. 
 
 Philosophy of Method. 
 Education based on an Induction of Facts. The Principles of Method 
 coneidei-ed subjectively as well as objectively. Difficulties peculiar 
 
yiji CONTENTS. 
 
 to the Inquiry. Importance of Definitions. Collection of Facts. To 
 distinguish between Facts and Opinions. Comparison and Classifi- 
 cation of Facts. Relation of Cause and Effect. General Principles. 
 Evils of implicit Confidence in Method. Experiments required to 
 test Systems and Methods. To estimate the Results of Method. 
 40-58. ' 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 to asce'^^tain the nature of the being to be educated. general 
 
 Facts relating to the Development of the 
 
 Intellectual Faculties 59-62. 
 
 Primttive Intelligence as shown in Perception and Intuition, con- 
 sidered AS the Basis of Development. 62-68. 
 
 ScnsiUi )n, Reflection, and Intuition. The infant Soul contains im- 
 plicitly all the Faculties of the developed Intelligence. 
 
 Classification of the Faculties of the Mind. 
 
 Four distinct Stages of Development. Classification of the Faculties of 
 the Mind as a whole. Classification of the Intellectual Faculties. 
 Explanatory Remarks. First Stage— the Perceptive Faculties.— 
 Second Stage— the Conceptive or Representative Faculties. — Third 
 Stage— the Cognitive Faculties.— Fourth Stage— the Cogitative Fac- 
 ulties. 68-79. 
 
 Essential Points to be considered in relation to Method as 
 APPLIED to Education. 
 
 1. Nature of the Faculties. (1) The peculiar Function of each Faculty. 
 
 (3) Mutual Relation of the Faculties— Relation of Succession— Rela- 
 tion of Assimilation— Relation of Aggregation. (.3) The Faculties 
 considered with respect to their simultaneous Action and Cultiva- 
 tion. 
 
 2. The Subjects best adapted for the Cultivation of the different Facul- 
 
 ties. 
 
 3. Nature of Motives acting on each Class of Faculties. 
 
 4. The Habits of Action to be established in relation to each Class of 
 
 Faculties. 
 
 5. The Methods of Instruction adapted to each Class of Faculties. 
 
 6. Application of Results to the different Periods of Education ; Five 
 
 Educational Periods— Infancy— Early Childhood— Childhood— Early 
 Youth— Youth. 79-91. 
 
CONTENTS. ix 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 General Principles of Teaching, or Elements of Method. 
 
 We should follow out the Intentions of Nature. Piinciple of Utility and 
 Development. Principle of Harmonious Development. Instruction 
 should be progressive, i' Principle of Self development. We should 
 appeal to the Senses. The Reasoning Faculties should be cultivated 
 on an enlarged Basis. Teaching from the Simple to the Complex. 
 Facts taught before Causes, etc. The Concrete before the Abslraet. 
 Constructive Teaching. Principles before Rules. Oral and Collec- 
 tive Teaching— Principles of School Classification. Instruction 
 should give Pleasure— to secure the Attention— the Principle of 
 School Routines— First or Preliminary Lessons— The Infant-School 
 System— Imposition of Tasks— School Discipline. Thorough Teach- 
 ing—Reproduction of Lessons— Examples and Applications— Reitera- 
 tions of Lessons. Cultivation of Habits. 91-141. » ,, 
 
 PART II.~ON THE CULTIVATION OF THE INTEL- 
 LECTUAL AND MORAL FACULTIES. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Preliminary Notions. 
 
 Importance of Psychological Analysis in relation to Teaching. A Glancg 
 at our Childhood and Early Youth. A Cursory View of our Intellec- 
 tual and Moral Faculties, as regards their Mode of Development. 
 143-153. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 Cultivation of the Intellectual Faculties— Cultivation of the 
 
 Perceptive Faculties and of the Faculties of Primitive 
 
 Judgment, Conception, Imitation, Abstraction, 
 
 AND Language. 
 
 The Senses. Knowledge derived from Experience. The Cultivation of 
 the Senses necessarily includes the Cultivation of the Perceptive 
 Faculties. Certain Properties detected by different Senses. Chil- 
 dren should express in Language the Results of their Observations 
 and Judgments. The Conceptive Faculties should be cultivated 
 v;ith the Perceptive Faculties. Notes of a Lesson for cultivating thg 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Conceptive Faculties. Definition of Terms— of Form, etc., how 
 siven. Children should write their Ideas in their own Language. 
 152-161. 
 
 CHAPTER ni. 
 
 Cultivation of the Intellectual Faculties, continued— Cultiva- 
 tion OF the Faculty of Attention. 
 
 Importance of the Habit. Attention should be voluntary. Suggestive 
 Teaching. Causes which tend to destroy the Habit. Fresh Motives, 
 etc. Mode of treating Boys of different Tempers, Tastes, and Tal- 
 ents—the Feeble— the Sluggish— the Volatile— the Timid— the Quick. 
 A Digression on Thought, Language, and Genius. 161-176. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 Cultivation op the Intellectual Faculties, continued— Cultiva- 
 tion OF Memory and Recollection. 
 
 Memory influenced by Attention, Habits, and Associations. Philosophi- 
 cal Associations. Rules for the Cultivation of Memory, applied to 
 various Subjects of Instruction, in the Course of which the Method 
 of Contrast and Comparison, and that of picturing out Scenes, are 
 fully explained. 177-209. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 Cultivation op the Intellectual Faculties, continued— Imagina- 
 tion and Taste. 
 
 Imagination dependent on Culture. The Picture Style of Teaching. 
 The Imagination cultivated by Poetry, Fables, and Tales. The Sen- 
 timent of the Beautiful cultivated by Drawing and Music. 209-215. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 Cultivation op the Intellectual Faculties, continued— Reason 
 and Judgment; Wit and. Invention. 
 
 General Principles for the cultivation of the Reasoning Powers. Rela- 
 tions of Things and Events, viewed in six Distinct Aspects. How 
 Processes of Reasoning should be analyzed. Sources of False Rea- 
 soning pointed out. Rules for the Conduct of the Under.standiiig. 
 How to foster the Development of the Inventive Powers. 215-237. 
 
CONTENTS. Xi 
 
 CHAPTER Vn. 
 
 Cultivation op the Moral Faculties. 
 General Principles. Moral Training based on Religion. The Sentiments 
 of Veneration and Faith. The Benevolent Affections. Habits of 
 Action. Influence of Example. The three Cardinal School Virtues: 
 Truthfulness— Honesty— Humility. Classification of Subjects in 
 relation to the Cultivation of the Intellectual and Moral Faculties. 
 238-254. 
 
 PART III.— ON THE COMPARATIVE ADVANTAGES 
 
 OF DIFFERENT METHODS AND SYSTEMS 
 
 OF INSTRUCTION. 
 
 Systems of Instruction. 
 The Individual and Collective Systems. Home Education. The Pupil- 
 Teacher System. The Mixed System. 255-260. 
 
 Methods op Instruction. 
 Synthetic and Analytic Methods. Examples of the Synthetic and 
 A.nalytic Methods of Teaching. Interrogative or Catechetical 
 Method. Principles and Rules common to the two Forms of Inter- 
 rogation—Special Rules for Examination Questions— Special Princi- 
 ples and Rules relative to Suggestive Interrogation. Examples of 
 good and bad Examination Questions.— Examples of Suggestive In- 
 terrogations. — The Simultaneous Method— Examples of Simultane- 
 ous Teaching after the Catechetical Method— The Elliptical Form of 
 Teaching— Examples. The Constructive Method. The Illustrative 
 Method. The Lecturing Method. Mixed Method. On the Repx'O- 
 duction of Lessons in Writing. On certain Plans or Artifices for 
 economizing Time, etc.— An Examination Lesson on Spelling— An 
 Examination Lesson on Arithmetic. Respective Advantages of the 
 three Great Methods of Examination. On the Preparation of Les- 
 sons—Notes of a Lesson. On the Periodical Examination of Classes 
 and the Registration of Progress. On the Qualifications of the 
 Schoolmaster in relation to his Professional Duties— The Teacher's 
 Attainments— The Teacher's Capabilities and Character— Aptitude 
 for Teaching. On School Registers for recording the Results of 
 Different Methods of Instruction, and also for testing the Capabili- 
 ties of Teachers in relation to these Methods. General Conclusions 
 derived from the Writer's Registration of the Results of Methods, 
 etc. 260-287. 
 
Xii CONTENTS. 
 
 PART IV.— ON THE APPLICATION OF DIFFERENT 
 
 SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO THE VARIOUS 
 
 BRANCHES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION. 
 
 The Scriptures; History; etc. 
 Reading and Spelling; Etymology; Grammar. 
 Specimen of a Reading Lesson. The Look and Say Plan— The Phonic 
 Plan. On teaching the Alphabet, etc. Grammai- more fully con- 
 sidered—Lessons on Grammar— Lessons on Composition and the 
 Analysis of Sentences. 288-;^95. 
 
 Arithmetic. 
 Lessons on the Addition of Fractions. Lesson on Rule of Three. Mental 
 Arithmetic. 295-297. 
 
 Geography, 297, 298. 
 Drawing. 
 General Principles and Rules. Model Drawilig -Dupuis' System. A 
 simple Piece of Apparatus for Teaching the Principles of Perspec- 
 tive. Model Lessons on Drawing. 298-309. 
 
 Writing, 309, 310. 
 
 Practical Geometry and Mensuration. 
 
 Drawing Instruments, etc. Lessons on Geometry — Observations relative 
 to Familiar Modes of Exposition. 310-312. 
 
 Algebra. A Lesson on Equations. 312-314. 
 
 Mechanical and Physical Science. A Lesson on Chemistry. 314, 315. 
 
 Natural History. 315-317. 
 
 PART v.— ON SCHOOL ORGANIZATION AND DIS- 
 CIPLINE. 
 
 School Buildings and Fittings. School Apparatus.— List of Appara- 
 tus for General Use— Specimen Forms of School Registers— Speci- 
 men of a Time-Table and Routine of Lessons. 318-325. 
 
 Classification. The Pupil- Teachers. 326. 327. 
 
 School Discipline, Order, etc. 327-33- 
 
THE 
 
 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION; 
 
 OR, 
 
 THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF TEACHING. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 As man is not only a phj'sical, but also a thinking and an 
 accountable being, so therefore education, in its comprehensive 
 sense, may be viewed in three aspects — that is, in relation to our 
 physical, intellectual, and moral nature. I here propose to 
 consider the last two departments of education ; to determine, 
 if possible, the best methods whereby our nature may be edu- 
 cated intellectually and morally. The end of all educatioa 
 should be, to promote man's happiness, not only during his 
 present transitory existence, but throughout the eternity which 
 is to follow. 
 
 The principal means of education in this country are — school 
 instruction, books, public lee lures and discourses, and exhibi- 
 tions of works of science and art. But the efficiency of all the 
 popular means of education are dependent upon, and in fact 
 inseparably connected with, the primary instruction of the 
 schoolroom. The treasures of our literature and science are 
 inaccessible to him who has not been taught the first rudiments 
 of language. Hence it is, that the brilliant productions of the 
 
14 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 poetic genius, or the gigantic creations of the science of any 
 particular age, afford us no data for estimating the state of 
 education among the mass of the people of that age.'^ 
 
 The schoolmaster must begin the work of education. The 
 subject of method, therefore, should be treated chiefly in rela- 
 tion to the work of the schoolmaster. 
 
 Education is a Science as Well as an Art. — Practical 
 teachers, as well as the public generally, had, until recently, 
 regarded education more as an art than as a science, consisting 
 merely of a few arbitrary and empirical rules which may be 
 modified or altered to suit the tastes and attainments of the 
 teacher, or to answer the opinions and circumstances of the 
 managers of schools. This unfortunate prejudice has, no 
 doubt, had its origin, to a great extent, in the fact that the 
 greater portion of teachers were unfit for their office. Few 
 minds were capable of viewing education apart from its misera- 
 ble and unworthy representatives, or dissociating it from the 
 operation of the schools which came within the sphere of their 
 own immediate observation. 
 
 Twenty years ago, anybody was considered good enough for 
 a schoolmaster. If a tradesman failed in business, he was 
 thought to be learned enough for a schoolmaster; a feeble, 
 sickly youth, who was not considered strong enough to practise 
 any regular trade, was thought to be sufficiently qualified to 
 undertake the duties of school-keeping ; if a mechanic happened 
 to get a limb fractured he would, as a matter of course, save 
 himself from starvation by opening a school ; when a man who 
 had seen better days applied to the parish officers for out-door 
 relief, they gravely debated the question, whether it was more 
 
 * " Long after the brilliant show of talent, and the creation of literary 
 supplies for the national use, in the early part of the last century, the 
 deplorable mental condition of the people remained in no very great 
 degree altered. To pass from beholding that bright and sumptuous dis- 
 play in order to see what there was corresponding to it in the subse- 
 quent state of the popular cultivation, is like going out from some mag- 
 nificent apartment, with its lustres, music, refections, and assemblage 
 of elegant personages, to be beset by beggars in the gloom and cold of a 
 winter night." 
 
EDUCATION AS A SCIENCE, ETC. 15 
 
 expedient to send him to the quarry to break stones, or to con- 
 fer upon him the office of parish schoolmaster. Such was the 
 low estimate formed of the qualifications requisite for a school- 
 master. This state of things, doubtless, tended to retard the 
 progress of education both as a science and an art, for the 
 odium attached to the office, as well as the insufficiency of the 
 remuneration, prevented properly qualified persons from under- 
 taking the duties. But within the last fifteen years a change 
 in public opinion has been gradually taking place: the working 
 and middle classes have been led to see the value of a sound 
 -elementary education, and thereby to estimate more highly the 
 difficulties and importance of the duties of the common school 
 master. This salutary change is in a great measure due to the 
 government schemes of education. I confidently hope that the 
 day is not distant when the force of public opinion will elevate 
 education into the rank of a recognized science. 
 
 Elementary education has two great ends: 1. To develop 
 the intellectual and moral faculties ; or, in other words, to de- 
 velop the faculties of the perfect man ; 2. To communicate to 
 the pupil that sort of knowledge which is most likely to be 
 useful to him in the sphere of life which Providence has 
 assigned him.* 
 
 The science of education must be based upon the nature of 
 the being to be educated ; that is to say, upon the laws which 
 govern the development of the intellectual and moral faculties. 
 These laws may be determined as well by observation as by 
 psychological analysis. Every faculty of our nature has its 
 proper period and peculiar mode of development. 
 
 Now the philosophical educator will always suit his methods 
 of instruction to the age of his pupils, or rather to the state of 
 the intellectual and moral development of the faculties of his 
 pupils ; and;' he will also administer to them that intellectual ali- 
 ment, both as to kind and degree, which is best calculated to 
 promote the growth of the faculties at their different stages of 
 
 * The object of education must remain imperfectly defined so long as 
 there is not a clearly expressed intention of making the future man or 
 woman a moral power by conferring true worth upon the individual 
 -E. S. 
 
IQ PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 development.* Method, and the principles of method, there- 
 fore, necessarily become to him distinct and all-important mat- 
 ters of iuquir3^ 
 
 A good teacher, before laying down any plans for the man- 
 agement of his school, makes himself acquainted with the 
 tempers, habits, capabilities, and attainments of his pupils. 
 He then asks himself the two great questions. What shall I 
 teach? How shall I teach? He is well aware that these ques- 
 tions cannot be satisfactorily answered without a thorough 
 knowledge of the nature of the beings whom he has to teach, 
 as well as a comprehensive acquaintance with the various 
 methods whereby instruction may be communicated. 
 
 All artificial and unnatural methods of insti-uction, violating 
 the laws of mind, necessarily demand the use of unhealthful 
 stimulants. There is always a want of organization in schools 
 where the plans and methods of the master are framed without 
 any regard to the constitution of the human mind, or the pecu- 
 liar tempers, tastes, and capabilities of the pupils : such masters 
 always blame their pupils for the failures of their system, but 
 never seem to be aware that the excellence of a system depends 
 upon its adaptation to the intellectual and moral condition of 
 these pupils. 
 
 A teacher, who is ignorant of human nature, is like an en- 
 gineer who sets to work to erect a bridge before he has made 
 himself acquainted with the properties of the material employed 
 in the structure ; when his work is completed, he finds, perhaps, 
 that the material is ruptured by the pressure, or by the expan- 
 sion due to heat ; it is true, he might console himself with the 
 reflection that his plan would have been excellent if it had not 
 been for the peculiar properties of the material. A wise en- 
 gineer would first make himself acquainted with the nature 
 
 * It is a leading idea of the Herbart School of Philosophy that the 
 development of the individual proceeds in a line parallel to that progress 
 observable in the history of the development of the human race ; that 
 theiefoie the material for instruction must in each instance be boi^ 
 rowed from such stages in the development of the race as corre^pond 
 with the existing mental conditions of the cTiild.— E. S. 
 
EDUCATION AS A SCIENCE, ETC. 17 
 
 and properties of his material, and then, knowing the difficul- 
 ties which he would have to encounter, he would provide 
 against them accordingly. 
 
 The teacher who is thoroughly acquainted with the laws re- 
 gulating the juvenile mind suits his methods of instruction to 
 the soul which he has to rear, and, fully foreseeing the diffi- 
 culties which he has to encounter, lays his plans accordingly : 
 he is quite prepared to supply strength to what may be weak, 
 and to introduce a self- corrective agency to meet any ebullitions 
 of temper or waywardness of disposition. 
 
 Our ignorance of mental philosophy has hitherto led us into 
 various erroneous methods and systems of education. 
 
 The teacher shows an ignorance of the tastes and capabilities 
 of the infant mind when he overtasks his juvenile pupils with 
 the dull, dry details of technical learning, in the place of com- 
 municating to them that kind of knowledge which is best cal- 
 culated to foster the development of their perceptive and ob- 
 serving faculties. 
 
 Teachers at one time believed that the first object of primary 
 instruction is to cultivate the verbal memory of their pupils, 
 when, in fact, the verbal memory is one of the few faculties of 
 our nature which need no cultivation. This erroneous opinion 
 led to the adoption of the task system : little boys had to com- 
 mit to memory frightful columns of spelling, long paragraphs 
 of geography, abstiact grammatical definitions, declensions of 
 nouns, and conjugations of verbs. The debasing system of 
 rewards and punishments formed a necessary adjunct to this 
 unnatural system of instruction. In this system the cultivation 
 of the reasoning powers was entirely disregarded, and the aids 
 of philosophical memory, or the faculty of association, were 
 never called in requisition. 
 
 The same eiToneous opinion of human nature led to the adop- 
 tion of the rule and rote system of instruction, whereby the 
 pupil had to work out results by formulas and dogmas rather 
 than by the independent and healthful exercise of his own rea- 
 soning powers. For example, in the teaching of arithmetic 
 2 
 
18 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 and practical geometry, the pupil was required to work out his 
 problems by a rule appealing to his memory and simple ap- 
 prehension, rather than by the exercise of his own reasoning 
 powers. 
 
 These unnatural methods of instruction gave rise to debasing 
 systems of discipline. Under a proper system of teaching, 
 children rarely require any other motive to attention than the 
 pleasure which the acquisition of knowledge affords them ; but 
 what natural motive can induce a child to study what is above 
 his capacity, or to commit to memory what he cannot compre- 
 hend ? hence the teacher's only resource was to act upon the 
 vanity or the fear of his pupils. 
 
 The art of education consists in the practice of its principles. 
 It stands in the same relation to the science of education that 
 any other art does to the scientific principles of that art. 
 
 A man may be thoroughly acquainted with the principles of 
 any particular art, without being an adept in the practice of 
 it ; in order to have this, he must practise the art until he has 
 acquired the requisite amount of tact and skill. At the same 
 time, it must be observed that the highest amount of skill can 
 only be obtained by a thorough knowledge of the principles of 
 the art, combined with the constant application of these princi- 
 ples. Thus, for example, a man may be thoroughly acquainted 
 with the principles of architectural construction, and yet he 
 may not be able to frame a door or to build a shed. 
 
 A man may be intimately acquainted with all the leading 
 principles of education, and yet at the same time he may not 
 be able to give efficient instruction to a Class of little boys. It 
 is a lamentable error to suppose that if a man has knowledge 
 he must necessarily possess the art of communicating that 
 knowledge. In order that a man may become a good teacher, 
 he must not only be thoroughly acquainted with the various 
 branches of elementary education, and intimately acquainted 
 with the great leading scientific principles of education, but 
 he must also acquire that tact and skill in the management of 
 numbers and classes, and that fluency of diction, power of 
 illustration, and facility of availing himself of contingent cir- 
 
DIVISION OF THE SUBJECT. 19 
 
 cumstances, which can only be attained by long practice and 
 patient study. 
 
 The art of education, without a due regard to its science, de- 
 generates into empiricism ; and the science, without the prac- 
 tice of the art, becomes little better than a code of barren ab- 
 stractions without the vital principle of development. The 
 philosophy of education should go hand in hand with the 
 practice of it : every step of advance taken by the one should 
 be followed by a corresponding progress of the other ; philoso- 
 phy should suggest plans and theories, art should test them 
 and try them ; philosophy should build up a structure of gen- 
 eral principles and rules, art should supply the facts— the ma- 
 terials — by which, and upon which, this structure should be 
 reared. 
 
 Division op the Subject. 
 
 The philosophy of education may be divided into five parts : 
 
 1. On method as applied to education. 
 
 2. On the cultivation of the intellectual and moral faculties. 
 
 3. On the comparative advantages of different systems and 
 methods of education. 
 
 4. On the application of different systems and methods to 
 the various branches of elementary education. 
 
 5. On school organization and discipline. 
 
20 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Part I. 
 ON METHOD AS APPLIED TO EDUCATION.* 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF INSTRUCTION — DEFINITION OF 
 TERMS. 
 
 Different Methods and Systems of Education. — By a 
 METHOD of Education is meant the peculiar way in which a sub- 
 ject is taught ; and by a system is meant those peculiar arrange- 
 ments, both as to organization and modes of teaching, whereby 
 instruction generally may be given to the pupils of a school. 
 A system is the development of a method applied to certain 
 objects. 
 
 * It would seem that previous to all consideration of method the ob- 
 ject and the aims of education should be clearly presented. For the 
 method must depend, 1, upon the object we have in view ; 2, upon the 
 possibility of attaining that object ; 3, upon the nature of the subject 
 that is to be educated. Nations, religions, and ages have differed re- 
 specting the object of education. It is also important that the possi- 
 bility of moulding the child's mind and character should be demon- 
 strated. The limits of this pliability should also be pointed out, and the 
 fact that with the advancing years the child's nature assumes more firm- 
 ness and as it approaches maturity opposes further attempts to direct 
 and mould its mind. Finally, the selection of a method must be preceded 
 by a consideration of man's moral and psjchical nature, as it must con- 
 form to the laws governing this mental and moral development. Tate 
 speaks of this time and again, but in connection with other thoughts ; so 
 that the subject does not assume the important place which in truth 
 belongs to it.— E. S. 
 
SYNTHESIS AND ANALYSIS. 21 
 
 A difference of opinion at present exists relative to tbe use of 
 the term "method" as applied to education. According to some 
 v/riters, method simply means the way in which a subject of 
 aistruction may be treated ; so that there are only two methods 
 of education, namely, Synthesis and Analysis. Such a restric- 
 tive use of the term is not only based on a contracted view of 
 the subject, but it does not give the entire conception usually 
 associated with the term. We use the term in a more compre- 
 hensive sense : A method of teaching comprehend?, not mere- 
 ly the wfiy in which the subject-matter is treated, but also the 
 means, artifices, forms of expression, etc., that are employed 
 in conveying instruction to a class of children in a common 
 school. 
 
 There are two great methods whereby a subject may be 
 treated, viz., Syis thesis and Analysis. By the former method 
 vv'e put the parts of a subject together ; by the latter we take 
 the subject-matter to pieces. The method of synthesis is the 
 method of inducticTn, whereby we ascend step by step from 
 the simple to the complex — from the particular to the general 
 formula ; the method of analysis is the method of deduction, 
 whereby we descend from the abstract principle to the various 
 particular forms which it comprehends. 
 
 As both methods are employed in the discovery of tiTith, so 
 both methods may be used in the exjiosition of truth. The ex- 
 pcrijnentalist may show the composition of water synthetically 
 by holding a tumbler over the flame of a candle (or a flame of 
 hydrogen gas), at the same time calling attention to tlie moisture 
 that is formed on the interior surface of the glass; or, more ex- 
 actly, by detonating, by means of the electric spark, the proper 
 mixture of hydrogen and oxygen: in these experiments water 
 is formed by the combination of its elements. He may also 
 show the composition of water analytically by means of the 
 galvanic battery; in this case the poles of the battery analyze 
 or decompose the water, that is, reduce it to its simple elements, 
 the hydrogen being attracted by the one pole, and the oxygen 
 by the other. We teach arithmetic deductively, or analyticalh% 
 when we lay down a general rule and require our pupils to 
 work out the particular example by that rule, for in this case 
 we proceed from the general formula to the particular example 
 — from the abstract principle to its special application. On the 
 contrary, we teach arithmetic inductively, or sjmthetically, 
 when we proceed at once to work out, step by step', the particu- 
 
22 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 lar example from certain simple, known elementary principles, 
 without taking any abstract rule for granted: in this case the 
 pupils are led to prove the rule for themselves. 
 
 The method of synthesis is constructive; by this method 
 the skilful teacher builds up thought upon thought — truth 
 upon truth— until his pupils have, almost insensibly, acquired 
 a vast accumulation of knowledge. I have called the method 
 of synthesis a constructive method, because it is analogous 
 to the way in which mechanical contrivances are completed: 
 thus, the ingenious builder lays stone upon stone, beam upon 
 beam, until he has reared a vast and beautiful structure, excit- 
 ing, it may be, the wonder and admiration of the world: in 
 this way, too, surprising results may be attained in education. 
 Synthesis may be called a suggestive method of instruction; 
 because it is progressive, proceeding, step by step, from the 
 known to the unknown, — from the simple to the complex. 
 
 By far the larger number of the great physical laws of nature 
 were discovered by induction, and even many of our leading 
 mathematical theorems and principles were established by the 
 same process. Now if it be true (and we have reason to believe 
 that it is true) that the method of exposition should correspond 
 to the method of discovery, it follows that the method of in- 
 duction or synthesis is, for the most part, the more eligible 
 for primary instruction. At the same time, it must be ob- 
 served, that there are certain subjects of knowledge which may 
 be efficiently taught by the method of analysis. But this sub- 
 ject will hereafter receive a more adequate consideration. 
 
 The methods of synthesis and analysis may be either demon- 
 strative or DOGMATIC When the teacher uses the former 
 method of communicating knowledge, he addresses the observ- 
 ing and reasoning faculties of his pupils, who believe in what 
 is communicated to them because they see it to be true, or be- 
 cause they can prove it to be true. On the contrary, when he 
 uses the latter method, he appeals to the memory and faith of 
 his pupils, who, in this case, believe in what is communicated 
 to them simply on the testimony of their teacher — they believe 
 because their teacher says so. 
 
DIFFERENT METHODS AND SYSTEMS. 23 
 
 Demonstrative teaching embraces all those plans and artifices 
 whereby a knowledge of principles may be more or less com- 
 pletely communicated to the pupils: on the other hand, dog- 
 matic teaching gives rules and formula in the place of principles 
 and investigations. 
 
 Besides these general methods of teaching, there are certain 
 modes or artifices which have regard to the peculiar form or 
 way in which the knowledge is communicated. 
 
 The INTERROGATIVE METHOD tcachcs by question and an- 
 swer; it may be used simply for reproducing the knowledge 
 which has been already communicated to the pupil, or it may 
 be used in connection with the principle of suggestion; and 
 then it assumes the form of an important instrument of intel- 
 lectual culture, which may be called the suggestive method 
 OF interrogation. 
 
 The elliptical form of instruction requires the pupils to 
 fill up certain blanks or ellipses, which the teacher intentionally 
 leaves in his discourse. This form of instruction is only a 
 slight modificfttion of the suggestive method ah'eady mentioned. 
 In both methods the teacher and his pupils carry on a sort of 
 tete-d-Ute lecture. 
 
 In the SIMULTANEOUS form of instruction, the pupils are 
 supposed to give simultaneous responses to the teacher's ques- 
 tions or suggestions. This simple artifice has been sometimes 
 confounded with the collective system of instruction, with 
 which it is necessarily associated. 
 
 The ILLUSTRATIVE METHOD cousists in conveying a knowl 
 edge of abstruse things, or even ordinary things, by means of 
 illustrations addressed to the senses or to the imagination of 
 the learner. 
 
 The LECTURING METHOD consists in giving the lesson in the 
 form of a continuous lecture, all questions on the subject of the 
 lesson being deferred until it is finished. 
 
 A combination of any of these methods may be called a 
 MIXED METHOD of instruction. 
 
 The method generally employed by good eJementary teachers, 
 as shall be hereafter shown, is generally a combination of the 
 
34 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION, 
 
 demonstrative and the synthetic, while that which is usually 
 adopted by sluggish and careless masters is a combination of 
 the dogmatic and the analytic. 
 
 There are two leading systems of teaching at present in use 
 which have regard to number or organization : the one may be 
 called the collective system of teaching, which consists in 
 the teaching of a considerable number at one time; the other 
 the INDIVIDUAL system of teaching, which consists in the 
 teaching of one pupil at a time. 
 
 The PUPIL-TEACHER system, which has been recently intro- 
 duced into this country, may be regarded as forming an essen- 
 tial part of the collective system of teaching as it is at present 
 practised in our elementary schools. The pupil -teachers are 
 supposed to follow the same plan of teaching as their master, 
 and under his supervision. 
 
 The MONiTOEiAL SYSTEM of Lancaster and Bell contains the 
 essential features of the system of pupil -teachers; but with this 
 important difference, that whilst the monitor is merely a boy 
 selected by the master from the pupils in his school, the pupil- 
 teacher is a paid olficial recognized by her Majesty's In- 
 spectors, and who is time after time examined by them, and 
 receives regular instruction from the master in all the duties of 
 school-keeping, with the view of titling him for the discharge 
 of his immediate duties, and also with the view of preparing 
 him for the profession of schoolmaster. 
 
 The SYSTEM OP home instruction consists in assigning to 
 the pupils certain lessons or exercises to be studied or completed 
 at home. This system may be combined with either of the two 
 leading systems just described. 
 
 The TRIPARTITE SYSTEM, first proposcd by Professor Moseley, 
 has received its name from the architectural arrangements of 
 the school. In this system the schoolroom is divided into three 
 apartments, in one of which the master is supposed to teach all 
 the classes in rotation. The leading object of this plan is to 
 bring all the children in the school under the direct instruction 
 of the master, and to counteract undue noise. 
 
 A combination of any of these systems may be called a mixed 
 SYSTEM of instruction. 
 
 The word method signifies a way of transit, or the way of 
 passing from one thing to another. According to the philo- 
 sophical acceptation of the term, it comprehends the idea of 
 unity, associated with progression, or a succession of uniform 
 sequences. To arrive at this idea, we must exercise the facul 
 ties of abstraction, by which we ^dew many things as one; by 
 which we c'dntemplate not facts only, but likewise the relations 
 
IMPORTANCE OF METHOD. 25 
 
 of facts: by which we recognize the law which connects these 
 relations. 
 
 The comparative advantages and defects of the different 
 methods and systems of teaching will be hereafter more fully 
 considered. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 IMPORTANCE OF METHOD — HISTORY OF METHOD — PRESENT 
 CONDITION AND FUTURE PROGRESS OF EDUCATION— PHI- 
 LOSOPHY OF METHOD. 
 
 Importance of Method. — There is method in Education. 
 It is a dangerous error to suppose that any man may teach if 
 he has only the requisite amount of attainments. Can it be 
 possible that the art of training and developing the various 
 faculties, emotions, and principles of an immortal and ac- 
 countable soul is the only art which we have by intuition ? Is 
 the destiny of the noblest creation of God, the immaterial, the 
 thinking, the undying principle, fashioned after his own im- 
 age, to be intrusted to the care of him who has never studied 
 the vast and complex relations of the task which he under- 
 takes, and who, in the impious pride of self-sufficiency, de- 
 spises the accumulated experience of those who have spent 
 their lives in the work of teaching, and have borne unmistak- 
 able testimony to the difficulties which have beset them at 
 every step in the discharge of their sacred duties ? 
 
 Method in Art. — There is method in Art : the builder and 
 the machinist, the manufacturer, the sculptor, the painter, all 
 complete their constructions and fabrications on the principles 
 and methods which embody the results of vast experience, and 
 which have been their constant study for the whole period of 
 their lives. 
 
 Method in Science. — There is method in Science : there was a 
 want of method when the philosopliers of antiquity affirmed 
 that air and water were elementary bodies, that the celestial 
 
36 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 bodies moved in circles, of which the earth occupied the cen- 
 tre, and that water rose in the barrel of the common pump 
 from Nature's horror of a vacuum ; and even in more recent 
 times the same want of method was shown when Descartes 
 affirmed that the planetary bodies floated in a whirlpool of 
 ether. Who can estimate the marvellous change that has been 
 effected by the philosophy of method first proposed by Bacon ? 
 Nature, as if at the touch of the enchanter's wand, yielded up 
 her treasures of knowledge ; physical science, after the death- 
 like slumber of ages, sprung into vigorous existence ; and 
 even in our own time, under the guidance of this method, 
 mind has achieved the most despotic dominion over matter ; 
 new sciences have been born, far surpassing in utility, beauty, 
 and grandeur all that had been accumulated throughout the 
 past history of humanity, 
 
 MetJiod in Poetry. — Poetry also has its method. So remark- 
 able is this method, that a great poet will by a single word — an 
 idea — open to us a whole series of relations and conditions. 
 In speaking of the style of Shakespeare, Coleridge observes : 
 " Who, like him, could so methodically suit the very flow and 
 tone of discourse to characters lying so widely apart, in rank 
 and habits and peculiarities, as Holofernes and Queen Kathe- 
 rine, Fal staff and Lear. When we compare the pure English 
 style of Shakespeare with that of the very best writers of his 
 day, we stand astonished at the method by which he was 
 directed in the choice of those words and idioms, which are as 
 fresh now as in their first bloom ; nay, which are at the pres- 
 ent moment at once more energetic, more expressive, more 
 natural, and more elegant than those of the happiest and most 
 admired living speakers or writers." 
 
 Method in Oratory. — There is method in Oratory. Who has 
 not felt the power of Oratory ? Whence does this power proceed ? 
 An eloquent public speaker must always possess method ; he 
 may be without technical learning, and even without those re- 
 finements of manner and diction which usually constitute a 
 gentleman ; he may be without the prestige of rank, or wealth, 
 or party, and even without those conventional literary or sci- 
 entific titles which are too often accepted as the badges of 
 superior intellect, or as the passports to distinction and power ; 
 yet there is something in him which rises superior to all these 
 disadvantages, — there is method, based upon a knowledge of 
 the tastes and ruling passions of his audience, which charms 
 and captivates them by its beauty, convinces them by its exact- 
 ness and transparency, and overawes them by its depth and 
 power. Begimiing with a simple detail of facts, he general- 
 
IMPORTANCE OF METHOD. 27 
 
 izes, abstracts, and draws conclusions ; with a constant regard 
 to the final impression which he wishes to produce, he sees 
 from the first what will be the effect of each successive step ; 
 all nature is tasked to supply him with illustrations and analo- 
 gies — youthful Spring with his freshness and his song, or 
 golden Autumn with her stores of fruit and her sheaves of 
 corn ; lovely Summer with her flowers and her sunlight, or stern 
 Winter with his storms and his shadows ; the air, the earth, 
 the ocean, the dread magnificence of heaven —all may be in- 
 voked to lend power and enchantment to his discourse ; from 
 the world about him he rises to the world of thought,— from 
 the visible to the invisible, — and there finds new materials for 
 argument and persuasion ; having connected argument with 
 argument, and added illustration to illustration, he sums up 
 the accumulated evidence, in order that it may fall with the 
 greatest effect upon the minds of his audience, and that they 
 may be convinced of the truth of the leading conception, the 
 end and aim of his discourse. In all this there is unity with 
 variety, but it is the variety which arises out of unity, — this 
 all-pervading idea constitutes the method. The intellectual 
 faculties which characterize the orator are very nearly allied to 
 those which are requisite for forming the distinguished teacher. 
 MetJwd in Nature. — Everything in nature has its peculiar 
 method of development ; and this development may, in almost 
 every case, be aided and improved by the judicious applica- 
 cation of the principles of this method. A grain of corn when 
 thrown into the soil will germinate and grow, and bud, and 
 ripen into seed, without the special care of man ; but all these 
 processes would be very much aided and improved by the ap- 
 plication of the methods which agi-icultural chemistry has dis- 
 covered. Just so it is with the germ of intelligence — the im- 
 material principle. It seeks to develop itself — it germinates, 
 grows, and blossoms, and ripens and expands into developed 
 intelligence, without the application of any artificial means ; 
 but the intelligence thus developed without the aid of culture 
 is that of the savage, not that of the perfect man, capable of 
 acting and thinking in accordance with reason, and in con- 
 formity with the law of his Creator. 
 
 It is true, that many men are born with a predilection for 
 teaching, and seem to qualify themselves for the discharge of 
 its duties with comparatively little study or reflection. Such 
 teachers are exceptions to the rule ; and there can be little 
 doubt, that even they would have been vastly benefited by a 
 
28 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Study of method as applied to teaching. It is said that Pasc;d 
 was born a Geometer, but it is very questionable whether we 
 should ever have heard his name had his genius not been cuL 
 tivated and developed by a systematic course of instruction. 
 So it is with education : the most distinguished teachers are to 
 be fouLd amongst those who have shown a predilection for 
 the work, and whose minds have been at the same time con- 
 stantly directed to a study of methods of education. 
 
 Before a man can become a distinguished teacher he must 
 have method: all that he has seen, or experienced, or read, 
 relative to the nature of the being to be educated, must have 
 assumed the form of a substantial unity— an idea— an all-per- 
 vading law, which connects relations apparently the most dis- 
 similar, and gives oneness and harmony to the most heteroge- 
 neous mass of facts and conditions ; which constitutes his 
 exponent of the past, and the sjanbol of that calculus which is 
 to enable him to solve every problem which may arise in the 
 future ; which involves all his past experience, and out of 
 which he must evolm his conduct in the future ; which sheds 
 a light over the path that lies behind him, and becomes the 
 polar star to guide him in his voyage on the dark and shoreless 
 ocean that lies before him. No language can adequately trans- 
 mit that idea— that method — to other minds ; for it is in him 
 merely the key-note with which is associated a long train of 
 harmonious combinations and sequences ; it exists in him 
 alone, and for him alone, and before others can stand on the 
 same vantage-grountl with him, they must give the same 
 patient attention to the philosophy of method, and submit 
 themselves. to the same strict process of self-examination and 
 self- development. 
 
 We repeat that no man ever yet became a great teacher until 
 method had become to him a living and substantial reality. 
 This method may, and no doubt does, assume forms suited to 
 the intellectual and m.oral qualities of each individual, even 
 accommodating itself to the idiosyncrasy of each, and the vary- 
 ing external conditions and circumstances of each ; but the 
 
IIISTOEY OF .METHOD. jjO 
 
 grand features of this method, like the elements of our physi- 
 cal and moral constitution, will be the same in all. 
 
 A Glance at the History of Method.— Socrates was not a great 
 geometer, but he gave a method of philosophy which deter- 
 mined the character of the schools of antiquity ; and the cate- 
 chetical form in which he gave his instruction has been distin- 
 guished by his name, Euclid probably never discovered a 
 single proposition of geometry ; but he gave us the idea and 
 form of a synthetic method which has shed an eilulgence of 
 light on the path of philosophy, and which will endure as long 
 as there is a human soul to think, a science to be cidtivated, or 
 a law of nature to be discovered. Bacon made no discovery in 
 mathematics, nor did he add one fact to our stock of physical 
 laiowledge ; but he effected a greater purpose — he gave us the 
 method of universal philosophy : what the one did for a single 
 department of abstract science, the other achieved for imiversal 
 knowledge. Newton was a great discoverer in every depart- 
 ment of mathematical and physical science ; but he also gave us, 
 in his " Principia," the embodiment of a s^mthetic method of 
 teaching mixed mathematics which will probably co-exist with 
 the law'of gravitation itself. Archimedes was also a great dis- 
 coverer, but, in a certain sense, his genius died with him ; he 
 did nothing to perpetuate himself, for he had no recognized 
 method, and bequeathed to posterity no creative principle be- 
 yond the isolated facts and propositions which he discovered ; 
 his mind was essentially individual, and his contempt for con- 
 crete science, which his mind was eminently qualified to adorn, 
 caused the secret of his power to die with him. 
 
 History of Method in Relation to Primary Education. — The 
 ancient classical nations did nothing for primary education ; 
 they established splendid schools of philosophy for their young 
 men, but left the instrudiou of their children to slaves, or neg- 
 lected it altogether ; and during the middle ages — the epoch of 
 chivalry — the only schoolroom was the cell of the monk or the 
 cave of the anchorite. And what was the state of education 
 after the Reformation ? From the undue reverence with which 
 the works of antiquity were regarded, education began with 
 the classics, and for the most part ended with them. Poetry 
 was clothed in the garment of heathen mythology, and even 
 our philosophy was more engaged with the history of what was 
 false than with the investigation of what was true. Education 
 became a series of tasks— the memory was enthroned over all 
 the other powers of the mind — reason, invention, and the prin- 
 ciple of self-development we^e disregarded ; and under this 
 
30 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 • 
 
 unnatural and unphilosophical system, a great memory and a 
 great mind became almost synonymous terms. This method 
 was analytic and dogmatic, for its main element consisted in 
 giving a knowledge of rules and words rather than things — of 
 names rather than positive ideas. Although the leading prin- 
 ciples of primary education are contained in the great work of 
 the father of inductive philosophy, yet it would appear that 
 their importance was neither felt nor acknowledged by his im- 
 mediate followers. 
 
 The distinguished philosopher Locke was the first who dis- 
 covered that the chief business of primary education is to de- 
 velop the faculties of the child ; that, as the first ideas of 
 children are derived from sensation, so the perceptive faculties 
 should be the first cultivated or developed ; and that verbal 
 memory is almost the only intellectual power which does not 
 admit of being improved by education. Locke's method of 
 education was a corollary to his metaphysical philosophy. It 
 was synthetic and demonstrative — its main element being the 
 development of the intellectual powers and moral feelings 
 through the instrumentality of things or subjects which might 
 be known and understood by the child. The method of Locke 
 soon became recognized throughout Europe and America. The 
 author of "Emile,"in France, became its most enlightened 
 and most eloquent expositor; and Pestalozzi, in Germany, 
 carried it into practice, followed it out in all its details, and 
 gave the spiritual essence a substantial form — "a local habita- 
 tion and a name." But in the fatherland of the great metaphy- 
 sician his method remained for more than a century a dead 
 letter, and even till very recently the methods which he ex- 
 posed and denounced held an undisputed dominion in the edu- 
 cation of the people in this country. But we have accepted 
 from the hands of the pupil what we would not receive from 
 the hand of the master ; and we have unwittingly become the 
 followers of Pestalozzi, when we might have been the disciples 
 of our own immortal Locke. But why speak of the country 
 of Locke ? Great men have no country — they belong to 
 humanity. 
 
HISTORY OF METHOD. 31 
 
 To descend to more matter of -fact, but not less instructive 
 forms of method : Joseph Lancaster and Dr. Bell contributed 
 to the development of method as applied to primary education, 
 when they established the monitorial system. No doubt it had 
 long been observed, that the older boys might, under certain 
 circumstances, be advantageously employed to teach the 
 younger ones ; but the idea of organizing such a plan, so as to 
 make it applicable to our common national schools, belongs to 
 these men. The errors and defects of this system are apparent : 
 its efficiency is subsidiary to, and dependent upon, more com- 
 prehensive views of method ; it ignores the education of the 
 master as well as that of the monitors ; and necessity rather 
 than choice leads to the adoption of these monitors, whose tem- 
 porary functions, imposed upon them by their master, are re- 
 linquished at a time when their skill is beginning to be useful. 
 Whatever may have been the defects of this system, it contained 
 an idea which obviously suggested the adoption of the appren- 
 ticeship system, or the system of pupil-teachers. The moni- 
 torial system was a measure of economy, adopted to mitigate 
 an existing evil — to give the best education to the greatest num- 
 ber of children at the least possible cost. At best it could be 
 regarded only as preliminary to some more complete system. 
 Now, while the apprenticeship system embodies this principle 
 of economy, it recognizes at the same time an important prin- 
 ciple in the philosophy of method, viz., that the art of teaching, 
 like other arts, can only be acquired by practice and an early 
 attention to the most approved forms of communicating our 
 ideas to others. In order that a man may become a joiner, or 
 any other kind of mechanic, he is apprenticed, at an early 
 age, to a man who is master of that particular art ; so, in order 
 that a man may become a teacher, he should be apprenticed, 
 at an early age, to a schoolmaster who is thoroughly master of 
 his work. This apprenticeship system, taken in connection 
 with the system of inspection, and the establishment of training 
 colleges for schoolmastei-s, must be regarded as the greatest 
 measure which has ever been proposed for the education of a 
 people. In these schemes we observe the recognition of the 
 importance of method. Universities may make scholars, 
 divines, and philosophers ; but they cannot train schoolmasters. 
 It is the peculiar province of the professors of our training col- 
 leges to effect this, by expounding the principles of education 
 in relation to methods of teaching, by showing the application 
 of these methods in the actual management of a school, and 
 by communicating^ that kind of knowledge which is best cal- 
 culated to render the teacher useful in his profession. When 
 
S3 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 the Committee of Council on Education published their K.1O- 
 iites of 1846, they virtually announced to the world that there 
 was METHOD IN EDUCATION, and that no man could become a 
 truly useful teacher without a knowledge of that method. Acts 
 of Parliament, or legislative engines, cannot of thcmselv^esmake 
 men virtuous and religious ; but it is legitimately within the 
 range of their power to decree that Ignorance, which is the 
 most fruitful source of vice and irreligion, shall exist no 
 longer. 
 
 This government system of education is not in all respects 
 what the practical educator could wish ; but we may hope that 
 experience, aided by a careful induction o'f facts, will in time 
 correct what is wrong and improve what is defective. • 
 
 Jean Paul Richtef asks, "What have the political vowels 
 of Europe — the English— done for education?" We answer, 
 almost everything ! Our great metaphysicians first gave the 
 true philosophy of method ; we first adopted the monitorial 
 and infant-school systems ; and although we have been slow to 
 combine and improve all that we had' discovered, we have at 
 length organized a system of national education which bids 
 fair to become the most efficient that has ever been proposed. 
 
 Present Condition of Education. — In taking a view of the 
 state of education in this country, we have much to congratu- 
 late ourselves upon. We have been silently progressing; 
 methods of education have been improving step by step ; but, 
 at the same time, we must confess that we have not yet arrived 
 at the ne plus ultra. Still much lies before us to be effected. 
 Many educational prejudices want to be sv/ept away, and 
 many new principles require to be introduced. Notwithstand- 
 ing, we ought to feel gratified, and to congratulate ourselves 
 upon what has been done, as it gives us the hope that some- 
 thing more will yet be done. We live in an age of progress : 
 no branch of human knowledge but is advancing— ay, with 
 an accelerated motion. In our own times new sciences have 
 been created — new departments of art have been brought to 
 bear on all conditions of society. The mighty power of steam 
 has been developed in our own time. Everything around us 
 has been advancing^ and education should advance with the 
 advancement of society. 
 
 Educators may be divided into two classes. There is the 
 conservative educator, and there is the educational reformer. 
 The conservative educator, like the conservative politician, 
 would wish everything to remain as it is and as it has been. 
 The education of fifty years past ought to be the education of 
 the present period. Things have gone on well enough in the 
 
THE BAOomAN PHtLOSOPHY. 38 
 
 past, atid why should they not do the same in the future ? 
 Such is the view of these educational conservatives. They may 
 yield a little to the pressure of public opinion ; but still the 
 principle remains imchanged in their hearts. They may ad- 
 mit, when they are compelled to express themselves, that the 
 education of the people will not tend to the subversion of gov- 
 ernment, and in such things as that they will go along with 
 you ; but still in their hearts they are conservative in relation 
 to the advancement of education. The other class, the educa- 
 tional reformers, advocate utility and progress. They would 
 not only have us improve our educational methods, but they 
 would have more of the principle of utility introduced into our 
 schools. - They would not have the boys in our national schools 
 taught things that are merely curious, or things merely 
 to gratify the prejudices of particular individuals ; but they 
 would have them taught those things that will bear upon the 
 future pursuits of life. We have not yet attained to that. We 
 still, in many of our schools, go on with the old routine — read- 
 ing, writing, arithmetic, with the addition, ad libitum, of cate- 
 chisms and formularies. There is something monotonous and 
 deadening to the intellectual faculties in many of the schools 
 belonging to the conservative educators. Day after day the 
 same dull routine goes on. Oh ! how the monotony of the 
 dull routine deadens the faculties of the children, and not only 
 of the children, but of the educator ! It is a well-known fact, 
 from the statistics of insanity, that in those countries where 
 the pursuits of men are most monotonous, there we find the 
 greatest prevalence of insanity. It appears, therefore, that it 
 is the monotony of the pursuits that produces the insanity ; 
 and we cannot wonder that the intellectual faculties of such 
 schoolmasters should retrograde, instead of advance, nor can 
 we wonder that the children, constituted as they are by their 
 good and great Creator with faculties which would lead them 
 to look after knowledge in many forms in which it could be 
 found in the world around them, should be uninterested in the 
 dull routine in which they are engaged. 
 
 The Baconian Philosophy considered in relation to Mod- 
 ern Education. — Bacon was one of the most enlightened educa- 
 tors that ever appeared on the earth— for his philosophy was as 
 fully applicable to the advancement of education as to the de- 
 velopment of the experimental sciences. The spirit of the 
 Baconian philosophy may be characterized by t^vo words — 
 
 UTILITY and PROGRESS. 
 
34 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 The ancient philosophy was stationary, because it disdained 
 to be useful. It propounded imposing abstract theories which 
 had little or no bearing upon the actual condition of man in 
 society : It took its aim at the stars, and therefore hit nothing : 
 It speculated about virtue and happiness, but added nothing 
 to the comforts or enjoyments of human existence : it pro- 
 fessed to reform and enlighten the world, but left it as dark 
 and degraded as it ever had been : It was a sort of intellectual 
 gymnasium, in which the intellectual faculties were exercised ; 
 but this intellectual action yielded no work — no fruit— as 
 regards the progress of society ; the mind revolved in a circle 
 of speculative theories ; the starting-point of to-day became 
 the goal of to-morrow ; there was motion, but no progress. 
 The command given by this philosophy was "Mark time !" 
 and thus for two thousand years the human intellect continued 
 to mark time. The father of the inductive philosophy gave 
 the command " Advance !" and society, obedient to this com- 
 mand, has multiplied a thousandfold its resources of enjoy- 
 ment and happiness. This philosophy was practical : it at- 
 tempted nothing which could not be accomplished ; it aimed 
 at a plain tangible mark, and hit it. It sought to improve the 
 sciences by advancing the arts. It took the common-sense 
 method of induction, which had from time immemorial been 
 successfully followed by the artisan, as the great instrument 
 for advancing philosophy. Its object was utility, and its 
 end PROGRESS. 
 
 It is not generally known or generally acknowledged that 
 Bacon's philosophy, as an inductive philosophy, was really 
 derived from the workshop. The inductive principle had 
 been practised for ages by the workman in his various pro- 
 cesses of art. This was thought unworthy of attention by the 
 philosopher of the platonic schools ; but Bacon saw that under 
 this inductive principle the arts had advanced, while the 
 sciences, then so called, had remained stationary ; and his own 
 strong common-sense showed him that the principle which ad- 
 vanced the arts might also advance universal science. 
 
 Let us see how the Baconian philosophy applies to modern 
 education ? According to this philosophy, utility and prog- 
 ress should characterize all our methods of education. To 
 secure progress, we should aim at what is practicable and use- 
 ful. Until within the last twenty years, the platonic philos- 
 ophy infested all our systems of education. The inductive 
 philosophy, which created new sciences, and infused fresh 
 
THE BACONIAN PHILOSOPHY. 35 
 
 vitality into the old ones, left our educational systems as it 
 found them — all but worthless as regards the education of the 
 people of a great commercial, scientific, manufacturing, and 
 engineering nation. In our middle and higher class schools, 
 the languages of the ancients, the logic of the ancients, and 
 the geometry of the ancients, formed the great subjects of 
 school instruction ; whilst practical science, general knowledge, 
 and nearly all those subjects which bear directly upon the in- 
 terests of man as an active and a thinking agent, were virtually 
 ignored. This system even failed to accomplish the con- 
 tracted end which it had in view. It professed to exercise 
 and strengthen the intellectual faculties ; but the only faculty 
 which it could strengthen, admitting that to be possible, was 
 memory. To remember, recite, and admire what the ancients 
 had done, was the highest end which it proposed. It there- 
 fore produced a race of slavish imitators, and not a race of 
 original, vigorous, and practical thinkers. Facts, and the in- 
 duction of facts, were deemed unworthy of their platonic 
 philosophy. 
 
 But Bacon taught, in his philosophy, that the powers of 
 memory can do little towards the advancement of science. He 
 ranks the achievements of memory with the exhibitions of the 
 mountebank: "The two performances are of much the same 
 sort. The one is an abuse of the powers of the body ; the other 
 is an abuse of the powers of the mind. Both may excite our 
 wonder; but neither is entitled to our respect." Locke, the 
 great metaphysician, also advocated the same view at a sub- 
 sequent period. 
 
 By some educators geometry was considered to suffer a 
 degradation whenever its abstract demonstrations were com- 
 bined with more simple modes of exposition, or whenever it 
 was applied to the business of life, — its essential and eternal 
 truths were vitiated by the association. This opinion obtains 
 very largely amongst a certain class of educators, even at the 
 present day. " Take care ; do not simplify your geometry ; do 
 not attempt to give your children any common-sense definitions 
 of geometrical truths, otherwise you will vitiate the eternal, 
 immutable truths of geometry. You must begin with Euclid, 
 
36 PIIILOSOl'HY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 and you must end with Euclid." Men that speak loudly in 
 praise of Bacon as the father of modern philosophy will never 
 tell you about this —that he exposed the systems of education 
 which they are now employing in the education of the people 
 of this country. 
 
 Bacon taught that geometry, as well as all the other branches 
 of mathematics, was valuable as a branch of education only so 
 far as it contributed to supply the wants of society ; and that 
 such practical applications, so far from detractiDg from the 
 discipline which it gave the mind, in reality made that dis- 
 cipline more forcible and complete. He viewed mathematics 
 as an instrument for the extension of art and science, and con- 
 sidered that it should be studied not as an end, but as a means 
 to an end, without which the study would be, in a great meas- 
 ure, fruitless. 
 
 In short, like the platonic philosophy, the aim of the educa- 
 tion of the middle and higher class schools was to raise man 
 above the influence of vulgar wants. The principle of utility 
 and progress would lead us to conclude that the education of 
 the boy should fit and prepare him for discharging the duties 
 of the man. But what did the collegiate-trained aristocratic 
 teacher care for the duties and interests of the carpenter, the 
 wheelwright, the engine-builder, or the scientific experimen- 
 talist? Their pursuits were altogether foreign to his education 
 and association; of their habits of thought he knew nothing, 
 and cared as little ; between him and them there was an im- 
 passable gulf; he lived in a quiescent world of abstractions; 
 they lived in a world of action and progress. How could the 
 one become the educator of the other? 
 
 Interest quickens man's perceptions, and invigorates his in- 
 tellectual powers. The artisan works out his results chiefly by 
 inductive processes of reasoning, because he finds the highest 
 degree of certainty, and a sufiicient degree of exactness in the 
 method, and performs his inductions well and carefully, for 
 his interest depends upon his deductions. Hence it was, that 
 whilst philosophy remained stationary, the arts went on pro- 
 gressing. Bacon observed this, and therefore recommended 
 the inuuctive process for the advancoment of philosophy, 
 
THE BACONIAN PHILOSOPHY. 37 
 
 What the artisans had performed successfully on a limited 
 scale, he proposed to employ in the advancement of universal 
 science. Thus Bacon's philosophy was harrowed from the work- 
 shop ; and what he did for science, we may now do for educa- 
 tion : we must horrow from the workshop by adopting in our 
 schools, more or less, those processes of reasoning, habits of 
 thought, and peculiar modes of self-instruction employed by 
 our practical men. 
 
 If the great intellect of Bacon could condescend to borrow 
 from the workshop, why should we be ashamed of borrowing 
 from the same source? But yet so it is. Talk to some of our 
 professional men — it may be our lawyers, or our clergjnnen — 
 about borrowing ideas and taking hints from the working- 
 man : they would smile at you with contempt, and say, " Can 
 men who have had a college education obtain any information 
 from persons of the lowly class, whose education has been 
 altogether neglected?" Ay, neglected, to be sure ; neglected so 
 far as the schools in which these men had been placed in their 
 childhood are considered ; but those workmen, when they left 
 the schools, had to commence a course of self -education ; and 
 that self -education has had its results ; that self-education makes 
 the English workman what he is— the pride of his country, the 
 most skilful artisan of the world. 
 
 Notwithstanding all that has been done for primary educa- 
 tion within the last twenty years, we are still very far from 
 having realized the Baconian condition of utility and progress. 
 
 We are still under the dominion of abstract theories of edu- 
 cation consecrated by great names, and sanctioned and patron- 
 ized by great societies. That philosophy is false, and not less 
 hateful than it is false, which arrests the progress of knowledge 
 by extinguishing the spirit of inquiry, and destroying freedom 
 of thought and action. The platonic philosophy enslaved the 
 human mind for two thousand years, and during that long 
 period it produced no fruit, because it superseded inductive 
 processes of inquiry by laying down theoretic dogmas and sub- 
 lime philosophic fictions. Bacon emancipated the human mind 
 from this degrading and enfeebling slavery. He showed man- 
 kind that the inductive method would lead them to new truths, 
 far exceeding in brilliancy and utility anything which the 
 ancient gods of philosophy, whom the people had blindly wor- 
 8hipped, bad ^ver discovered. It is not necessary to say ho"vv 
 
38 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 wonderfully this prediction lias been fulfilled. Thus our 
 platonic theories of education must one day fall before the 
 inductive method of inquiry. 
 
 In moral questions there is perhaps no such thing as abso- 
 lute certainty. Moral evidence has little in common with 
 mathematical evidence ; and the inductive method of research 
 is in many respects widely different from the analytic method, 
 by which we demonstrate abstract truths. In the inductive 
 sciences, such as education, we seem only to approximate to 
 truth. A question in education cannot be solved in the same 
 manner as a problem in geometry. We can hardly ever say 
 that we have actually arrived at the absolute truth ; but we ap- 
 proach nearer and nearer to it, according as we extend our in- 
 ductive processes. The truth lies in the asymptote of a curve, 
 towards which we are always approaching, but which we may 
 never absolutely reach. At the same time our approximations 
 have always the stamp of utility, for they are practically true; 
 that is, they are true as far as the actual wants of society are 
 concerned. The inductive method never puts a stop to further 
 inquiry : it is itself progressive, and recognizes the principle of 
 progress. It gives no divine revelation : on the contrary, it 
 appeals to reason, and challenges further inquiry. Watt con- 
 cluded, from his experiments, that the sum of the latent and 
 sensible heat of steam was a constant quantity : this, although 
 not found by subsequent experimentalists to be strictly true, 
 was nevertheless a grand approximation to truth, which con- 
 ducted him to those magnificent inventions which have changed 
 the destinies of the world. The same spirit should be adopted 
 in relation to the development of our methods of education. 
 
 The inductive method has already done something for the 
 progress of education, but its importance is not yet sufiBiciently 
 acknowledged or understood. We are still the slaves of con- 
 ventional forms and prescriptive theories; we are still too much 
 overawed and cowed into servility by high-sounding names, 
 and by the dogmas of self-serving professions and ambitious 
 societies. The progress which we have made should be taken 
 as the guarantee of further advancement. The positions we 
 have gained must form the base of operations for still greater 
 achievements. 
 
 When I was a boy geography was taught by rote; now it is 
 taught much more efficiently by means of fiiaps. Arithmetic 
 
A PROVINCIAL ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. 39 
 
 was imperfectly taught by rules ; now it is admirably taught 
 by an exposition of principles: but there are still many important 
 branches of knowledge very imperfectly taught by the rule and 
 rote system. We must not abandon the hope of future progress. 
 With respect to utility, there is much which remains to be ac- 
 complished. We want a greater enlargement of the basis of 
 intellectual and moral development, suited to the advanced state 
 of our arts and sciences. The rich stores of scientific knowl- 
 edge, which we now possess, should be more thoroughly and 
 systematically taught in our schools, not only as means of in- 
 tellectual and moral culture, but also on account of their imme- 
 diate bearing on the business of life. 
 
 Let us enter an elementary school in one of our manufactur- 
 ing cities. The master still teaches on the old individual sys- 
 tem. There is no black-board, or any kind of experimental 
 apparatus. There are maps, it is true, hanging on the walls ; 
 but they seem to have been little used, for they are covered with 
 dust. The school is not noisy, but there is the constant chatter 
 and titter of idleness and frolic. There is discipline of a certain 
 kind, but it is not moral discipline. The boys are sons of me- 
 chanics and factory laborers, and, like their parents, they will 
 have to enter the workshop or the factory. They are sharp, 
 intelligent-looking boys, and seem capable of learning anything 
 which the schoolmaster might attempt to teach them, or of 
 taking advantage of his occasional fits of listlessness and ab- 
 straction ; but they are idle, and feel no interest in their tasks. 
 The dull routine of reading, writing, and arithmetic, with 
 catechisms and formularies, goes on day after day. The school 
 is characterized neither by utility nor by progress. The master 
 sits at his desk, apparently in a deep ** brown study. "^ Let us 
 look over his shoulder and see what he is doing. He is study- 
 ing the ancient geometry, and on one side of his desk are some 
 books of the ancient classical authors. He is a scholar and a 
 mathematician. What a misdirection of intellect ! What fruit 
 has his knowledge yielded him? or what advantage has it been 
 to the pupils of his school? It has been a negation; or rather, 
 it has been worse than a negation. These boys want to be 
 taught in matters relating to the employments which they will 
 soon have to follow. The master is idle, as a teacher, because 
 the boys will not attend to his abstract prelections ; and the boys 
 are idle because the master will not instruct them in those 
 things which form the subjects of their every-day associations. 
 The school-house is surrounded by engines, by factories, by 
 chemical works, and by workshops of all sorts. What a mine 
 of intellectual wealth lies at his very door available for school 
 
40 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATIOlT. 
 
 instruction !' How' useful he might become! He might fill 
 these hives of industry with a far more intelligent and skilful 
 class of operatives, and thereby not only advance the interests 
 of the operatives themselves, but contribute to the productive 
 resources of his country. Hark ! the steam-whistle ! He starts 
 as a man aroused from his slumber. Does that sound awaken 
 some useful trains of association? The steam-engine, with its 
 huge train of cars, passengers, and merchandise, starts on its 
 winged course. It goes onward and onward, and woe betide 
 the thing that obstructs its progress. It rolls from hamlet to 
 hamlet, and from city to city, carrying with it the products of 
 industry and intelligence. Type of the age of progress ! has 
 the shrill blast of thy whistle reminded the schoolmaster that 
 utility and progress are realities demanding his consideration, 
 and claiming the tribute of his powers? Poor dreamer ! have 
 you really returned to your problems? Are you content to re- 
 main stationary, whilst everything around you reminds you that 
 utility and progress are the motive-principles of the age; and 
 that beings such as you, with all your classical lore, must be 
 swept away as the surf of the ocean before the advancing tide 
 of civilization? 
 
 Philosophy of Method. 
 
 Education Based on an Induction of Facts. — Having ar- 
 rived at an educational epoch in which the importance of teach- 
 ing, as well as of the method of teaching, is duly recognized, 
 it becomes a matter of inquiry. How are we to distinguish the 
 true from the false? Amid such an accumulation of facts, 
 methods, and systems, wiiat are the evils arising out of the 
 abuse of method, and by what principles of philosophy are our 
 systems to be tested and improved? In short, what are the 
 laws which govern the philosophy of method ? 
 
 Education, like all other sciences, must be based upon a 
 careful induction of facts. All true ideas of method must be 
 derived from a careful study of the nature of the human facul- 
 ties, as regards the mode as well as the order of their develop- 
 ment. It is, therefore, the first business of the science of 
 method to discover the laws and conditions which regulate the 
 development of the mind — to follow Nature wheresoever she 
 
PHILOSOPHY OF METHOD. 41 
 
 may lead us, and not to lay down preconceived rules for her 
 guidance. 
 
 Our attempts to teach by abstract notions, formed indepen- 
 dently of a careful study of facts, are as ridiculous as the con- 
 duct of the savage who sowed gunpowder instead of trying to 
 make it. It is true that in the progress of all science there 
 must be an initiative idea, but then this idea must be tested and 
 perfected by an appeal to experience and experiment. 
 
 When the ancient astronomers affirmed that the orbits of the 
 planets were circular, because the circle was the most perfect 
 figure, they committed a great error in philosophy, for the 
 true proof of their initiative conception should have been sought 
 for in nature, and not in any abstract principle. 
 
 All our theories or general principles of teaching should be 
 tested by an appeal to facts of observation and experiment. 
 The relative efficiency of difilerent systems should be deter- 
 mined by placing them under the same circumstances and re- 
 lations, and then, by a careful induction of facts, we should es- 
 tablish some general principles of method. The certainty of 
 our conclusions, in such cases, depends upon two circumstances: 
 first, on the facilities which we have for tracing effects to 
 their causes, and conversely for following causes to their legiti- 
 mate effects ; second, on the faith which we have in the con- 
 stancy and uniformity with which the same relations and con- 
 ditions occur. 
 
 For^xample, the phenomena of the material world are al- 
 ways open to observation and experiment; and, at the same 
 time, the perfect uniformity with which they take place leads 
 us to speak with confidence of the future from what has taken 
 place in the past. A chemist, after having determined the par- 
 ticular action of one substance upon another, from his instinc- 
 tive belief in the permanence of the laws of nature at once 
 decides that the same action will always take place under the 
 same circumstances; but experience alone must lead him to find 
 out what are the essential circumstances and relations for pro- 
 ducing the particular action, and what are merely casual or ac- 
 cidental; in short, experience or repeated experiment must lead 
 him to discover the true relation of uniform sequence — the re 
 lation of cause and effect. 
 
 Let us penetrate a little further into the recesses of this sub- 
 
43 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 ject. Facts are the point of departure of all philosophy; these 
 become matters of consciousness; observation there lays hold 
 of them before committing them to induction, which forces 
 them to yield up the principles which they contain. The method 
 of observation and induction was first given by Bacon, but it 
 has become the spirit of the age — the spirit of the world of civ- 
 ilization and development. It constitutes the unity of an age 
 characterized by the most striking diversities and antagonisms. 
 Philosophy has its origin in observation and experience only; 
 to be so limited is to be limited to human nature; but what else 
 could we have, or would we have? The experimental philoso- 
 phy of Bacon (characterized by observation, experience, and 
 experiment) is sufficient for the attainment of all knowledge, 
 and for the completion of every science. It has passed sen- 
 tence on the ancient systems of philosophy — it has destroyed all 
 that was merely hypothetical, but it has perpetuated all that 
 was based on observation. A single fact not unfrequently con- 
 secrates a mass of errors, and sometimes gives to the wildest 
 theories a certain amount of credit among men. Everything 
 true and permanent in the systems of philosophy, scattered 
 throughout the course of time, is the fruit of observation ; and 
 everything permanently useful in society is the result of the 
 experimental method. To arrive at a permanent system we 
 must not only observe, but we must observe everything faith- 
 fully, truly, and completely, without prejudice and partiality. 
 We must use only the method of observation, but we must ap- 
 ply it to all facts, wherever they exist ; on its impartiality de- 
 pends its accuracy, and to be impartial it must be universal. 
 
 Principles of Method. — Method, as applied to education, is 
 a mixed inquiry, comprehending questions of physics as well as 
 metaphysics ; and a comprehensive method of observation is 
 necessary to establish the desiderated alliance between the two 
 classes of phenomena — not by the sacrifice of the one to the other, 
 but by the unity of the method employed in ascertaining the 
 law connecting the phenomena, which though different as to 
 kind are nevertheless coexistent and inseparable as to results. 
 When observation has put us in possession of all the elements 
 of our science, we then proceed with the work of clasification, 
 generalization, etc. 
 
 In order to fulfil these conditions, the principles of method as 
 apj)lied to education must be considered subjectively as well 
 
PHILOSOPHY OF METHOD. 43 
 
 as OBJECTIVELY ; that is to say, in relation to the mp: as well 
 as in relation to the not me. The science of the me is called 
 Psychology ; it gives the history of the soul as derived from 
 consciousness and reflection ; it is therefore entirely occupied 
 with internal facts and phenomena. The objective is our 
 intellectual principles considered in relation to their external 
 objects. Here we must observe how the minds of children 
 develop themselves ; and also how the mind of man, regarded 
 historically or in connection with the progress of society, has 
 developed itself. 
 
 All questions relating to methods of instruction are contained 
 in the three following : 
 
 1. What are the characteristics of the actual or the developed 
 intelligence? 
 
 3. "What are their primitim characteristics ? 
 
 3. What are the intermediate conditions or occasions con- 
 necting the actual with the primitive ; or, in other words, how 
 is intelligence developed ? 
 
 The first two questions are almost exclusively subjective ; the 
 last is objective as well as subjective. 
 
 Here we start with the actual state of the faculties, and arrive 
 at their primitive state by following the intermediate links 
 connecting the one with the other. To determine the actual 
 is the easiest problem, and its solution is the first step towards 
 the solution of the others. This is the experimental method : 
 we first observe and register all the principles or laws which 
 actually govern the action and development of the faculties ; 
 we admit only those facts and principles which really exist, 
 but of those we reject none ; we ask not why they exist, or 
 for what they exist— it is enough that they do exist, and what 
 is in nature must form an element of science ; nor are we in 
 haste to classify the results, in order to bring out some favor- 
 ite theory, — we are content to wait patiently until their regis- 
 tration is completed, so that their relations may be rendered 
 apparent, and that their theory may gradually unfold itself. 
 
 The philosophy of method as applied to teaching is not 
 
44 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 less difficult than important. The diversity of views which at 
 present obtains in relation to systems of teaching is a sufficient 
 evidence of the difficulty of the subject, and a sufficient testi- 
 mony to the want of some recognized principles. 
 
 The following are some of the difficulties peculiar to the 
 inquiry : 
 
 1. Although the same powers and affections are found in 
 every human being, yet these powers and affections exist in dif- 
 ferent degrees and states of development in different individuals. 
 Hence it follows that a system of instruction which is adapted 
 to one class of pupils may not be suitable to another. 
 
 2. Different causes may. and no doubt often do, produce the 
 same or similar effects. This arises from the constitution of 
 the mind itself, for we know that it admits of various modes of 
 development. 
 
 3. Teachers differ much in their capabilities and acquirements; 
 and they rarely restrict themselves to the use of any special 
 system of instruction. 
 
 However, an earnest study of the principles of method will 
 enable us to surmount these obstacles. In conducting our in- 
 quiries, the following summary of rules and principles, having 
 a special bearing on the subject, should be duly considered. 
 
 Importance <tf Definitions. — No science can make a satisfac- 
 tory progress unless its technical terms are clearly and precisely 
 denned. This is especially true in relation to the science of 
 education. At present we have scarcely any recognized terms 
 in education : we dignify by the name of a system or method 
 some trifling modification of a general principle, and we make 
 use of terms without sufficiently limiting their amount of 
 meaning. Thus we speak of "the elliptical method," as if 
 it contained some peculiar principle which was not involved 
 in " the interrogative system" of instruction ; some persons 
 erroneously use the term " simultaneous teaching," to mean the 
 same thing as "collective teaching." As a preliminary step, 
 therefore, to the attainment of exact knowledge in the science 
 of method, we should always define the terms which we employ, 
 before proceeding to the detail of facts, or the elucidation of 
 principles. 
 
 OpllQction of Facts.— The first step in the attainment of a 
 knowledge of right methods of teaching is an extensive acquisi- 
 tion of facts. In recording these facts all the conditions and 
 collateral circumstances should be carefully noted, for even 
 
PHILOSOPHY OF METHOD. 45 
 
 circumstances which appear trifling at the time may really be 
 important links in the chain of sequences. 
 
 Educational facts may be derived from books on mental 
 philosophy, from our own individual experience and observa- 
 tion, as well as from the experience and observation of others. 
 We are not to look to legislators and school-managers for the 
 discovery of these facts, nor even should we rely too much 
 upon the hasty impressions of the visitors of schools. It is upon 
 t!ie labors of the practical teacher that we must chiefly de- 
 pend : it is his business to watch the development of his pupils' 
 faculties as they expand themselves under the various modes of 
 instruction ; it is his buiness to collect facts, to record observa- 
 tions, and to institute experiments. 
 
 In forming a collection of facts the following rules must be 
 observed : 
 
 1. All the facts should be fully ascertained or authenticated ; 
 and whilst no essential facts connected with the subject should 
 he wanting, all trivial and incidental circumstances should be 
 omitted. 
 
 2. The statement should contain a complete and fair view of 
 all the facts involved in the inquiry, and none of the facts 
 should be in any way modified to pander to any preconceived 
 theory. 
 
 Teachers should aid each other in the collection of facts, and 
 Grovernment Inspectors should afford them every facility for 
 the attainment of this object. Some facts transmitted to us 
 may appear to be contrary to our individual experience ; let us 
 beware how we reject them ! Our prejudices may be standing 
 in the way of the advancement of the truth. We should test 
 the facts by some new experiment, or we may find some hith- 
 erto neglected series of facts in our own experience which may 
 lead us to a right decision. Hitherto the facts accumulated by 
 teachers have been almost ignored. An inspector enters a school 
 with a stern determination of observing everything for himself, 
 without calling in the aid of the teacher ; after spending a few 
 hours in that school, he leaves it with the belief that he has 
 collected all the facts of its last year's history. Lamentable 
 error ! That teacher, if worthy of his oifice, could have given 
 him the history of the growth and development of every boy's 
 
46 FHILO^OFHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 miiid and character, with a true account of the influences 
 vvLiich had been brought to bear upon them. We look to the 
 hearty CO operation of inspectors and teachers for the accumu- 
 lation of facts. But the inspector must not always appear be- 
 fore the teacher in the stern character of censor and judge : he 
 should also appear as a friend and fellow- worker in the great 
 common cause. 
 
 In forming a collection of facts, the following sources of 
 error should be carefully guarded against: 
 
 1. Receiving facts from persons whom we have reason to sus- 
 pect of having some interested object to serve in disguising or 
 modifying them. 
 
 2. Receiving important facts from persons in whose judg- 
 ment and power of observation we have not the fullest confi- 
 dence. 
 
 3. Receiving partial statements of facts given with the view 
 of supporting some favorite system of education. 
 
 4. Receiving opinions as facts. In guarding against this 
 fruitful source of error, it is above all things necessary that we 
 should 
 
 Distinguish between Facts and Opinions. — The confound- 
 ing of facts and opinions should be carefully guarded against ; for 
 we are all too apt to mix up our own impressions and favorite 
 theories with the detail of facts, and hence it is often very diflfi- 
 cult for us to separate the one from the other. When a teacher 
 states that he has found a certain system of instruction produce 
 the most satisfactory results, he does not restrict himself to a 
 simple statement of facts, for he gives his opinion of the char- 
 acter of the results, whereas he should simply describe what 
 these results were. 
 
 A teacher gives us an opinion in place of a fact when lie 
 states that he has found the elliptical system of instruction pro- 
 duce such and such results — when a full and simple statement 
 of facts would be, that in the course of teaching on the collec- 
 tive system he had adopted the form of elliptical response. 
 The master of a school teaches, for the most part, after a par- 
 ticular system, and his pupils make progress ; this progress is 
 ascribed to the particular system. Now the progress of the pu- 
 pils is a fact, and that the master taught by a particular system 
 may also be a fact ; but that this system of instruction was the 
 true cause of the progress is an opinion, for it is giving the re- 
 lation of cause and effect between two facts ; and it is quite 
 
PHILOSOPHY OF METHOD. 47 
 
 possible that some hidden or unobserved influence may have 
 solely, or at least mainly, contributed to the progress of the 
 pupils. The omission of a fact in the chain of sequences is 
 often as injurious to the cause of truth as a misrepresentation 
 of the case. Our statement of facts, therefore, should not only 
 be free from opinions and impressions, but it should at the same 
 time be full and faithful, and not distorted in any way with 
 the view of supporting some preconceived notions or theories. 
 
 These are some of the rocks on which our method is often 
 wrecked : it is necessary that we should signalize them. 
 
 Comparison and Classification of Facts. Relation of 
 Cause and Effect. — In order to arrive at general conclusions, 
 our first step is to arrange the facts according to the points in 
 which they agree ; our next step is to strip our groups or col- 
 lections of facts of all their extraneous circumstances and con- 
 tingent conditions ; that is to say, by a comparison of our dif- 
 ferent groups of facts we must separate those conditions which 
 are essential to the result or desired effect from those which are 
 accidental and non-essential. Having arrived at a uniform and 
 invariable series of sequences, our next step in the process 
 is to trace the relation of cause and effect. When one event is 
 invariably followed by another event, we speak of the one 
 being the cause, the other the effect. Now to the facts which 
 are so uniformly associated we have no hesitation in attributing 
 the true relation of cause and effect. 
 
 Let us take an illustration from Dr. Wells' theory of dew. 
 The facts of this case are these : Moisture or dew is always 
 found on the surface of plants in clear cloudless nights, but 
 little or no moisture is found on the plants in cloudy nights ; 
 these results take place for all plants, whatever may be their 
 color, etc., and whatever may be their absolute temperature. 
 Here the incidental or non-essential facts are the color, absolute 
 temperature, etc., of the plants ; the essential facts are, that 
 dew is formed on clear nights, and that no dew is formed on 
 cloudy nights : hence the cloudless sky is an essential condition 
 for the formation of dew. 
 
 In education, the tracing of the relation of cause and effect 
 among a succession of events is always a matter of difficulty 
 and delicacy, and is often attended with considerable liabilities 
 
48 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 to error. But the difficulty of the task should not deter us 
 from the undertaking. The following sources of fallacy deserve 
 especial notice : 
 
 1. The cause which we assign may be merely an incidental 
 circumstance, and not essentially connected, as a uniform se- 
 quence, with the result. 
 
 This fallacy frequently occurs in matters of education, for 
 how often do we find some trifling mode or manner of teach, 
 ing— such as the class arrangements, etc. — dignified by the 
 name of a system, which is said to work out such and such 
 results ! 
 
 2. The events, which we regard as cause and effect, may be 
 closely connected, but not in the relation of cause and effect. 
 The true cause may be hidden or overlooked in our haste or 
 our fondness for some favorite theory. 
 
 For example, it is a common thing to hear the advocates of 
 the individual system of instruction appeal to the fact that 
 good scholars were formed under that system ; while the truth 
 is, the so-called good scholars were made, for the most part, 
 independently of the characteristic features of that system, viz., 
 by home instruction, by the time of training, and by the exten- 
 sive use of class-books. 
 
 It remains yet to be determined what conditions are essential 
 and what are only accidental in most of our present systems of 
 education. It is to be hoped that some distinguished person 
 amongst Her Majesty's Inspectors, who are in possession of a 
 vast number of facts, will confer this boon on society. 
 
 General Principles. — Having traced among our groups of 
 facts the relation of uniform sequence, the next step in our pro- 
 cess is to bring a number of them together, and to discover in 
 them some common fact, or element, or general principle. This 
 common element or general principle becomes a distinct sub- 
 ject of contemplation, and it is taken as characteristic of a whole 
 class. In forming this generalization two things are especially 
 to be observed : 1st, the principle should be a real fact ; 2d, 
 it should be true for all the cases without exception. 
 
 Let us illustrate the two processes of classification and gen* 
 eralization, 
 
PHILOSOPHY OF METHOD. 49 
 
 We take a number of bodies differing in their external form 
 and color : one is an iron ore, another a steel bar, another has 
 the shape of a horse-shoe; but they all agree in attracting iron, 
 and they also agree in having iron in their composition. We 
 classify tt^ese bodies, and call them magnets; color, form, etc., 
 are accidental properties of. the class, and composition and the 
 fact of attracting iron are the essential qualities of the class. 
 But we now discover that if any one of these straight or ob- 
 long magnets be freely suspended, one extremity will be always 
 directed towai'ds the north and the other extremity towards the 
 south ; here we discover a common or general principle belong- 
 ing to the whole class— viz., polarity : this is a process of gen- 
 eralization. 
 
 The relations of things form the materials of method ; and 
 the general principle connecting these relations constitutes the 
 leading element of method as applied to those particular things. 
 
 Having brought together a number of different systems of 
 instruction, which are always attended with a common result, 
 we must endeavor to discover some principle which is common 
 to them all : this common principle will give us the idea of a 
 general method of instruction, which will be operative amid a 
 certain variety of incidental conditions. As a general principle 
 is nothing more than a convenient form of expressing a general 
 fact, its legitimate application is limited to the particular cases 
 from which it has been deduced. Hence the error, into which 
 many teachers fall, of pushing certain systems beyond their 
 legitimate sphere of application. 
 
 A general principle, according to the strict acceptation in 
 which we have hitherto taken it, is simply a general fact, but 
 it sometimes assumes the form of a theory or an hypothesis. 
 In an hypothesis, a thing or principle is supposed to exist ; but, 
 like a strict general principle, it should adequately explain all 
 the facts which belong to the subject-matter. General facts 
 simply give the relation of law without making any assump- 
 tions : hypotheses express the relation of ascertained facts by 
 the supposed operation of a thing or principle, which may or 
 may not exist ; hypotheses, in most cases, only serve the purpose 
 of conveniently grouping together an extensive series of facts 
 and phenomena. Thus, for example, that the planetary bodies 
 attract one another with forces which are directly as their 
 niasses and inversely as the squares of their distances, is a 
 4: " 
 
go PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 general fact ; for the force really exists, and really acts by the 
 law which is assigned to it. In Franklin's electrical theory, 
 electricity is supposed to be a subtle fluid which may exist in 
 excess or in deficiency in bodies, thus giving rise to the two 
 kinds of electricity, which, according to this theory,.are called 
 positive electricity and negative electricity. The hypothesis 
 in this case serves the purpose of connecting together a large 
 number of facts. Now that there are two kinds of electiicity, 
 possessing certain distinctive properties, is a general fact ; but 
 that these properties belong to a single fluid is a conjecture — an 
 hypothesis— which is more or less useful to us according as it 
 more or less completely explains the observed phenomena. 
 
 General facts as well as theories are sometimes suggestive ; 
 that is to say, they sometimes lead us to suspect the existence of 
 some new fact or principle : in such cases, however, it is the 
 province of observation and experiment to confirm or overthrow 
 the truth of the conjecture. 
 
 Educational theories should be looked upon with distrust, and 
 if acted upon at all, it should be with extreme caution. They 
 should be regarded in no other light than as convenient modes 
 of connecting a series of facts, or as suggestive of some course 
 of experimental inquiry. For example, a teacher would run 
 into a mischievous error if he were to act upon the phrenological 
 hypothesis that the faculties and afliections of our intellectual 
 and moral nature respectively act through and by particular 
 portions or organs of the brain, and that, other things being the 
 same, the development of any particular faculty or function is 
 in proportion to the magnitude of that particular organ or 
 region of the brain through which the faculty or function is 
 supposed to act. To those teachers who seem disposed to put 
 faith in this imperfect theory we should say. Why act upon 
 any theory when you can ascertain with the gi-eatest precision 
 the true character and capabilities of your pupils by actual 
 observation ? 
 
 There are two extreme views, in relation to general methods 
 of instruction, which are equally unphilosophical, and which 
 should be equally avoided. The one is an implicit confidence 
 in method ; the other is an utter scepticism as regards the utility 
 of any method whatever 
 
PHILOSOFHY OF METHOD. 51 
 
 Evils of Implicit Confidence in Method. — No system of 
 teaching can be efficient unless the master possess all those quali- 
 ties which the system itself presupposes. If a teacher is wanting 
 in any of those essential qualities, it would probably be better 
 for him to modify the system to suit the circumstances. More- 
 over, the state and condition of tlie pupils may not correspond 
 to that which the system presupposes. The blind unreasoning 
 attachment of teachers to systems has often brought ridicule 
 upon themselves and discredit upon the systems which they 
 professed to follow. Failures of this kind have, no doubt, often 
 led to the un philosophical opinion "that each individual 
 ought to have either his own system or no system at all." The 
 teacher should, in the fullest sense, be the master and not the 
 slave of the system by which he teaches. The modes in which 
 the faculties of children develop themselves are sufficiently 
 various to admit of slight modifications in the systems of in- 
 struction, in order to suit the capabilities of the master. We 
 can hardly say of any existing system, that it is the only effi- 
 cient one : and as more or less imperfection is to be found in 
 every existing system of education, so it is equally true, that 
 more or less truth may be found in all of them. Until masters 
 are thoroughly educated for their work, we must hold that the 
 system should be made for the man, and not the man for the 
 system. 
 
 As children love change and novelty, a good teacher will vary 
 his subjects of instruction as well as his methods of instruction 
 accordingly : his judgment must be exercised in selecting those 
 methods which are most suited to the existing conditions of his 
 school. 
 
 No intelligent teacher would ever attempt to carry out to the 
 strict letter any of our existing rules and systems. The follow- 
 ing may be taken as a well-established rule in teaching children 
 some of the simplest elements of knowledge : " Begin from the 
 beginning of the subject, and never take a second step till you 
 are sure that the first is perfectly acquired." Now this rule, 
 though true in its spirit and intention, is very far from being 
 
52 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Strictly true as applied to some subjects. In teaching the alpha- 
 bet, for example, who would ever think of making a child per- 
 fectly learn one letter before it is taken to another ; or, in teach- 
 ing arithmetic, of making the child perfectly learn the rule of 
 addition before it is taught anything of subtraction ? * 
 
 It will be instmctive to consider more in detail some of the 
 evils resulting from a slavish attachment to systems. 
 
 I. Evils of attaching undue importance to the non essential 
 features of a system. 
 
 II. Evils arising from not giving due attention to the lirnits 
 of certain modes of instruction. 
 
 III. Evils arising from the neglect of auxiliary aids. 
 
 IV. No system can be efficient without intelligence and in- 
 dustry on the part of the master, and without he is religiously 
 imbued with a high sense of the dignity and importance of his 
 work. 
 
 I. One teacher cannot give Bible lessons without a gallery ; 
 another cannot teach arithmetic without the Pestalozzian 
 boards ; another defers the teaching of drawing until his com- 
 mittee can afford to purchase models : and so on. To such 
 teachers we would say, Beware of an undue attachment to the 
 mere mechanical forms -of individual systems. Imbue your 
 minds with the spirit of these systems, and, above all, study the 
 philosophy of their method. If you want a plant to grow, you 
 water the root— not the leaves and branches ; so in like manner 
 the teacher should go to the root — the fundamental principles 
 of education. 
 
 II. Some modes of instruction, very good as regards their 
 legitimate sphere of application, may become useless if not ridi- 
 culous when pushed beyond their proper limits. It is desira- 
 ble that these limits should be duly ascertained and defined by 
 a strict induction of facts. On the other hand, a method of in- 
 struction should not be despised because it is not of universal 
 application. Because the writing system of Mulhauser, for ex- 
 ample, should not be found efficient in making finished writ- 
 ers, is no reason why it should not be one of the most eligible 
 modes for teaching the first elements of form to children. In 
 
 * The arrangement of the study of arithmetic into addition, subtrac- 
 tion, multiplication, and division, is perfectly arbitrary. To teach addi- 
 tion perfectly before another process is taught is contrary to good phi- 
 losophy. The best teachers teach all four operations together, as all 
 four involve and grow out of the same operation.— E. S. 
 
PHILOSOPHY OF METHOD. 53 
 
 this case the business of the philosophical inquirer is to deter- 
 mine the extent to which the system should be carried. 
 
 Again, a mode of Instruction may be subsidiary to some 
 more general method, with which it is necessarily associated, 
 and to which it may give a higher efficiency. In this case we 
 should determine the relative importance of the subordinate 
 method and the most favorable conditions for its application. 
 On the other hand, the modes of instruction which are employed 
 together should be in harmony with each other, and also in 
 keeping with the other recognized principles of method. 
 
 The methods of instruction adapted to the young may not 
 always be best calculated for the instruction of adults. In this 
 case we should determine the period at which this change of 
 method should be made. An able teacher, who had been suc- 
 cessful in teaching arithmetic to boys by the Pestalozzian boards, 
 attempted to teach adults on the same plan; but he failed, and 
 thereby brought himself and his system into unmerited con- 
 tempt. 
 
 III. The teacher should watchfully guard against any undue 
 confidence, not only in his own teaching powers, but also in the 
 system by which he teaches. He should be ever ready to avail 
 himself of all the means within his reach for giving increased 
 efficiency to his system. Without, for example, in the least 
 undervaluing his system of collective teaching, he should not 
 overlook the aid which he may occasionally receive from indi- 
 vidual instruction; nor should he despise the use of text-books, 
 especially when associated with home instruction. The apparent 
 discrepancies in the results of some of our existing systems are 
 doubtless to a great extent due to the want of a proper appre- 
 ciation of certain subsidiary aids to class instruction. 
 
 Much remains to be effected by the individual merits of the 
 teacher. Methods of teaching are little better than dead letters 
 in the hands of stupid and indolent pedagogues, but they be- 
 come living efficient principles in the minds of thinking and 
 active teachers. Systems should be tested by the teacher and 
 modified by him, if found necessary, to suit the various tastes, 
 habits, and future pursuits of the children placed under his care. 
 He must become a moral philosopher, always reflecting and 
 experimenting upon matters of education. The schoolroom is 
 his laboratory and his studio ; the little boys by whom he is 
 surrounded are the subjects of his reflections and experiments, 
 and the great end is their intellectual and moral amelioration. 
 
54 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 The teacher is a much more elevated being than the mere me- 
 chanic. 
 
 The results of machinery are splendid and overpowering; but 
 then all that is truly great in these results is due to the creative 
 mind that gave the method— the law, physical or mathematical, 
 or perhaps both physical and mathematical, by which these re- 
 sults are produced. The machine makers, according to our 
 systems in the division of labor, are little better than machines 
 making machines : one forges a bolt, another files it, and an- 
 other puts it in its place ; one casts a wheel, another turns it on 
 the lathe, and another superintends the machine that cuts teeth 
 upon its rim : thus each man toils from morning till night, and 
 the labor of one day is the type of the labor of that which suc- 
 ceeds. It is not so with the teacher : creative minds cannot so 
 cut out and divide the labor of instruction, or so lay out the 
 principles and method? of teaching, as to supersede the exercise 
 of his reasoning and ' eflective powers. 
 
 His work is professional — it is akin to the medical man's. 
 The teacher is no machine— his mind is above all rules and 
 superior to all av.thority in relation to his work. Boards of 
 education and vi siting committees should not interfere too much 
 with the immediate duties and peculiar functions of the school- 
 master. Elevate his social, intellectual, and moral condition, 
 but do not legislate for him with respect to methods of instruc- 
 tion. 
 
 In order that a teacher should be thoroughly devoted to his 
 work, he should be duly sensible of its importance : he should 
 believe that the future character of a country depends upon the 
 education of its children ; he should be fully aware that, in the 
 soft and virgin soil of their souls, he may plant the shoots of 
 poison or sow the seeds of sweet-scented flowers or of life- 
 giving fruit ; he should realize the momentous thought that 
 the little prattling thoughtless children by whom he is sur- 
 rounded are to become the men of the approaching age. As a 
 necessary consequence of all this, he should carefully look to 
 the predilections of children : that child who is amusing him- 
 self with drawing triangles and circles may, under proper 
 training, hereafter become another Pascal ; that little dirty ur- 
 chin who is plucking flowers by the wayside may become the 
 
PHILOSOPHY OF METHOD. 55 
 
 poet or the orator of his age; that thoughtful, feeble boy who 
 is watching the effect of the steam as it blows and puffs from 
 the tea-kettle may become another Watt, destined to multiply 
 the resources of our national wealth and power ; that ruthless 
 little savage, who is leading the mimic battles of the snow- 
 storm may become (unless his evil tendencies are counteracted 
 by education) another Napoleon, who may seize with a giant's 
 grasp the iron thunderbolt of death, and on the wreck of a 
 people's hopes and happiness build himself up a terrible monu- 
 ment of guilt and greatness. 
 
 The work of the soul-devoted teacher should not cease with 
 the school hours : the predilections and spontaneous ebullitions 
 of feeling in children in their moments of leisure and play 
 should be carefully watched by him, in order that he may en- 
 courage and aid the development of what may be good or use- 
 ful, and be able to suppress, or direct into a legitimate channel, 
 what may be evil or dangerous. 
 
 Under a new and better order of things, an efl3cient soul-de- 
 voted teacher will become one of the great thinkers of his age. 
 His leisure hours will be given to the study of the philosophy 
 of mind and the principles of method, and his daily labor will 
 consist in the practice of that philosophy and those principles. 
 Child of hope ! despair not in the discharge of your arduous 
 duties, and doubt not but that public opinion will award to you 
 that social position to which your talents and usefulness entitle 
 you. Toil on in all faith and humility ! the hour of your eman- 
 cipation is not distant : injustice is always followed by a reac- 
 tion ; and the dark, cheerless period of debasement and un- 
 called-for self-sacrifice will be followed by light and gladness, 
 when under the blessing of God you shall possess the means as 
 well as the capabilities for adding to our knowledge of the 
 science of method as applied to education. 
 
 Experiments Reqmred to Test Systems of Education. — 
 A system of instruction may be formed with a due regard to 
 the abstract nature of the being to be educated, but it may not 
 be practicable, under the conditions and circumstances of a 
 given school, where perhaps large masses of children have to 
 be taught under the supervision of one master, with limited 
 
56 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 material aids; hence it is necessary that all systems should be 
 brought to the test of experiment. 
 
 Whilst sound principles of education gain new force by every 
 fresh confirmation of their truth, false theories lose some por- 
 tion of their hold on the prejudices of men by every new ex- 
 posure of their fallacy. Some thoroughly digested systems of 
 experiment are yet desiderated in education. The form and 
 object of experiments are directly under our control, and in this 
 respect the results of experiment are more valuable than facts 
 derived from observation and ordinary experience. 
 
 For this purpose we should like to see some experimental 
 school established under our Government Inspectors, where, 
 for example, any two rival systems of instruction might be 
 placed exactly under the same circumstances with the view of 
 determining their relative efficiency. People generally are slow 
 in adopting what are called improved methods ; their preju- 
 dices are always in favor of what is old and English, and noth- 
 ing but an experimentum crucis will alter their predilections. 
 Many old systems are associated with certain extraneous cir- 
 cumstances which consecrate their errors and give them an ap- 
 parent truth. Thus, for example, the individual system of 
 teaching, which at present obtains in most of our middle-class 
 schools, is so interwoven with the system of home instruction 
 that we cannot see all the evils of this system so fully as we 
 should do if it were standing on its own merits. It should be 
 stripped of this favorable association in order to exhibit it in its 
 true aspect. And it may be here worthy of observation, that it 
 would be well for us to ascertain, with some degree of exact- 
 ness, how far this home instruction should be employed in con- 
 nection with the system of collective teaching, which is at 
 present in operation in our schools for the poor. 
 
 The importance of experimental facts may be illustrated by 
 the history of physical science. Before the time of Galileo it 
 was believed that water rose in the common pump from Na- 
 ture's horror of a vacuum. An experimental fact was wanting 
 to expose the fallacy of this hypothesis ; that fact was supplied 
 to Galileo by the workmen of Tuscany when they found that 
 water would not rise in the barrel of a pump higher than 
 thirty-four feet. In like manner, we may find that some for- 
 tunate experiment or fact of observation, may lead to a rever- 
 sion of some of our existing dogmas in education. 
 
 In conducting experiments, it may be useful to observe, the 
 
PHILOSOPJIY OF METHOD. ht 
 
 truth of a great general system of education may be confirmed 
 in two ways, viz., by altering the conditions under which it is 
 made to act, or by altering the intensity of the element which 
 constitutes its distinguishing feature. When the pupil of 
 Galileo substituted mercury for water, to test the presence of 
 atmospheric pressure he rightly considered that if there was 
 a constantly acting law of pressure the column of the one fluid 
 would be to that of the other in the inverse ratio of their densi- 
 ties : it is well known that the result of the experiment con- 
 firmed the truth of the theory. Not satisfied with this con- 
 firmation, Pascal proposed to try the expenmentum cruets by 
 varying the intensity of the operating principle, and he there- 
 fore had the Torricellian ex|^eriment performed upon the top 
 of a mountain, where the atmospheric column was diminished. 
 The result of this experimeflt, it is scarcely necessary to say, 
 fully established the great principle of atmospheric pressure, 
 [n like manner, it may not be too presumptuous to suppose, 
 the truth of many of our general theories and systems of in- 
 struction may be confirmed or overthrown. 
 
 To Estimate the Results of Method. — Without undervalu 
 ing the communication of positive knowledge in the education 
 of children, we should in general attach the greatest import 
 ance to that system which tends most to develop and improve 
 their intellectual and moral powers. But it is possible that, 
 i.i our regard for this darling idea, we may overlook the fact 
 that the study of those subjects which are the most useful is 
 generally the most instructive. The school of the poor should 
 never become an intellectual gymnasium, where the future 
 destinies of the children are disregarded. Children in the 
 course of nature become men and women, and their pursuits 
 and studies in school should prepare them for playing their 
 parts in the great world in which tliey must move and act. 
 
 In the education of a young gentleman it matters little whether 
 his muscles are strengthened by digging in the garden, or by 
 exercises with the parallel bars in the playground ; but with 
 the child of poverty it is very different— his lot is labor, and 
 labor should form a part of his school training. To an Eaton 
 scholar it may be of little consequence whether he learns land- 
 surveying, or whether his tutors teach him to decipher Egyp- 
 tian hieroglyphics or any other hieroglyphics, provided his in- 
 tellcclual powers arc exercised and developed : but with the 
 
58 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 son of the mechanic it is different ; his period of school train- 
 ing being limited, has no time to spare for learning things 
 which have only a remote bearing on his future employment ; 
 to him the schoolroom should be, in a certain sense, the ves- 
 tibule of the workshop. In estimating, therefore, the results 
 of systems in primary schools a due regard should be paid to 
 this twofold aspect of education. 
 
 In the education of adults the matter is somewhat different, 
 for in this case the chief end, if not the sole end, of class in- 
 struction should, obviously, be the communication of that 
 knowledge which shall be immediately and directly beneficial 
 to them in their respective avocations. 
 
 The object of education should be to develop all the facul- 
 ties of our nature— physical, intellectual, and moral ; and that, 
 too, in harmony with one another.* A system sometimes tends 
 only to develop one set of faculties to the neglecting of all 
 the others. When this is the case, the teacher should adopt 
 some system which shall be supplemental to the other, so that 
 the two systems, acting in conjunction, shall exercise all the 
 faculties of the pupils. ^ The same observations apply to the 
 subject of study. For example, the study of arithmetic or 
 geometry exercises the mind in only one kind of evidence — 
 mathematical evidence ; therefore in this case the teacher would 
 do well to give, side by side with arithmetic, some easy lessons 
 on physical science^ where the mind of the pupil is exercised 
 in moral evidence. 
 
 * Froebel says : The time, end, and aim of all onr work "is the har- 
 monious growth of the whole being," 
 
NATURE OF THE BEING TO BE EDUCATED. 69 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 TO ASCERTAIN THE NATURE OF THE BEING TO BE EDUCATED — 
 GENERAL FACTS AND PRINCIPLES — PRIMITIVE INTELLI- 
 GENCE THE BASIS OF DEVELOPMENT— CLASSIFICATION OF 
 THE FACULTIES — ESSENTIAL POINTS CONSIDERED IN RELA- 
 TION TO METHOD. 
 
 To ASCERTAIN THE NATURE OF THE BeING TO BE EDUCATED. 
 
 As a knowledge of human nature is the true basis of the 
 science of education, it is essential to the discovery of general 
 principles of method that we should have a complete record 
 of general facts relative to the development of the intellectual 
 and moral faculties, and that it should be fully ascertained, by 
 actual observations and experiments, what subjects and 
 methods of instruction are best calculated to aid the develop- 
 ment of these faculties at the different stages of their growth : 
 in order to complete the science of education, we require some- 
 thing more than a mere knowledge of the general principles of 
 mental philosophy. Such a course of inquiry would not only 
 contribute to advance the science of education, but it would 
 also give us a more complete view of the natural history of the 
 human mind.* 
 
 It has been said that psychological analysis will lead us to a 
 knowledge of the laws regulating the development of our facul- 
 ties ; but in the inquiry we may be very much aided- by observ- 
 ing how humanity, or the mind of society, has developed itself 
 
 * Tate very excellently presents this matter, which has been almost 
 entirely overlooked by later writers. The Herbart School alone has laid 
 great stress on this, maintaining that the development of the child runs 
 parallel to the historical growth of the human race.—B. S. 
 
60 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 in the different stages of its advancement ; that is to say, how 
 the mind of man has discovered truth after truth, and built up 
 science upon science, in attaining our present elevated condition 
 of civilization and intelligence. It is obvious that the mind, 
 considered historically, that is, objectively, must give us 
 the broad features of the mind considered per se, that is, sub- 
 jectively. Those natural instincts and impulses w^hich evince 
 themselves in the individual mind must undoubtedly exhibit 
 themselves on a grand scale in the development of the race it- 
 self, or the mind of man acting in society. 
 
 We give the following as amongst the most important gen- 
 eral facts or lavrs relating to the development of the faculties : 
 
 General Facts relating to the Development op the 
 Intellectual Faculties. 
 
 1. The faculties follow a lavs^ of progressive development. 
 
 2. They are cultivated by being properly exercised on appro- 
 priate subjects. 
 
 3. They are weakened by being overtasked, or by being 
 exercised on inappropriate subjects. They admit of a wrong 
 development. 
 
 4. All our knowledge of the material world is derived through 
 the senses. Material objects and the various phenomena of 
 the external world are the subjects upon which the faculties 
 first exercise themselves. Material aids promote the activity of 
 all the faculties. 
 
 5. The natural force of the faculties differs in different in- 
 dividuals. 
 
 6. The voluntary faculties, such as attention, are influenced 
 by motives. Children like to do things in company with one 
 another. With children, the natural and most healthful in- 
 centive to attention is the association of pleasure with instruc- 
 tion : nature has connected a refined intellectual pleasure with 
 the healthful exercise of the faculties ; curiosity or the desire 
 of knowledge^ and the love of the beautiful and the wonderful, 
 
INTELLECTUAL DEVELOPMENT. 61 
 
 are the great actuating principles of early childhood, and their 
 gratification is always accompanied by pleasurable emotions. 
 Unnatural modes of instruction give rise to harsh and vitiating 
 modes of discipline. 
 
 7. Habits are formed by the repetition of the same acts. 
 The habits of attention and concentration are the great main- 
 springs of education. The habit of directing the undivided 
 or concentrated force of the faculties to a given subject is 
 never fully acquired in early life— children love change and 
 novelty. 
 
 8. One class of faculties may repose whilst another class of 
 faculties is being exercised. 
 
 9. The faculties are most vigorous when they are exercised 
 voluntarily. The principle of self-dependence is one of the 
 most powerful agents of culture. Children have a natural 
 craving for knowledge as well as for occupation. 
 
 10. The strength of any faculty and the desire for exercising 
 it are greater according as it has been more or less called into 
 activity. The sooner a faculty is called into healthful action, 
 the greater, other things being the same, will be its strength. 
 The cultivation of the reasoning faculties should not be too 
 long delayed. 
 
 11. The faculties, in the course of their development, act 
 ind react upon one another. The complete development of 
 my faculty depends, more or less, on the development of some 
 other faculty. 
 
 The mind is really one indivisible substance having different 
 states and modes of action ; these states and modes of action 
 being called faculties. ^ 
 
 Some of the faculties are almost simultaneous in their action 
 as well as in their development. 
 
 All the faculties of the mind exist in a greater or less state of 
 activity at every stage of development. 
 
 The mind as a whole admits of cultivation at every stage of 
 development. The moral faculties may be cultivated in con- 
 nection with the intellectual faculties ; and so on. 
 
 13. For the purpose of culture, the faculties may be divided 
 into groups or classes. 
 
 ^ 
 
62 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 13. Our subjects, as well as our methods of instruction, may 
 be varied or modified to suit the different classes of facjilties. 
 
 14. Each class of faculties has its characteristic motives of 
 action as well as habits of action. 
 
 15. Each faculty has a primitive state corresponding to its 
 spontaneous development. Primitive judgments form the basis 
 of all our knowledge. 
 
 Certain faculties have also distinct states of development cor- 
 responding to the subjects upon which they are exercised. These 
 states have an important bearing on early education. 
 
 16. All our knowledge is derived from three sources, viz.. 
 Sensation, Reflection, and the Primitive Laws {Intuitions)* in- 
 volved in our mental operations. 
 
 Primitive Intelligence, as shown in Perception and 
 Intuition, considered as the Basis of Development. 
 
 There is a pre-established harmony between external nature 
 and the laws regulating the operations of the mind. Through 
 sensation, or the impressions derived from the senses, the im- 
 material (the mind) comes into contact with the material, and 
 springs (through its own inherent energies) into all the various 
 forms of developed intelligence. Without sensation the mind 
 could not germinate ; and without the reflex power which the 
 mind exercises over these sensations intelligence could not 
 exist. But this is not all : the awakened intelligence derives 
 fresh vitality from the primitive laws involved in its own opera- 
 rations. Hence our knowledge, the aliment of intellectual life, 
 is derived from the three following sources : Sensation, Reflec- 
 tion, and Intuition, or the Primitive Laws involved in our men- 
 tal operations. 
 
 The infant soul contains implicitly all the faculties of the 
 developed intelligence : reason is there, with all its essential 
 
 * The term " primitive laws" is used by Mr. Tate as writers on mental 
 science now use the term " intuition;" in fact, h© uses the latter terra a 
 few lines below. 
 
PRIMITIVE mTELLlGSNCE. 68 
 
 characteristics ; but it is there only in its intuitive forni. The 
 mind intuitively comprehends and feels the relations subsisting 
 between itself and the external world, without being able at 
 once to give its knowledge anything like a formal or abstract 
 expression. It spontaneously and unconsciously forms primi- 
 tive judgments or inferences, recognizes the beautiful and par- 
 ticipates in it, and acts under the conviction of certain funda- 
 mental principles of belief. All the materials of perfect intel- 
 ligence exist in these primary or primitive intuitions, but they 
 have to be reduced to definite forms and consistent combina- 
 tions. 
 
 Nature is truly a revelation. To the human soul nature 
 speaks in an intelligible language, which the brute cannot un- 
 derstand. The brute looks on nature as it looks on a book- 
 it sees lights and shades, but nothing beyond ; on the contrary, 
 the human intelligence at once deciphers the symbolic char- 
 acters of that book. The validity of our intuitive perceptions 
 must, therefore, be referred to this preconstructed harmony 
 between the soul and nature. 
 
 Our primitive intuitions comprehend judgments, sentinoents, 
 and fundamental principles of belief. 
 
 Perception is the first stage of intelligence ; but perception, 
 regarded as a distinct stage of intelligence, involves something 
 more than a summation of sensual impressions. By perception 
 we become immediately conscious of the qualities of material 
 objects. Out of our perceptions arise certain necessary and 
 intuitive judgments. We perceive the properties of an object 
 separately as well as in connection with the object considered 
 as a collective unity, and thus recognize and distinguish objects 
 by their properties : every such cognition, obviously, involves 
 a judgment ; in point of fact, a proposition, which, though not 
 expressed, is not the less felt and understood as such. We per- 
 ceive the physical qualities of an object, but we apprehend 
 something more— we are conscious that t?ie me, the percipient, 
 is distinct from, and independent of, the not me, or the thing 
 perceived. The sentiment of the beautiful is intuitive ; we 
 
64 PmLOSOPHY OF EDUCATION, 
 
 look at a flower ; we perceive that it has a certain shape, size 
 and color ; but we apprehend far more than this — the percep 
 tion is associated with pleasurable emotions, and an indefinable 
 sense of the beautiful fills the soul. We listen to an exquisite 
 piece of music ; we have a perception of tone and time, but 
 along with this we have the perception of harmony. The 
 moral and religious sentiments are intuitive : the virgin sim- 
 plicity of a child's moral nature is too apparent to require 
 illustration ; education too often blights this original simplicity. 
 Our intuitive sentiments involve some of the deepest thoughts 
 and principles of our existence. 
 
 Our primitive judgments or intuitive perceptions are, of all 
 our forms of intelligence, the most vivid and comprehensive. 
 They give us all the elements of our subsequent knowledge, 
 not in signs or abstract representations, but immediately, in our 
 self-consciousness.* They are universal and invariable, for 
 they are found as well in the savage as in the civilized man. 
 They are necessary and absolute ; for to be different from what 
 they are is impossible. They are formed spontaneously and 
 intuitively— that is to say, anterior to and irrespective of any 
 reflective processes; they are unreflective because they are spon- 
 taneous, and spontaneous because they flow directly from the 
 primeval harmony existing between the material and spiritual 
 worlds. They embody all our experience ; that is, experience 
 in its most comprehensive sense. 
 
 Our experience (according to the usual acceptation of the 
 term) comprehends the knowledge derived from sensation and 
 reflection ; but does our knowledge stop here ? We must be 
 careful that we do not leave out some element of the inquiry, 
 and then repair the mutilation by arbitrary inventions. The fact 
 is, all knowledge begins with experience, but it does not end 
 with experience. There are certain intuitive principles of be- 
 
 * " The impressions or sensations (received through the sensory- 
 organs) being incapable of resolution into anything simpler than them- 
 selves, are the fundamental elements of knowledge. The development 
 of the mind begins with the reception of sensations" (Payne, p. 97). 
 
INTUITIVE PERCEPTIONS. «5 
 
 lief, as well as certain primitive judgments, sncli as the relation 
 of cause and effect, which cannot be derived from experience. 
 Let us propose the question : What is our primitive impression 
 relative to causation ? Do we regard it simply as a relation of 
 succession, of antecedent and consequent, or something more ? 
 Now the relation of succession, which is really derived from 
 experience, is a very different thing from the relation of cause 
 and effect. When we say that fire melts wax, we mean some- 
 thing more than that the phenomenon of fluidity succeeds the 
 phenomenon of the contact of fire ; in fact, we believe that 
 there is some active principle in the fire which produces the 
 fluidity. Again, our acts are not only sequences to the opera- 
 tion of the will — we regard them (from the primitive laws of 
 our mental operations) as the direct effects of our volitions. 
 Thus every act of attention is voluntary, but every voluntary 
 act is characterized by the circumstance that we consider our- 
 selves as the responsible cause of it. A cause, therefore, is not 
 merely an antecedent to a phenomenon, it is something more ; 
 it possesses an active productive power : we cannot escape the 
 conclusion, for it is involved in our mental existence. To ad- 
 duce any further illustrations of the nature of our fundamental 
 principles of belief is unnecessary ; enough has been said to 
 render manifest the general truth — that they are based on the 
 laws which the Creator has established. 
 
 Every branch of knowledge must pass through the intuitive 
 before it can reach the abstract form ; that is, the form of ab- 
 stract representation. There is a reality, a depth, an exliaust- 
 lessness, in our primitive knowledge, but it is vague and unde- 
 fined ; it must become objectified before it can become definite ; 
 it must be fixed in the representative form of language before 
 it can become an element of exact science.* 
 
 * " The mind, in gaining knowledge for itself, proceeds from the con- 
 crete to the abstract; from particular facts to general facts or principles: 
 and from principles to laws, rules, and definitions, and not in the inverse 
 order" (Payne, p. 99). 
 5 
 
36 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Such is the primitive intelligence — the intelligence of per- 
 ception and intuition. We now enter upon a new and broader 
 platform of development. Hitherto all our cognitions have 
 been immediate — that is to say, they have flowed directly from 
 the sensations derived from concrete things ; now the faculties 
 of memory, conception, and representation come into active 
 play, and create a new world of cognitions, at once spiritual 
 and material — the world of ideas, of signs and representations. 
 The facts of perception are no longer idealized impressions, 
 existing as it were only subjectively or in our consciousness ; 
 they now assume the representative form of language, which is 
 a symbolical representation of thought, whereby we give a sort 
 of independent and external existence to the results of mental 
 operations. The mind translates all its primitive judgments 
 into language, and the judgments so symbolized are called 
 propositions. Primitive propositions (like primitive judgments) 
 express the relations of concrete things. Language expresses our 
 primitive judgments first in the form of primitive propositions ; 
 but by the aid of the faculty of abstraction these judgments 
 are gradually generalized, and then the corresponding proposi- 
 tions become general and abstract. Again, by the faculty of 
 abstraction we separate the elements of a proposition in order 
 to consider them separately : these elements are abstract ideas. 
 Thus, in the development of the understanding we begin with 
 judgments ; then follow propositions ; and last of all we have 
 abstract ideas : judgments are formed by the faculty of judg- 
 ment, one of the original functions of the mind. 
 
 We have observed that primitive judgments expressed in 
 language are called propositions, or it may be axioms. Now it 
 is important to bear in mind that these abstract representative 
 forms involve nothing more than what is contained in the primi- 
 tive forms. When you tell a child (with your "subject, 
 copula, and predicate") that " a rose is beautiful," you tell him 
 notbtng but what he previously knew and apprehended in the 
 form of a primitive judgment : this is what you really do, — 
 you show him how to express his primitive judgments in Ian- 
 
LAW OF ACQUISITION OF KNOWLEDGE. 67 
 
 guage. and thereby show him how he may give fixedness and 
 precision to his intuitive cognitions ; that is, how he may give 
 to his silent thoughts and emotions "a local habitation and a 
 name. " 
 
 The law regulating the acquisition of knowledge is this : we 
 cognize the concrete before the abstract, the concrete being the 
 simple, the abstract the difficult. Primitive judgments formed 
 in connection with the sensations derived from concrete things 
 precede abstract representations and processes requiring the 
 exercise of abstract judgment and reason. A child judges of 
 the color of an object before he has formed any abstract idea of 
 color ; he judges of the relation of numbers before he has 
 formed any idea of number apart from its concrete representa- 
 tions ; he judges of form before he has any cognition of the 
 abstract definitions of form, and so on. Primitive judgments 
 form the basis of all our knowledge, whether of abstractions or 
 of processes of reasoning. An axiom is an abstract expression 
 of a primitive judgment formed in relation to the perception of 
 actual objects ; these judgments exist in the mind and form 
 the subjects of perfect cognition before they are regarded in 
 their axiomatic form. Thus, for example, a child would not 
 understand you if you were to tell him that two and three 
 make five in consequence of the axiom, that the whole is equal 
 to the sum of its parts ; but he would think and reason in ac- 
 cordance with it if three objects and two objects were placed 
 before him in order that he might ascertain their sum. 
 
 Primary education begins with the culture of our intuitive 
 perceptions ; this culture chiefly consists in affording occasions 
 and stimulants for their development, and in fixing them in the 
 mind by means of representative language : this is what we 
 mean by the cultivation of .the perceptive faculties. Hence ob- 
 ject-lessons, picture-lessons, etc., constitute the best forms of 
 early culture. 
 
 To enlarge on this subject at present is unnecessary ; enough 
 has been said to render manifest the general truth, that the 
 young mind, at every stage of its development, is more or 
 
68 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 less influenced by the culture of the primitive or perceptive 
 faculties. 
 
 Classification of the Faculties of the Mind. 
 
 The mind has intellect, feeling, and will.* We think, 
 we feel ; we act; that is to say, we have thoughts and feelings, 
 and we have also the power of controlling our thoughts and 
 feelings. Hence our internal phenomena comprehend intel- 
 lect, feelings or emotions, and will. The ideal type of 
 the human soul (the image of God) consists in the full and har- 
 monious development of these three elements ; the intellect, in 
 this perfect state of development, is characterized by freedom 
 OF thought ; the emotions by benevolence or love ; and 
 the will by unrestricted power. Under proper culture 
 (with the blessing of God) the soul gradually assimilates itself 
 to this perfect state of development. It is true that in the 
 present world we may never reach this ideal state of develop- 
 ment ; nevertheless we may be constantly tending towards it. 
 
 The strength and activity of a faculty depend on the force 
 of the will which animates it : and in like manner, the char- 
 acter of our emotions is determined by the active force of the 
 'will. If we want to ascertain the stage of development of the 
 intellectual and moral faculties we must look to the state of the 
 will as regards its freedom : this is the true index to all the 
 other operations of the mind. In infancy, when the faculties 
 are feeble, there is little or no voluntary power ; the mind is 
 chiefly governed by instincts and intuitions. On the other hand, 
 as we acquire more and more intellectual and moral power, so 
 we gain more and more force of will. Our acts (intellectual as 
 well as moral) are determined by actuating principles ; that is 
 
 * Intelligence, feeling, and volition are only expressions of the same 
 mental force. AU of these mental conditions depend on the relations 
 between conceptions, and hence intelligence, feeling, and voUtion cannot 
 be influenced or educated in any other manner than by shaping the con- 
 ceptions and the relations of conceptions in which these mental expres- 
 ERonft hav© th©ir rise.— E. S, 
 
CLASSIFICATION OF FACULTIES, 69 
 
 to say, by motives, by habits, and by instincts. Our force of 
 will and thought is evidenced by the character of our actuating 
 principles. 
 
 Four distinct Stages of Development. — There are four 
 phrases in our language which have reference to four charac- 
 teristic or distinct stages of mental activity: I perceive the 
 thing ; I have a conception of the thing ; I know or understand 
 the thing ; and I can prove the thing. The faculties called into 
 operation in the first act may be named the perceptive facul- 
 ties ; those in the second, the conceptive or representative 
 FACULTIES ; in the third, the knowing faculties or the facul- 
 ties of the understanding ; and in the fourth, the reasoning 
 faculties.* These four classes of faculties characterize four 
 distinct stages of intellectual development. Co-ordinate with 
 these four intellectual stages we have also four distinct stages 
 of development of the emotions and will. The first intellectual 
 stage is marked by a maximum of sensibility with a minimum / 
 force of will ; the second by a diminution of sensibility with an 
 increase of the force of will ; the third by a further diminution 
 of sensibility with a further increase of the force of will ; and 
 
 * The use of the word " faculty " is apt to convey a false impression 
 and to confuse rather than explain. The receiving of a sensation 
 through one of the organs in consequence of some change within or 
 outside of the body is the simplest mental phenomenon. Recalling 
 this sensation at some future time, without a repetition of that excita- 
 tion which originally gave rise to the sensation, is termed a conception. 
 Recognizing the present conception as identical with, or different from, 
 some former conception, indicates the third stage to which Tate refers. 
 The association of the various features that may go to make up a con- 
 ception leads to the first acts of reasoning. The reproduction of one of 
 these features at once recalls the whole conception. The absence of one 
 of these features forces the mind to distinguish between the present and 
 the former conception. 
 
 This entire classification of the faculties of the mind by Tate is open 
 to criticism. Psychical activity, however complicated in its higher 
 forms, is developed in a manner inestimably more simple than the pro- 
 cess which Tate attempts to outline. Comp. on Psychology, Payne, 
 Herbert, ZiUer, Bain, Spencer, etc.— E. S. 
 
70 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 the fourth by a minimum of sensibility with a maximum force 
 of will. These four stages, then, respectively comprehend the. 
 condition of the intellect, the emotions, and the will ; that is, of 
 the whole mind. All the functions of the mind, more or less 
 developed, exist in these difierent stages ; at the same time it 
 must be imderstood that one stage gradually merges into that 
 which succeeds it. These stages of development separately ex- 
 ist under a condition of transition and assimilation. The com- 
 mencement of each is marked by the birth of a new faculty 
 which had previously existed only in a latent or embryo form. 
 They are distinguished from one another by the peculiar activ- 
 ity of the faculty which characterizes each ; and they are mu- 
 tually connected by the necessity of a certain amount of simul- 
 taneous action and development. 
 
 The following mode of representation may aid the conception 
 in realizing the mutual relations of these stages of development : 
 
 Human intelligence, in its different forms of development, is 
 intermediate between the animal organism, the zero of intelli- 
 gence, and the infinite. Between the zero of intelligence and 
 the infinite there are four ascending stages, respectively con- 
 tinuous, but each joined to the one which succeeds it by an ab- 
 rupt line of connection indicating the explicit development of 
 a new power. At each step of the ascent we approach the in- 
 finite and recede from the zero. At the base of these four 
 ascending stages or platforms of development we place the line 
 which marks the level of the animal organism. Ascending 
 from this base line, we have the first stage of development which 
 marks the region of Intuition : somewhat abruptly, this stage 
 connects itself with the second stage of development, which 
 marks the region of representation, and so on, until we arrive 
 at the most elevated stage of human development, the region 
 of thought and reflection, which coniinuaily approaches the 
 line of infinite elevation without ever reaching it. However high 
 human intelligence may rise in the region of thought, it must 
 always be intnitely removed from the iniinite iuteliigence, the 
 image of God ; but the first stage of human intelligence in its 
 descent approaches nearer and nearer, until it is indefiniiely 
 near to the zero of intelligence, the animal organism.* 
 
 * No such distinctly marked stages of mental growth really ex- 
 i8t.-E. S. 
 
CLASSIFICATION OF FACULTIES. 
 
 71 
 
 The classification of the intellectual and moral faculties 
 here proposed is distinctly exhibited in the following tabular 
 forms : 
 
 I. Classification of the Faculties of the Mind as a 
 
 WHOLE. 
 
 stages of 
 
 The Intellectual 
 Faculties. 
 
 The Moral Faculties. 
 
 Development. 
 
 The Feelings. 
 
 The WilL 
 
 1st Stage. 
 
 The Perceptive fac- 
 ulties. 
 
 Passive emotions 
 and sentiments. 
 
 Instinct and pas- 
 sions, with little 
 voluntary power. 
 
 2d Stage. 
 
 The Conceptivft or 
 Representative 
 faculties. 
 
 Sentiments, active 
 emotions, and af- 
 fections. 
 
 Instincts and pas- 
 sions, with some 
 voluntary power. 
 
 3d Stage. 
 
 The Knowing fac- 
 ulties, or the fac- 
 ulties of the 
 understanding. 
 
 Affections more en- 
 larged and active. 
 
 Considerable force 
 of Will. 
 
 4th Stage. 
 
 The Reasoning fac- 
 ulties. 
 
 Benevolence or 
 Love. 
 
 Freedom of WiU. 
 
 II. Classification of the Intellectual Faculties. 
 
 stages of 
 Development. 
 
 Characteristic Class 
 of Faculties. 
 
 General Character 
 of each Class. 
 
 Inaividual Faculties in 
 each Class. 
 
 1st Stage. 
 
 The Perceptive fac- 
 ulties. 
 
 ■ 
 
 Intuitive. 
 
 Sensation. Percep- 
 tion. Attention. 
 Observation, Re- 
 tention. Primitive 
 judgment or intui- 
 tive perception. 
 
72 
 
 JPHILOSOFHT OF JEDVCATION. 
 
 Stages of 
 Development. 
 
 Characteristic Class 
 of Faculties. 
 
 General Character 
 of each Class. 
 
 Individual Faculties in 
 each Class. 
 
 2d Stage. 
 
 The Conceptive or 
 Representative 
 faculties. 
 
 Representa- 
 
 Memory. Imitation. 
 Conception. Imagi- 
 nation. Associa- 
 tion Recollection. 
 Repres.entation as 
 exhibited in lan- 
 guage. Primitive 
 judgment associ- 
 ated with concep- 
 tion. 
 
 8d Stage. 
 
 The Knowing fac- 
 ulties, or the fac- 
 ulties of the 
 understanding. 
 
 Cogniative. 
 
 Abstraction. Classifi- 
 cation. Generaliza- 
 tion. Explicit com- 
 parison, composi- 
 tion, and analysis. 
 Judgment, etc. 
 
 4th Stage. 
 
 The Reasoning fac- 
 ulties. 
 
 Cogitative. 
 
 Reason as exercised 
 in: Demonstration; 
 Induction : Explicit 
 Observation, Re- 
 flecti«>n : Specula- 
 tive thinking, etc. 
 
 [This table is reprinted to make the volume complete, but the reader 
 will remember that it does not represent the mental science of to-day. 
 ~E. S.] 
 
 First Stage: The Perceptive Faculties. — Explanatory 
 BemarJcs. — Here the characteristic faculty is perception ; but 
 all the faculties of intelligence must exist rudimentally or im- 
 plicitly in this stage of mental phenomena. The chief motive 
 principles are instinct and intuition ; yet at the same time it 
 must be observed that there cannot be the slightest conscious- 
 ness of a sensation without an act of attention, that is, without 
 some activity of will. On the whole, our mental phenomena, 
 at this stage, are characterized by sensibility and sentiment, 
 rather than by thought and reflection.* 
 
 * Tate does not present this matter clearly. Joseph Payne says 
 (Principles of Science of Ed.), page 97: "The development of the 
 
RETENTION. 78 
 
 Observation is a compound faculty, comprehending (more or 
 less according to circumstances) Discernment, Comparison, 
 Composition, and Implicit Abstraction. Observation may be 
 either implicit or explicit ; that is, it may be to a great extent 
 an unconscious act of the mind, or it may be in the highest 
 sense a voluntary act, performed from a preconcerted plan and 
 for the attainment of a specific and defined object. In tbe 
 latter sense, observation is decidedly a faculty of reason ; in 
 the former sense it belongs to the perceptive class of faculties. 
 
 Primitive judgment is the faculty of judgment in its first or 
 primitive form, by the exercise of which the child at once cog- 
 nizes simple truths or intuitive propositions. Observation and 
 Primitive Judgment may be regarded as the rudimental or em- 
 bryo forms of Reason. 
 
 Retention is the primitive or rudimentary form of memory. 
 With a slight effort of will the prominent features of an im- 
 pression are retained in the mind ; this power we have called 
 retention : but after the impression has entirely faded from the 
 mind it is revived or recalled by the power of memory. By 
 attention the mind lays hold of sensational impressions, ideal- 
 izes them, and fixes them in the soul in the form of primitive 
 knowledge. Strictly speaking, we do not retain the sensational 
 impression, but only those prominent portions of it to which 
 the attention has been most powerfully directed, and which the 
 mind has idealized, or made as it were part of itself. We look 
 intently at a striking object ; we close our eyes : the image of 
 the object is retained in the mind not by a conscious effort of 
 will, or by an ordinary act of memory, but by a power some- 
 
 mind begins with the reception of sensations. The grouping of sensa- 
 tions forms perceptions, which are registered in the mind as concep- 
 tions. The development of the mind, which begins with the reception 
 of sensations, is carried onward by the formation of ideas." To admit 
 that activity of the will was necessary before there could be conscious- 
 ness of a sensation would force us to some very curious conclusions. 
 The opposite is really true. There can be no activity of the will without 
 the previous consciousness of some object (sensation, conception}, whipl) 
 ^pmes the cause fmd tifte purpose of th§ ypJiti^,— ®. &t 
 
74 FHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 what resembling it. The products of sensations, constituting 
 the results of experience, soon find a lodgment in our mental 
 treasury, and of their existence the mind becomes conscious 
 whenever similar sensations are presented. The recurrence of 
 the same sensation gradually gives rise to the power of con- 
 sciously recalling it.* 
 
 In this stage, external phenomena and their relations are 
 viewed, less as subjects of tJionght than as objects of sentiment 
 and feeling : the mind, standing as it were face to face with 
 the objects of perception, is necessarily more engaged with the 
 contemplation of the objects themselves than with its own self- 
 consciousness ; hence the mind is more sensual than reflective. 
 Now a new class of faculties, memory and conception, are 
 about to play their part in tbe mental history, and to draw the 
 mind more away from the dominion of mere sensational im- 
 pressions : we now pass from the sphere of perception and in- 
 tuition to that cf conception and representation. 
 
 Second Stage: The Representative Faculties, — Here 
 the first faculty to be considered is memory. We exercise this 
 faculty when we recall ideas or intuitions with ih^full and dis- 
 tinct consciousness of the connection between the type and the 
 antitype. Attention, as a decidedly voluntary power, now ex- 
 ercises the most powerful influences in the development of the 
 other faculties. We look intently at an object of beauty ; a 
 sensation is produced, the attention is aroused : we look again 
 at the object and examine all its prominent features, as well in 
 their relations to one another as in their relations to tbe object 
 as a whole ; we idealize the sensation, that is, we throw it into 
 a form suited to our apprehension : here the mental operations 
 
 ♦ The reproduction of a former conception is in the first instance en- 
 tirely involuntary. The recalling to mind of a former conception lends 
 it additional force, so that the more frequently it is recalled to con- 
 sciousness, the more easily will it maintain itself there. In other words, 
 its frequent reproduction lends this particular conception greater force, 
 and it sprin;;s into consciousness, if not displaced or obscured by some 
 stronger conception.— E. S. 
 
MSMORY-CONCEPTtON, 75 
 
 involved in the act of perception enable us readily to recall the 
 image we have consciously constructed. Strictly speaking, 
 memory is a repetition of a mental operation accompanied with 
 the consciousness of its prior existence ; what we recall is simply 
 the product of the mind's operations. When we remember a 
 thing we reproduce the mental operations connected with the 
 immediate perception of it. 
 
 The next faculty to be considered is conception. In every 
 act of memory the image which is recalled is always connected, 
 in our consciousness, with the actual impression which had 
 been previously produced by the object ; but this image may 
 become so idealized that we at length lose sight of its connec- 
 tion with the original impression ; in fact, the idea, apart from 
 the object itself, may become a distinct object of consciousness 
 and contemplation : this mental process is called conception. 
 The peculiar function of conception is to store the mind with 
 ideas formed out of our immediate perceptions, by aid of atten- 
 tion and memory. This accumulation of ideas tends to elevate 
 the mind more and more above the influence of external im- 
 pressions ; to give the mind a more independent existence ; to 
 engage it more in the contemplation of the world of its own 
 creation— the world of conceptions and inward representations. 
 Imagination is a higher kind of conception ; the latter is repro. 
 ductke, the other productive or creatke. Imagination combines 
 and modifies our conceptions of existing things in such a way 
 as to produce a purely ideai or fictitious representation. Con- 
 ception is something more than memory on the one hand, and 
 something less than imagination on the other.* 
 
 * The use of the word " Conception" in a sense different from that ia 
 which it is usually employed, and connecting it with the unfortunate 
 expression " faculty," tends to leave a false impression on the mind of 
 the student. What Tate refers to in this instance is the development 
 of general psychical and logical ideas— general conceptions, from which 
 all accidental attributes have been removed, and only the general fea- 
 tures characterizing a species or a class have been retained— or in the 
 turther development not even these, but merely such qualifications as 
 the logical construction of the idea make necessary. — E. S. 
 
% PmtOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 The facultj' of association now gives us a new power over 
 our mental operations : it gives order and arrangement to our 
 ideas and conceptions, and enables us to represent them hj 
 signs and symbols.* By the faculty of association certain 
 sounds and written signs become suggestive of, or associated 
 with, certain ideas : the naine of a thing, for example, whether 
 spoken or written, becomes associated with the conception or 
 idea of the thing, so that the presence of the one suggests that 
 of the other. But we arriye at this result progressively. 
 The origin of language gives us the origin and natural history 
 of the faculty of representation. Our first outward signs of 
 ideas are gestures : a nod is tlie representative of an affirma- 
 tion, a shake of the head of a negation, and so on. Our natu- 
 ral wants are also indicated by characteristic gestures. Sounds 
 imitative of the peculiar cries of animals are taken as the signs 
 of the idea of those animals. Our natural expressions of pleas- 
 ure, pain, surprise, etc., also readily become the symbols of 
 the mental states which they indicate. Spoken language na- 
 turally comes before written language : a child perceives a par- 
 ticular object ; we point to it and express its name : the process 
 is repeated until at length the idea of the object and the name 
 of it are inseparably associated in the child's mind. A child 
 interprets a life-like picture as we do a book ; he reads in that 
 picture the history of the acts, passions, and habits of the crea- 
 tures represented. Picture-writing is the next obvious stage in 
 the representative process, and it is not difficult to conceive how 
 the pictorial process of representation would gradually merge 
 into a purely symbolic representation. A written language, 
 then, composed of arbitrary symbolic characters, is the highest 
 evidence of the free exercise of the representative faculty. It 
 
 * Association is not a faculty: it is simply one of the conditions, one of 
 the relations to one another, into which conceptions of w hich we become 
 conscious at the same time may enter. The similar features of two dis- 
 tinct conceptions become at once associated, identical, so that the 
 one conception readily recalls the other. Memory. Imagination, Com- 
 parison, Intelligence, and all higrhei- mental activity have their founda- 
 tion in these relations of conceptions.— E. S. 
 
nSiCOLLECnON. 77 
 
 completely objectifies our ideas, and gives, as it were, a twofold 
 existence to the products of thought. Words and ideas exercise 
 a reciprocal influence on each other : the visible representation 
 suggests its corresponding idea, and the idea suggests its cor- 
 responding representation. 
 
 By the faculty of recollection we retain words, and, through 
 them, reproduce the ideas which they symbolize. - 
 
 Third Stage : The Cognitive Faculties. — Language not 
 only enables us to express our ideas by signs or words but it 
 further enables us to express the various relations which these 
 ideas bear to one another ; that is to say, it enables us to express 
 our judgments in the form of propositions. This is a step in 
 advance of the foregoing stage of development. Now we have 
 to express our primitive udgments, embodying all the results 
 of our experience, in the form of propositions; but besides 
 this, we have to classify, extend, and generalize these judg- 
 ments, and to express them in the form of general or abstract 
 propositions. The faculties of abstraction, classification, and 
 generalization, which have been hitherto only incidentally and 
 Implicitly exercised, must now be methodically and explicitly 
 brought to bear upon the materials of knowledge. 
 
 There are two kinds of abstraction, viz., mediate and imme- 
 diate. In mediate abstraction we compare the qualities of dif- 
 ferent objects, reject their differences in order to fix upon their 
 resemblances, and from these resemblances we derive a general 
 or abstract idea. In immediate absti'action we compare the 
 parts or qualities of a single object ; eliminating and neglecting 
 the individual and variable parts, we disengage the general and 
 invariable part, and give it the form of an abstract or general 
 idea.f In both cases the end proposed is the derivation of a 
 
 * Is this really anything else but memory? A special faculty recall a 
 certain class of conceptions would be a contradiction to the principles 
 of economy, which nature observes in all its workings.— E. S. 
 
 tThis distinction between "mediate" and "immediate" abstraction 
 is arbitrary. In each instance, whether there are one or more objects 
 to be considered, the process of abstraction is the same. Compare with 
 what was said above under the head of ' ' Conception."— E. S. 
 
78 PHILOSOPHT OP SDVCATIOK. 
 
 general idea : this general idea, being fixed and expressed by a 
 term, will be henceforth used as a common sign of a complete 
 class of phenomena. The mind, by fixing its attention on ab- 
 stract words, or general terms, as the signs of ideas, disengages 
 itself from the minor details involved in the contemplation of 
 the concrete world. 
 
 Having gained a new store of abstract and general terms, 
 we express our judgments in those terms, and thus derive ab- 
 stract propositions. We compare abstract terms with each other, 
 so as to determine their agreement or disagreement ; we analyze 
 propositions expressing our judgments, and put the elements 
 together in another form better suited to our apprehension. 
 These mental operations indicate that we have passed into a 
 higher region of thought, and that we have arrived at an alti- 
 tude of development which gives us a wider, a more exact, and 
 a less obsti-ucted range of view than we had at the anterior peri- 
 od of development. 
 
 FouKTH Stage : The CoGiTATrvE Faculties.— Being pro- 
 vided with the great instrument of thought — language— reason 
 now freely expands itself : it wings its ways into every region 
 of inquiry in search of truth ; it methodizes all its materials of 
 thought, and proceeds to investigate truth according to certain 
 definite and explicit modes ; it lays down certain self-deter- 
 mined principles of action, and suborns to itself all the other 
 operations of the mind ; with a penetrating and comprehensive 
 glance it looks back upon all the processes of thought through 
 which it has passed, and links the past with the present and the 
 present with the future. Reason in this condition of freedom 
 is not merely cognitive, it is also cogitative ; it not merely seeks 
 knowledge, but it also seeks to discover the sources of knowl- 
 edge ; it endeavors to penetrate truth to its very centre — to trace 
 truth in its origin, history, and consequences. 
 
 Inductive reasoning leads us to a knowledge of the general 
 laws of nature ; deductive reasoning enables us to tell the an- 
 tecedents of any given phenomenon, and to foretell its conse- 
 quents. By abstract or speculative reason we attain a knowl- 
 
NATURE OF THE FACULTIES. 79 
 
 edge of universal truths, embracing alike the laTvs which gov- 
 ern the operations of nature and the operations of thought. Our 
 intelligence is now much higher in the scale of development 
 than that which we characterized by conception and under- 
 standing ; it contains the ideality of the one combined with tha 
 exactness of the other ; it embodies all the anterior develop- 
 ments in one harmonious definite unity ; in short, it is com- 
 plete freedom of thought under the condition of law and re- 
 sponsibility. 
 
 Essential Points to be considered in relation to 
 Method as applied to Education. 
 
 I. The nature of the faculties. 
 
 II. The subjects best adapted for the cultivation of each 
 class of faculties. 
 
 III. The nature of the motives acting on each class of facul- 
 ties. 
 
 IV. The habits of action to be established in relation to each 
 class of facultiet. 
 
 V. The methods of instruction adapted to each class of fac- 
 ulties. 
 
 VI. Application of results to the different periods of educa- 
 tion. 
 
 I. Nature of the Faculties. 
 
 The nature of the faculties may be viewed under the follow- 
 ing aspects : 
 
 1. The peculiar function of each faculty. 
 
 2. Mutual relation of the faculties. 
 
 3. Classification of the faculties with respect to their simul- 
 taneous cultivation. 
 
 (1.) The peculiar Function of each Faculty. — What we 
 have further to adduce relative to the nature of each faculty 
 has a special bearing on method as applied to education. 
 
 It has been observed that reason and other faculties of 
 
80 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. . 
 
 thought exist in a rudimentary form at the very earliest stages, 
 of development ; but there is a period in our intellectual growth 
 when these faculties attain certain definite or explicit states of 
 development. So far as regards the purpose of elementary edu- 
 cation, it may be assumed that each faculty may exist in two 
 distinct states of development ; viz., in its first or simple form 
 of development,* or in its latest or complex form. What, then, 
 are the characteristics of these two states? 
 
 Certain faculties may ^xist in distinct and determinate states 
 of development, depending for the most part on tlie nature of tJie 
 subject of instruction ; that is to say, whether th£ subject he con- 
 crete or abstract. 
 
 In general, a faculty will exist either in a simple or in a com- 
 plex state, according as the subject to which it is directed is 
 concrete or abstract, f Thus, we may have either simple con- 
 ception or abstract conception ; simple abstraction or complex 
 abstraction ; simple memory or recollection, ideality or imagi- 
 nation ; intuitive reasoning or abstract reasoning ; and so on. 
 These faculties at the first stage of their development have sim- 
 ple and definite functions, whereas at the latest stage they as- 
 sume new and more complex functions as we rise higher into 
 the region of intellection. It is true that these two states of 
 development gradually merge into each other, according as we 
 blend the two classes of subjects together. 
 
 * The simplest psrchioal phenomena are the sensations and the con- 
 ceptions which they call forth. Herbart, Froebel, Pestaluzzi. the entire 
 modern school which makes education an art based upon science and 
 philosophy, require that education should begin with the training of the 
 organs of sense, a classiflcntion of sensation, and the formation of a habit 
 of cl< >se observation This has led or is leading to the presentation of ail 
 elemeiifa'-y studies in the form of object-lessons — E. S. 
 
 + That a faculty— supposing such a power or quality to exist in the sense 
 in which Tate takes it— may be supposed as existing at one time in a 
 simple and at another in a compound form, and in what way it is to 
 change its nature from a simple to a compound form, so as to accommo 
 date itself to a concrete or an abstract conception, sho\vs the difficulties 
 that arise when we leave the truth.— E. SI 
 
FUNCTIONS or THX FACULTIES. 81 
 
 Conception. — Our sim.plec'', conceptions are fonned by the 
 aid of models and pictorial representations ; abstract conception 
 is the conception of a thing formed from a verbal description 
 of it.* 
 
 Imagination.— This faculty, in its latest stat« of develop- 
 ment, creates fictitious scenes and events, and invests mere ab- 
 stractions with all the qualities of vital existence. But the 
 IDEALITT peculiar to young children is very little removed from 
 simple conception : with the aid of visible representations they 
 form the idea of absent objects or distant scenes ; a stick with 
 a rag tied round it is invested with all the qualities of a living 
 baby ; a small picture enables them to realize the idea of an un- 
 seen re-ality : in this case the ideal conception is formed in con- 
 nection with the concrete representation. 
 
 Abstraction.— A child's first abstractions are derived from 
 a comparative examination of the properties of concrete things : 
 he forms an abstract idea of number by counting various famil- 
 iar objects ; he forms the abstract conception of a quadruped by 
 observing the fact that cats, dogs, horses, etc., have a certain 
 quality in common, viz, , four legs or four feet. Whereas in 
 some of our higher abstractions the subject undergoes a process 
 of intellection or intellectual elaboration, before the abstractions 
 are completed. Thus, in order to realize the idea of a noun, the 
 child must frequently form a double or complex abstraction ; 
 for the name of a thing (e.g., bird) is a noun, not the thing itself ; 
 on the other hand, a horse is really a quadruped. 
 
 Some eminent writers on education assert "that the faculty 
 of abstraction is the latest in the development of the human 
 mind." Now this is only true as regards the faculty of com- 
 plex abstraction, for even young chikben readily exercise the 
 faculty of simple abstraction. 
 
 Ideas of number, form, magnitude, weight, color, etc., be- 
 
 • From which it might be inferred that without models and pictorial 
 representations (usually very complicated aflfairs) there would be no 
 very simple conceptions, and that without verbal descnptions there coul4 
 be no abstract conceptiona 1— E. S. 
 
83 FHILOSOPHT OF EDUCATION. 
 
 lon^ to OUT simple abstractions; ideas connected with our men- 
 tal operations, the analysis of language, pure science, etc., be- 
 long to our complex abstractions. 
 
 Reason (Reasoning).* — A child's reasoning chiefly consists 
 in making simple deductions or inferences from palpable facts 
 or from the relations of concrete things ; whereas reason, in its 
 highest form of development, investigates the relations of ab- 
 stract things. Mental arithmetic, taught by objects, calls into 
 activity this early or first fonn of reason (reasoning) ; physical 
 laws, geometry, etc., taught in the same manner, also exercise 
 this first form of reason. 
 
 The peculiar function of reason (reasoning) is the investiga- 
 tion and recognition of truth; but in every process of reasoning 
 there is always something taken for granted or assumed to be 
 true. The truths assumed may be self-evident axioms, facts 
 derived from observation and experiment, principles derived 
 from induction, or abstract propositions which have been pre- 
 viously established. When a child reasoni about familiar 
 things, or familiar phenomena, the axioms forming the basis of 
 his inferences are not expressed in an abstract fonn of lan- 
 guage—they are rather understood from their actual and spe- 
 cial relation to the subjects or objects ; in fact, his belief in 
 these axioms is of that silent, unconscious, instinctive kind of 
 belief. 
 
 The simplicity or complexity of a process of reasoning de- 
 pends upon, 1. The nature of the subject ; 2. The method ; 3. 
 The nature or form of the axiomatic truths or propositions, as 
 the case may be. 
 
 1. The nature of the subject. The subject may be either 
 concrete or abstract. In the former case, other things being 
 the same, our reasoning will be simple or intuitive ; in the latter 
 case abstract. 
 
 3. The method may be experimental, inductive, tentative, or 
 some other method which appeals to the perceptive faculties ; 
 
 * Note as to reason and reasoning.— E. S. 
 
MUTUAL DELATION OF THE FACULTIES. 83 
 
 or it may be abstract, that is, the method may appeal to the re« 
 flective faculties, and not to the perceptive faculties. In the 
 former case, other things being in keeping, our reasoning will 
 be simple or intuitive ; in the latter case abstract. 
 
 3. The nature or form of the axiomatic truths or proposi- 
 tions. These may be explained in connection with the particu- 
 lar subject, or they may be expressed in the form of abstract 
 truths. In the former case, other things being in keeping, our 
 reasoning will be simple or intuitive ; in the latter case abstract. 
 
 Hence we come to the general conclusion, that our reasoning 
 will be more or less abstract or difficult, according as the 
 faculty of abstraction is more or less exercised in the process. 
 
 That our intellectual faculties may exist in two distinct states 
 of development seems to have been overlooked by teachers as 
 well as by educational writers : these states, as we have en- 
 deavored to sbow, depend on the nature of the subject to which 
 the faculty is directed ; the concrete exercising the simple form 
 of the faculty, and the abstract the complex form of the faculty. 
 The result of this misconception has been that the cultivation 
 of the higher faculties has been too much neglected in our ele- 
 mentary schools. We have no hesitation in saying that the 
 higher faculties, in their first or simple forms, may be health- 
 fully exercised at any early age. A child of seven years readily 
 forms simple abstractions, and reasons clearly about concrete 
 things. 
 
 (2) Mutual Relation of the Faculties. — The following 
 points of relation are worthy of consideration : 
 
 1. Relation of succession. 2. Relation of assimilation. 3. 
 Relation of aggregation. 
 
 1. Relation of succession. In our various mental processes 
 there is a natural order of succession as regards the action of 
 the faculties. Thus, sensation is followed by perception ; per- 
 ception and attention are followed by memory and conception ; 
 conception, observation, etc., by abstraction ; and so on. This 
 order of succession seems to correspond with the order of devel- 
 opment as given at p. 71. 
 
84 PrntOSOPHT OF EDUCATION, 
 
 2. Relation of assimilation. All the faculties are at firs* 
 feeble and circi^niscribed as to their modes of action, but unde. 
 proper culture they gradually gain strength and assume new 
 modes of action. This growth and development is in many 
 cases equivalent to the assimilation of one faculty to another. 
 Thus : attention intensified becomes concentration, or that 
 faculty whereby we direct the undivided force of the faculties 
 to a given subject. Observation intensified and Tnetliodized be- 
 comes an important element of inductive reasoning. The con- 
 ception of a thing, from a verbal description, is an ideal opera- 
 tion nearly allied to imagination. The conceptive faculties 
 verge upon the abstractive faculties : to form a true and com- 
 plete conception of a complex object we must examine its parts, 
 compare them with each other, and fonn a conception of them 
 separately as well as in their relations to the whole. And so on 
 to other faculties.* 
 
 3. Relation of aggi*egation. A complex mental operation 
 may be regarded as an aggregation of certain simple operations. 
 Each class of faculties has a leading faculty characterizing the 
 group. Perception is the leading or characteristic faculty of 
 the perceptive faculties ; conception and representation, of the 
 conceptive and representative faculties ; the judgment, of the 
 knowing faculties; and reason, of the reasoning faculties. 
 Each successive group maybe regarded as an aggregation of 
 all the faculties in the groups preceding it, connected with the 
 faculties peculiar to each group. 
 
 * The entire mental growth and the forms which are eventually evolved 
 are simply the results of relations into which the different conceptions 
 enter. Memory, concentration , imagination, comparison, etc., etc., are 
 only different names for different aspects of the same mental activity— 
 not, however, so many faculties each of which has its own peculiar work 
 to perform. Throughout this part of the work Tate makes the serious 
 mistake of regarding the mind as a machine, in which there are a great 
 many levers and cog-wheels (faculties), and each of these has its particu- 
 lar office to perform— nothing more, nothing less. Such an assimiption 
 must force the author from one mistake to another. 
 
SIMULTANEOUS ACTION OF THE FACULTIES. 85 
 
 The different states of a faculty depend on the mode of the 
 aggregation. 
 
 Recollection, or philosophical memory, is simple memory 
 acting in conjunction with the faculty of association, and some- 
 times with that of reason (reasoning). 
 
 Ideality is the ideal faculty acting in conjunction with the 
 perceptive faculties. Imagination is a more ideal kind of 
 conception. 
 
 Simple abstraction is the abstractive faculty acting in con- 
 junction with the perceptive faculties. Complex abstraction 
 is the abstractive faculty acting in conjunction with the con- 
 ceptive faculties or the representative faculties, or with an ab- 
 straction previously formed. 
 
 Intuitive reason (reasoning) is the rational faculty acting 
 in conjunction with the perceptive faculties, and it may be 
 with simple abstraction. Abstract reason (reasoning) is the 
 rational faculty acting in conjunction with complex abstraction. 
 
 In order to cultivate any faculty, or class of faculties, we 
 should make ourselves acquainted with the mode of aggrega- 
 tion. 
 
 (3.) The Faculties considered with respect to their simul- 
 taneous Action and Cvdtivation. — The connection between 
 some of our faculties is so close that we cannot exercise one with- 
 out exercising another. Thus, perception, as well as concep- 
 tion, is almost always associated with primitive judgment, etc. ; 
 the faculty of conception cannot be exercised without memory; 
 the faculties of conception and language are invariably exer- 
 cised together — the conception of a thing and the name of the 
 thing are almost inseparable ; the faculties of abstraction and 
 classification depend upon those of conception and comparison ; 
 reason and judgment presuppose the development of observa- 
 tion, conception, comparison, abstraction, and language ; and 
 so on. 
 
 As many of our faculties are almost contemporaneous in 
 their action, the cultivation of one class of faculties necessarily 
 involves the cultivation of some other. To cultivate any f ac- 
 
86 PHILOSOPBY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 ulty by itself is scarcely practicable, and indeed if it were prac- 
 ticable it is not desirable. In giving a lesson, the skilful 
 teacher suits bis instruction to the cultivation of a series of fac- 
 ulty having a mutual aflSnity. 
 
 Each class of faculties may be cultivated by itself or in com- 
 bination with some other ; ' special attention should be given to 
 the leading or characteristic faculty in each class. But certain 
 combinations are more eligible for simultaneous cultivation 
 than others. The conceptiveand representative faculties should 
 be cultivated along with the perceptive faculties. Memory de- 
 pends solely upon the activity of attention. Language, espe- 
 cially technical and abstract terms, should be first taught in 
 connection with the exercise of the perceptive faculties. Ab- 
 straction, judgment, and reason (reasoning), in the early states 
 of their development, should be cultivated in connection with 
 the observing or perceptive faculties. The recollective faculty, 
 or simple memory combined with the faculty of association, 
 should be cultivated in connection with the reasoning.f acuities. 
 And so on to other cases. As a general rule applicable to 
 early training, we should say that the perceptive faculties should 
 form the basis of cultivation for all the other faculties of the 
 mind. . 
 
 II. The Subjects best adapted for the Cultivation of 
 
 THE different FACULTIES. 
 
 Classification of Subjects. — The leading topics of school 
 instruction may be reduced to five : 
 
 1. The knowledge and application of facts and principles of 
 direct observation, under which may be included Object Les- 
 sons, Lessons on familiar natural phenomena and natural his- 
 tory. Mental Arithmetic, Drawing, Writing, Speaking, Mean- 
 ing of tcnns and phrases, etc. 
 
 These subjects specially cultivate the perceptive faculties, 
 and the conceptive and representative faculties, together with 
 simple abstraction and intuitive reason. 
 
. NATURE OF MOTIVES. 87 
 
 2. The knowledge and application of signs and symbols, to 
 which we may refer Reading, Orthography, Symbolical Arith- 
 metic, etc. 
 
 These subjects chiefly cultivate the representative faculties. 
 
 3. The knowledge of facts generally, which includes descrip- 
 tive Geography, Natural History, Narratives, History (especi- 
 ally of our own country), etc. 
 
 These subjects specially cultivate the knowing faculties. 
 
 4. The knowledge of general laws and abstract relations, to 
 which we may refer Natural and Experimental Philosophy, 
 Physical Geography, Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Gram- 
 mar, etc. These subjects specially cultivate the reasoning 
 faculties. 
 
 5. The knowledge which inculcates sentiment and excites re- 
 flection, comprehending General Reading, Poetry, Music, Re- 
 ligion, etc. 
 
 These subjects specially cultivate the imagination and all the 
 higher or reflective faculties, together with the moral and re- 
 ligious sentiments. 
 
 in. Natitre of the Motites Acxma vs each Class of 
 Faculties. 
 
 The most important motives of action, so far as relates to in- 
 tellectual culture, are as follows : 
 
 1. Curiosity, or the desire for knowledge. 3. Love of the 
 beautiful and the wonderful. 3. The pleasure connected with 
 the healthful exercise of the faculties. 4. The pleasure of suc- 
 cess. 5. Sympathy and emulation. 6. Desire of approbation, 
 7. Hope of reward. 8. Fear of punishment. 9. Love of dis- 
 tinction. 10. Love of truth. 11. Sense of duty. 13. The 
 pleasure derived from the possession of knowledge and the con- 
 sciousness of power. 
 
 The first four motives are specially applicable to the cultiva- 
 tion of all the faculties at their early stages of development ; as 
 far as regards the cultivation of the perceptive, conceptive, and 
 
88 PHILOSOPST OF EDUCATION. 
 
 representative faculties, scarcely any other motives of action 
 are necessary. But the range of motives must be enlarged with 
 the growth and development of the faculties. The cultivation 
 of the knowing and reasoning faculties frequently requires the 
 aid of almost every legitimate motive. Motives of action should 
 be varied according to the diversities of intellect, character, and 
 subjects of instruction. When one motive loses its power an- 
 other may be effective. 
 
 rv. The Habits of Action to be established m belation 
 TO EACH Class of Faculties. 
 
 The most important habits of action, so far as relates to in- 
 tellectual culture, are as follows : 
 
 1. Continuous attention. 2. Careful observation. 3. Vivac- 
 ity—Earnestness — Mental Activity — Promptitude. 4. Docil- 
 ity — Veneration — Obedience— Order — Exactness. 5. Self-re- 
 liance — Thoughtf ulness — Self -culture — Self - examination — 
 Self control. 6. Concentration— Abstractive attention — System- 
 atic study— Analytic examination — Distributive classification of 
 knowledge — Realization and self-appropriation of knowledge 
 — ^Decision of character — Strenuous and laborious application. 
 7. Reflection — Candor — Devotedness in the pursuit of truth 
 — Self-dedication — The philosophic spirit — Correct thinking, 
 speaking, writing, and feeling. 
 
 The first five habits should be specially cultivated in relation 
 to all the faculties at their early stages of development : These 
 habits, however, have a special relation to the perceptive, imita- 
 tive, and conceptive faculties ; but the range of habits must be 
 enlarged with the growth and development of the faculties. The 
 habits included in the 6th group should be established in rela- 
 tion to the exercise of the knowing or understanding faculties ; 
 and those included in the 7th group should be established in 
 connection with the cultivation of the reasoning faculties. 
 
MDUCATIONAL PXRTOPS. 
 
 V. The Methods op Instbitction adapted to each Class 
 
 OF Faculties. 
 
 The general principles of method contained in Chap. IV. 
 are more or less applicable to the cultivation of all the faculties; 
 and Part II. of this work contains specific methods for the cul- 
 tivation of the different classes of faculties. 
 
 VI. Application op Results to the Dipfeiient Periods 
 
 OP Education. 
 
 Our early life may be divided into five periods. 
 
 1. Infancy (from Birth to Fourth Year). — The infant has 
 first to acquire the right use of its senses. During the later 
 part of this period the perceptive faculties attain a considerable 
 degree of vigor and acuteness ; and the conceptive and repre- 
 sentative faculties, constituting the first evidences of mental ex- 
 istence, also characterize the later part of this period. As the 
 brain, the organ of thought, is in an imperfect state, our in- 
 struction should be entirely of a desultory character ; we should 
 wait for the spontaneous development of the faculties. Speak- 
 ing, singing, and the names of familiar objects constitute the 
 chief subject-matters of instruction. 
 
 2. Early Childhood (from Fourth to Seventh Year). — This 
 period is marked by a greater activity and precision of the con- 
 ceptive and representative faculties, associated to some extent 
 with the knowing faculties, and the first glimmerings of reason. 
 The sensibilities of the child are also quickened, and the im- 
 pressions produced by external objects are deeper and more 
 lasting. Attention, at first spontaneous, now becomes a volun- 
 tary faculty. At the early part of this period instruction should 
 be identified with amusement, and all technical learning should 
 be carefully excluded. We should invest our subjects of in- 
 struction with some charm calculated to engage the feelings. 
 During this period the mind should be prepared for commenc- 
 
% PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 ing the exertions required at the subsequent period. Without 
 heing technical or strictly systematic, our subjects of instniction 
 should be comprehensive, the exclusive object of all our instruc- 
 tion being the development of the faculties. Speaking, singing, 
 object-lessons, lessons on striking natural phenomena, picture- 
 lessons, mental arithmetic, and the facts of Scripture (life of 
 Christ, etc.), should form the chief subjects of instruction 
 throughout the whole of this period. At the latter part of this 
 period, writing, drawing, reading, common arithmetic, and 
 geography should be taught in such a way as to form the basis 
 of futm*e instruction. Intuitive truths or simple propositions 
 may also be taught as inferences from familiar facts. 
 
 3. Childhood (from Seventh to Tenth Year). — This period is 
 chiefly marked by the dawn of reason and imagination, and the 
 fuller development of the faculties of the understanding. Dur- 
 ing this period the studies of the preceding period should be ex- 
 tended and associated with easy processes of reasoning and ab- 
 straction. The abstract terms and phrases of language, arith- 
 metic, geometry, natural science, and grammar, should be 
 taught in connection with their concrete forms. Lessons on 
 general knowledge should also be given, comprehending simple 
 stories, narratives, historical sketches, and descriptions of 
 natural scenery, in prose as well as in verse. 
 
 4. Early Youth (fiom Tenth to Fourteenth Year).— Al- 
 though the perceptive and conceptive faculties still maintain 
 their ascendancy, yet during this period the understanding and 
 reason attain a certain degree of strength. Reason (reasoning) 
 now gives strength and vivacity to all the other faculties, and 
 especially to the recollective faculty. As the mind is now cap- 
 able of more sustained exertion, the habit of inteusilied atten- 
 tion, or the habit of directing the undivided force of the faculties 
 to a given subject, should form an important object of culture. 
 The subjects of instruction belonging to the foregoing period 
 should be enlarged, and studied more systematically, yet not 
 without a due regard to the imperlect state of the reflective 
 faculties. Language, mathematics, and the physical sciences 
 
GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF TEACHING. 91 
 
 and useful arts should be specially studied, not only as means 
 of intellectual culture, but also as subjects having a direct bear- 
 ing on the business of life. 
 
 5. Youth (from Fourteenth Year to Manhood). — During this 
 period all the faculties of our nature attain their full develop- 
 ment. Every subject must now be studied in its most technical 
 and systematic form ; that is, supposing the preceding periods 
 have been duly improved. Every study must now be pur- 
 sued with earnestness, vigor, and determination ; and duties 
 requiring strenuous and continued labor should be performed 
 with cheerfulness and exactness for the sake of the end to be 
 attained. Competitive examinations and rewards now become 
 appropriate as well as powerful stimulants to exertion. During 
 this period the subjects of study should have a special bearing 
 on the profession or business for which the youth is being 
 educated. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF TEACHING, OR ELEMENTS OP 
 METHOD. 
 
 Have we arrived at any well-recognized general principles 
 of method as applied to education? If so, what are they? Un- 
 fortunately, the philosophy of method has never yet been sys- 
 tematically studied by practical teachers, nor have its principles 
 been fairly applied by them with the view of determining what 
 are the true general principles or axioms of education. How- 
 ever, a careful induction of recognized psychological facts has 
 led us to regard the following as deserving a place amongst 
 those axioms or general principles. The unsettled state of our 
 knowledge on this subject will form the best apology for the 
 imperfection, or it may be the errors, of the following summary 
 of general principles. 
 
93 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 It will be observed that many of these principles give differ- 
 ent faces or aspects of the same general principle ; such aspects 
 are essential to the full development of the subject-matter, and 
 give a precision and a distinctiveness to the different modes in 
 which an important general principle may be applied. 
 
 I. Our methods of education should act in co-operation with, and 
 should form adjuncts to, the natural order and mode of develop- 
 ment of the physical, intellectual, and moral faculties of tJie 
 children; in short, we must teach children after ths way by 
 which nature intended tlmt they should he taught. 
 
 This must comprehend all other general principles of educa- 
 tion. 
 
 The faculties of children develop themselves slowly, one 
 faculty shows itself before another ; some are as active and 
 almost as vigorous in the child as they are in the full-grown 
 man— such as perception, simple memory, curiosity, etc. : on 
 the contrary, certain faculties never attain their full develop- 
 ment until the child has arrived at the period of maturity- 
 such as recollection, or philosophical memory, imagination, 
 abstraction, reason, etc. 
 
 All the faculties are invigorated by being properly exercised , 
 whereas, on the other hand, they may be enfeebled by being 
 overtasked, or by being exercised on subjects which do not 
 come within their proper sphere. The subjects of instruction 
 as well as the methods of instruction should be adapted to the 
 strength of the faculties. 
 
 Our business is not to destroy any faculty, but to follow out 
 the intentions of nature in relation to its development ; our 
 business is not to create any faculty, but to cultivate all the 
 faculties which God has bestowed upon the child, according to 
 the plan or method which He has ordained. 
 
 The cultivation of any faculty should have a relation to the 
 period at which it develops itself. Thus, for example, the faculty 
 of observation is strong in young children, that of abstract 
 
NATURAL DEVELOFMENT OF FACULTIES. 93 
 
 reason (reasoning) is weak; hence we should communicate 
 knowledge to young chiklren through their perceptive faculties, 
 and we should at the same time be careful that we do not over- 
 task the faculty of reason (reasoning). Certain faculties attain 
 distinct states of development corresponding to the growth of 
 the mind as a whole : ideality, simple abstraction, and intuitive 
 reason (reasoning) are developed at an early period ; whereas 
 complex abstraction and abstract reason (reasoning) are the 
 latest in the development of the human mind. 
 
 As a first condition of success in teaching, the master should 
 be thoroughly acquainted with the laws regulating the develop- 
 ment of the faculties of the being to be educated : his work 
 becomes comparatively easy and pleasant when his meihods of 
 instruction are framed in accordance with these laws. 
 
 The various faculties require distinct modes of cultivation ; 
 so that what may be requisite for the development of one, may 
 not be best adapted for the development of another : one course 
 of study may cultivate the faculty of recollection, another 
 course that of imagination ; and so on. In order, therefore, to 
 give a full elucidation of this subject, it is necessary that we 
 should consider the various faculties of our nature in detail, 
 with the view of determining the best modes for their respective 
 cultivation. This we purpose to do in another part of this 
 work. But there are certain general principles which have re- 
 spect to the development of the mind as a whole, and these we 
 purpose to consider before giving an account of the cultivation 
 of particular faculties or particular classes of faculties.* 
 
 * " We must not hope wholly to change their original tempers, nor 
 make the gay pensive and grave, nor the melancholy sportive without 
 spoiling them. God has stamped certain characters upon men's minds, 
 which, like their shapes, may perhaps be a Httle mended, but can hardly 
 be totally altered and transfoimed into the contrary. He therefore that 
 is about children should well study their natures and aptitudes, and see 
 by often trials what turn they easily take, and what becomes them; 
 observe what their native stock is, how it may be improved, and what it 
 is fit for: he should consider what they want, whether they bo capable 
 o€ having it wrought into them by industry, and incorporated there by 
 
94 FMILOSOPMY OF EDUCATI0K 
 
 II. The chief object of primary education is to develop all the 
 faculties of our nature, physical, intellectual, and moral. At 
 the same time the development of the fOjCuUks of children above 
 a certain age should Tiave a due regard to their future employ- 
 ment in the present world, as well as to their future destiny in 
 the world to come. Instruction should he characteHzed by the 
 principle of utidty and development. 
 
 The first ten years of a child's life is peculiarly the period of 
 development. During this period the acquisition of knowledge 
 is in itself a very secondary object— it is a means for securing 
 a great end, and that end is the development of the faculties. 
 No knowledge, however valuable in itself, can compensate for 
 the deadening influence which its acquisition may have had 
 upon the faculties of the child ; on the other hand, no knowl- 
 edge, however trifling in itself, should be despised which en- 
 livens and invigorates these faculties.* 
 
 The mind, from its very constitution, seeks to develop itself. 
 A boy is not a mere recipient of knowledge : his faculties are 
 continually developing themselves by exercise. Everything in 
 the world around him tends to stimulate this development. His 
 Creator has placed him in this beautiful world, where all its 
 laws and phenomena tend to quicken, develop, and elevate his 
 physical, intellectual, and moral faculties. The creature should 
 surely follow out the intentions of the Creator ! 
 
 But educators, in the place of fostering this development, have 
 
 practice; and whether it be worth while to endeavor it. For in many- 
 cases all that we can do or should aim at is, to make the best of what 
 nature has given, to prevent the vices and faults to which such a consti- 
 tution is most inclined, and give it all the advantages it is capable of. 
 Every one's natural genius ^hould be carried as far as it could: but to at- 
 tempt the putting another upon him, will be but labor in vain; and what 
 is so plastered on will at best sit but untowardly, and have always hang- 
 ing to it the ungracefulness of constraint and affectation."— Locke. 
 
 * Pestalozzi says : *' Observe the nature and propensities of youi 
 children, in order to be able to educate them according to their iudivid 
 \ial wants and talents. *' 
 
KNOWLEDGE A MEANS TO AN END. 95 
 
 too frequently directed their energies to counteract it — instead 
 of regarding knowledge as a means, they have looked upon it 
 as an end* 
 
 These systems taken separately are obviously imperfect. The 
 faculties, as we have already shown, can always be developed 
 in harmony with the useful nature of the subjects of instruc- 
 tion, for what is most instructive to the mind of the hoy will gen- 
 erally be found to be the most iiseful to the man; so that, in 
 reality, there is not necessarily any antagonism between the 
 principle of utility and that of development. Without losing 
 sight of the importance of practical knowledge, especially at 
 the later stages of elementary instruction, the truly enlightened 
 educator will ever regard the development of the faculties as 
 the great end of all his teaching ; but from the various useful 
 matters of instruction he will always select that which is best 
 calculated to secure this end, and his mode or system of teach- 
 ing will always have a reference to the same gi'eat end. The 
 question with him will not be, Have I conveyed the greatest 
 amount of technical knowledge in the least possible time ? have 
 I engrafted the ideas of the man upon the mind of the boy ? 
 but it will rather be. Have I awakened any element of intel- 
 lectual or moral vitality which had hitherto lain dormant ? 
 have I invigorated or purified any faculty which had hitherto 
 existed in a feeble or in an imperfect state of development ? 
 and has all this been attained with a due regard to the future 
 pursuits and destiny of the pupil ? 
 
 " England expects every man to do his duty." The school- 
 master has a sacred duty to discharge in relation to his country 
 — he has to educate his pupils in such a way that they may be 
 
 * " Some propose a» the object of all their efforts, to comrminicate as 
 much positive knowledge as possible: they of ten produce living ency- 
 clopaetlias, unfit for useful activity. Others perceive how little this ac- 
 cumulation of abstract knowledge avails in preparation for active life, 
 and direct their attention almost exclusively to matters of a practical 
 nature. On this plan there is no small danger of producing mere in- 
 struments for others — men almost incapable of original thought or in- 
 dependent action. ' '— Woodbridoe. 
 
96 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 fully prepared for carrying out the work which she expects 
 them to perform. England has a great destiny to fulfil 1 On her 
 empire the sun never sets ; she holds under her sway the fairest 
 and richest portions of the globe, and to all of them she has 
 to extend the blessings of her civilization. What our people 
 have done for Nortli America, we have yet to do for South 
 Africa and Asia : the jungle, the lair of the lion and the tiger, 
 has to be converted into corn-fields and gardens ; our mining 
 appliances have to be transported to the gold-fields of Austra- 
 lia ; railways, facilitating the transport of material and produce, 
 have to be constructed in all our great colonies ; and our various 
 forms of machinery, economizing time and labor, have to be 
 established wherever nature affords facilities and scope for 
 their application. Now which is the class of men best quali- 
 fied for carrying out this mighty work ? Is it our classical 
 scholars and abstract mathematicians ? Surely not : we want 
 men of heads and hands ; men of skilled labor, thoroughly 
 conversant with all our practical sciences and arts. Teachers ! 
 such is the class of men at present wanted by your country, and 
 the training of such men should form one great object of your 
 school instruction, 
 
 III. But (he end of education is not merely to develop the facul- 
 ties of the child : it is also to develop them all in harmony with 
 one another, and with a due regard to their proper order and 
 relative importance. 
 
 Nature, or rather the God of nature, intended that the devel- 
 opment of the intellectual and moral faculties should be complete 
 and harmonious, that no faculty should be cultivated at the ex- 
 pense of another, and that every vicious and morbid tendency 
 should be restrained and corrected. The work of education 
 should be corrective as well as directive. The basis of our in- 
 struction, as well as the methods of instruction, should be com- 
 mensurate with the complete development of the faculties. 
 
 Every faculty should be cultivated the moment it is capable 
 of healthy action, for the ultimate force of any faculty is de- 
 pendent upon its eariy exercise not less than upon the frequency 
 with which it is exercised.* In early youth all the faculties are 
 
 * Comenius says: " We learn to do by doing.' 
 
DEVELOPMENT SHOULD BE HARMONIOUS. 97 
 
 under our control, and may be readily moulded by education ; 
 but at a later period they acquire such a rigidity and set as to 
 resist further change or improvement. 
 
 Whilst all the faculties have each an independent mode of 
 action, and admit of distinct modes of culture, the complete 
 development of one faculty often depends on the exercise of 
 another ; for example, the faculty of recollection, which is the 
 most perfect form of memory, depends upon the exercise of the 
 reasoning powers. We should not, therefore, unnecessarily 
 defer the cultivation of the higher faculties. 
 
 In many of our schools no means are employed for the culti- 
 vation of the perceptive and observing faculties, and the rea 
 soning powers are either entirely neglected or cultivated upon 
 too narrow a basis. 
 
 That system of instruction is especially defective which cul- 
 tivates the intellectual powers and neglects the training of the 
 affections and moral feelings. 
 
 The system, practised in too many of our schools, of cram- 
 ming boys with a knowledge of particular subjects, is not only 
 erroneous in method, but highly reprehensible on the ground of 
 moral principle. One boy is almost exclusively taught draw- 
 ing, another mental arithmetic, and so on, with the view of 
 exhibiting at some public examination the little intellectual 
 prodigies to an admiring crowd of visitors. This one-sided 
 system cannot be too strongly denounced : it is a lie of the most 
 mischievous character ; it is deceptive in its aim as well as in 
 its results ; it heartlessly sacrifices the future happiness of the 
 child to pander to a morbid taste en the part of the public for 
 witnessing cases of unhealthful precocity of intellect. The 
 schoolroom should never become a hot-bed for stimulating the 
 growth and development of early genius. As all the boys in 
 each class of a national school breathe the same air, engage in 
 the same physical exercises, and subsist upon the same kind of 
 diet, so, as a general rule, the same intellectual and moral ali- 
 ment will be found suitable to the appetites of all, and the same 
 instruments of development will be found adapted to the pow- 
 7 
 
9a PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. ^ 
 
 ers of all.* If it be requisite to adopt any exceptional rule to 
 the general form of class instruction, we should say, Let the 
 master specially help those that cannot help themselves ; let 
 him check the wayward, and at the same time let him gently 
 lead the feeble nurslings of his flock ; let him specially care for 
 the duncps, and leave the geniuses under certain restrictions to 
 care for themselves. That school is not in a healthful condi- 
 tion where there is a great disparity in the attainments of the 
 pupils, and where there is a want of an harmonious develop- 
 ment of all ihe faculties and susceptibilities of the pupils. At 
 the same time it must be conceded that the management of pe- 
 culiar tempers, dispositions, and tastes must depend upon the 
 individual skill and judgment of the master. While he adheres 
 to his general plan of class instruction, he will not " permit 
 himself to misapprehend, or to pervert according to his own 
 contracted views, that which the Creator has ordered in infinite 
 wisdom ;" he will not confound the amiable and good with the 
 mischievous and wicked ; he will not discourage the intelligent 
 and industrious by connecting them with the ignorant and lazy; 
 and when mere class arrangements fail in giving a proper scope 
 for the exercise of the minds of superior boys, he will assign 
 them some special duties for their self improvement and devel- 
 opment. 
 
 * It would seem that in one direction or another every mortal is a 
 born genius. There is some one thing which his natural talent will ena- 
 ble him to do better than all the world besides. This is his great force, 
 and should be cultivated. The mathematical ignoramus may be a na- 
 tural orator. The study and constant consideration of the individuality 
 of the child is one of the most serious responsibilities of an intelligent 
 teacher.— fi. S. 
 
INSTRUCTION SHOULD BE PROGRESSIVE. 
 
 IV. In order to promote the harmonious development of the 
 faculties, instruction should be progressive — the range of sub- 
 jects, as well as the methods emvloyed in teaching tJiem, should 
 be extended and completed as the faculties of the pupil are ex- 
 panded and developed. 
 
 According to this method, the instruction first given to little 
 children should be as simple as possible. But as their minds 
 become more and more developed the subject-matter of our in- 
 struction should be extended and systematized accordingly, and 
 the range of instruction, as well as the manner in which that 
 instruction is carried out, should be duly proportioned to and 
 commensurate with the growth of the faculties. It is a false 
 idea to suppose that we can teach children from a perfect or 
 complete text-book on any given subject.* It is a law of our 
 intellectual and moral nature that we never arrive at a perfect 
 knowledge of any subject at once ; that can only be attained 
 by mastering the different parts of it little by little and time 
 after time. The leading or prominent points of the various 
 
 * The plan of employing complete text-books has, in my opinion, con 
 tributed to the formation of more dunces than Nature herself has ever 
 produced. Our so-called perfect text books rank amongst the greatest 
 evils to be found in our present system of instruction. The very com- 
 pleteness and so-called strictly logical arrangement of these books are 
 the great causes which render them unsuitable for the development of 
 the juvenile mind. The system which these books pursues is not the 
 system whicli nature lays down for the development of the human facul- 
 ties; the juvenile mind is. at the very threshold, repulsed by the stately 
 order of their definitions, their axioms, their postulates, and their ab- 
 stractions. No wonder that such a system, followed out rigidly, has 
 caused pedagotrues and taskmasters to place the stamp of dtmce upon 
 the brow of some of the highest orders of intellect, and to drive such in- 
 tellects from the close hot-beds of school instruction to seek for that 
 healthful development which is to be found in a free and unrestrained 
 communion with the objects of nature. All unnatural and constrained 
 systems of education Invariably disgust boys of superior minds, and 
 Qause them to seek the development of their faculties in the way by 
 which natur® intended th©j should be developed. 
 
100 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 departments of human knowledge must be fully understood by 
 the young mind before it is capable of entering into the details 
 and systemi^cic combinations forming any complete science. 
 Hence our instruction should not only be progressive as regards 
 the development of particular departments of knowledge, but 
 should also be progressive as regards the development of the 
 ensemble, or the collection of subjects which constitute the mat- 
 ters of instruction. Let us take a few examples. 
 
 In the teaching of grammar we should not teach from any 
 perfect text-book, such as Murray's or Morell's, but we should 
 first go through a very simple yet comprehensive system of 
 grammar, explaining the simplest and most prominent defini- 
 tions and principles, without following them into their minute 
 details. 
 
 In the teaching of practical geometry we should first give the 
 pupils a simple preliminary course of instruction, selecting the 
 most simple, striking, and useful problems, and arranging 
 them according to the most simple and natural order. 
 
 In the teaching of arithmetic we should first carry the pupils 
 through a simple and comprehensive course of calculation, em- 
 bodying all, or nearly all, the fundamental operations of num- 
 bers, before we attempted to carry them through the so called 
 systematic course of arithmetic, involving long and Irksome 
 calculations, intended to give expertness and skill in the ma- 
 nipulation of numbers, rather than to awaken and invigorate 
 the intellectual faculties. 
 
 In the teaching of familiar sciences we should first teach just 
 so much of all the useful sciences, without a slavish regard to 
 their technical arrangement, as could be comprehended by the 
 pupils at their particular stage of intellectual development, con- 
 stantly observing at the same time that the subjects of instruc- 
 tion are arranged according to their order of simplicity and 
 natural aflSnity, rather than according to their order of conven- 
 tional classification. For example, if we wanted a child to un- 
 derstand two laws or principles which had some analogy with 
 each otheTj or depended upon some common principle, we 
 
SELF-DEVELOPMENT. 101 
 
 should not trouble ourselves with inquiring whether the one law 
 belonged to statics or the other to hydrostatics ; it would be 
 enough for our purpose to know that the one would enable us 
 to illustrate the other. And so on to the treatment of other 
 subjects. 
 
 V. Our system of teaching should foster the principle of sdf 
 development and self-instruction. 
 
 Children like to discover things, and to do things, for them- 
 selves, and they always attach the highest value to the knowl- 
 edge which is thus acquired.* The suggestive method of 
 instruction is admirably calculated to foster this principle of 
 self-development. A knowledge of the properties of objects, 
 of the elements of number, and of some of the most obvious 
 laws of nature may be readily taught in this way. In the 
 course of our instruction we should regard the little pupil, not 
 as a mere recipient of knowledge, not as a passive machine to 
 be moved at our will, but as a thinking and voluntary agent, 
 capable of collecting ideas, and even of originating them, 
 when the proper materials or subjects of thought are placed 
 before him. But the teacher must not allow his pupils to wan- 
 der in a wrong direction in search of truth. He must be con- 
 stantly by their side, to shield them from danger, and to guide 
 them to truth— to correct their errors and to confirm their dis- 
 coveries. In order that this spirit of self -development may be 
 maintained in a condition of vigorous activity, the teacher 
 should never require his pupils to do anything which they are 
 not able to do ; and he should never tell them anything which 
 they are capable of finding out for themselves. His teaching 
 
 * Tate states admirably what Longfellow says poetically: "The joy 
 is in the doing." Children feel the same joy and enthusiasm in all they 
 accomplish which the inventor displays when successful. This feeling 
 of success is positively necessary for the development of an independent 
 and courageous character. A.s a rule, the poorest teachers talk most. 
 The best teachers only .direct the line of thought of their scholars.— E. S. 
 
102 FHILOSOPRY OF EDUCATION: 
 
 should be suggestive. As one of the best means of self -de- 
 velopment, 
 
 We should foster voluntary/ efforts. — The teacher should con- 
 stantly endeavor to incite children to voluntary efforts ; this is 
 especially applicable to subjects of home instruction. With 
 the generality of children this may be readily effected : instead 
 of saying to a boy, " Come! you must learn your lesson ; if you 
 do not, I shall whip you very severely " — it would be much better 
 to say to him, "You have an interesting lesson to learn to- 
 night ; when you have done with your play, you will. I am 
 sure, find pleasure in learning it." We should catch children 
 in the proper frame of mind for learning ; and if they are not in 
 that frame of mind when we want to give them instructions, 
 we should endeavor to create it. The usual seasons of amuse- 
 ment should never be selected for graver kinds of instruction ; 
 for in order that children may give an earnest attention to any 
 subject, their minds should not be preoccupied with any mat- 
 ter of particular interest. 
 
 We should catch the clew of thought in a child's mind, 
 and then, hy following it out, give it the direction which we 
 wish it to take. In short, we must observe, follow, and then 
 lead. By this means we may acquire an unlimited control 
 over the child's intellectual and moral habits, without exercis- 
 ing any positive constraint on his liberty of action. 
 
 By this method, we may not only cultivate the reflective and 
 inventive powers of the child, but we foster the principle of 
 self-dependence, which is so essential to his future success in 
 life. 
 
 Independence of thought is nearly allied to invention ; and 
 children are capable of both. Children are more inventive at 
 six years of age than they are at ten ; and independence of 
 thought, like the first untainted odor of the fresh flower, loses 
 its power as the child advances in years. Our present systems 
 of education seem to check the growth of the inventive facul- 
 ties, by filling the mind with knowledge, rather than attending 
 to the development of origiual power. We teach too much by 
 
INSTRUCTION APPEALING TO THE SENSES. 103 
 
 authority, and pay too little regard to the independence and un- 
 biassed exercise of the reasoning powers. When we put a 
 question to children, we generally let them know, one way or 
 another, what sort of answer we expect from them, and they, 
 as a matter of course, in the place of thinking and judging for 
 themselves on the matter of inquiry, endeavor to find out what 
 our view of it is, and frame their answer accordingly. Boys 
 thus ape the habits of thought and manners of men so much, 
 that they lose the beautiful bloom of early childhood long before 
 the reflective period of manhood has commenced. In this way 
 they may acquire knowledge, but it is gained at a fearful cost. 
 Why do we not encourage children to make and invent things? 
 why do we not give them the means of constructing toys and 
 simple machines, and of making simple experiments for them- 
 selves? The answer is apparent — we are too desirous of mould- 
 ing the infant soul after our preconceived ideas, Newton's 
 first invention was a little water-mill ; and Watt's first steam- 
 engine, at least as far as principle is concerned, was his mother's 
 kettle. Why have we so few thinkers amongst us, and so 
 many great scholars, whose heads are so filled with the ideas 
 of others, that they have no room for any thoughts of their 
 own? Because we keep constantly filling the minds of our 
 children with ideas, but rarely seek to develop that power which 
 gives a command over those ideas.* 
 
 VI. In early childhood our subjects of instruction should appeal 
 to the senses. 
 
 ' The first object of instruction should be the development of 
 the perceptive and conceptive faculties ; this is best done by a 
 series of graduated lessons on the properties and uses of exter- 
 nal objects. These lessons, if properly conducted, open up to 
 
 * " Skill is tlie expression of power, and drawing is the second best way 
 of expressing thonght. Moulding in sand is one of the best possible 
 ways to teach geography, and should precede map-drawing." — F. W. 
 Parker. 
 
104 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 the mind of tlie child the first great sources of knowledge, 
 awaken curiosity, encourage a laudable spirit of inquiry, and 
 cultivate habits of observation and attention. Beginning with 
 the most familiar things, such as the properties and uses of the 
 articles about the house, the teacher advances with slow steps, 
 making sure that his pupils comprehend, as far as it is desira- 
 ble that they should do so, every successive lesson ; and as their 
 faculties exi)and the teacher takes care that the subject-mat- 
 ters of instruction are enlarged accordingly. 
 
 Before a child can think, he must be supplied with the 
 first elements of thought ; the names and properties of external 
 objects constitute these first elements. Objects are distinguished 
 from one another by their properties, and a knowledge of these 
 properties can only be acquired by sensation and perception ; in 
 fact, the child must see these properties before he can have any 
 idea or conception of the objects to which they belong. One 
 body is round or square, black or white, hard or soft, transpar- 
 ent or opaque, solid or fluid, etc., according to the impression 
 which the body itself produces upon the senses of the child ; 
 hence it follows that the educator should convey a knowledge 
 of the properties of objects, and the names by which they are 
 called, in connection with the actual perception of Ithe objects 
 themselves. The name of a thing, or the name given to the 
 properties of a thing, should never be given apart from the per- 
 ception of the thing itself. After the thing is withdrawn the 
 name of it, as well as the conception of it, remains fixed in the 
 mind ; the vividness and truthfulness of the conception formed 
 of a thing being always in proportion to the intensity of the in- 
 terest which the thing itself excited in the mind. Thus words 
 are always associated with ideas. A child's mental existence 
 almost entirely depends on the exercise of the faculty of con- 
 ceptio/i. 
 
 At this early stage of development the proper intellectual ali- 
 ment is a knowledge of facts; these facts become the first sub- 
 jects of reflection, and thus prepare the way for a higher de- 
 velopment. As the first step in philosophy is to make a 
 
COMPARISON AND CONTRAST. 105 
 
 collection of facts, so the first stages of instruction should be 
 the communication of a knowledge of facts, without any at- 
 tempts to convey a knowledge of causes, for this should belong 
 to a higher and subsequent period of instruction. Nothing can 
 be more out of place or more absurd than the attempts of 
 authors as well as of teachers to explain the causes of familiar 
 phenomena to very young children, or to bring down to the 
 level of their capacity subjects which presuppose the intelli- 
 gence of riper years. Such instructors fill the head of the pupil 
 with learned words and phrases, which convey no positive idea 
 to him ; torture his memory and understanding with a catalogue 
 of frightful names ; and render the work of education a pain- 
 ful infliction in the place of a delightful duty. 
 
 A knowledge of the properties of external objects should be taught 
 by comparison and contrast, and things that are imknown by 
 those that aire known. Thus, for instance, in explaining the 
 property of transparency, we should show that glass is trans- 
 parent, that there are other bodies which are also transparent, 
 that there are some bodies which are only half -transparent or 
 semi-transparent, and that there is a great number of bodies 
 which are opaque. Here the property is made a subject of 
 comparison and contrast. Again : The picture of a tiger, aided 
 by the resemblance which he has to a cat, will enable us to con- 
 vey a sufficiently correct conception of this gigantic specimen 
 of the feline race. Thus we should say to the child : A tiger is 
 a great wild savage cat, which can tear an ox in pieces with its 
 large claws and teeth with as much ease as our house cat can 
 tear a little mouse. In this way we should convey a knowl- 
 edge of the unknown thing by means of the qualities of a 
 thing that is known. Commencing with what the child 
 knows, we conduct him by easy gradations to a knowledge of 
 what he does not know. In like manner, the conception 
 which the child forms of his earthly father enables him to 
 form an idea of his heoA^enly Fatlier : thus he readily under- 
 stands what is meant by the language, " Our Father, which 
 art in heaven." 
 
106 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Pictori^il representations aid us in giving vivacity and vigor 
 to the faculty of conception. 
 
 We should lead the child to draw simple inferences from the 
 properties of the objects presented to his senses. Glass scratches 
 copper— glass is harder than copper. Iron sinks in water — 
 iron is heavier than water; wood floats on water — wood is 
 lighter than water : and so on. 
 
 The great end to be attained by object-lessons is to familiarize 
 the young mind with the meaning of scientific terms and facts, 
 so as to facilitate the systematic study of science at a later 
 period. Water flows from one vessel to another — water is 
 called 2L fluid. Lead is a solid, but the heat of the fire causes it 
 to melt — lead is fusible. Water boils in the kettle ; the heat 
 makes the water boil ; the steam that you see coming out of the 
 mouth of the kettle is water in the form of xapor — what you 
 see going on is called vaporization, A little water is spread 
 over a plate ; the water gradually disappears — what you see 
 going on is called exaporatlon: and so on. These lessons 
 should, of course, always be methodical and suited to the ages 
 and capabilities of the children. Some of the most important 
 properties and definitions of numbers and geometrical figures 
 may be readily taught by means of tangible objects.* 
 
 Object-lessons, to be instructive and interesting, should always 
 contain something fresh and sparkling. Unfortunately teachers 
 are too much in the habit of reiterating again and again the 
 same sort of lessons containing similar enumerations of proper- 
 ties, etc. Such teachers seem to have no idea that progress 
 should characterize all our instruction. In our object-lessons 
 we should always leave something for the conceptive faculty to 
 work out ; by this means we give an intellectuality and ideality 
 
 * " Observation (or object-lesson), the indispensable, safest, and broad- 
 est bridge between man and nature, deserves to be, so long as culture is 
 to be obtained through art, one of the most, prominent vehicles of Edu- 
 cation."— Herbart. 
 
 All elementary instruction should begin with, include, and be based 
 upon object-lessons.— E. S. 
 
CULTIVATION OF THE HIGHER FACULTIES. 107 
 
 to our lessons : graphic pictures and striking contrasts or analo- 
 gies interest the feelings, and thereby give depth and vigor to 
 the conceptions ; things that are visible are associated with 
 things that are invisible ; objects that are near with those that 
 are distant • events that are present with those that are past ; and 
 the present and the past taken together constitute the clew by 
 which we penetrate the mazes of the future. 
 
 A child must take many things as facts of observation which 
 he may have afterwards to establish by a process of abstract rea- 
 soning, or by a process of induction; and it necessarily follows 
 that many of our first lessons, in certain departments of knowl- 
 edge, must be imperfect : we must often rest satisfied with giv- 
 ing tangible demonstrations when logical processes would fail 
 to be understood ; and where demonstrations cannot be given, 
 illustrations must supply their place ; we must teach particular 
 forms of propositions when the general form lies beyond the in- 
 tellectual grasp of the child ; and many truths, plain and almost 
 tangible in themselves, will be accepted as axioms or as facts 
 which would not be classed under that category by the learned 
 logician. Simple expositions of familiar and important truths 
 not only exercise and develop the mind, but they are the most 
 eflScient means of imparting real positive knowledge. 
 
 VII. The reasoning and higher faculties sTwuld be cultivated on 
 an enlarged basis of instruction. 
 
 The subject-matters of instruction should be commensurate 
 with the expansive nature of the faculties. Our rich stores of 
 scientific and useful knowledge furnish us with the means of 
 giving a superior kind of culture to the reasoning powers. The 
 present basis of school instruction is not broad enough to aiford 
 scope for the full development of the reflective faculties. In 
 addition to the subjects of language and mathematics, some of 
 the most useful and interesting branches of physical science 
 should be more thoroughly and systematically taught in our 
 upper schools, not only as a means of intellectual culture, but 
 
108 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 also on account of their immediate bearing on the business of 
 life. 
 
 Whilst a sufficiently large basis of instruction gives breadth 
 and expansiveness to the reflective powers, a narrow basis tends 
 to give them a set or leaning, which stands in the way of their 
 future development. Now we maintain that these faculties are 
 cultivated only imperfectly by means of classics and mathemat- 
 ics : they do not properly exercise all the reflective faculties ; 
 they are too limited in range and too abstract and scholastic in 
 form ; they do not sufficiently bear upon the great purposes of 
 life, or prepare the boy for fulfilling the duties of the man. 
 As all kinds of philosophical apparatus can now be purchased 
 at a comparatively cheap price, it is to be hoped that teachers 
 will suit their instruction to the advanced state of our science 
 and civilization, and that they will no longer restrict their sub- 
 jects of instruction to that narrow range of knowledge Avhich 
 characterized an age that is past. 
 
 VIII. Instruction shmild j[yroeeed from the dmple to the 
 
 Although this principle of education is generally known and 
 acknowledged, yet comparatively few teachers understand it 
 rightly or practise it completely. It is by no means uncom- 
 mon to find teachers practising a dogmatic and technical sys- 
 tem of instruction, while at the same time they believe that 
 they are teaching from the simple to the complex : our dog- 
 matic modes of instruction are simple enough as regards the 
 work of the master, whilst they are anything but simple when 
 considered in relation to the mental efforts required of the pupil. 
 
 * " The entire process of the earliest instruction of children should 
 consist in training the faculties for their subsequent work ; and for this 
 instruction God's book of the Universe is better suited than any books 
 of nnan. The facts and phenomena of nature are the sentences, words, 
 and letters which before all others the child should be taught to read." 
 —Jos. Payne. 
 
PROM THE SIMPLE TO THE COMPLEX, 109 
 
 As this species of self-delusion is so fatal in its consequences, it 
 is important that we should exactly understand what is meant 
 by teaching from the simple to the complex. We teach from 
 the simple to the complex when we explain the various particu- 
 lar forms of a general or abstract principle before we attempt 
 to explain the general principle itself ; or when we explain the 
 simpler elements or parts of a subject before we attempt to teach 
 the subject as a whole. In order to keep within the sphere of 
 the child's capabilities, we must advance by slow and sure gi'a- 
 dations from the things that are known to the things that are 
 unknown. What the child does know should form a stepping- 
 stone to what he does not know. In short, we should teach a sub- 
 ject little by little, 7imo a little and Cter. a little, until we have 
 taught the whole of it. Let us take a few examples : 
 
 In learning to write, the child should learn to make straight 
 lines before hooks, and letters before words. 
 
 To prove any general principle of calculation, we should 
 first show the principle as applied to a variety of particular ex- 
 amples. 
 
 If we wanted to show the nature of an abstract proposition 
 in geometry, we should first show the principle as applied to 
 some of the most simple and familiar cases. 
 
 To make our pupils acquainted with a technical or abstract 
 term, we should express the idea intended to be conveyed by 
 that terra in familiar language, giving at the same time a 
 variety of illustrations of its application. 
 
 And so on to other subjects. 
 
 If a teacher wishes to be really successful with children, he 
 must become like a little child in thought, feeling, and action ; 
 he must, for the time being, cease to be what he is, and become 
 what he was once. Undoubtedly some teachers possess this 
 remarkable power. This power, which seems to be character- 
 istic of superior teachers, is no doubt more a natural than an 
 acquired gift ; yet, notwithstanding, it admits of being strength- 
 ened and developed by habit and reflection. The learned 
 tutors of colleges and the proud men of science laugh to 
 
liO PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 scorn the humble attempts of the true teacher to simplify a 
 process of reasoning, break down the difficulties of a problem, 
 or illustrate the truth of a general law of nature : too con- 
 scious of their own mental power, they seem to have forgotten 
 that they were once children, and that their own abstract con- 
 ceptions have been the result of long and repeated efforts ; 
 they must have the whole of a subject taught, or none of it ; 
 they cannot permit the gigantic proportions of a favorite sub- 
 ject to be reduced, or in any way stripped of their abstract 
 formalities ; their recognized books, like holy writ, must 
 neither have anything added to them, nor anything taken away 
 from them; they would rather that the doom of stationary 
 ignorance should rest upon the child of the poor, than that he 
 should acquire knowledge in any other way than they have 
 prescribed. How long will authority and conventional ob- 
 servances continue to fetter our school literature, and to cast a 
 disastrous shadow over the progress of education? A man 
 may know Greek, without being able to teach grammar; and 
 he may be master of the higher calculus, without being able to 
 give simple expositions of the principles of arithmetic. In 
 fact, a person may be too learned for a teacher of children ; for 
 men of profound knowledge usually expect too much of their 
 pupils. It is said that Emmerson, one of the best mathema- 
 ticians of his age, always complained that his pupils were all 
 incorrigible dunces : the fact is not at all surprising when the- 
 dogmatic character of the man's system of teaching is taken 
 into consideration. 
 
 Besides great skill, the teacher must possess many moral 
 qualities, in order to develop and train the faculties of children; 
 he must especially possess great patience, gentleness, forbear- 
 ance, and faith.* 
 
 * ''The example of our Saviour Himself in the education of His dis- 
 ciples teaches us the importance of applying these principles both to in- 
 tellectual and moral subjects. How grossly erroneous were their ideas in 
 reference to his character and destiaation; how childish and unworthy 
 ttieir plans and their contests; and yet with what slowness did He Un-; 
 
FACTS AND EXPERIMENTS. \\\ 
 
 IX. Facts should he taught before causes; and experiments, 
 illustrating general laws or principles of nature, should be 
 given before the general laws or principles are expounded. 
 
 In many cases a young person can readily understand the 
 nature of a law if it is presented to his senses in an actual 
 matter-of-fact form, when he would be utterly unable to com- 
 prehend the technical form in which that law is usually ex- 
 pressed. The particular facts upon which any getleral law 
 depends give to that law a local habitation and a familiarized 
 form, which enable the young mind to become, as it were, its 
 own interpreter. General forms of expression are often little 
 better than high-sounding terms and empty names, which, if 
 studied apart from the facts which they comprehend, rather 
 mystify and darken the principles involved in them, than con^ 
 vey any instructive knowledge to the mind. The true edu- 
 cator will never be hasty in drawing generalizations or in ex- 
 pounding causes : in some cases he will content himself with 
 giving an exposition of general facts, well knowing that 
 these facts, if thoroughly understood, will remain in the minds 
 of his pupils like seeds, which time and reflection will after- 
 wards cause to vegetate, and to grow into the full and de- 
 veloped forms of general principles. At the same time he will 
 constantly bear in mind, that his facts should be taught in such 
 a way as to conduct his pupils to a knowledge of causes and 
 principles ; and his experiments should be made so as to lead 
 to a knowledge of physical laws. Let us take a few examples. 
 
 If I wanted to teach a child the meaning of the term elastic- 
 
 fold the great truths He came to reveal! How much did He leave to be 
 learned after his death I With what gentleness did He tell them, ' I have 
 many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now ' ! With what 
 patience did He bear with their errors, their follies, and their sins! 
 With what mildness did He generally reprove them 1 Let the educator 
 beware that he does not attempt to be wiser than his Master, and teach 
 things which demand efforts for which the infant mind is too feeble."— 
 
 WOOPBRIDOB, 
 
112 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 ity, I should show by experiment the form which the property 
 assumes in different familiar substances. 
 
 If I wanted to explain the distinctive properties of different 
 geometrical figures, I should actually draw these figures in a 
 way corresponding to the conditions of the abstract definitions 
 which I should have afterwards to give. 
 
 If I wanted to teach the laws of magnetism, I should first 
 make the experiments illustrating these laws, and then after- 
 wards lead the pupils to express in their own language the law 
 or laws which might be derived from the facts or experiments. 
 
 If I wanted to show the principle of the lever, I should di- 
 vide a thin lath into a certain number of equal parts, and after 
 balancing it on the edge of a book I should place different 
 weights at the marks made on the lath, so as to balance each 
 other, and then call the pupils' attention to the law upon which 
 the equilibrium depends. 
 
 If I wanted to explain the leading principles of electricity, I 
 should first give a series of experiments, conducted with an 
 apparatus formed with the most familiar articles of household 
 use, such as wine-glasses, sealing-wax, tea-trays, brown paper, 
 gutta-percha, etc. , taking care that the leading facts established 
 by the experiments were fully admitted and understood before 
 I gave my expositions of the laws or it might be of the theories 
 proposed to explain the operation. 
 
 And so on to other subjects of instruction. 
 
 X. We should teach the concrete before the abstract. 
 
 In this method of instruction we employ the qualities and 
 uses of familiar things and objects to elucidate or explain the 
 terms, facts, and principles of science and art. In this way 
 we lead the mind of the pupils from the perception of the 
 things which are visible and tangible to the conception of ab- 
 stract and general principles. According to this principle, also, 
 the knowledge of language ought to precede the knowledge 
 of grammatical rules ; and the meaning of abstract proposi- 
 
CONSTRUCTIVE TEACHING. 118 
 
 tions ought to be explained in connection with their concrete 
 forms. 
 
 Teachers often deceive themselves when they think a child 
 has followed them in the explanation of an abstract proposi- 
 tion. If they would make the iuquhy, they would generally 
 find that the child had seized upon some concrete form of the 
 abstraction, or that he had attached some whimsical sense to 
 the terms employed. At the day-school I was taught that "a 
 verb is a word which signifies to be, to do, or to suffer." I 
 thought that the poor verbs were miserable little things, for all 
 their being ai^d doing ended in suffering. At the Sunday- 
 school I had to answer the following question, from the As- 
 sembly's Shorter Catechism : " Ques. Wherein is the moral 
 law summarily comprehended ? Am. The moral law is sum- 
 marily comprehended in the Ten Commandments." Now 
 when I answered this question I invariably thought of a small 
 village called Moralaws which had ten remarkable trees grow- 
 ing near it, which I thought were something like the Ten 
 Commandments. 
 
 This method of teaching involves the principle of what is 
 now known by the name of the science of familiar things. 
 Let us take a few examples. 
 
 If I wanted to explain some general property of numbers, I 
 should do it by means of counters, or balls, or marks. If I 
 wanted to show the nature of inflammable substances, and the 
 properties of the atmosphere considered in relation to combus- 
 tion, I should direct the attention of the pupils to the flame of 
 a candle, and show by various simple experiments how the 
 vital air maintains the ignition of the tallow, etc. Thus the 
 facts exhibited in a burning candle become, as it were, the 
 hooks upon which we hang our science of combustion. 
 
 No teacher need be at a loss for examples. He may find 
 sermons in stones, valuable lessons in the toys of his pupils, and 
 even a soap-bubble may be made to discourse most excellent 
 philosophy. 
 
 a 
 
114 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 XI. When practicable, our tea>ching iihould be coTistructwe. 
 
 By means of this method, as I have before explained, we, as 
 it were, build up part by part or piece by piece of the subject- 
 matter of instruction, until we arrive at the completion of the 
 whole. 
 
 For example, in explaining the construction of a machine I 
 should not draw the whole machine and then proceed to ex- 
 plain the mode of its action : on the contrary, I should explain 
 the action and construction of the different parts as I sketched 
 them upon the black-board, and when I had completed the 
 whole, I should explain the combined action of all the parts. 
 In like manner, in teaching drawing or practical geometry ac- 
 cording to the constnictive method, I should not draw the 
 whole picture or figure, as the case may be, and then proceed 
 to explain its construction ; but I should explain the construc- 
 tion of the parts as I sketched them— giving line upon line 
 and precept upon precept. In this way the instruction ad- 
 vances step by step with the progress of the pictorial repre- 
 sentation. We suit the action to the word and the word to the 
 action ; the one illustrates the other ; the language of the expo- 
 sition responds to the action of the teacher and the movements 
 of the pencil : thus the work of instruction advances by easy 
 gradations until the whole subject is brought before the eye 
 and the mind of the pupil, with all the relations and combina- 
 tions of its parts. The same thing is observed in the teaching 
 of arithmetic. I Avrite down step after step or process after 
 process, taking care that each successive step or process is 
 thoroughly understood before the succeeding step or process is 
 wiittcn do"wn. In teaching the science of familiar things, also, 
 I should explain the properties of, and the physical or mechan> 
 ical laws involved in, the different parts or portions of the ob- 
 ject or thing forming the subject of the lesson. 
 
RULES AND FRINCIPLES. 115 
 
 XII. ExposiUona of principles applied to particular cases should 
 be given before rules. 
 
 Mere rules never reach the depths of the soul, and are there- 
 fore forgotten ao soon as they are out of use ; and what is 
 learned by rote is little better than so much useless lumber in 
 the mind. Rules, in many cases, are not mere negations — 
 they become positive evils : they rarely, if ever, aid the devel- 
 opment of the mind ; in many cases they positively retard it. 
 By rules we attain results without the labor of investigation. 
 There is something soporific in rules — something which throws 
 an enfeebling languor over the intellectual powers, —something 
 which inflates our vanity without adding to our self-respect- 
 something which gives us the pretensions of the empiric and 
 the knavery of the juggler. We hold that the Mule and Bote 
 system, as it is usually followed, is intellectually and morally 
 erroneous. 
 
 To the earnest instructors of children we would say : Never 
 teach by rules wh^n you can teach by principles ; never get a 
 child to learn anything by rote until he understands the sub- 
 ject-matter. When he understands it, then he will readily 
 learn it by heart and not by rote : the subject will have pene- 
 trated his soul ; he will love it, because it has become a part 
 of himself ; it will be engraven on his mind, as with a pen of 
 iron, and there it will remain, unchanged and unchangeable, 
 forever. 
 
 Some teachers, in order to gain a reputation with the won- 
 der-loving public, put the language of the philosopher into the 
 mouths of children ; make them recite Euclid with the volu- 
 bility of parrots, and chatter about climatology, entomology, 
 and a host of other ologies ; give them rules and technical 
 forms by which they solve problems that demand the powers 
 of a mathematician to investigate. Now there is deception in 
 all this, for the pupils are made to appear what they really are 
 not ; children in years and powers, they are made to mimic all 
 the gravity and wisdom of the sage ; and what makes the de- 
 
116 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 ception more deeply culpable, the children themselves are made 
 parties to the falsehood. 
 
 This method of teachiog from principles is eminently calcu- 
 lated to foster the development of the reflective faculties — it 
 stands in perfect contrast to rule-and-rote teaching. The latter 
 is dOj^matic, the other is persuasive ; the one supposes the pupil 
 to be a passive recipient of knowledge — a mere automaton 
 which acts as it is acted upon ; the other regards the pupil as a 
 reasoning, reflective, and voluntary being, capable of working 
 out results by his own independent effort : the one is limited in 
 its application to the particular subject on which it is given ; 
 the other seeks to develop those faculties in the pupil which 
 may enable him to grapple with any subject that may arise, or, 
 in fact, to create for himself the rules and principles which 
 govern the science to which the subject belongs. 
 
 XIII. Instruction should he given to cMldren orally and col- 
 
 There is nothing like the living voice, looks, and action of 
 the master, for intensifying the attention and concentrating the 
 faculties of children. He suits his language and illustrations 
 to the faculties which he wishes to call into activity, and he 
 advances with his subject, step by step, according as his pupils 
 make progress. Teaching of this kind is a living reality, not a 
 dead letter, like a mere reading lesson. 
 
 Children like to do things in company with one another — 
 they like to learn together as well as to play together. This 
 sympathy of association gives a cheerful tone to the mind of 
 the instructor as well as to the minds of the instructed, and 
 also calls into play a healthful spirit of emulation. Besides, the 
 answers of the most intelligent children fonn one of the best 
 means of instructing the most backward pupils in the class.* 
 
 The eflSciency of collective teaching greatly depends upon the 
 
 * Ziller says : " The teacher who is master of his profession -will in- 
 struct his class throuo^h the medium of the individual scholars. He will 
 himself speak comparatively little." 
 
CLASSIFICATION OF CHILDREN. 117 
 
 completeness of our classification of the pupils. It is of the 
 highest importance, therefore, that the teacher should fully de- 
 termine the true principles on which his pupils should be ar- 
 ranged in classes. 
 
 The Principle on which Children should be Classified. — 
 While the standard of instruction should not be above the 
 capabilities of the pupil, neither should it be below them. 
 We may kill by starving as well as by over-feeding. In like 
 manner, our intellectual and moral aliment may be too weak 
 and simple to supply all the elements of growth and develop- 
 ment, or it may be too strong and stimulating for the functions 
 of digestion and assimilation. This nourishment should be 
 apportioned both as to kind and quantity, so as to maintain all 
 the faculties of the child in a healthful and vigorous condition 
 of activity and growth. The classification of the children in a 
 school should have a special regard to this principle : they 
 should be classified, not according to size, age, or attainments ; 
 not according to their mechanical dexterity or their progress in 
 the technical forms of particular departments of knowledge ; 
 but according to their mental power and their capabilities of 
 improvement and development. A boy, for example, may be 
 an expert calculator, or he may have a good verbal memory ; 
 yet, notwithstanding, his general mental power or capacity of 
 development may be defective : such a boy should be placed 
 in a class corresponding to him in general mental power. 
 Whenever a boy shows a decided advance beyond the other 
 members of his class, he should be transferred to a higher class ; 
 or, if that is not expedient, he should have some special work 
 assigned him : on the contrary, when a boy lags behind his 
 fellows, he should either be placed in a lower class, or have 
 some individual attention given to him, in order to bring him 
 up to the average standard of capabilities. There is no sub- 
 ject of school-management which requires more attention and 
 judgment on the part of the teacher than that of classification. 
 We have here endeavored to point out the true principles upon 
 which it should be based. 
 
118 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 XIV. Instruction should gme pleasure to children, and where this 
 is not the case there is something wrong as regards either the 
 mode of instruction or the subject-matter selected for instruction. 
 A teacher should govern his pupils by the principle of love rather 
 than that of fear. 
 
 The proper exercise of our facilities, whether physical, intel- 
 lectual, or moral, affords us pleasure. Light is not more pleas- 
 ant to the eye or melody to the ear than truth is to the mind 
 or healthful exercise to the body. Instruction must afford 
 children pleasure, if it be given in accordance with the general 
 principles which we have endeavored to explain — not that lux- 
 urious pleasure which enfeebles their character and renders 
 them unfit for strenuous exertion, but that nobler pleasure 
 which is concomitant with the healthful exercise of the 
 faculties. 
 
 One of the first points to be gained in giving instruction is 
 
 To Secure the Attention of the Children. — If a teacher 
 once acquires this power his work becomes easy and agreeable 
 to himself and instructive and pleasant to his pupils. The 
 great secret in fixing the attention of children is to interest 
 them — to mingle delightful associations with learning— never 
 to overstrain their faculties, or to fatigue them by keeping 
 them too long directed to one particular subject. It seems to 
 be a law of our nature, that when one faculty is exhausted by 
 exercise another faculty may be exercised without a sense of 
 weariness. Thus, for example, if a boy is tired with reading 
 history, in the course of which a particular class of faculties is 
 exercised, such as memory and reflection, he may, without any 
 sense of weariness, have his attention directed to some facts of 
 experimental philosophy where another class of faculties is 
 called into activity, such as perception and observation. And 
 when the mental powers generally are fatigued, then the child 
 will feel the highest enjoyment in exercising his physical 
 powers. 
 
 A good collective lesson should not only engage the attention 
 
PRINCIPLES OF SCHOOL ROUTINE. 119 
 
 by the interest which it awakens, but it should further intensify 
 the attention by stimulating the principles of emulation and 
 sympathy. The most healthful motives to application are sup- 
 plied by the peculiar nature and form of our instruction. 
 
 When a boy gets fatigued, or overtasked with any subject, he 
 instinctively seeks for enjoyment in talking or in play : this 
 want of attention the grave preceptor calls Idleness and mis- 
 chief ; but the boy is right and the master wrong : the boy is 
 only acting in accordance with the intentions of his Creator ; 
 while the master is stupidly — ay, and impiously if it were not 
 stupidly— acting contrary to these intentions. If the master 
 would teach in accordance with the general principles which 
 we have endeavored to expound, the boy would never play 
 when he should be at work, or allow his mind to wander in 
 search of enjoyment when a full measure of rational pleasure 
 is afforded him by instruction. 
 
 With children the pleasure derived from instruction should 
 be regarded as the chief actuating motive to attention. The too 
 frequent use of such incitements as praise, emulation, rewards, 
 etc., demoralizes the character by bringing the selfish feelings 
 too often into exercise. These motives tend to foster vanity, 
 pride, envy, and other selfish emotions. 
 
 Care should be taken that the attention of the children is not 
 withdrawn from the lessons by any extraneous noise, by the 
 presence of too many visitors, or by any other cause. To se- 
 cure these conditions the schoolroom should be in a quiet spot, 
 and its fittings should be such as to plact; the teacher in the most 
 favorable position with respect to his pupils. Sometimes schools 
 are built beneath railways, over livery stables and workshops, 
 and even underneath burial-grounds : how can the founders of 
 such schools expect their master to teach eflSciently? 
 
 These remarkable laws of our physical and moral nature 
 give us 
 
 The Principles upon which School Routines are Based.— ^ 
 1. The subjects of the routine should be specially adapted t(? 
 the capacities of the children in each class. 
 
120 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION 
 
 2. The whole, or absolute time, devoted to any particular 
 subject should be in proportion to its relative importance and 
 its adaptation to the minds of the children in the particular 
 class. 
 
 3. The period given continuously to any subject should be 
 longer or shorter, accordingly as the subject is less or more 
 fatiguing to the minds of the pupils. 
 
 4. The order of succession of the subjects of the routine 
 should have a special regard to the faculties that are brought 
 into activity by those subjects. 
 
 No two lessons should come in succession which exercise the 
 same faculties : thus, for example, it would be erroneous to 
 have a lesson on arithmetic immediately after a lesson on 
 algebra, or a lesson on history after a lesson on the Scriptures. 
 The subjects which follow each other in the order of succes- 
 sion should not only exercise different faculties, but there should 
 be a variety in the form and kind of the exercises themselves : 
 thus, for example, arithmetic may be taught after grammar or 
 after history ; and writing, or reading, or music, may be taught 
 after arithmetic. 
 
 5. In a well-organized school the routines of the respective 
 classes will be framed to suit one another, so that the work 
 going on in one class may not interfere or jar with the work 
 going on in the adjacent classes. Thus, while a lesson which 
 is necessarily associated with a certain amount of noise is being 
 given to one class the adjacent classes should have lessons given 
 to them which are accompanied with comparative silence ; for 
 example, while a reading-lesson is being given to one class a 
 writing or a drawing-lesson may at the same time be given to 
 the adjacent classes. 
 
 With a due attention to these principles in the construction 
 of routines a large school may be maintained in an harmonious 
 condition of activity and progress, without any unnecessary 
 noise or confusion. 
 
 It is desirable that we should here make a few additional ob- 
 servations relative to the subject of 
 
PBELIMINABY LESSONS. 121 
 
 First or Preliminary Lessons. — First lessons should em- 
 l6race the prominent features of the subject without entering 
 into its details— they should be comprehensive without being 
 profound. Children like to disport themselves in the stream of 
 knowledge without wishing to be plunged into its depths. The 
 knowledge conveyed to children must at first be only super- 
 ficial ; like little butterflies in the sunshine, they like to taste 
 the sweets of every flower. We assert, in spite of the frown 
 which we imagine to be gathering on the brow of the so-called 
 methodical teacher, that with little children tkue teaching 
 
 MUST BE SUPERFICIAL TEACHING. But it doCS UOt foUoW from 
 
 this that a true teacher is a superficial teacher : he must have 
 great skill and judgment, united with a comprehensive knowl- 
 edge of the subject-matter of instruction, in order that he may 
 be able to select from the whole mass of knowledge the parts 
 which are best calculated to interest his pupils, and at the same 
 time to lay the foundation of a higher and subsequent course 
 of instruction. 
 
 It is important that we should make a distinction between 
 the method by which the master actually teaches, and the men- 
 tal process by which he arrives at the principles which should 
 be followed in that method. While he gives a lesson to his 
 pupils by the method of synthesis, the arrangements of the 
 parts, etc., of that lesson must be the result of analysis. 
 
 But in our first lessons to little children there must be a 
 gi'eat deal of desultory teaching. Their appetite for new facts 
 or novelties is so great that they cannot dwell long upon each.* 
 The world to them is full of wonders, and nothing gives them 
 more pleasure than to witness these wonders. Their instincts 
 lead them to expect that there is much that is wonderful in the 
 works of nature as well as of art. Their Creator, as we before 
 
 * It should be remembered that at this early stage the child's mind is 
 more strongly impressed by the sensations which come to it than at any 
 later period. These impressions, too, are stronger than later on. The 
 subject deserves more careful consideration than is usually awarded it. 
 -E.S. 
 
122 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 observed, has placed them in a world where everything tends to 
 develop and elevate their faculties. There is not a greater har- 
 mony subsisting between the mind of the musician and the 
 tones of his instrument than there exists between the soul of the 
 child and the constitution of external nature— the one has been 
 made for the other. The intelligent instructor will not fail to 
 turn to account this love of the wonderful. A child looks 
 through a telescope : how wonderful to him is the sight !— he 
 sees the far-distant towers and trees as plainly as if they were 
 close before him ! Do not mar the impressions thus produced 
 upon his mind by attempting to explain the causes— let these 
 impressions remain as facts of science, which he will afterwards 
 understand ; he knows enough if he is told that a telescope is 
 made of certain round shaped pieces of glass put into a tube. 
 No disparagement to his intellect if he does not know anything 
 further about the cause of the effects. A child expects, from 
 the very constitution of his nnture, to see many things which 
 he cannot comprehend ; but effects and facts he can appreciate, 
 and that is enough for him at the first stnge of his instruction. 
 Such facts are seeds which time will cause to germinate and 
 ripen. Show a child the appearance of a drop of stagnant 
 water through a microscope 1 How wonderful to him is the 
 sight ! That little drop is teeming with animal life ! In like 
 manner many other wonderful facts in connectiou with natural 
 and experimental philosophy may b^ taught to the child. 
 
 Oar instructions should often assume the form of narratives ; 
 for children feel a peculiar pleasure in hearing stories about 
 animals, or about the lives of little children like themselves, or 
 about the adventures of remarkable men. A well-told story 
 may not only convey much valuable knowledge to a child, but 
 may also inculcate many practical principles of action. 
 
 Religion should be taught, to a great extent, in the same 
 way : Kewton, who uncovered his bend when the name of God 
 was uttered, would have taught religion to children without 
 giving expression to a word. Vital religion, says Richter, 
 grows not by the doctrines of the Bible so much as by its nar- 
 
INFANT-SCaOOL SYSTEM. 128 
 
 ratives; tlie best Chiisian doctrine is the life of Christ, and 
 after that the sufferings and deaths of His followers. 
 
 Instruction should, as far as possible, he assoc'ated with amuse- 
 ment : in the hands of good teachers toys, games, and pictures 
 will become important instruments of intellectual culture. 
 This subject naturally leads us to say a few words respecting 
 
 The Infant-School System. — In the Infant school instruc- 
 tion should never be separated from amusement and enjoy- 
 ment. The acquisition of knowledge must be pursued as an 
 amusement, and even the learning to read shoild have its 
 pleasant associations. The great object of the infant-school 
 teacher should be to cultivate the faculties of the children by 
 gratifying their virtuous instincts. It is, however, much to be 
 regretted ttiat many infant-school teachers have attempted to 
 introduce graver subjects of instruction ; better let a child of 
 four or five years of age romp and play in the fields than allow 
 him to be cooped up for the purpose of committing some dull 
 task to memory. 
 
 Children at their games are learning : they are insensibly be- 
 coming acquainted with themselves, with the characters of their 
 playfellows, and with the properties and uses of external things. 
 Children teach one another, not only formally and directly, 
 but also unconsciously and indirectly. One boy shows another 
 boy how to make duck and drake upon the water ; how to fly a 
 kite ; how to construct a sling, or a pop gun, or a whistle, or 
 a variety of other infantine pieces of apparatus. And we con- 
 sider that one of tue most essential — probably one of the most 
 Indispensable — forms of juvenile instruction is the boy teach- 
 ing THE BOY ; the gravity of manhood often breaks the en- 
 chantment with which infantine knowledge is invested.* 
 
 Our instructions should have a constant reg^'rd to health, 
 physical development, and enjoyment. Children are happy 
 
 * "The little child will learn far more rapirlly from one of his own ajre 
 than he will fiom the m'>st skilful or L'ifred teacher. 'We send oiu- 
 chiMren,' says Ein-^rson, ' to ai hool to the fea<^her. but it is the pupils 
 whoeduoate them."'— L E. PATRioaB in "Quiucy Methods." 
 
124 PMIL030PHT OF EDUCATION. 
 
 little things ; they have no regret for the past, no care for the 
 present, and no fear for inc future ; they are in the spring- 
 time of their existence ; the present is all enjoyment, and hope 
 sheds an enchanting haiO over the days that are to come. "Who 
 does not feel sad when he reflects that these joyous days are 
 gone forever ? Look the early spring birds as they skip and 
 fly from twig to twig — up higher and higher still among the 
 green branches. In the lulncss of t^eir joy they chatter to 
 each other and fill the woods with song. Beautiful little crea- 
 tures ! you remind me of happy playful childhood — your joys 
 are as brilliant as they are fleeting. Ruthless man ! cast no 
 shadow over this sunny period of the cnildren's existence ; let 
 them enjoy the bliss of this transient period as their God has 
 ordained ; let them frisk and play : they are doing more for 
 themselves than you can do for them ; for while they seek their 
 enjoyment as an end, the Creator has ordained that this desire 
 for enjoyment shall be the Tneam of developing their physical, 
 intellectual, and moral f.tculties : they are thus unconsciously 
 working out the ei ^ )f their ^"^atioii with far more certainty 
 than if they were lettered by tue leading-strings of a nursery- 
 maid, or placed under the stern supervision of a rigid peda- 
 gogue. 
 This leads us further to observe that we should endeavor to 
 Avoid, as far as possible, the Imposition of Tasks. — 
 Nothing should be rendered a task which can be as well or 
 better taught by actual teaching, on the part of the master ; or 
 which may be acquired by a repetition of voluntary efforts on 
 the part of the pupil. The task system invests learning with 
 unpleasant associations, and renders the acquisition of knowl- 
 edge a painful and soul-debasing infliction, instead of a health- 
 ful and invigorating exercise for the faculties. These inflic- 
 tions are remembered by us to the latest hour of our existence.* 
 
 * " None of the things they are to learn should ever be made a burden 
 to them, or imposed on them as a task. Whatever is so proposed pres- 
 ently becomes irksome: the mind takes an aversion to it, though before 
 it were a thing of delight or indifference. Let a child be but ordered to 
 
SCHOOL DISCIPLINE. 125 
 
 School Discipline. — We have stated, as a corollary to our, 
 general axiom, that a teacher should govern his pupils hy the 
 principle of love rather than that of fear. 
 
 The great ruling principle in a scJiool should be love. As a 
 first great step to the estabJishment of discipline the master 
 should really love his pupils. Love them ! Can the genteel, 
 well-dressed teacher love those little ragged vagabond-looking 
 hoys, gathered from all the filthy streets and alleys of this 
 crowded city ? Love them ! Why not ? The most dirty of 
 them all has an immortal and accountable soul, capable of 
 comprehending the works of his Creator. Love them ! The 
 Christian teacher must love them : Jesus died for them, not 
 less than for the offspring of the rich ; and it was respecting 
 such children that He said, " Suffer little children to come 
 unto Me, and forbid them not, for of such is the kingdom of 
 heaven." Now as love always begets love, if the master really 
 loves his pupils they in return will love him. But if they 
 love their master they will also endeavor to please him, and 
 to avoid doing anything which is calculated to give him pain. 
 In this way the master's will becomes the rule of the 
 school ; and as children necessarily imitate those whom they 
 love and respect, the master's character becomes the law 
 of the school. Even some of our domesticated animals are 
 best governed by kindness. In the government of a school 
 the greatest of all ends is to lead the children to love what is 
 good and hate what is evil— to follow virtue and shun vice. 
 The principle of love should pervade the whole school, and 
 
 whip his top at a certain time of the day, whether he has or has not a 
 mind to it; let this be but requii-edof him s a task, wherein he must 
 spend so many hours morning and afternoon, and see whether he will not 
 soon be weary of any play at this rate. Is it not so with grown men ? 
 What they do cheerfully of themselves do they not presently grow sick 
 of, and can no more endure, as soon as they find it is expected of them as 
 a task ? Children have as much a mind to show that they are free, that 
 their own good actions come from themselves, that they are absolute 
 and independent, as any of the proudest of you grown men, think of 
 them as you please."— Lock^ 
 
126 PHILOSOFHT OF EDUCATIOTT. 
 
 the teacher should embrace every opportunity for cultivating 
 the benevolent affections of the children by acts of kindness 
 and practical lessons of love. Love, like the light of heaven, 
 irradiates and beautifies whatever it touches ; fear, like dark- 
 ness, invests everything with gloom. Love one another is the 
 precept of the Great Teacher. Love is the most powerful 
 principle in our nature ; it reigns in heaven, for God is love ; 
 it would change hell into heaven and earth into a primeval 
 paradise. If this principle were fully developed in a school, 
 the child would perform his duty for the love of it, and not 
 from the fear of punishment or the hope of reward. 
 
 Fear alwuld never be a ruling principle in a school. No school 
 can be in a healthy condition where the cbildren are governed 
 mainly by the fear of punishment. Fear is an enfeebling pas- 
 sion ; it paralyzes the intellect ; it makes boys deceitful, slav- 
 ish, and hypocritical ; it is the last and lowest motive which 
 can actuate a human being for good. The prison and the gal- 
 lows are made to frighten wretches, sunk to the lowest depths 
 of moral degradation, from the commission of crime. Pun- 
 ishments may check the progress of vice, but they cannot fos- 
 ter the principle of virtue. Capital punishments, especially 
 when they are numerous and unmerited, betoken a disastrous 
 condition of a state ; they are frequently the hideous fore- 
 runners of anarchy, or the fearful epilogues of some national 
 tragedy. So, in like manner, the prevalence of punishments 
 or a slavish dread of the master in a school is a sure indica- 
 tion of mismanagement and instability. That unnatural still- 
 ness in a school which proceeds from fear is like the deceitful 
 calm which presages the outbreak of the tempest : without the 
 warning of a moment, the pent-up passions may burst away 
 the barriers by which they are restrained. 
 
 Many teachers, especially of the old school, have an unfortu- 
 nate love ot despotic authority; their birch is their sceptre, 
 and their antiquated stool is their throne. This mischievous 
 propensity no doubt in a great measure proceeds from the 
 circumstance that it is easier to command than to periucuie, nn^ 
 
SCHOOL DISCIPLINE. 137 
 
 that it is less troublesome to maintain order in a school by the 
 terror of the rod than by the force of reason and moral suasion. 
 But if teachers would give only half the attention to the pre- 
 vention of faults that they at present give to the punisJiment of 
 them, the labor of teaching would not only be rendered more 
 pleasant, but also in the long-run more easy. As prevention 
 is always belter than cure, so we should especially look to the 
 causes of disorder and the best means of avoiding them The 
 course of a stream is best changed by cutting off the foimtain : 
 in like manner the current of disorder is most effectually stayed 
 by drying up its sources. Harsh modes of discipline are nec- 
 essarily associated with unnatural modes of instruction. 
 
 If kindness, moral suasion, and the inculcation of religious 
 principle fail in reclaiming a boy, then as a last hope the mas- 
 ter must of necessity have recourse to punishment ; but even 
 in the act of punishment the master should show that he is 
 actuated by an earnest love for the transgi'essor. As crimes in 
 most cases bring their own punishment, so youthful offenders 
 may be often left to correct themselves after having suffered 
 the consequences of their faults. The public opinion of a 
 school when properly developed is also a great check to the 
 commission of crime as well as an important aid in the culti- 
 vation of habits of virtue. 
 
 The formal rules of a school should be few and well chosen, 
 and their observance should always be promptly enforced. A 
 teacher should never magnify a fault into a crime, or allow 
 the punishment to exceed the offence. As the possession of nat- 
 ural gifts does not merit reward, so the want of them cannot 
 deserve punishment. Talents should not always be the sub- 
 ject of commendation, or dulness the object of censure ; for a 
 boy may be dull in spite of his application, while another may 
 possess talents without industry. 
 
128 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 XV. Bvery subject should be taught thoroughly, at least as far 
 as the nature of the subject and tJie capabilities of the pupils 
 will allow. They sliould learn nothing which they may ha/M 
 afterwards to unlearn. 
 
 Strictly speaking, this general principle sliould have formed 
 a corollary to our twelfth axiom ; but with the view of guard- 
 ing against misapprehension we here give it as a distinct sub- 
 ject of discussion. No principle of education has been more 
 abused than this ; its specious name gives currency to a false 
 coinage. 
 
 Perfect knowledge is only a relative term, for, absolutely 
 considered, we can never know anything perfectly ; however, 
 we may aim at perfection, although we may not hope to reach 
 it. By teaching a subject thoroughly, therefore, we simply 
 mean that the information which we communicate to our 
 pupils should be complete and exact as far as it extends, and 
 that we should not rest satisfied until it is fixed in their minds ; 
 at the same time we should not attempt to push our instruc- 
 tion beyond their capabilities, nor deceive ourselves with the 
 idea that we have taught anything thoroughly which has been 
 merely learned by rote. The most imperfect and fruitless kind 
 of teaching is that where the master attempts to convey a per- 
 fect knowledge of all the parts of a subject before the facul- 
 ties of his pupils are prepared for grasping such an amount of 
 knowledge. A little knowledge, fully understood and thor- 
 oughly digested, creates intellectual power. The amount of 
 knowledge fixed in the mind is not of so much account as the 
 ideas which are evolved by the intellectual process of elabora- 
 tion. 
 
 To teach a subject thoroughly, we should teach it from facta 
 and principles, and not from formulae and rules ; the mbjeet 
 should be learned gradually, and its varied aspects should be al- 
 lowed to unfold themselves as the intellect of the learner be- 
 
REPRODUCTION OF LESSONS. 139 
 
 comes more and more ripened and developed.* If we wish to 
 rear a lofty structure, we should look well to the foundations, 
 and the superstructure should be built up gradually, and all 
 its parts be allowed to become duly consolidated by time. We 
 should not aim too much at immediate results, or attempt to 
 crowd the labor of years into a single day. If we demand too 
 much at once of our pupils, we are almost sure to receive from 
 them much less than we might reasonably claim. Whatever a 
 teacher may require his pupils to do, he should see that the 
 thing is done with a suitable degree of finish and exactness ; at 
 the same time he should bear in mind that the power to do a 
 thing perfectly can only be acquired by repeated efforts. As 
 no man ever yet became learned in any subject by reading one 
 book upon it, so the teacher should not expect his pupils to learn 
 any department of a subject thoroughly until he has directed 
 their minds to it again and again, giving them at each recurrence 
 more and more enlarged views of it. Owing to the insepar- 
 able connection subsisting between the different branches of a 
 subject, our knowledge of it must be comprehensive before it 
 can become exact in all its details ; the outline of the subject 
 must be first rough-hewn before the delicate touches of finish 
 can be applied to it. Faraday, it is said, began the study of 
 chemistry by reading Blair's catechism ; and Newton's first 
 book of mathematics was Barrow's easy course of geometry. 
 
 One of the best means of teaching a subject thoroughly is 
 the 
 
 Reproduction of Lessons. — The ideas which we convey to 
 a child are of little importance, compared with the benefits 
 arising from the vigorous exercise of his powers in reproducing, 
 
 * " Laws and rules and principles were not originally presented to 
 men. It required ages before by a natural process the rulud deduced 
 these laws, rules, and principles from the facts presented to the senses. 
 In a similar manner, but more rapidly, children shall themselves dis- 
 cover the laws, rules, and principles — not simply accept them as lO 
 many incomprehensible dogmas."— Ziller. 
 
 '* Rules are results."— Pestalozzi. 
 
130 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 arranging, or combining these ideas. The knowledge which 
 we convey to our pupils is the ore thrown into the crucible ; 
 but the knowledge which we draw from them is the gold after 
 it has been elaborated and refined. 
 
 Reading, says Bacon, makes a full man, conversation a ready 
 man, and writing an exact man. In order to give children a 
 readiness of expression, they should be accustomed to relate, 
 in their own language, whatever they may have seen, read, or 
 heard ; this will also induce habits of attention and reflection, 
 and will show them how the ideas of others may really become 
 their own. This m^y be made one of our first lessons in lan- 
 guage. But one of the highest forms of instruction, in an ele- 
 mentary school, is to require the pupils to reproduce, in writing, 
 the lessons which may have been read by themselves in a class- 
 book, or which may have been given to them orally by the 
 master. This exercise not only thoroughly fixes the subject in 
 the mind of the pupil, but, if properly carried out, forms at 
 the same time one of the best lessons in spelling, penmanship, 
 and composition. With the view of sustaining a proper tone 
 of mental activity, dispatch, not less than accuracy, should be 
 looked to in these exercises. 
 
 To Teach General Principles thoroughly, we should 
 give Examples and Applications.— Children, even at an 
 early age, instinctively ask us. What use is that thing ? let us 
 see it in nature. Their minds cannot suflSciently grasp a gen- 
 eral proposition, apart from the things to which it applies. 
 This is especially true in relation to all subjects of calculation 
 and science ; here the child readily understands the example or 
 the fact, when he has not the slightest comprehension of the 
 rule or the law. In morals, too, the child will readily under- 
 stand the nature of stealing from the narrative of some juvenile 
 culprit, while he would be perfectly mystified by some grave 
 and dogmatic disquisition on the principle of honesty. Gener- 
 ally speaking, the most talented boys in a school will not give 
 an earnest attention to a subject until they have been shown itd 
 utility— that is, until they have been shown some of its applica- 
 
jU>VANTA(fS3 OF SIMPLICITY IN TEACHING. 181 
 
 tlons : such boys will not take everything on the mere authority 
 of their master, especially if the thing is within the range of 
 their comprehension — they must See and understand the matter 
 for themselves. 
 
 Without underrating or evading the difficulties of the subject, 
 our explanatioTis should be clear and simple. We should avoid a 
 slavish use of text-books. 
 
 The teacher should constantly bear in mind, that what is 
 perfectly easy to him may be really very difficult to his pupils ; 
 so that, after all he may have done to render a subject clear and 
 simple, his pupils may find it difficult enough for their compre- 
 hension. It is a mistake, therefore, for a teacher to tell his 
 pupils that he has made a subject perfectly easy, thereby inti- 
 mating that he neither appreciates their efforts, nor expects 
 them to apply themselves vigorously to the subject. If a teacher 
 cannot give a clear exposition of a subject, he had better leave 
 the matter in the hands of his pupils ; a complex or learned 
 exposition is often productive of irremediable evils. The 
 system of Jacotot, which requires the pupil to learn every 
 subject, as well as every branch of a subject, thoroughly 
 before he leaves it, has been carried to a ridiculous extreme 
 by many educators. According to them, the easiest way of 
 learning a subject is not the best way ; for the main business 
 of education is not so much to infuse knowledge as to develop 
 power. The fallacy of this system is at once shown by the 
 fact that it does not answer the end which it professes to 
 accomplish ; for we hold it to be a well-established law of our 
 intellectual nature, that the faculties are best cultivated by those 
 exercises which are apportioned to their strength, and not by 
 straining them to their utmost tension. If a subject, or any 
 particular department of a subject, is taught thoroughly, — that 
 is, from facts and principles, and not by rote,— it is impossible 
 to simplify it too much, or to impair its efficiency as an instru- 
 ment of Intellectual culture. The good teacher will constantly 
 
183 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 endeavor to lead his pupils in the kotal road to learning : 
 that is to say, he will try to make the road easy and pleasant ; 
 he will cut off its tortuous windings, macadamize it, and 
 remove all unnecessary obstacles ; he will not create difficulties 
 for the mere sake of trying the strength of his pupils, nor tax 
 their endurance for the purpose of inculcating patience and 
 humility. The little, pedantic mind delights itself in trifling 
 with difficulties and in making difficulties of trifles ; the supe- 
 rior mind invests every subject with its own comprehensiveness 
 and logical simplicity. A good teacher never darkens counsel 
 by words, or obtnides the intricacies of a subject for the pur- 
 pose of exhibiting his own power. 
 
 Why has mathematics hitherto been considered too difficult 
 for ordinary boys to understand ? Simply because some Pons 
 Asinorum is thrown in their way at an early stage of their prog- 
 ress ; because abstract propositions are taught apart from their 
 application ; and because in place of having to learn the simple 
 fundamental laws of quantity, the boy is required to deal with 
 symbols involved with roots upon roots and operations within 
 operations. You may as well teach boys history from Lingard, 
 granmiar from Home Tooke, or drawing from the cartoons of 
 Raphael, as attempt to teach them geometry from Euclid, or 
 arithmetic and algebra from some learned work, which pro- 
 fesses to be at once a class-book of the imiversity and a manual 
 of the schoolroom. 
 
 No man will teach a subject thoroughly if he restricts him- 
 self to the use of a particular class-book, more especially if it 
 be a so called perfect class-book, for a complete work upon any 
 subject is certainly not the best book to begin with. Alas for 
 education if ever the examinations of our schools and train- 
 ing colleges should be based upon an invariable order of text- 
 books 1 Under such an arrangement education would become 
 a recognized system of cramming : a prescribed amount of 
 knowledge would be got up, no matter by what means, pro- 
 vided the end should be attained. We hold that examinations 
 8l]LOuld test the development of power, rather than the acquioi- 
 
SLAVISH USE OF TEXT-BOOKS TO BE ATOIDED. 13$ 
 
 tion of knowledge; but such a plan of examination would 
 ignora this development. The mind filled with knowledge in 
 this way has been compared to a well-filled granary, but bears 
 no resemblance to the fruitful field which multiplies a hundred- 
 fold that which is thrown upon it. 
 
 This overweening attachment to text books, and to a so called 
 thorough education, leads to the neglect of general TcTwwledge as 
 well as of the development of power.* Its tendency is to con- 
 fine general education within very narrow limits, and to restrict 
 elementary instruction to the mere rudiments of knowledge. 
 It gives us the dry bones of the body of education, without the 
 flesh, and the warm blood, and the vital principle — the princi- 
 ple of intellectual and moral life, of growth and development. 
 Instead of cramming his pupils with all the minute details of a 
 subject, the truly methodical teacher will rather seek to develop 
 in them a power of working out the details of a subject for 
 themselves ; he has a far sublimer object in view than the slav- 
 ish adhesion to the cut-and-dried forms of a text-book ; he may 
 not teach any particular science thoroughly in all its technical 
 details, but he seeks to effect a far higher end — to develop in 
 them that power which may at some future period not merely 
 enable them to know a science, but to create a science. The 
 drudgery connected with the details of some departments of 
 knowledge often exercises an unhealthy influence upon the 
 mind ; for example, the committing to memory long catalogues 
 of words, the exact dates of historical events, the lengths and 
 breadths of countries, etc., tends to stultify the intellect of the 
 pupil, and to withdraw him from the contemplation of more 
 interesting facts and principles. f 
 
 * " I hold that sort of teaching to be in the highest degree immoral 
 which crams the heads of our children with the uiiusahle pages of text- 
 books, and leads them to suppose they are gaining real knowledge." — 
 F. W. Parker in " Talks on Teaching." 
 
 + "It is of tlie highest importance to conduct the pupil in such a man> 
 ner that he will not afterwards be contented without a thorough knowl- 
 tdge of everything within his reach. It is in this view important not t« 
 
184 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 It must, however, be admitted that if a hoy is to remain onlj 
 a short period at school, he had better learn a little well, than 
 a great deal badly : the first rudiments of knowledge, compris- 
 ing reading, writing, and arithmetic, should above all things 
 be fairly learned by him before he leaves school ; for a knowledge 
 of these first rudiments becomes to him the great instrument of 
 future development and acquisition. 
 
 One of the most obvious, and probably one of the most 
 simple, means of teaching a subject thoroughly is by repeti- 
 tion. 
 
 Repetition or Reiteration of Lessons. — Repetition is said to 
 be the mainspring of instruction ; but we have reason to believe 
 that the principle has seldom been applied, in elementary 
 schools, in its most legitimate and most advantageous form.* 
 
 On this subject Miss Edgeworth observes : 
 
 allow him to devote too much of his time to mere reading. It is easy to 
 read and to amuse ourselves in this manner without understanding thor- 
 ouglily what we read. There is a constant inducement to seek that 
 occupation and interest in running over a number of books which should 
 be found in examining deeply every subject whicli is presented, ^uch 
 reading is tht* most certain means of forming superficial students and 
 superficial thinkers It produces a disgust for study, and renders the 
 pupil incapable of that continued and fixed attention which is necessary 
 to .success m more than one branch of knowledge: often in the course of 
 readin;,' the pupil learns superficially those facts which form the most 
 interesting parts of his lessons, his interest in tliem is destroj-ed. and, 
 he no longer pays the attention necessary to learn the facts lie has an- 
 ticipated in connection with the principles they illustrate. If the books 
 are not written in the spirit of the method adopted by the teaclier. as is 
 frequently the case, they will produce confusion in his mind, and im- 
 pair his cojifidence in his guide : Fellenberg therefore believes that this 
 taste should not be too miach encouraged, and that, in a perfect sj'stem 
 of educai ion. there should in fact be litile time allowed for reading. 
 There should be such ample provision both for instruction and amuse- 
 ment, adapted to the capacity and taste "f the pupil, that it shall be (to 
 a great extent) unnecessary either for the one or the other."— Wood- 
 bridge. 
 
 * "The mind should be freed by proper repetitions and drill so that 
 petty details may be left behind in order that power maybe concen- 
 trated on th« higher step."— F. W. Parker in ' Talks on Teaching." 
 
REPETITION OF LESSONS. 135 
 
 ** Repetition makes all operations easy ; even the fatigue of 
 thinking diminishes by habit. That we may not increase the 
 labor of the mind unseasonably, we should watch for the mo- 
 ment when habit has made one lesson easy, and then we may 
 go forward a new step. In teaching the children at the House 
 of Industry at Munich to spin, Count Rumford wisely ordered 
 that they should be made perfect in one motion before any 
 other was shown to them : at first they were allowed only to 
 move the wheel by the treadle with their f cet j when, after 
 sufficient practice, the foot became perfect in its lesson, the 
 hands were set to work, and the children were allowed to be- 
 gin to spin with coarse materials. It is said these children made 
 remarkably good spinners. Madame de Genlis applied the same 
 principle in teaching Adela to play upon the harp. 
 
 "In the first attempts to learn any new bodily exercise, as 
 fencing or dancing, persons are not certain what muscles they 
 must use, and what may be left at rest : they generally employ 
 those of which they have the most ready command, but these 
 may not already be the muscles which are really wanted in the new 
 operation. The simplest thing appears difficult till by practice 
 we have associated the various slight motions which ought to 
 be combined ; we feel that from want of use our motions are 
 not obedient to our will, and to supply this defect we exert 
 more strength and activity than is requisite. ' It does not re- 
 quire strength ; you need not use so much force ; you need not 
 take so much pains ; ' we frequently say to those who are mak- 
 ing the first painful, awkward attempts at some simple opera- 
 tion. Can anything appear more easy than knitting, when we 
 look at the dexterous rapid motions of an experienced practi- 
 tioner? but lot a gentleman take up a lady's knitting-needles, 
 and knitting appears to him, and to all the spectators, one of the 
 most laborious and difficult operations imaginable. A lady who 
 is learning to work with a tambour needle puts her head down 
 close to the tambour frame, the color comes into her face, she 
 strains her eyes, all her faculties are exerted, and perhaps she 
 works at the rate of three links a minute. A week afterwards, 
 probably, practice has made the work perfectly easy; the same 
 lady goes rapidly on with her work ; she can talk and laugh, 
 and perhaps even think, whilst she works ; she has now dis- 
 covered that a number of the motions, and a great portion of 
 that action which she thought necessary to this mighty opera- 
 tion, may be advantageously spared. 
 
 " In a similar manner, in the exercise of our minds upon sub- 
 jects that are new to us, we generally exert more effort than is 
 necessary or serviceable, and we consequently soon fatigue our- 
 
186 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION 
 
 selves without any advantage. Children, to whom many sub- 
 jects are new, are often fatigued by these overstrained and 
 misplaced efforts. In these ckcumstances a tutor should relieve 
 the attention by introducing indifferent subjects of conversation ; 
 he can, by showing no anxiety himself, either in his manner or 
 countenance, relieve his pupil from any apprehension of his dis- 
 pleasure or of his contempt ; he can represent that the object 
 before them is not a matter of life and death ; that if the child 
 does not succeed in the first trials he will not be disgi'aced in 
 the opinion of any of his friends ; that by perseverance he will 
 certainly conquer the difficulty ; that it is of little consequence 
 whether he imderstand the thing in question to day or to-mor- 
 row : these considerations will calm the over-anxious pupil's 
 agitation, and whether he succeed or not, he will not suffer such 
 a degree of pain as to disgust him in his first attempts." 
 
 When a lesson is repeated, it should be done with the view 
 of making the child thoroughly acquainted with the subject- 
 matter ; but repetitions are given chiefly to load the memory with 
 words, without any regard to the enlightenment of the reason. 
 If the pupils do not thoroughly comprehend a lesson which 
 has been given to them, the teacher, in going over it for the 
 second time, should adopt some fresh modes of illustrating or 
 demonstrating, as the case may require, the leading ideas con- 
 tained in it. By this means the monotony of repetition will be 
 avoided, and a new aspect will be given to the subject, which 
 will be highly instructive to their minds. 
 
 Miss Edgeworth then goes on to observe : 
 
 ** We have said that a preceptor, in his first lessons on any 
 new subject, must submit to the drudgery of repeating his 
 terms and his reasoning, until these are sufficiently familiar to 
 his pupils. He must, however, proportion the number of his 
 repetitions to the temper and habits of his pupils, else he will 
 weary instead of strengthen the attention. When a thing is clear, 
 let him never try to make it clearer ; when a thing is under- 
 stood, not a word more of exemplification should be added. 
 To mark precisely the moment when the pupil understands 
 what is said— the moment when he is master of the necessary 
 ideas, and, consequently, the moment when repetition should 
 cease, is, perhaps, the most difficult thing in the art of teaching. 
 The countenance, the eye, the voice and manner of the pupil, 
 mark this instant to an 'observant preceptor; but a preceptor 
 
THE CULTIVATION OF HABITS, 187 
 
 who is absorbed in his own ideas will never think of looking 
 in his pupil's face ; he will go on with his routine of explana- 
 tion, whilst his once lively, attentive pupil exhibits opposite to 
 him the picture of stupefied fatigue. Quick, intelligent children, 
 who have frequently found that lessons are reiterated by a patient 
 but injudicious tutor, will learn a careless mode of listening at in- 
 tervals ; they will say to themselves, ' Oh, I shall hear this again! ' 
 And if any stray thought comes across their minds, they will 
 not scruple to amuse themselves, and will afterwards ask for a 
 repetition of the words or ideas which they missed during the 
 excursion of fancy. When they hear the warning advertise- 
 ment of * certainly for the last time this season,' they will deem 
 it time enough to attend to the performance. To cure them of 
 this presumption in favor of our patience, and of their own 
 superlative quickness, we should press that quickness to its ut- 
 most speed. Whenever we call for their attention, let it be on 
 subjects highly interesting or amusing, and let us give them but 
 just sufficient time with their fullest exertion to catch our words 
 and ideas. As these quick gentlemen are pioud of their rapid- 
 ity of apprehension, this method will probably -succeed ; they 
 will dread the disgrace of not understanding what is said, and 
 they will feel that they cannot understand unless they esort 
 prompt, rigorous, and unremitted attention." 
 
 XVI. In all our instruction w« should attend to ths tdUimdon 
 of habits* 
 
 Habits, according to the old adage, become a secoad nature : 
 they render labor easy, and the performance of duty a pleas- 
 ure ; they fortify us against the contagion of bad example, and 
 shield us from the force of sudden temptation. Intellectual 
 habits are not less essential to the man than those habits which 
 have a relation to conduct : thus, for instance, the habit of 
 working out results from first principles and not by rules, ex- 
 ercises a most salutary influence in the development of the 
 faculties of children. 
 
 Habits of thought, as well as habits of conduct, can be estab- 
 
 * " Exercise involves repetition, which, as regards bodily actions, ends 
 in habits of action, and as regards imj-ressions received hj th© mind^ 
 ©n«te in clearnesi? of p^ceptioii."'-JoOT?H f^vnTR, 
 
138 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 lished only by time, repetition, and practice. Useful habits are 
 formed gradually— a little thing done well leads the way to the 
 performance of a greater ; and what appears hard to-day may 
 by repeated trials become perfectly easy to-morrow. As right 
 habits can only be fonned gradually, we should never exact too 
 much from a child. Habits of attention, reflection, application, 
 industry, virtue, and piety are better inculcated by example 
 than by precept ; for children are peculiarly imitative beings : 
 if the parents of a child, for instance, arc always employed, the 
 child cannot long remain idle — he will soon acquire the habit 
 of industry ; and so on to other cases. Well-timed practical 
 examples or illustrations will have far more influence in devel- 
 oping the character of children than abstract rules or precepts. 
 And as no proposition should be given without a proof, so no 
 duty should be exacted without a reason.* 
 
 *• Virtues and vices (says Locke) can by no words be so 
 plainly set before their understandings as the actions of other 
 men will show them, when you direct their observation and 
 bid them view this or that good or bad quality in their practice. 
 And the beauty and uncomeliness of many things, in good or ill 
 breeding, will be better learned, and make deeper impressions on 
 them, in the examples of others, than from any rule or instruc- 
 tions that can be given about them. And what ill they either 
 overlook, or indulge in themselves, they cannot but dislike and 
 be ashamed of when it is set before them in another. 
 
 " And here give me leave to take notice of one thing I think 
 a fault in the ordinary method of education ; and that is, the 
 charging of chikh'en's memories, upon all occasions, with rules 
 and precepts, which they often do not understand, and are con- 
 stantly as soon forgotten as given. If it be soriie action you 
 would have done, or done otherwise, whenever they forget or 
 do it awkwardly, make them do it over and over again, till 
 they are perfect ; whereby you will get these two advantages : 
 First, to see whether it be an action they can do, or is fit to be 
 
 * " No duty must be exacted without a reason, if a child is capable of 
 comprehending: the reason, and has the will to be guided bj- it. The 
 formation of habits of order, attention, punctuality, cleanliness, etc., 
 must be^iti long before the child comprehends the object of these 
 mediate virtues."— Ziller. 
 
LOCKE ON- METHOD. 139 
 
 expected of them. For sometimes children are bid to do things 
 which upon trial they are found not able to do ; and had 
 need be taught and exercised in before they are required to do 
 tliem. Secondly, another thing got by it will be this, that by 
 repeating the sane action till it be grown habitual in them, the 
 performance will not depend on memory or reflection, the con- 
 comitant of prudence and age, and not of childhood, but will 
 be natural in them. Thus, bowing to a gentleman when he 
 salutes him, and looking in his face when he speaks to him, is 
 by constant use as natural to a well-bred man as breathing : it 
 requires no thought, no reHection. Having this way cured in 
 your child any fault, it is cured forever ; and thus, one by one, 
 you may weed them out all, and plant what habits you please. 
 
 "Ihavese^n parents so heap rules on their children, that it 
 was impossible for the poor little ones to remember a tenth part 
 of them, much less to observe them. However, they were 
 either by words or blows corrected for the breach of those mul- 
 tiplied and often very impertinent precepts. Whence it natu- 
 rally followed that the children minded not what was said to 
 them, when it was evident to them that no attention they were 
 capable of was sufficient to preserve them from transgression 
 and the rebukes which followed it. 
 
 " Let, therefore, your rules to your son be ^s few as possible, 
 and rather fewer than more than seem absolutely necessary. 
 For if you burden him with many rules, one of these two 
 things must necessarily follow — that either he must be very 
 often punished, which will be of ill consequence, by making 
 punishment too frequent and familiar ; or else you must let the 
 transgressions of some of your rules go unpunished, whereby 
 they will of course grow contemptible, and your authority be- 
 come cheap to him. Make but few laws, but see they be well 
 observed when once made. Few years require but few laws, 
 and as his age increases, when one rule is by practice well es- 
 tablished, you may add another. 
 
 " But pray remember children are not to be taught by rules, 
 which will be always slipping out of their memories. What 
 you think necessary for them to do settle in them by an indis- 
 pensable practice, as often as the occasion returns ; and, if 
 it be possible, make occasions. This will beget habits in them, 
 which being once established operate of themselves easily and 
 naturally, without the assistance of the memory. But here let 
 me give two cautions : 
 
 "1. The one is, that you keep them to the practice of what 
 you would have grow into a habit in them, by kind words and. 
 gentle admonitions, rather as minding them of what they for- 
 
140 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 get, than by harsh rebukes and chiding as if they were wilfully 
 guilty. 
 
 " 2. Another thing you are to take care of is not to endeavor 
 to settle too many habits at once, lest by a variety you confound 
 them, and so perfect none. "When constant custom has made 
 any one thing easy and natural to them, and they practise it 
 without reflection, you may then go on to another. 
 
 "This method of teaching children by a repeated practice, 
 and the same action done over and over again, under the ej'^e 
 and direction of the tutor, till they have got the habit of doing it 
 well, and not by relying on rules trusted to their memories, has 
 so many advantages, which way soever we consider it, that I 
 cannot bat wonder (if ill customs could be wondered at in any- 
 thing) how it could possibly be so much neglected. I shall 
 name one more that comes now in my way. By this method we 
 shall see whether what is required of him be adapted to his 
 capacity, and any way suited to the child's natural genius and 
 constitution ; for that too must be considered in a right educa- 
 tion." 
 
 The Habits of Attention and Concentration are the Great 
 Mainsprings of Education. — As we have already observed, 
 the great secret in securing the attention of children is to inter- 
 est them ; and the habit of attention is cultivated by keeping 
 the faculty in a state of vigorous activity during the whole 
 course of our instruction.* The habits of listlessness and inat- 
 tention are engendered by injudicious or inappropriate plans of 
 teaching. The habit of directing the undivided force of the 
 faculties to a given subject is the great mainspring of self- 
 education. But this habit, in its fullest vigor, is rarely acquired 
 in early life ; notwithstanding, the teacher should be prepared 
 to avail himself of all the occasions most favorable for its culti- 
 vation. The principle of emulation and a judicious system of 
 rewards are two of our most powerful supplemental aids in the 
 cultivation of this habit. 
 
 The Habit of Observation should be specially cultivated. 
 
 * " The exercise of the child's own powers, stimulated but not super- 
 seded by the educator's interference, ends both in the acquisition of 
 knowledge and in the invigoration of the power for further acquisition." 
 —Joseph Payne. 
 
HABITS OF ATTENTION. 141 
 
 — Object-lessons are highly calculated to foster the habit of ob- 
 servation. Children should be accustomed to examine, analyze, 
 and inspect every object of interest around them : the flowers 
 and minerals by the wayside, the animals of the fields, the 
 warblers of the forest, the various household utensils, etc., all 
 present us with excellent subjects for exercising the observing 
 faculties. The habit of observing the structure, uses, and prop- 
 erties of familiar things prepares the mind for entering upon a 
 higher course of scientific inquiry. 
 
143 PHtLOSOPHY OF EDUCATlOlf. 
 
 paet n. 
 
 ON THE CULTIVATION OF THE INTEL- 
 LECTUAL AND MORAL FACULTIES. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 PRELIMINARY NOTIONS. 
 
 No class of men require a knowledge of intellectual and 
 moral philosophy more than teachers : self knowledge is valu- 
 able to all, but it is especially valuable to them. Self-knowl- 
 edge, in its fullest acceptation, requires that we should know 
 ourselves in relation to the three states of our existence — the 
 past, the present, and the future : consciousness tells us what 
 ice are, remembrance informs us what we Jiave been, and reason, 
 by combining the facts of our past and present existence, en- 
 ables us to anticipate what we shall he. But self knowledge, in 
 this comprehensive sense, is rarely found amongst teachers : 
 we seem to regard our minds as little as we do our watches — 
 we look at the dial-plate, but heed not the internal machinery 
 — the springs, the regulators, or the beautiful combinations of 
 wheels within wheels by which the results are produced. A 
 man who is intrusted with the direction of a machine should 
 surely be acquainted with the principles of its construction. 
 Now the teacher has to regulate and develop the faculties of a 
 hiunan soul — his mind has to act upon another mind so as to 
 give a right tone and direction to its development. Here mind 
 
CULTIVATION OF THE FACULTIES. 143 
 
 is the agent which acts, and mind is the object acted upon. 
 The teacher should, therefore, study the philosophy of our in- 
 tellectual and moral nature. 
 
 The most wonderful work of God is the human soul, for it 
 has been created after His own image; and the laws which 
 govern its action and development demand the most patient 
 study. The highest of all intellectual efforts is that of the mind 
 engaged in the study of itself — the principle of thought engaged 
 in the investigation of the laws and processes of thought— the 
 intellectual vision turned inwardly upon itself. Here we must 
 arrest the current of thought in order to determine the modes 
 and conditions of its action and development. 
 
 The child is the man in embryo: the child has the same/ 
 faculties as the man, but they are in a different state of de-/ 
 velopment. In order that a man may teach children he should 
 thoroughly sympathize with them ; he should realize their 
 habits of thought and action, peculiar tastes and modes of self- 
 devdopment; h« should frequently, in imagination, conceive 
 himself to be a little child, and recall to himself all that he 
 thought and felt when he was a little child ; so that he may be 
 able to tell what effect any particular form of instruction or 
 mode of training will have upon them. A teacher, therefore, 
 should not only know himself as he is, but he should also look 
 back to the early history of his own mind and analyze the facts 
 of this past eiristence with the view of deteimining the causes 
 which had been most operative in stimulating the growth and 
 development of his faculties. 
 
 Let us for a moment glance at the panorama of our early 
 years with the view of realizing our thoughts and feelings 
 relative to the educational influences which were brought to 
 bear upon our own intellectual and moral development. This 
 psychological inquiry will bring home to us the momentous 
 fact, that there is not a single act, not a single thought, of our 
 past life, that has not had an influence in fixing our present in- 
 tellectual and moral condition. What we are is but the last 
 link in a long chain of sequences, extending from childhood to 
 
144 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 youth, from youth to manhood, from manhood to age ; and 
 what WE SHALL BE will only be an extension of the links of 
 this chain of sequences. 
 
 A Glance at our Childhood and Early Youth. — Let us in 
 imagination live our lives over again, with the view of realiz- 
 ing the different stages of our intellectual and moral develop- 
 ment, and of exposing the errors of certain systems of educa- 
 tion. This will not be difficult if we confine ourselves to a 
 simple statement of facts, without refining too much upon the 
 use of phrases, or mixing up our apprehensions with recondite 
 theories relative to mental phenomena. 
 
 We all remember how in our early childhood we loved what- 
 ever afforded us pleasure and hated whatever gave us pain ; 
 how we loved the beautiful and the good, and dreaded what 
 was ugly and bad ; what horror a butcher or a butcher's shop 
 excited, and how visions of blood and cruelty haunted us in 
 our dreams ; what pleasure we derived from every strange 
 scene and every new toy ; how we dreaded our hard task- 
 masters, and how delighted we were when we were permitted 
 to acquire knowledge in our own way. 
 
 We all remember how in our boyish days we made whistles 
 and pop-guns, suckers and slings ; how in our games we 
 mimicked the ways and doings of man in the great world ; 
 how we loved to wander in the fields and pluck the flowers and 
 listen to nature's wild music ; how we disting-uished birds one 
 from another, or different animals one from another ; how we 
 loved to gaze upon the sea and the sky, or to penetrate the 
 depths of the trackless forest, or to climb the rugged cliff' ; how 
 the contemplation of nature filled our little souls with ecstasy, 
 and how we wondered if other people felt the same emotions 
 that the words God, Eternity, Immensity, etc., excited in our 
 minds ; how imagination conjured up fictitious scenes and 
 peopled them with the creations of our own brain ; how we 
 hated the drudgery of tasks because we could not understand 
 them, and with what pleasure we turned from them to read 
 stories of animals or tales about children ; how readily we be- 
 
CHILDHOOD AND YOUTH. 145 
 
 lleved in everything that was told us, and how our religion in- 
 termingled itself with superstitious notions ; how we told ghost 
 stories in the long winter nights to our playfellows sitting round 
 the fire ; how we wished that our school-days were over, that 
 we might think and read as our own instincts directed us, with- 
 out being under the iron rule of hard masters ; with what 
 pleasure we anticipated the approach of holidays and' periods 
 of festivities, and how we looked to the future when we should 
 be without pain or anxiety, and when we should enjoy the full 
 exercise of our faculties. 
 
 We all remember— when our school-days were over, and 
 when we fairly commenced the process of self- development— 
 with what avidity we read books that suited our capacities and 
 tastes, and what pleasure the exercise of our intellectual facul- 
 ties afforded us ; how the dogmas our school-learning were for- 
 gotten or disregarded ; how we studied men and things for 
 ourselves, and how our own faculties and feelings became dis- 
 tinct objects of contemplation ; how our past joys and sorrows, 
 thoughts and emotions, passed in review before us ; and how 
 hope and high resolve shed a halo over the future, and urged 
 us on in the career of life. 
 
 And now, when the fairy existence of early youth is past, 
 what remains for our matured age? The illusions of hope have 
 melted away like the unsubstantial visions of the night ; life 
 has lost its greatest charm, and the stern realities of existence 
 meet us on every side ; most of the gay friends of our childhood 
 are in the cold grave, and the voices that once charmed us, as 
 with the sweetest melody, are silent and still. What remains 
 for us ? Action ! usefulness ! and the prospect of meeting our 
 lost friends in a better state of existence ! 
 
 This review of the facts of our past existence supplies us 
 with valuable suggestions relative to the work of elementary 
 education 
 
 A Cursory View of our Intellectual and Moral Faculties 
 as regards their Mode of Development.— Man is a thinking 
 and a responsible being ; hence we speak of our intellectual and 
 10 
 
146 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 moral nature, of the powers of intellect, which have respect to 
 knowledge, and of the moral powers, which have respect to 
 conduct. We tbiuk, feel, and act ; we have thoughts and emo- 
 tions, and we have also the power of controlling our thoughts 
 and emotions. Hence our mental phenomena may be divided into 
 three classes: 1. Simple intellect, comprehending those faculties 
 by which we perceive, remember, compare, conceive, imagine, 
 and reason, 2. Emotions, usually called passions or affections ; 
 these may be either passive or active ; passive emotions simply 
 affect us with pleasure or pain ; active emotions affect our con- 
 duct, and they may be either right or wrong, virtuous or vicious. 
 3. Over all these powers and emotions is placed the principle of 
 self-control, the voluntary principle — the will, which consti- 
 tutes man a voluntary being, and which, acting in conjunction 
 with REASON and the power of conscience, that inherent in- 
 stinctive sense of right and wrong — also constitutes him a moral 
 and responsible agent. 
 
 Let us now endeavor to trace the successive stages of our in- 
 tellectual and moral development. 
 
 External objects produce impressions upon our senses, which 
 impressions we call sensations ; we become conscious of these 
 sensations, and we perceive the objects which produce them ; 
 hence we regard sensation and perception as belonging to the 
 first stage of our mental development. Sensation is the effect 
 which external objects have upon our senses ; perception is an 
 act of the mind, and hence we speak of the faculty of percep- 
 tion. But a sensation may take place without being followed 
 by its corresponding perception ; thus for example an object 
 may be placed before our organs of vision without being per- 
 ceived by us ; in fact, we must give our attention to a thing be- 
 fore we can have a full perception of it ; hence we recognize the 
 existence of that voluntary power of the mind which we call 
 the FACULTY OF ATTENTION. We remember past impressions 
 and perceptions ; hence we are said to possess the faculty of 
 MEMORY. We recall at our will past impre'ssions and scenes, 
 and conceive them to be, as it were, placed before us with all 
 
STAGES OF DEVELOPMENT. 147 
 
 the vividness of the original impressions ; hence we are said to 
 possess the faculty of conception. By this faculty we make 
 the idea— the conception — of an object a distinct subject of con- 
 sciousness and contemplation. We not only remember and 
 conceive, but we also compare the impressions of objects, 
 whether present or absent, with each other, and thus distinguish 
 them one from another, or form a judgment relative to their re- 
 spective qualities ; hence we are said to possess the faculties of 
 COMPARISON and of primitive judgment ; these form the first 
 elements of the process of reasoning. Things are perceived by 
 us under certain relations of place, time, etc. ; we rewUect them 
 in the same order of place, time, etc.; hence we are said to 
 possess the faculty of recollection ; which is something more 
 than simple memory, for it involves the faculty of association. 
 By the faculty of association certain written signs or soimds 
 become suggestive of, or associated with, certain ideas. The 
 name of a horse, for example, whether written or spoken, becomes 
 associated with the conception or idea of a horse, so that the pres- 
 ence of the one suggests that of the other. The gift of language, 
 or as we might say, the faculty of language, not less than 
 reason or the moral sense, distinguishes man from the lower 
 animals. By means of language, that wonderful symbol of 
 thought, we hold communion with one another, we record the 
 results of our experience — our ideas ; and thus the life of a man, 
 in a certain sense, is not bounded by his own individual tenn 
 of existence, but embraces the whole period of the past existence 
 of his species. "We imitate the sounds which we hear, and copy 
 the forms which we see ; hence we are said to possess the fa- 
 culty of imitation. We not only believe in the facts which 
 we derive from perception and observation, but we also readily 
 accept the facts communicated to us by others ; hence we are 
 said to have an instinctive belief in testimony ; hence that re- 
 markable aptitude which children show for receiving instruction, 
 and the unreasoning trust which they repose in the statements of 
 their parents and teachers. This may be not inappropriately 
 called the faculty of learning. 
 
148 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Let us now trace some of the earliest developments of imagin- 
 ation, abstraction, and reason. 
 
 We imagine things to exist, and invest them with various 
 Imaginary qualities. With the aid of visible representations 
 we form an idea of absent objects and things — a small picture 
 enables us to realize the idea of a mountain stream, or of some 
 beautiful natural scene: hence we are said to possess the faculty 
 of Ideality, which is obviously nearly allied to that of imagin- 
 ation. 
 
 We OBSERVE the relation between events : a stroke upon the 
 table, for example, is followed by a sound ; the stroke is recog- 
 nized as the CAUSE, and the sound as the effect ; the stroke is 
 repeated, and the same sound is produced, and we instinctively 
 believe that the same effect will always be followed by the 
 operation of the same cause. 
 
 We see a s.eries of objects having the same color ; they may 
 be different in form, taste, etc. , but they have the same color : 
 we form a conception of that color, apart from the other prop- 
 erties of the bodies— that is to say, we form an abstract idea 
 of it. 
 
 We see a lot of balls — they may be different in color ; some 
 may be rough, others may be smooth, but they have all the 
 same form — they are all balls ; we realize a conception of this 
 form apart from the other properties of the bodies. A particu- 
 lar figure formed by three straight lines, and therefore contain- 
 ing three angles, is called a triangle ; but we may draw another 
 figure bounded by three straight lines, which shall differ very 
 much from the first in the absolute and the relative lengths of 
 the sides ; yet still we call this figure a triangle, for it is bounded 
 by three sides and contains three angles : hence we form the ab- 
 stract idea of a triangle, corresponding to the definition which 
 limits or defines this species of form. And so on to other cases 
 of geometrical form and magnitude. In like manner we arrive 
 at a knowledge of the various properties of bodies. 
 
 We see a lot of balls ; we count them by ones ; they make 
 up a certain number ; but they may be grouped in different 
 
ABSTRACTION AND GENERALIZATION. I49 
 
 ways, and the total number will be made up of the number in 
 the different groups put together. Thus, for example, if there 
 are five balls, we may put them into two groups, one of which 
 shall contain three balls and the other two : then we aiTive at 
 the fact that three balls and two balls make five balls. But we 
 may count in the same manner with buttons, or with any other 
 objects : hence we form the abstract conception of numbers 
 and the properties of numbers, without regard to the particu- 
 lar objects which represent them, whether they be balls, or but- 
 tons, or cubes, or anything else. The results thus attained , ex- 
 pressed in language, become established truths or propositions, 
 and we remember them as such. 
 
 In all these cases we exercise the faculty of abstraction, 
 which at the same time involves those of classification and 
 GENERALIZATION. By the faculty of abstraction, therefore, we 
 arrange objects into classes, genera, and species. Thus we ob- 
 serve that some objects have certain common properties, by 
 which we distinguish them from other objects; hence we 
 classify them and call them by some name indicative of the 
 class : thus we soon distinguish a horse from a cow, etc, ; hence 
 also we generalize, that is to say, we take a comprehensive view 
 of a multifarious Collection of facts, by selecting one which is 
 common to them all. 
 
 Coexistent with this stage of intellectual development certain 
 appetites and passions exhibit themselves. The taste of a sweet- 
 meat affords us pleasure, the taste of a drug is unpleasant ; 
 we LOVE and desire the one, while we dislike and avoid the 
 other. Some sensations and ideas are accompanied with pain, 
 others with pleasure ; we love the person that is kind to us, 
 because his kindness affords us pleasure, and we hate and fear 
 the person that treats us with cruelty, because his cnielty gives 
 us pain. 
 
 The sentiment of taste — the sense of the sublime and beauti- 
 ful—early develops itself. We admire a beautiful object, be- 
 cause the sight of it affords us pleasure. The flowers with 
 their varied foiTQS and colors and scents, the green fields and 
 
150 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 woods, the bright sun lighting up the wide earth with life and 
 joy, the silver moon as she sheds her soft and balmy light over 
 the slumbering world, the stars as they twinkle in the depths 
 of the azure canopy of night, all are beautiful to us, all are 
 charming to us, because they all awaken within us the senti- 
 ments of love and admiration. 
 
 But the contemplation of the sublime, not less than the beau- 
 tiful, affords us pleasure : the snow-clad mountain, the deep 
 ravine, the boundless expanse of field and forest, the vast ocean 
 as it swells and foams and responds to the moaning winds, the 
 rolling thunder and the flashing lightning, all are sublime— all 
 fill our souls with the sentiments of awe, veneration, and won- 
 der, and impress us with the ideas of vastness, power, immen- 
 sity, and infinitude. Above all and over all we adore and love 
 the Great God, who made the world and all its fulness, and 
 enthroned Himself amid its riches and goodness. 
 
 We love knowledge in all its forms, because its acquisition 
 affords us pleasure. Not satisfied with what we already know, we 
 seek to know more; hence that insatiable appetite for knowledge 
 —that ceaseless curiosity which is ever craving for knowledge 
 but is never satisfied, and which forms one of the most remark- 
 able features of the infant mind. We love, approbation, and 
 the consciousness of mental power affords us pleasure. We 
 eagerly strive wilh our companions in the race of improve- 
 ment ; hence we are said to possess the principle of emula- 
 tion. 
 
 We also soon distinguish between what is good or bad in 
 conduct : the sense of the beautiful is closely related to 
 and connected with the moral sense, or that faculty whereby 
 we distinguish what is good and beautiful, and therefore praise- 
 worthy in our actions, from what is bad and displeasing, and 
 therefore blameworthy. The inherent conviction of our moral 
 responsibility leads us to follow the one and avoid the other. 
 We see that self-indulgence, if carried too far, is injurious to 
 ourselves and often detrimental to the happiness of others ; we 
 hence recognize two distinct principles, or rather two distinct 
 
THE MORAL SENSE. 151 
 
 classes of emotions in our nature : the one class has been called 
 the SELFISH EMOTIONS, the other the benevolent emotions ; 
 the one seeks the gratification of self, the other seeks to promote 
 the happiness of others. The principle of sympathy leads us 
 to adopt the golden rule of conduct, viz., to do unto others as 
 we would that they should do unto us. We pity those that 
 are in pain or distress ; we sympathize with them— that is, we, 
 in a certain sense, make their misery our own, and thus we are 
 led to relieve th'im. But our instincts are not all for good : we 
 suffer injuries or injustice from others ; those injuries excite 
 within us the emotions of hatred and revenge, and other 
 malevolent passions ; but we cannot indulge these passions 
 without causing misery to ourselves as well as to others ; hence 
 arises the necessity of self-control. We tell lies— false- 
 hoods— to screen ourselves from the consequences of our follies, 
 or it may be to gratify our vanity ; but our conscience raises its 
 voice against the violation of truth. We take the property of 
 others, or seek to indulge ourselves at the exj^ense of others ; 
 but the golden rule tells us that theft, injustice, etc., are wrong, 
 and that honesty, justice, etc., are right. The love of approba- 
 tion frequently engenders vanity, and the consciousness of 
 power produces pride and conceit. Education stimulates the 
 development of our virtuous emotions and checks the develop- 
 ment of those that are evil. Scripture, the revealed word of 
 God, lends its all-powerful aid to inculcate what is good and to 
 .denounce what is evil. We are there informed that God is holy 
 as well as good— just as well as merciful ; as judge of all the 
 earth, therefore. He will punish the wicked and reward the 
 righteous in the world to come. 
 
 Of all our intellectual faculties, imagination, reason, judg- 
 ment, and invention are the latest in attaining their full growth 
 and development. 
 
 Out of our impressions of actual scenes and events we im- 
 agine, or, as it were, create fictitious scenes and events, and in- 
 vest them with all the vividness and warmth of reality ; hence 
 we are said to possess the faculty of imaginatxon. We sepa' 
 
153 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 rate facts or general principles from each other and throw them 
 into new combinations, with the view of deriving some new 
 result or fact ; in this case we are said to exercise the faculty of 
 INVENTION, which is obviously very nearly allied to that of 
 imagination. 
 
 We analyze facts, compare them with each other, observe 
 their relations, and deduce from these relations certain general 
 facts or principles ; we compare our mental impressions with 
 external things, draw conclusions, and establish certain princi- 
 ples of belief : in all these cases we are said to exercise the 
 faculty of REASON, or it may be that of judgment. By rea- 
 son we investigate truth and determine the laws of evidence 
 and belief. Reason is the highest faculty of our nature, and 
 admits of an indefinite degree of cultivation. 
 
 A more exact analysis of the mind, with a classification of its 
 faculties, is given in Chap. III., Part I., of this work. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 CULTIVATION OF THE INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES— CULTIVA- 
 TION OF THE PERCEPTIVE FACULTIES AND OF THE FAC- 
 ULTIES OF PRIMITIVE JUDGMENT, CONCEPTION, IMITATION, 
 ABSTRACTION, AND LANGUAGE. 
 
 Our first knowledge of the existence and properties of the 
 material world is derived through our senses ; hence it follows 
 that our knowledge of the properties of material bodies is lim- 
 ited by the number and acuteness of our senses. It is generally 
 believed that we have five senses— sight, hearing, taste, smell, 
 and touch ; but to these has been added the sense of muscular 
 effort, or the sense of resistance to muscular action. 
 
 Some properties are cognizable by one sens^ only; but in 
 general our kuowledge of X]^ external world is derived from 
 
CULTIVATION OF THE INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES. 158 
 
 the combined action of several senses. Thus color .can only be 
 known to us by the sense of sight, sound by the sense of hear- 
 ing, taste by the sense of taste, cold or heat by the sense of 
 feeling, odor by the sense of smell, and weight or force by 
 the sense of muscular effort ; but the properties of lorm, size, 
 number, and texture are cognizable by at least two of our 
 senses, viz., sight and touch ; the ideas of number and succes- 
 sion may be conveyed to the mind by any of our senses : thus 
 a succession of sounds, tastes, etc., may impress us with the 
 idea of number as perfectly as a series of objects placed before 
 the eye can do. Our impression of solidity, roughness, or 
 smoothness is derived from touch combined with muscular 
 action. And so on to other cases. 
 
 The first notions derived from our senses, however, seem to 
 be limited and imperfect. Our real knowledge is only ac- 
 quired by experience, in the course of which the impressions 
 derived from one sense are used to supply the deficiencies and 
 correct the errors of the impressions derived from another 
 sense, and by the mind acting upon the impressions derived 
 from all the senses. Thus, for example, the primary objects 
 of vision are color and apparent form ; but the result of expe- 
 rience, derived from the sense of touch, etc., enables us to 
 judge of distance and magnitude by our vision. It is well 
 known that we have no idea of the distance of an object unless 
 we have some knowledge of its magnitude, and mce versa. In 
 like manner we have no idea of the intensity of sounds unless 
 we have some knowledge of their distance, "and vice versa. 
 Experience also enables us to judge of the distance of an object 
 by the degi'ee of its brightness, or by the degree of distinctness 
 of its outline : hence it is that, in a picture, distant objects are 
 drawn faintly and with an indistinctness in the outline of their 
 minute parts. The apparent form of a body is often very 
 different from the true idea which we conceive of it ; in fact 
 our conception of an object, derived from vision, is as much a 
 matter of judgment as of sensation. We avail ourselves of this 
 principle in perspective drawing, where we diminish the size 
 
154 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 of the lines jepresenting known objects to convey the idea of 
 distance, and foreshorten the lines wliich represent the parts of 
 objects seen obliquely. These observations show that we have 
 to learn the right use of our senses. It is the business of the 
 teacher to aid nature in accomplishing this end. 
 
 On the cultivation of the senses Miss Edgeworth observes : 
 " Rousseau has judiciously advised that the senses of chil- 
 dren should be cultivated with the utmost care. In proportion 
 to the distinctness of their perceptions will be the accuracy of 
 their memory, and probably, also, the precision of their judg- 
 ment. A child who sees imperfectly cannot reason justly 
 about the objects of sight, because he has not sufficient data. 
 A child who does not hear distinctly cannot judge well of 
 sounds ; and, if we could suppose the sense of touch to be 
 twice as accurate in one child as in another, we might conclude 
 that the judgment of these children must differ in a similar 
 proportion. The defects in organization are not within the 
 power of the preceptor ; but we may observe that inattention 
 and want of exercise are frequently the causes of what are 
 mistaken for natural defects ; and, on the contrary, increased 
 attention and cultivation sometimes produce that quickness of 
 eye and ear, and that consequent readiness of judgment, which 
 we are apt to attribute to natural superiority of organization or 
 capacity." 
 
 The cultivation of the senses necessarily includes the cultiva- 
 tion of the faculty of perception. This faculty demands the 
 earliest attention and cultivation : its first development is best 
 attained by directing it to the examination of form and num- 
 ber, and afterwards to the various other properties of bodies. 
 A sufficient time should be allowed the child to examine and 
 ohserm the different parts and peculiarities of the object at 
 which he looks; and we should not expect him to give his at- 
 tention to more than one subject at a time. He should be led 
 to COMPARE one object with another, or it may be different 
 parts of the same object with each other. He should be shown 
 how to direct all his senses to an object with the view of de- 
 
CULTIVATION OF THE PERCEPTIVE FACULTIES. 155 
 
 tcrmining all its properties. He will, in the course of this 
 examinrition, frequently find that he is able to detect the same 
 property by different senses. Thus, for example, the teacher 
 may say to his pupil : What sbape has this object (a ball) ? 
 P. It is round. T. How do you know that it is round ? P. I 
 see that it is round. T. Is there no other way by which you 
 can know that it is round ? You seem to hesitate ; now take 
 it in your hand and run your fingers over its surface. P. I 
 feel that it is round.* T. But your feeling tells of another 
 property which that object has ; what is that property ? P. It 
 feels smooth. T. But there is another way by which you 
 know that it is smooth ? P. It looks smooth ; it is glossy oi 
 bright. T. True ; your experience teaches you that bodies 
 which appear bright or glossy are almost always smooth. Now 
 close your eyes, and take this body in your hands ; can you 
 feel what color it has ? P. I cannot feel color. T. Now open 
 your eyes, and tell me what color it has ? P. I see that it is rod. 
 In cultivating the perceptive faculties the teacher should 
 frequently require his pupils to judge of the distance of an 
 object from its apparent size, or from its distinctness of outline, 
 and 'vice versa, or of the distance of a sound from its intensity, 
 or of the distance of a place by the time which it takes them 
 to walk to it. The eye should be exercised in noting the posi- 
 tion of objects with respect to each other, and in comparing 
 the magnitude of the angles formed by lines and planes. They 
 should be accustomed lO use the foot-rule in measuring the 
 lengths and breadths of different things, and also their dis- 
 tances from one another, so that they may at once be able to 
 verify their judgments relative to the sizes of diUerent objects. 
 The weights and capacities of bodies should also be made a 
 subject of observation. In order to give an idea of densit3% or 
 the lightness or heaviness of a substance, the attention of the 
 
 * "The mere siarht of an object," says Pestalozzi, 'does not satisfy a 
 oViild. He must handle- it. weigh it. smell it. taste it, and examine it in 
 ill its parts in order to gain a complete idea of it." 
 
156 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 child should be directed to the size of a pound of tea as com- 
 pared with the size of a pound of sugar, or to the weight of a 
 sovereign as compared with the weight of a shilling. 
 
 In all these exercises the child should be required to express 
 in LANGUAGE the results of his observations or judgments ; and 
 wherever it is practicable, he should be required to draw the 
 object or objects to which his attention has been directed ; 
 nothing tends to cultivate the eye and the hand so much as 
 drawing. Proceeding in this way, the teacher will combine 
 
 PERCEPTION, OBSERVATION, JUDGMENT, DRAWING, AND LAN- 
 GUAGE IN THE SAME EXERCISE. 
 
 The habit of exact perception and observation will be further 
 cultivated by directing the attention of the child to various 
 natural phenomena, such as we have described under our 
 general axioms. It is almost unnecessary to say, that music 
 will exercise the same influence in the cultivation of the ear, 
 that drawing does in reference to the eye. 
 
 The conceptive faculties should be cultivated at the 
 same time as the perceptive faculties. After the attention of a 
 child has been sufllciently directed to an object, it should be 
 removed from his sight, and then he should be required to 
 describe it in language, or, it may be, by drawing a repre- 
 sentation of it. In like manner, after certain operations of 
 numbers nave been explained to him, by reference to familiar 
 objects, such as balls or strokes, he should be required to per- 
 form, by the ordinary process of mental calculation, similar 
 operations witnout the aid of such objects. He should also be 
 required to describe, in his own language, particular scenes 
 and events which he may have recently witnessed. 
 
 A teacher should address his instruction to the eye as well 
 as to the ear. The subject should be illustrated by pictures, 
 drawings, or figures, as the case may require, and new phrases 
 or words should be written in large characters upon the black- 
 board. In all cases, the conception of any new thing should 
 be aided bywords, by symbols, by figurative representations, 
 or by models. 
 
CULTIVATION OF THE CONCEPTIVE FACULTIES. 157 
 
 After all the properties of a body have been examined by the 
 pupils, the names given to these properties should be thoroughly 
 impressed upon their minds. These properties, as we have 
 before remarked, should then be made a subject of comparison 
 or contrast, as the case may be, with the corresponding proper- 
 ties of other bodies ; and then the property or properties by 
 which the object on which the lesson is given is tlistinguished 
 from other bodies should be distinctly pointed out, and the 
 judgments thus formed should be expressed in simple and ap- 
 propriate language. The uses to which the body is applied 
 should then be exhibited ; and the connection between its dis- 
 tinguishing properties and its uses should be carefully explained 
 and illustrated. 
 
 Children like to dwell in the ideal world— the world of con- 
 ceptions . The depth and vividness of their conceptions are 
 intensified by the emotions elicited by our lessons. The fol- 
 lowing subjects of instruction are highly calculated to inter- 
 est the feelings and to invigorate the conceptive faculty : zool- 
 ogy, comprehending a description of the habits of the wild 
 animals of the forest ; geography, comprehending descriptions 
 of strange and distant lands ; mental arithmetic, in which the 
 fundamental operations of nimibers are conducted without the 
 aid of symbolical notation ; astronomy, describing the revolu- 
 tions of the vast globes which move through the amplitudes of 
 space ; and so on. As an example, let the subject of the lesson 
 be the form and magnitude of the earth. 
 
 Notes of a Lesson for cultivating the Faculty of Conception. 
 Age of the jpupils about seven.^ 
 
 The world is a globe like an orange ; the orange is a little 
 globe, but the world is a vast globe many thousands of times 
 
 * It is doubtful whether a child of seven could comprehend this. What 
 notion, for example, has a child or even an ordinary man of twenty-five 
 thousand miles ? And what conceptioxi will this child have of on© or 
 of sixty millions ?— E. S. 
 
158 PHILOSOFHT OF EDUCATION. 
 
 larger than the orange. When you look from the top of a high 
 hill, you only see a small portion of the earth's surface ; beyond 
 the distant hills and trees, which bound your view, there are 
 hills and trees, and again hills and trees far, far beyond. Navi- 
 gators have sailed round the earth. The length of a line going 
 round the earth is about 25,000 miles. You cannot tell what a 
 great distance this is, but I shall try to give you some idea of it. 
 You have travelled in a railway train, and you know how fast 
 it moves ; well, I once travelled in a fast train from London to 
 York in four hours ; now it would take that train constantly 
 gcdng about three weeks to go round the earth. Such is the 
 great size of the earth. But the distance round the earth is 
 almost nothing when compared with the celestial spaces. You 
 have seen the evening star (Venus) when the sun is sinking in 
 the western sky ; the sun is seen beside the farm-house, and 
 Venus over the forest, only a few miles from the farm-house : 
 now the real distance between the sun and Venus is upwards of 
 60 millions of miles, or more than two thousand times the girt 
 (circumference) of our earth. And so on. 
 
 In this lesson we shall have cultivated other faculties besides 
 that of conception. 
 
 Definitions of terms should be given, as far as practica- 
 ble, in connection with the things or properties which are desig- 
 nated by these terms. Thus, for example, if we wish to give a 
 definition of the term elasticity, we should take a piece of india- 
 rubber and stretch it out before the pupil, saying to him at the 
 same time : Now I am exerting a pulling force, so as to stretch 
 this long piece of india-rubber ; what do you observe in refer- 
 ence to the alteration in its shape? P. You have stretched it out 
 — it is longer than it was at first. T. Now I release it, — now the 
 stretching force ceases to act,— what do you now observe ? P, 
 It has returned to its original shape. T. This property is called 
 elasticity, and the india-rubber is said to be elastic. Now tell 
 me, in your own language, what you mean by the property of 
 elasticity ? P. That if the body be stretched out, and then let 
 go (released) from the force, it will return to its original shape* 
 
CULTIVATION OF THE CONCEPTIVE FACULTIES. 159 
 
 T. True ; buf we may express the same thing thus : elasticity 
 is that property whereby a body returns to its original shape 
 after the force which has altered its shape i3 withdrawn. 
 
 Definitions op form: should be given in connection with the 
 actual construction of the figures which we wish to define. As 
 our geometrical definitions and postulates are based upon ex- 
 perience and observation, one of the first steps in mathematical 
 instruction is to show how geometrical figures may be described 
 in accordance with their definitions, and, at the same time, to 
 aid the mind of the pupil in forming general or abstract con- 
 ceptions of these fig-ures. The best way of showing the possi- 
 hility of drawing a perfect figure, is actually to draw it with a 
 greater or less degree of accuracy, according to the conditions 
 of its abstract definition. Thus, if we wisli to give the defini- 
 tion of a circle, we should take a string and describe a circle 
 with it before the pupil, saying to him at the same time : The 
 figure bounded by this chalk-line is called a circle ; the fixed 
 point aoout which the string revolves is called the centre of the 
 circle ; the length of the string, which constantly remains the 
 same, is the radius ; the chalk line itself, which forms the 
 boundary of the figure, is called the circumference ; and the line 
 drawn through the centre, meeting the circumference on oppo- 
 site sides, is called the diameter. Now what have you to say 
 about the distance of the circumference of a circle from its cen- 
 tre ? P. It is always the same. T. In other words, you would 
 say that the radii of a circle are all equal to one another. Now 
 although this circle is not so perfect as it is possible to draw one, 
 yet you can tell me what a perfect circle is. P. A circle is a 
 figure bounded by a line which is everywhere at the same dis- 
 tance from a point within it called the centre. 
 
 In like manner the pupil should be led to give in his own lan- 
 guage the definitions of the terms radius, diameter, circumfer- 
 ence, etc. Without materially altering the language employed 
 by the pupil, the teacher may find it desirable to improve or cor- 
 rect it. 
 
 Above all things, children should be accustomed to write their 
 
160 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 own ideas in their own language. The writirig of the contents 
 of a book is better than the study of a whole commentary upon 
 it ; and the writing of the subject-matter of a single page often 
 stimulates the appetite for learning more powerfully than the 
 reading of a whole folio. On this subject Richter observes : 
 " Since writing signifies but the sign of things, and brings us 
 through it to the things themselves, it is a stricter isolator and 
 clearer collector of the ideas than even speech itself. Sound 
 teaches quickly and generally ; writing, uninterruptedly and 
 with more accuracy. It is certain that our representation is 
 much more a mental seeing than hearing, and that our meta- 
 phors play far more on an instrument of color than of sound, 
 and therefore writing which lingers under the eyes must assist 
 the formation of ideas to a much greater extent than the rapid 
 flight of sound. The scholar indeed carries it so far, that, when 
 he reflects, he really seems to read a printed page ; and when 
 he speaks, to give a little declamation out of a quickly and well 
 written pamphlet. Let the boys write out their own thoughts 
 sooner than copy yours, so that they may learn to exchange the 
 heavy-ringing coin of sound into more convenient paper money. 
 And let them be spared the writing-texts of schoolmasters, con- 
 taining the praises of industry, of writing, of their master, or of 
 some old prince ; in short, subjects about which the teacher can 
 produce nothing better than his pupils. Every representation 
 without some actual object or motive is poison. I cannot 
 understand schoolmasters ! Must the mail even in childhood 
 preach from the appointed Sunday text, and never choose one 
 for himself from nature's bible ? Something similar may be said 
 about the wi-iting of open letters (an unsealed one is almost in- 
 evitably half untrue) which the teachers of girls' schools re- 
 quire, in order, say they, to exercise their pupils in epistolary 
 style. A nothing writes to a nothing : the whole affair, under- 
 taken by the desire of the teacher, not of the heart, is a certifi- 
 cate of the death of thoughts, an announcement of the burning 
 of the materials. Happy is it if the commanded volubility of 
 the child, arising from coldness and addressed to emptiness, do 
 
CULTIVATION OF THE FACULTY OF ATTENTION. 161 
 
 not accustom her to insincerity. If letters must be forthcoming, 
 let them be written to some fixed person, about some definite 
 thing. But what need of 'so much ado about nothing,' since 
 — not even excepting political or literary newspapers — nothing 
 can be written so easily as letters on any subject w^hen there is a 
 motive for them, and the mind is fully informed of the matter." 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 CULTIVATION OF THE INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES, CONTIN- 
 UED — CULTIVATION OF THE FACULTY OF ATTENTION. 
 
 In all our exercises of the senses, the faculty of attention 
 should be assiduously cultivated, by all the artifices which we 
 may have within our power.* The habit of directing the 
 faculties promptly and intensely to whatever subject comes be- 
 fore them, lays the foundation of the intellectual character. 
 This habit requires careful cultivation : all the pupils should be 
 expected to concentrate the whole of their powers of observa- 
 tion on the subject brought before them ; imperfect perception 
 should be carefully guarded against, and erroneous conceptions 
 promptly corrected ; no subject should be dismissed until all its 
 legitimate points of interest have been fairly exhausted ; and 
 carelessness, lassitude, or indifference should never be permit- 
 ted for one moment to exist. Besides the immediate benefits 
 arising from such a course of education, it exerts a most 
 momentous influence on the future characters of the pupils : 
 it decides, in a great measure, as,Fellenberg observes, " whether 
 they shall be superficial and desultory throughout life, or whether 
 they shall maintain the contrary habits of application and ac- 
 curacy with honorable perseverance." So much depends upon 
 
 * "The great object of all primary work is training in the power of at- 
 tention."— F. W. Parker. 
 11 
 
162 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 the faculty of attention, that its culture should fonn a leading 
 subject of practical education. 
 
 To cultivate the faculty of attention, the effort on the part of 
 the child must be voluntary.* By constraint, you may get a 
 child to learn the task you have assigned him ; but by this exer- 
 cise you do not cultivate his power of attention: you have only 
 stimulated the child to exertion by the fear of punishment, or 
 it may be by the hope of reward. By displaying the wonders 
 of nature or art to a child, you render his attention voluntary, 
 and out of a passive servile creature you make an active self- 
 dependent agent. The best means of cultivating the habit of 
 attention, therefore, is to associate pleasure with the exertions 
 of the pupil, especially the pleasure which flows from success. 
 
 To cultivate the faculty of attention our teaching should be 
 suggestive ; that is to say, we should always leave something 
 for our pupils to work out themselves : we should never do 
 anything /6>^ them which they can do for themselves ; and when- 
 ever we assist them, it should be done in such a way as to lead 
 them as speedily as possible to go on without assistance. We 
 should not seek to remove the fair difficulties which lie in a 
 pupil's way, but rather teach him how to surmount them. 
 Never do anything, says Abbott, for a scholar, but teach him 
 to do it for himself. How many cases occur in the schools of 
 this country where the boy brings his slate to the teacher, say- 
 ing he cannot do a certain sum ! The teacher takes the slate 
 and pencil, performs the work in silence, brings out the result, 
 returns the slate to the hands of his pupil, who walks off to his 
 seat, and goes to work on the next example, perfectly satisfied 
 with the manner in which he is getting on. Such a practice, 
 obviously, cannot conduce to the cultivation of the faculty of 
 attention. 
 
 We weaken the habit of attention by requiring our pupils to 
 
 * Interest in the subject of insti'uetion is the only means for securing 
 permanent and undivided attention. The attention should be involun- 
 tary. Forced or voluntary attention requires an already strong will such 
 as is not generally to be found in a child of eight or ten years.— E. S. 
 
CULTIVATION OF THE FACULTY OF ATTENTION. 163 
 
 study too many things at once, or matters which are above their 
 capacity ; by directing their minds too long to any one subject ; 
 by urging them up to or beyond the point of fatigue ; or by 
 repeating too frequently the same exercises without variation. 
 Whenever an exercise becomes too easy or too monotonous for 
 our pupils, it then ceases to engage their attention, and acts 
 injuriously upon their minds by engendering habits of listless- 
 ness and indifference. When a child, for example, writes the 
 whole page of a copy-head, we generally find that the last line 
 is the worst written. 
 
 A skilful teacher will sometimes turn to account the inciden- 
 tal circumstances which are calculated to draw off the atten- 
 tion of his pupils from his lesson : a butterfly enters the school- 
 room—in a moment all eyes are upon it ; instead of scolding 
 them for this apparent violation of order, he cheerfully enters 
 into their thoughts and feelings, catches the butterfly, and forth- 
 with gives them a conversational lecture upon their beautiful 
 winged visitor, Faraday never lectures so brilliantly qs when 
 he happens to fail in making an experiment.* 
 
 When children become wearied out with long or intense 
 attention, their enthusiasm may often be revived by bringing in 
 some fresh motive for exertion. Darwin thus happily illus- 
 trates this principle : " A little boy, who was tired of walking, 
 begged of his papa to carry him. * Here,' says the reverend 
 doctor, ' ride upon my gold-headed cane ;' and the pleased child, 
 putting it between his legs, galloped away with delight." 
 
 On the cultivation of the habit of attention Miss Edgeworth 
 observes : "Whatever is connected with pain or pleasure com- 
 mands our attention ; but to make this general observation use- 
 ful in education, we must examine what degrees of stimulus are 
 necessary for different pupils and in different circumstances. 
 It is not prudent early to use violent or continual stimulus, 
 either of a painful or pleasurable nature, to excite children to 
 
 * " The skill of an intelligent teacher displays itself in his ability to ac- 
 commodate himself to all natures, and to utilize everything that comes 
 under his eyes, either in the form of objects or in the deportment of his 
 scholars and the incidents of the class-room."— Ziller. 
 
164 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 application, because we should by an intemperate use of these 
 weaken the mind, and because we may with a little patience 
 obtain all we wish without these expedients. Besides these rea- 
 sons, there is another potent argument against using violent 
 motives to excite attention ; such motives frequently disturb and 
 dissipate the very attention which they attempt to fix. If a 
 child be threatened with severe punishment, or flattered with 
 the promise of some delicious reward, in order to induce his 
 performance of any particular task, he desires instantly to per- 
 form the task ; but this desire will not insure his success ; unless 
 he has previously acquired the habit of voluntary exertion, he 
 will not be able to turn his mind from his ardent wishes, even 
 to the means of accomplishing them. He will be in the situa- 
 tion of Alnaschar, in the Arabian tales, who, whilst he dreamt 
 of his future grandeur, forgot his immediate business. To 
 teach any new habit or art, we must not employ any alarming 
 excitements; small, certain, regularly recurring motives, which 
 interest but which do not distract the mind, are evidently the 
 best. The ancient inhabitants of Minorca were said to be the 
 best slingers in the world ; when they were children, every 
 morning what they were to eat was slightly fastened to high 
 poles, and they were obliged to throw down their breakfasts 
 with their slings from the places where tliey were suspended, 
 before they could satisfy their hunger. The motive seems to 
 have been here well proportioned to the effect that was required : 
 it could not be any great misfortune for a boy to go without his 
 breakfast ; but as this motive returned every morning, it became 
 sufficiently serious to the hungry slingers. It is impossible 
 to explain this subject so as to be of use without descending to 
 minute particulars. When a mother says to her little daughter, 
 as she places on the table before her a bunch of ripe cherries, 
 ' Tell me, my dear, how many cherries are there, and I will 
 give them to you ? ' the child's attention is fixed instantly ; 
 there is a sufficient motive— not a motive which excites any 
 violent passions, but which raises just such a degree of hope as 
 is necessary to produce attention. The little girt, if she knows 
 from experience that her mother's promise will be kept, and 
 that her own patience is likely to succeed, counts the cherries 
 carefully, has her reward, and upon the next similar trial she 
 will from this success be still more disposed to exert her atten- 
 tion. The pleasure of eating cherries, associated with the 
 pleasure of success, will balance the pain of a few moments' 
 prolonged application, and by degrees the cherries may be 
 withdrawn and the association of pleasure will remain. Ob- 
 jects or thoughts that have been associated with pleasure re- 
 
CULTIVATION OF THE FACULTY OF ATTENTION. 165 
 
 tain the power of pleasing ; as the needle touched by the load- 
 stone acquires polarity, and retains it long after the loadstone 
 is withdrawn, whenever attention is habitually raised by the 
 power of association we should be careful to withdraw all the 
 excitements that were originally used, because these are now 
 unnecessary ; and as we have formerly observed, the steady 
 rule with respect to stimulus should be to give the least possi- 
 ble quantity that will produce the effect we want. Success is 
 a great pleasure ; as soon as children become sensible to this 
 pleasure, that is to say, when they have tasted it two or three 
 times, they will exert their attention merely with the hope of 
 succeeding. We have seen a little boy of three years old frown- 
 ing with attention for sevei'al minutes together whilst he was 
 trying to clasp and unclasp a lady's bracelet : his whole soul 
 was intent upon the business ; he neither saw nor heard anything 
 else that passed in the room, though several people were talk- 
 ing, and some happened to be looking at him. The pleasure 
 of success, when he had clasped the bracelet, was quite suffi- 
 cient ; he looked for no praise, though he was perhaps pleased 
 with the sympathy that was shown in his success. Sympathy 
 is a better reward for young children in such circumstances 
 than praise, because it does not excite vanity, and it is con- 
 nected with benevolent feelings ; besides, it is not so violent a 
 stimulus as applause. Instead of increasing excitements to 
 produce attention, we may vary them, which will have just 
 the same effect. When sj^mpathy fails, try curiosity; when 
 curiosity fails, try praise ; when praise begins to lose its effect, 
 try blame ; and when you go back again to sympathy, you will 
 find that after this interval it will have recovered all its origi- 
 nal power. There are some people who have the power of ex- 
 citing others to great mental exertions, not by the promise of 
 specific rewards, or by the threats of any punishment, but by 
 the ardent ambition which they inspire, by the high value 
 which is set upon their love and esteem. When we have 
 formed a high opinion of a friend, his approbation becomes 
 necessary to our self-complacency, and we think no labor too 
 great to satisfy our attachment. Our exertions are not fatigu- 
 ing, because they are associated with all the pleasurable sensa- 
 tions of affection, self-complacency, benevolence, and liberty. 
 These feelings in youth produce all the virtuous enthusiasm 
 characteristic of great minds ; even childhood is capable of it in 
 some degree, as those parents well know who have ever en- 
 joyed the attachment of a grateful, affectionate child. Those 
 who neglect to cultivate the affections of their pupils will 
 never be able to excite them to noble ends by noble means. 
 
166 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Theirs will be tlie dominion of fear, from which reason will 
 emancipate herself, and from which pride will more certainly 
 revolt. If Henry the Fourth of France had been reduced, 
 like Dionysius the tyrant of Syracuse, to earn his bread as a 
 schoolmaster, what a different preceptor he would probably 
 have made ! Dionysius must have been hated by his scholars 
 as much as by his subjects ; for it is said that ' he practised 
 upon children that tyranny which he could no longer exercise 
 over men.' The ambassador who found Henry the Fourth 
 playing upon the carpet with his children would probably 
 have trusted his own children, if he had any, to the care of 
 such an affectionate tutor. Henry the Fourth ^Aould have at- 
 tached his pupils whilst he instructed them ; they would have 
 exerted themselves because they could not have been happy 
 without his esteem. Henry's courtiers, or rather his friends, — 
 for though he was a king he had friends, — sometimes expressed 
 surprise at their own disinterestedness. * This king pays us 
 with words,' said they, ' and yet we are satisfied ! ' Sully, when 
 he was only Baron de Rosny, and before he had any hopes of 
 being a duke, was once in a passion with the king, his master, 
 and half resolved to leave him. ' But I don't know how it 
 was,' says the honest minister; 'with all his faults, there is 
 something about Henry which I found I could not leave ; and 
 when I met him again, a few words made me forget all my 
 causes of discontent.' Children are more easily rewarded. 
 When once this generous desire of affection and esteem is 
 raised in the mind, their exertions seem to be universal and 
 spontaneous ; children are then no longer like machines, which 
 require to be wound up regularly toperform certain revolu- 
 tions ; they are animated with a living principle, which directs 
 all that it inspires." 
 
 While the teacher endeavors to engage the attention of all 
 his pupils, and equally to insure the progress of all, he must 
 not expect to find that they will all manifest the same amount 
 of attention, or that they will all make the same progress.* 
 
 * " Do not hope to make all your pupils alike. Providence has deter- 
 mined that human minds should differ from each other, for the very 
 purpose of giving variety and interest to this busy scene of life. Now if 
 it were possible for a teacher so to plan his operations as to send his 
 pupils forth upon the community formed on the same model as if they 
 were made by machinery, he would do so much towards spoUing one of 
 the wisest plans which the Almighty has formed for making this world 
 
CtTLTlVATION OF THE FACULTY OF ATTENTION. 1^7 
 
 It is especially necessary that the master should study the 
 characters and tastes of his pupils, in order that his instruction 
 may engage their attention. He must suppose human nature 
 to be neither better nor worse than it really is ; he must not ex- 
 pect to find the faculty of attention ready formed in the minds 
 of his pupils ; on the contrary, he must expect that the cultiva- 
 tion of this faculty in his different pupils will demand his con- 
 stant study, and that unless means are adopted to secure this 
 end, all his labor will be utterly lost. Some teachers seem 
 never to make it a part of their calculation that their pupils 
 will be guilty of wilful inattention, or do anything wrong, 
 and then, when any misconduct occurs, they are disconcerted 
 and irritated, and look and act as if some unexpected occur- 
 rence had broken in upon their plans. Others understand and 
 consider all this beforehand. They seem to think, a little be- 
 fore they go into their school, what sort of beings boys and 
 girls are, and any ordinary case of youthful delinquency, or 
 dulness or inattention does not surprise them. We do not 
 
 a happy scene. It is impossible if it were wise, and it would be foolish 
 if it were possible, to stimulate by artificial means the rose, in hope of its 
 reaching the size and magnitude of the apple-tree, or to try to cultivate 
 the fig and the orange where wheat only will grow. No; it should be the 
 teacher's main design to shelter his pupils from every deleterious influ- 
 ence, and to bring eveything to bear upon the community of minds be- 
 fore him, which will encourage, in each one, the develot)ment of its own 
 native powers. Error on this point is very common. Many teachers, 
 even among those who have taken high rank through the success with 
 which they have labored in this field, have wasted much time in attempt- 
 ing to do what can never be done— to form the character of those brought 
 under their influence after a certain uniform model, which they have 
 conceived as the standard of excellence. Their pupils must write just 
 such a hand, they must compose in just such a style, they must be simi- 
 lar in sentiment and feeling, and their manners must be formed accord- 
 ing to a fixed and uniform model ; and when, in such a case, a pupil 
 comes imder their charge whom Providence has designed to be entirely 
 different from the beau-ideal adopted as the standard, more time and 
 pains . and anxious solicitude is wasted in vain attempts to produce the 
 desired conformity than half the school requires beside,"— Jacob Abbott. 
 
168 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 mean that they treat such cases with indifference or neglect, 
 but that they expect them, and are prepared for them. Such 
 a teacher knows that boys and girls are the materials he has to 
 work upon, and he takes care to make himself acquainted 
 with these materials, just as they are. The former class, how- 
 ever, do not seem to know at all what sort of beings they have 
 to deal with, or, if they know, do not consider. They expect 
 from them, what is not to be attained, and then are disap- 
 pointed and vexed at the failure. It is as if a carpenter should 
 attempt to support an entablature by pillars of wood too slight 
 for the weight, and then go on from week to week, suffering 
 anxiety and irritation, as he sees them swelling and splitting 
 under the burden — finding fault with the wood, instead of tak- 
 ing it to himself. It is, of course, one essential part of a man's 
 duty in engaging in any undertaking, whether in acting upon 
 matter or upon mind, to become first well acquainted with the 
 circumstances of the case — the materials he is to act upon, and 
 the means which he may reasonably expect to have at his com- 
 mand. If he underrates his difficulties or overrates the power 
 of his means of overcoming them, it is his mistake— a mistake 
 for which he alone is responsible. Whatever may be the na- 
 ture of the effect which he aims at accomplishing, he ought 
 fully to understand it, and to appreciate justly the difficulties 
 which lie in the way. Teachers, however, very often over- 
 look this. A man comes home from his school at night per- 
 plexed and irritated at the petty acts of misconduct and inat- 
 tention which he has witnessed, and been trying to check — 
 that is, he does not look forward and try to prevent the occa- 
 sions of them, adapting his measures to the nature of the ma- 
 terial upon which he has to operate ; but he stands like a car- 
 penter at his columns, making himself miserable in looking at 
 the acts after they occur, and wondering what to do. 
 " Sir," we might say to him, " what is the matter ?" 
 " "Why, I have such boys, I can do nothing with them. 
 Were it not for their inattention and want of respect, I might 
 have a very good school." 
 
CULTIVATION OF THE FACULTY OF ATTENTION. 169 
 
 " Were it not for the boys ! Why, is there any peculiar de- 
 pravity in them which you could not have foreseen?" 
 
 "No ; I suppose they are pretty much like all other boys," 
 he replies despairingly ; "they are all hare-brained and un- 
 manageable. The plans I have formed for my school would 
 be excellent, if my boys would only behave properly." 
 
 "Excellent plans," might we not reply, "and yet not 
 adapted to the materials upon which they are to operate ! No. 
 It is your business to know what sort of beings boys are, and 
 to make your calculation accordingly." 
 
 The means which we employ in cultivating the habit of at- 
 tention, therefore, should have a due regard to the natural 
 differences of temper and talents of our pupils. Inattentive 
 boys may be ranked under five classes : viz., the feehle, the 
 sluggish, the mlatile, the timid, and the quick. An observing 
 teacher soon discovers to which class any particular boy should 
 be referred, and knowing the cause of inattention, he is able 
 to apply the proper remedy. 
 
 I. The boy of feeble intellect is inattentive because 
 of his incapacity. He shows a feverish anxiety to understand 
 what is said to him, and failing to do so, he soon relaxes his at- 
 tention, and gives up in despair. The boy's dulness should 
 never be a subject of censure, nor should he be stimulated to 
 exertion by the hope of reward.* Everything should be made 
 as easy for him as possible ; and as weariness is sure to follow 
 any unusual stretch of attention, his lesson should be short as 
 well as easy. Above all things, we should be patient with him, 
 and never taunt him with the trouble which he may give us. 
 By such means the feeble boy may become as remarkable for 
 his steadiness and perseverance as he is for his want of intel- 
 lectual power ; suchboysnot unfrequently become useful men. 
 " If the Creator has so formed the mind of a boy, that he 
 
 * " Nothing is more fatal to instruction, and capable of injuring more 
 seriously the development of virtue, than to discourage or permit to be 
 discouraged. To ridicule small children is to poison their souls."— V. 
 Story. 
 
170 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 must go through life slowly and with difficulty, impeded by 
 obstructions which others do not feel, and depressed by dis- 
 couragements which others never know, his lot is surely hard 
 enough without having you to add to the trials and suffering, 
 which sarcasm and reproach from you can heap upon him. 
 Look over your schoolroom, therefore, and wherever you find 
 one whom you perceive the Creator to have endued with less 
 intellectual power than others, fix your eye upon him with an 
 expression of kindness and sympathy." 
 
 2. The sluggish, lazy boy is inattentive from a want of all 
 mental activity. He hates learning for the trouble w^hich it 
 gives him ; and nothing seems to afford him so much enjoy- 
 ment as lounging at his ease. His intellectual powers may be 
 originally good, but he allows them to rust away for want of 
 use. Here some powerful stimulants are required to arouse 
 him from his mental torpor ; every motive to exertion should 
 be tried, until we hit upon the right one. Locke divides slug- 
 gish boys into two species — those who are indolent only at 
 their books or lessons, and those who are indolent in every- 
 thing, even at their play: the mental distemper in the former 
 case seems only local and accidental, whereas- in the latter 
 case it is general and constitutional ; the one, under proper 
 management, may be readily cured, but the other almost de- 
 fies the power of remedy. The book-saunterer, as Locke 
 would call him, is generally the leader at all sports and games ; 
 and when any daring act of mischief has been done, he is sure 
 to have had a hand in it. Scott and Byron, as boys, belonged 
 to this class, since their want of aptitude for learning was 
 doubtless attributable to the dogmatic system under which 
 they were taught. We should never despair of a boy who ex- 
 hibits great energy of character at his games ; for in a sluggish 
 mind of this kind we often find the slumbering energies of a 
 higher intellect : like the rough diamond, it must be cut and 
 polished before it can shine with its proper brilliancy and 
 loveliness. The most hopeless dunce is that boy in whom con- 
 firmed sluggishness is combined with feebleness of intellect. 
 
CULTIVATION OF THE FACULTY OF ATTENTION. I7I 
 
 3. The volatile boy is inattentive from his love of novelty. 
 He is continually staring about him ; he is the first boy in the 
 class to notice anything unusual, and his exclamation of sur- 
 prise is generally the key-note of a general outbreak. He is 
 fond of fun, and is a general favorite in the school, for he is 
 neither feared nor envied. His disposition to wander from 
 subject to subject prevents him from becoming sufliciently ac- 
 quainted vrith any. In order to counteract this tendency, we 
 should endeavor to fix his mind upon some subject for which 
 he has shown something like a predilection, by directing his 
 attention to it again and again until we have succeeded ; having 
 once developed the faculty in relation to one subject, it then 
 becomes a comparatively easy task to succeed with other sub- 
 jects. Examples of application and perseverance should often 
 be held up for his imitation, with the view of giving a proper 
 direction to his ambition and enthusiasm. 
 
 4. The timid boy is inattentive for want of a sufficient con- 
 fidence in his own powers, as well as from a want of that im- 
 plicit trust which children generally repose in their teachers. 
 The mischievous boys in the school look upon him as fair 
 game to be hunted down. He sconces himself in the most dis- 
 tant nook of the schoolroom, and looks forth from his retreat 
 upon the maps, the great card containing the routine of lessons, 
 the black-board with all the mysterious chalk lines upon it, 
 the master with his pointer in his left hand and the chalk in 
 his right — he looks upon all these, as well as the other school 
 apparatus and appendages, with fear and trembling. Poor 
 child ! how can he direct his attention to the lesson that is 
 being given by the master, who probably stands, thundering 
 forth his expositions and demonstrations, as if he were com 
 manding a brigade of artillery. In order to counteract this 
 timidity, he should be treated with gentleness and persuasion; 
 he should be encouraged to apply himself to his work, by 
 being shown that he is quite able to perform it ; he should 
 never be pressed for time ; he should be shown that patience 
 and earnest attention can do as much, or even more, for him. 
 
172 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 than quickness of intellect, and that to be slow and sure is 
 more commendable than to be quick and uncertain. Such 
 children are confirmed in their diffidence when they find that 
 they cannot understand or remember one tenth of the knowl- 
 edge forced upon them by an injudicious teacher. 
 
 5. The quick, clever boy is inattentive from his extreme 
 mental activity, and from his excess of self-confidence. He is 
 a great talker, but a bad listener ; he readily attains a super- 
 ficial knowledge of a subject, but never attempts to penetrate 
 its depths ; from the quickness of his apprehension, he cannot 
 listen with patient attention to the long sermonizing lessons of 
 a slow teacher, if he is unfortunate enough to have a slow 
 teacher, who methodically doles out his knowledge by the 
 hour ; at the close of such a lesson, he rouses himself up, 
 catches the few concluding remarks, and upon examination ap- 
 pears to have gained a fair knowledge of the lessons. The 
 powers of such a boy should be fully taxed ; and to cure him 
 of his presumption and conceit he should be occasionally puz- 
 zled with questions, not difficult in themselves, but requiring 
 for their solution those peculiar attainments in which he is 
 most deficient. Such boys rarely if ever realize the brilliant 
 expectations of their friends : like the very early spring blos- 
 soms, they soon wither and die; whereas true geniug is slow in 
 its growth— the noblest trees are latest in bearing fruit, and 
 the largest animals are last in arriving at perfection. Mere 
 talent requires labor for its development, but genius develops 
 itself spontaneously and unobtrusively. 
 
 6. The boy op genius is not inattentive in the ordinary ac- 
 ceptation of the word, for he is occasionally capable of the 
 highest efforts of attention. He sits in a half-dreaming mood, 
 watching for the moment when a subject suited to his peculiar 
 taste shall present itself : to a common observer he appears 
 dull, but it is the dulness which proceeds from inward thought. 
 His absence of mind is often mistaken for stupidity ; and his 
 laconic yet significant answers to questions are frequently at- 
 tributed to a want of a logical concatenation of ideas ; but to 
 
Cultivation of the faculty of attention, i^g 
 
 appreciate him, we should consider what he does not say, not 
 less than what he actually does say. He is a quiet, retiring, 
 reflective, strange boy ; nobody can understand him — he is 
 always doing what he should not do, and rarely does what he 
 is required to do ; he talks when he should be silent, and loses 
 his power of speech when he has to answer a question; nobody 
 can understand him, because nobody will understand him. 
 Bat all at once he shows a predilection for some particular 
 study : Nature at length asserts her prerogative — his winged 
 spirit bursts the walls of its prison-house, and mounts on high 
 into its kindred sphere of thought; now everybody understands 
 him — everybody knew perfectly well that his wayward acts 
 were aberrations of genius, and that there could be no mistak- 
 ing the sovereign stamp which Niture had impressed upon his 
 brow. Poor boy ! if you had fallen in taking your ethereal 
 flight, what scorn, what obloquy, would have been yours ! 
 
 It becomes the sacred duty, not less than the high privilege, 
 of the schoolmaster of the poor to foster and protect the boy 
 of genius, struggling amid the pressure of indigence and per- 
 secution. When his heart is about to sink under the conflict, 
 let him be told of the triumphs of those kindred spirits who 
 have gone before him : Thomas Simpson, who studied mathe- 
 matics at the loom ; Hugh Miller, who mused on geology 
 when he was hewing stones ; Michael Faraday, who made 
 chemical experiments when he was a journeyman bookbinder ; 
 Ferguson, who watched the stars as he tended his flocks ; 
 Gifford, who studied Latin when he was making shoes ; Peter 
 Nicholson, who wrote his work on carpentry when he was at 
 the bench ; Robert Burns, who carolled his sweetest songs as 
 he followed the plough ; Benjamin Franklin, who drew the 
 lightning from the clouds when he kept a printer's shop. 
 
 What are we to do with a boy of genius ? The fact is, we 
 should rather ask. What should we refrain from doing ? We 
 cannot cultivate his faculty of attention, for in him it grows 
 best spontaneously ; is it not better, therefore, to leave him to 
 the bent of his own genius ? Laplace would have been as in- 
 
174 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 attentive at an opera- as Mozart would liave been at a mathe- 
 matical lecture. 
 
 The faculty of concentration, or continuous attention, which 
 requires careful culture in ordinary minds, seems to spring 
 spontaneously into existence in the mind endowed with genius. 
 This spontaneous development of attention may be regarded as 
 one of the surest evidences of genius. Great men have always 
 been remarkable for the power of concentrating all the energies 
 of their soul on their favorite subject. Newton attributed his 
 own greatness to the power which he had of ' ' keeping a sub- 
 ject constantly in his mind." The mathematician, absorbed 
 day after day in the investigation of the properties of lines and 
 symbols, gives evidence of this continuous attention. The 
 philosopher, who shuts himself out from the gay world, denies 
 himself the ordinary enjoyments of existence, and curbs the 
 kindly sympathies of his nature, to live in a world of abstrac- 
 tions — the world of his own thoughts— he too gives evidence 
 of this remarkable power. Genius seems to be impelled by an 
 irresistible law to deny itself everything which lies without the 
 sphere of its action, and to live upon the impalpable essences 
 of its own creation. Such men are scarcely to be envied : 
 they too often become martyrs to their apiDlication, or unhappy 
 victims to the intensity of their own power. 
 
 A SJiort Digression on Thought, Language, and Genius. — Who 
 can measure the pulsations of thought? Even our mightiest 
 thoughts come and go like flashes of the subtile lightning. 
 Language retards the passage of thought, as imperfect conduc- 
 tors impede the passage of electricity. Thought is something 
 very different from language, yet we find it difficult to separate 
 the one from the other. We may have an exuberance of lan- 
 guage with a poverty of thought ; and we may have thoughts 
 which language but poorly conveys. Ordinary thinkers are 
 never at a loss for words ; but original thinkers often feel the 
 insufficiency of language — their ideas have to struggle their way 
 into the world of expression. Commonplace thoughts are 
 easily expressed, but language often fails to transmit some of 
 our higher conceptions. There are thoughts to w^ hich language 
 never yet gave expression, just as there are systems whose light 
 has not yet reached our world. Writings of genius are not so 
 
THOUGHT, LANGUAGE, AND GENIUS. 175 
 
 much valued for the mere knowledge which they contain as for 
 the marvellous power which they have in creating thought. 
 Thoughts of genius are always new— they are always sugges- 
 tive ; they awaken fresh trains of thought in every mind that 
 seeks to interpret them : this is no doubt chiefly owing to the 
 inadequacy of the language to give a sufficiently full expression 
 to the vastness or intricacy of the thought, so that there is al- 
 ways something like indefiniteness about the language. The 
 truth is, language cannot comprehend the length, and breadth, 
 and depth of a great conception ; for the language is but the 
 shadow of the substance. Ever since the dawn of creation the 
 sun has shed his light upon the host of planets which surround 
 him, yet he has lost nothing of his original splendor ; so in like 
 manner the glorious productions of creative genius have shed 
 their light, age after age, upon the world, yet they still shine on 
 with undiminished brilliancy and lustre. How exhaustless are 
 the works of genius ! that god-like power which creates a world 
 for the study of generations of ordinary men. Newton affirmed 
 that the diamond was inflammable, but four generations had 
 passed away before the conception was confirmed by experi- 
 ment ; and his law of gravitation has not yet attained its full 
 development. After the lapse of three centuries the concep- 
 tions of Shakespeare have lost nothing of their virgin freshness 
 and bloom. 
 
 Slight circumstances often determine the peculiar bent of 
 genius. The swinging of a chandelier in a ball-room led Gali- 
 leo to the invention of the pendulum ; the great philosopher 
 heard not the inspiring music, saw not the gay glittering throng 
 with which he was surrounded, felt no rapture at the smile of 
 beauty ; his attention was concentrated on the synchronism of 
 the vibrations of the chandelier ; thousands had, age after age, 
 looked upon the same thing without having caught hold of the 
 grand idea which it was calculated to suggest. While in the 
 act of bathing Archimedes was led to the conception of specific 
 gravity ; his attention was awakened by feeling the buoyancy of 
 his body when submerged in the water. The falling of an ap- 
 ple, it is said, led Newton to the discovery of gravitation. Had 
 none before him asked the question, AVhy does the apple fall? 
 Doubtless many had asked the question, but to them Nature had 
 given no satisfactory response — she had only echoed back the 
 inquiry ; but the simple fact became, in the mind of the prince 
 of philosophers, the first link in the chain of induction which 
 led him to the great principle which animates the material uni- 
 verse. Our greatest philosopher was knighted : does the name 
 of Newton appear less illustrious by being shorn of its title of 
 
176 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 nobility? Kewton miglit do honor to the title, but it could con- 
 fer no honor upon him. No public monument has yet been 
 reared to bear testimony to a nation's gratitude for the achieve- 
 ments of her greatest son. Everywhere we meet with statues 
 and towers and triumphal pillars, erected to record the existence 
 of our monarchs, or to commemorate the deeds of our states- 
 men and warriors ; but, as if conscious of the insufficiency of 
 such a tribute, we have reared no monument to him whose 
 fame is as far above that of kings, or statesmen, or heroes as 
 heaven is above earth. Foolish conception! raise a monument 
 of stone and mortar to perpetuate the memory of Newton ! 
 His monument is the temple of the universe, and his name is 
 written in imperishable characters in the great laws which he 
 discovered. The pyramids of Egypt will moulder and decay, 
 empires which at present rule the world will one day appear as 
 little specks upon the stream of time, old ocean will change its 
 channel ; but secure amid the wreck of time the fame of New- 
 ton will be seen towering in growing majesty and grandeur, for 
 the laws which he discovered will have then received a fuller 
 development. The superhuman genius of Newton appeared at 
 its proper epoch — that is, when the law of gravitation had to be 
 revealed to humanity. No physical law has been discovered 
 out of which such vast results have been evolved. Indeed it 
 is difficult to conceive that there actually remains to be discov- 
 ered any law of nature more comprehensive than that of gravi- 
 tation, which enables us at once to look back upon the past 
 history of the solar system, and forward to the aspect which it 
 will present at any given future period ; which enables us to 
 determine the existence, position, and magnitude of planetary 
 bodies which had eluded the searching power of the telescope ; 
 which carries our intelligence into those regions of space where 
 the human eye has not penetrated, or over which the light of 
 our sun has not yet travelled. Upon what apparently trifling 
 circumstances great discoveries often depend ! Long before the 
 present seas had rolled, or the present vegetation had covered the 
 earth, a huge monster fortuitously left its footprints upon a 
 plastic strand, which in the lapse of cycles of ages became hard- 
 ened and covered over with rocks and clays ; but the geologist 
 excavates these imprints, and in his hands they become the 
 medals of creation, telling of its vast antiquity, and of the 
 races which had been time after time swept away from the face 
 of the globe before it attained its present condition of perfect 
 maturity. How marvellous are the discoveries of modem phi- 
 losophy ! Truly the human race is but in its infancy. 
 
CULTIVATION OF MEMORY AND RECOLLECTION. 177 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 CULTIVATION OF THE INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES, CONTINUED 
 — CULTIVATION OF MEMORY AND RECOLLECTION. 
 
 The art of memory, says a distinguished writer, is the art of 
 attention ; so that, in fact, the cultivation of memory reduces 
 itself to the cultivation of the habit of attention. If we take 
 care to engage the attention, we may safely leave the memory 
 to take care of itself. 
 
 There is, however, a great difference between simple memory 
 and that modification of it which we call recollection. Mem- 
 ory is a receptive faculty,* and seems to act, in some measure, 
 independently of the will. It is perhaps more subject to physi- 
 cal conditions than any other intellectual faculty, and being 
 considered in itself more a natural than an acquired gift, it al- 
 most entirely lies without the sphere of the educator. On the 
 other hand, recollection is to a great extent a voluntary power, 
 which grows with our intellectual growth, and therefore admits 
 of the highest degree of culture. 
 
 The power of remembering facts in the exact order in which 
 they transpired, or of remembering words in the order in which 
 they were spoken or printed, may be called a mere local mem- 
 ory, where no judgment is exercised by the individual in the 
 selection or arrangement of the materials ; but that kind of 
 memory which is based upon a proper classification of the 
 ideas, and not upon mere local or incidental relations, may be 
 
 * Memory is not a faculty: it depends on association and reproduc- 
 tion of conceptions. In speaking of kinds of memory, the words used 
 do not imply any particular faculty, but only have the significance of 
 collective nouns. (Kant distinguishes a mechanical, a judicious, and a,U 
 ingenious memory !)— E. S. 
 13 
 
178 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 called a philosophical memory — the recollective faculty in ita 
 highest sense ; for while it constitutes a distinguishing feature 
 of the truly cultivated mind, it must at the same time be re- 
 garded as one of the most important instruments in the forma- 
 tion of the intellectual character. Teachers are too apt to over- 
 rate the value of a mere local memory : the truth is, the boy 
 with a ready parrot-like memory pleases everybody, whereas 
 the boy who has to cogitate and con over what he wishes to 
 remember rarely stands high in popular estimation. 
 
 There are great original differences in the power of memory 
 amongst boys : some boys have naturally a quick as well as a 
 retentive memory ; others readily receive knowledge, but as 
 quickly lose it ; indeed, a quick memory is not generally a re- 
 tentive one, for we find that what we readily learn we easily 
 forget, and what we are at some pains to acquire we never lose. 
 Some schoolmasters consider that the best kind of memory is 
 that which simply retains the greatest number of ideas for the 
 longest time ; others with more discrimination prefer the recol- 
 lective, reflective kind of memory, which selects and arranges 
 the facts and ideas as they are committed to the intellectual 
 treasury for future use. A great verbal or local memory has 
 hitherto been too much regarded as the sign and seal of intel- 
 lectual superiority.* A good memory is what everybody can 
 appreciate, but the higher powers of intellect cannot be tested 
 by a common observer. The leading educational axiom, with 
 a certain class of teachers, seems to be— exercise the memory, 
 and out of its exercise all the other intellectual faculties will be 
 evolved ; give the child the materials of thought, and all the 
 higher functions of thought will develop themselves ; fill the 
 memory with ideas, and then reason, judgment, and imagina- 
 tion will spring up spontaneously. This is a gross error in 
 education : the memory does not exercise the wonder-working 
 
 "The aim of education should be rather to teach us how to think than 
 what to thinlf; rather to improve our minds so as to enable us to think 
 for ourselves than to load the memory with the thoughts of other men." 
 —Dr. Beattie, 
 
CULTIVATION OF MEMORY AND RECO1.LECTION. I7O 
 
 power which these teachers would assign to it ; except, perhaps, 
 in classical learning, a mere verbal memory is not of the great- 
 est importance in the acquisition of knowledge, and in reality 
 it is of very little account as regards the development of the 
 other powers of the mind. A great memory is not at all essen- 
 tial to greatness of intellect : Newton and Shakespeare were 
 neither remarkable for extraordinary erudition, nor for unusual 
 powers of memory, Indeed, men who are prodigies in this re- 
 spect are never otherwise distinguished for intellectual endow- 
 ments ; their minds become so loaded with the ideas of others 
 as to render them incapable of exercising any independent 
 thought. Memory to a great man is a humble, confidential 
 servant,— a sort of keeper of the stores,— who is expected to 
 guard and preserve carefully whatever is committed to his 
 charge, and at the same time to be always ready to bring for- 
 ward anything at the moment it is wanted. We hold that an 
 unusual manifestation of this power in childhood tends to 
 counteract the healthful development of the other intellectual 
 powers. The boy who can readily commit the language of 
 others to memory is not compelled to exercise his judgment 
 upon the ideas which are intended to be conveyed to his mind ; 
 besides, through a want of discrimination on the part of the 
 master, boys with a ready memory almost invariably rise to 
 the highest places in the school, and thus no adequate induce- 
 ment can be held out to them to cultivate any other faculty ; 
 they consequently seek distinction by the path which is most 
 accessible to them. Teachers are not sufficiently aware of the 
 evils resulting from a negligent disregard of the laws of our in- 
 tellectual and moral nature. That boy whose memory is cul- 
 tivated at the expense of his judgment cannot become a really 
 useful member of society ; his vanity is inflated by unmerited 
 applause, and he is unconsciously led to indulge in dreams of 
 future greatness which will never be realized : on the other 
 hand, the boy with a slow, unostentatious, recoUective memory 
 is slighted and discouraged. A teacher should never com- 
 pliment a boy for having a good natural memory ; boys of this 
 
180 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 kind soon enougli gain distinction for themselves, for a good 
 memory is a truly marketable sort of thing, which meets with 
 patronage in all companies and from all classes of society ; and 
 it is further important to observe, that there is no gift of which 
 a boy more readily becomes unduly and obtrusively vain than 
 that of memory. The teacher should, on all fitting occasions, 
 give the highest praise to the boy who habitually cultivates the 
 recollective faculty. 
 
 It is, however, not surprising that classical teachers should 
 attach an undue importance to the cultivation of verbal mem- 
 ory. Before the discovery of the art of printing a retentive 
 memory was one of the most essential prerequisites for literary 
 or even for scientific distinction. *' A man who had read a few 
 manuscripts and could repeat them, was a wonder and a treas- 
 ure ; he could travel from place to place, and live by his learn- 
 ing ; he was a circulating library to a nation, and the more 
 books he could carry in his head the better ; he was certain of 
 an admiring audience if he could repeat what Aristotle or Saint 
 Jerome had written ; and he had far more encouragement to 
 engrave the words of others in his memory than to invent or 
 judge for himself." And even within the last fifty years, be- 
 fore Mechanics' Institutions had been established, when books 
 were dear and scarce amongst the middle and lower classes of 
 society, a person with a retentive memory was highly prized 
 and esteemed in company. But now since knowledge has been 
 diffused over the length and breadth of the land, in the form of 
 cheap and useful books, this species of memory has been very 
 much lowered in value. People now have the power of refer- 
 ring to a book for any particular information without being 
 reduced to the necessity of consulting a man who may have 
 read the book. We need not now encumber our memory with 
 passages from any author which we may wish to quote : it is 
 only necessary for us to turn to the page of the book itself 
 where the subject is treated. Mere erudition, too, has lost 
 much of its value in the present age of literature. We have 
 grown too wise for our hoary and decrepid tutors— the an- 
 cients. We cannot any longer amuse ourselves with the puerili- 
 ties of ancient philosophy, or pay our adorations at the shrine 
 of paganism, with all its miserable ideal creations of gods and 
 goddesses. The world has at least passed the first stage of its 
 infancy, and the dawnings of its approaching youth are already 
 being seen from the tops of the mountains. Positive philosophy 
 in its strictest and most useful sense, and Christian philosophy 
 
MEMORY INFLUENCED BY ATTENTION. Igl 
 
 in its highest and purest sense, have been transfused through the 
 countless channels in which our knowledge at present flows — 
 from the all-creative minds as a centre to the utmost extremities 
 of the body of society. 
 
 At the same time it must be admitted that a good verbal 
 memory under proper management, and duly subordinate to 
 the higher powers, is not without its value in the formation of 
 the intellectual character, nor is its use to be ignored as an in- 
 strument in the acquisition of" technical knowledge. But we 
 again assert that the main business of the teacher is the cul- 
 tivation of the faculty of recollection, — the philosophical mem- 
 ory, — not that of mere local or verbal memory. 
 
 Having pointed out some of the evils which have crept into 
 our present plans of education relative to the cultivation of the 
 memory, we shall now proceed to consider the principles upon 
 which memory, in its widest sense, may be strengthened and 
 improved. 
 
 Memory is very much influenced by attention, and by 
 our existing intellectual habits. — We always remember those 
 things best on which we have bestowed the most earnest atten- 
 tion. All those means, therefore, which we employ for the 
 cultivation of the faculty of attention will also tend to culti- 
 vate that of memory. 
 
 The degree of attention which we bestow on any subject is a 
 voluntary act, but the peculiar direction which our minds will 
 take depends almost entirely upon our previous intellectual 
 habits and associations. 
 
 " Of four individuals," says Abercrombie, " who are giving 
 an account of a journey through the same district, one may 
 describe chiefly its agricultural produce ; another, its minera- 
 logical character ; a third, its picturesque beauties ; while the 
 fourth may not be able to give an account of anything except 
 the state of the roads and the facilities of travelling. The same 
 facts or objects must have passed before the senses of all the 
 four ; but their remembrance of them depends upon the points 
 to which their attention was directed. Besides the manner here 
 alluded to, in which the attention is influenced by previous 
 habits or pursuits, some persons have an active inquiring state 
 
18S PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 of mind, wMch keeps the attention fully engaged upon what- 
 ever is passing before them ; while others give way to a listless 
 inactive condition, which requires to be strongly excited, be- 
 fore the attention is roused to the degree required for remem- 
 brance. The former, accordingly, remember a great deal of 
 all that passes before them, either in reading or observation. 
 The latter are apt to say that they are deficient in memory : 
 their deficiency, however, is not in memory but in attention ; 
 and this appears from the fact, that they do not forget any- 
 thing which deeply engages their feelings or concerns their 
 interests." 
 
 Our power of memory is limited by our predilections : no 
 person has a memory for every subject of knowledge, because 
 no person possesses a taste and talent for every subject. The 
 mathematician readily remembers his theorems and formulas, 
 whilst he forgets even the name of the existing prime-minister. 
 The antiquarian, oblivious of the common occurrences of the 
 day, suffers not a single past event which is hallowed by time 
 to escape from his intellectual treasury. The schoolboy, who 
 perfectly remembers the names of flowers, and trees, and birds, 
 and animals, tells his master that he cannot say his task, because 
 he has got a bad memory. The girl, who retains the names 
 of all the articles of fashionable dress, cannot even remember 
 the titles of her father's books. Under proper management, 
 however, the person who can remember things may also be 
 made to remember words. In order to give a child a memory 
 for any particular subject, we should invest it with some 
 charm calculated to interest his feelings. 
 
 Memory is very much influenced by Associations. — The 
 principle of association performs a most important part in 
 nearly all our mental operations. By the association of ideas, 
 two or more conceptions or ideas, which have been contem- 
 plated together or in immediate succession, become so con- 
 nected or associated in our minds, that one of them recurring- 
 recalls the others in the same order in w^hich they were at first 
 contemplated. Moreover, a particular idea suggests another 
 idea which has some kind of relation to it : this second idea 
 
MEMORY INFLUENCED BY ASSOCIATIONS. Igg 
 
 suggests a third, and so on to any continued series or train of 
 ideas. This train of successive suggestion may go on to such 
 an extent, that the last idea, or the one which we stop to con- 
 template, may have no relation to the one with which we first 
 started, excepting in the chain of association existing in our 
 minds. The particular chain of thoughts which arises in our 
 minds is no doubt much influcrjced by our intellectual habits, 
 and by associations previously existing in our minds ; but there 
 are also certain general principles of relation, whereby one 
 thought suggests another. These principles of association* may 
 be referred to three heads : 1 . Contiguity in Time and Place ; 
 2. Resemblance and Contrast ; 3. Cause and Effect. 
 
 1. Associations of this kind have a relation to succession of 
 time or place. When a boy commits a column of spellings to 
 memory, he remembers the words in the order of succession, 
 both as to time and place. To impress the words upon the 
 memory, they must be repeated for a certain number of times 
 in the order in which they are to be remembered. This mode 
 of exercising the memory is excessively irksome, and anything 
 but instructive. There arc, however, some local associations 
 which are highly pleasurable or painful, as the case may be, 
 and which make very deep impressions upon the mind. Thus 
 we associate an idea with the person by whom it was commu- 
 nicated, or with the place where we first formed, the concep- 
 tion, and the idea is recalled by us whenever the person or 
 place enters our thoughts. 
 
 After long years of travel, by land and water, I visit again 
 my native place ; I wander along a river's bank ; I look upon 
 an old beech-tree, whose wide-spreading branches afford a cool 
 shade for some children at play. Memory waves her magic 
 wand, recalls the past into existence, and peoples the scene with 
 
 * " The act of association is accomplished far more easily when the 
 faculties are under the influence of pleasurable excitement than when 
 the mind is perfectly calm. Besides, whatever is enjoyed awakens a de- 
 sire for repetition."— L. E. Patridge in " Quincy Methods." 
 
184 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 beings long since dead : on that flowery bank sit my father and 
 mother, in their holiday attire ; she smiles in his face as he 
 looks upon their children at play beneath the old beech tree. 
 I see them too ; I call them by their names, and they an- 
 swer me : ah ! the vision fades. Stay ! dear loved ones, stay ! 
 Why will ye fly back to the house of death, and leave me to 
 the desolation of my own thoughts — to mourn over the memo- 
 ries of the past ? 
 
 *' Mark yon old mansion frowning thro' the trees, 
 Whose hollow turret woos the whisthng breeze. 
 That casement, arched with ivy's brownest shade, 
 First to these eyes the light of heaven conveyed. 
 The mouldering gateway strews the grass-growTi court, 
 Once the gay scene of many a simple sport ; 
 When nature pleased, for life itself was new, 
 And the heart promised what the fancy di-ew. 
 
 See, thro' the fractured pediment revealed, 
 Where moss inlays the rudely sculptured shield, 
 The martin's old. hereditary nest ; 
 Long may the ruin spare its hallowed guest ! 
 
 As jars the hinge, what svillen echoes call ! 
 Oh, haste, unfold the hospitable hall ! 
 That hall, where once, in antiquated state. 
 The chair of justice held the grave debate. 
 
 Now stained with dew^s, with cobwebs darkly hung, 
 Oft has its roof with peals of rapture rung ; 
 When round yon ample board, in due degree. 
 We sweetened every meal wath social glee. 
 The heart's light laugh pursued the circling jest, 
 And all was simshine in each little breast. 
 
 'Twas here we chased the shpper by the sound, 
 And turned the bUndfold hero round and round. 
 
 Ye Household Deities ! whose guardian eye 
 Marked each pure thought, ere registered on high. 
 Still, still ye walk the consecrated groimd. 
 And breathe the soul of Inspiration round. 
 
 As o'er the dusky furniture I bend. 
 Each chair awakes the feelings of a friend. 
 The storied arras, source of fond dehght, 
 With old achievement charms the wildered sight ' 
 And still, with Heraldry's rich hues imprest, 
 On the dim window glows the pictured crest. 
 The screen unfolds its many-colored chart. 
 The clock still points its moral to the heart. 
 That faithful monitor 'twas heaven to hear. 
 When soft it spoke a promised pleasure near ; 
 And has its sober hand, its simple chime, 
 Forgot to trace the feathered feet of time ? 
 That massive beam, with curious cai-vings wrought. 
 Whence the caged linnet soothed my pensive thought ; 
 Those muskets cased with venerable rust ; 
 Those once-loved forms, still breathing thro' their dust, 
 Starting to Ufe— all whisper of the past." 
 
RESEMBLANCE AND CONTRAST. 185 
 
 How true to nature is Byron's picture of the Dying Gladia- 
 tor ! 
 
 " I see before me the Gladiator lie ; 
 He leans upon his hand— his manly brow 
 Consents to death, but conquers agony. 
 And his drooped head sinks gradually low, 
 And through his side the last drops, ebbing slow. 
 From the red gash, fall heavy, one by one. 
 Like the first of a thunder-shower ; and now 
 The arena swims around him— he is gone, 
 
 Ere ceased the inhuman shout which hailed the wretch who won. 
 He heard it, but he heeded not — his eyes 
 Were with his heart, and that was far away ; 
 He recked not of the life he lost nor prize. 
 But where his rude hut by the Danube lay: 
 There were his young barbarians all at play; 
 There was their Dacian mother— he, their sire, 
 Butchered to make a Roman hohday— 
 All this rushed with his blood: shall he expire, 
 And unavenged? Arise I ye Goths, and glut your ire." 
 
 In cultivating the memory of children, the judicious teacher 
 will not fail to associate important ideas with local scenes and 
 events. 
 
 The order of time and succession is one of the earliest princi- 
 ples of association ; but children should be taught how to em- 
 ploy higher principles of association ; badly educated people 
 continue through life to remember things by the mere associa- 
 tion of time and place ; ideas which have no real or rational con- 
 nection with each other remain in their minds, to the end of 
 existence, associated together. One person ties a string about 
 his finger, another makes a knot in his handkerchief, and so on 
 to other artifices, in order to remind them of something which 
 they particularly wish to remember. We scarcely need observe 
 that the memory of such people has not been properly culti- 
 vated in childhood.* 
 
 2. Associations of resemblance are rarely so vivid as those of 
 contrast ; and hence it follows that scenes or events which are 
 in contrast with each other are more likely to be remembered 
 than those which have a resemblance. Contrast, like light and 
 
 * Tate demands what Kant calls a judicious memory. The associa- 
 tions which aid in recalling are not to be of an accidental nature, but to 
 follow from a logical relation.— E. S. 
 
186 PmLOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 shadow, makes tlie objects more prominent; resemblance 
 sometimes proves the greatest stumbling-block to memory. 
 The quiet beauty of the landscape is best remembered when it 
 is associated with the picturesque majesty of the rugged moun- 
 tain scenery ; the playfulness of childhood most readily sug- 
 gests to us the gravity of age ; and the happy home of peaceful 
 industry and purity is most readily associated in the mind with 
 the wretched dens of idleness and profligacy. Thus we remem- 
 ber more by contrast than by resemblance. Men of great moral 
 daring and adventm-e always have a more vivid recollection of 
 the events of their existence than those who pass their lives in 
 peaceful seclusion. Our past life appears long or short, accord- 
 ing to the number of events, or according to the number of 
 ideas, which we remember : old men who remain much at home 
 find so little to .remember in the course of a year of their mono- 
 tonous existence, that a day of their youth really appears longer 
 to them than the year of their dotage. 
 
 3. Although causes and effects generally stand in the relation 
 of contiguity as to time and place, yet there is something more 
 than mere contiguity in the connection ; for the constancy and 
 dependence of the connection subsisting between a cause and its 
 effect gives us the idea of a more intimate relation. The minds 
 of children are so constituted, that they most readily remember 
 effects in connection with their causes: for example, they readily 
 associate the light of day with the presence of the sun ; storms, 
 with winds and clouds ; the heat of summer, with the long days 
 of sunshine ; the improvement of the mind, with application to 
 study ; .misery with crime, and happiness with virtue ; and so 
 on. Associations of this kind are most interesting and instruc- 
 tive ; one idea becomes the nucleus of a whole series, and idea 
 becomes so linked with idea, that we are enabled to form a con- 
 tinuous chain of them. Thus, for example, we readily remember 
 the following chain of associations: Rain falls from the clouds ; 
 the clouds are chiefly formed by winds and mountains ; the 
 cold on the tops of the mountains condenses the moisture in the 
 air, and thus clouds are formed ; the cold on the tops of moun- 
 
RULES FOR THE CULTIVATION OF MEMORY. 187 
 
 tains is caused by the thinness of the air, etc. ; thin air is 
 colder than dense air, because it has a greater capacity for heat: 
 and so on. The phenomena of nature, as well as the results 
 of science and art, will be most easily remembered when they 
 are associated with their causes. A boy who is acquainted with 
 the physical geography of England finds no difficulty in remem- 
 bering the localities of our manufactures, of our agriculture, or 
 of our shipping trade. In like manner, the great events of his- 
 tory are readily remembered when they are taught in connec- 
 tion with their causes. And so on to other subjects of elemen- 
 tary instruction. 
 
 Philosophical Associations. — Associations are called philo- 
 sophical when a fact or an idea is, by a mental process, asso- 
 ciated with some fact or idea previously known, to which it has 
 some relation. The fact or idea thus acquired is said to be put 
 by in its proper place, so that it may be easily recalled to the 
 mind by means of this connection or association. The habit of 
 forming such associations gives rise to what we have called the 
 philosophical memory. One great object of education, as we 
 have already observed, should be the cultivation of this kind of 
 memory. 
 
 "Lulled in the countless chambers of the brain, 
 Our thoughts are linked b.Y many a hidden chain; 
 Awake but one, and lo, what myriads rise I 
 Each stamps its image as the other flies. 
 Each, as the various avenues of sense 
 Delight or sorrow to the soul dispense. 
 Brightens or fades; yet all, with magic art, 
 Control the latent fibres of the heart." 
 
 These general principles of association naturally suggest to 
 us the following practical rules for the cultivation of memory. 
 
 Rules for the CcrLTivATioisr of Memoky. 
 
 I. The memory of children is cultivated by leading them 
 to form associations on natural and proper principles. — Some 
 of these principles deserve special notice. 
 
188 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 1. Facts or ideas slwuld he arranged in their order of logical 
 seqmnce. 
 
 In relating a story, for example, the natural chain of events 
 should not be broken by the introduction of any trifling or ex- 
 traneous matter calculated to destroy the unity of the subject. 
 
 3. Classification and generalization are great helps to the re- 
 memhrance of facts or ideas. 
 
 Every fresh fact or idea should be put by in its proper place 
 in the mind ; that is to say, the new fact or idea should be asso- 
 ciated with its proper class of facts or ideas already existing in 
 the mind. 
 
 A general principle gives the key to the remembrance of a 
 whole series of facts or events. Physical facts are best remem- 
 bered through a knowledge of their general law ; effects, 
 through a knowledge of their cause ; and results, through a 
 knowledge of the general principles upon which they de- 
 pend. 
 
 A general formula, in mathematics, enables us to remember 
 with the utmost precision all the particular cases which it com- 
 prehends. In the subject of grammar, the general fact that all 
 nouns ending in y, when preceded by a consonant, form their 
 plural by changing the y into i e s, very much aids the memory; 
 and so on to other general principles of language. If a child is 
 told that James II. was cruel, bigoted, and blindly despotic, he 
 has got in his mind a general fact, which will assist him in re- 
 membering the most remarkable events in this monarch's reign. 
 The .best way to make a boy remember the directions in which 
 the constant and periodic winds blow, is by teaching their cause. 
 A knowledge of the general physical properties of a substance 
 affords the greatest aid to the pupil in reinembering the various 
 experimental facts which may be given in relation to it : thus, 
 for example, a knowledge of the general property that acids 
 combine with alkalies enables the pupil to remember the result 
 of any particular combination of these two classes of substances. 
 These illustrations might be indefinitely extended. 
 
 Teachers, therefore, should constantly aid their pupils in 
 
UTILITY OF GROUPING IDEAS. 189 
 
 grouping their ideas under general heads or principles. Even 
 in the common concerns of life this is of great utility.* 
 
 * " Betty," says a farmer's wife to her servant, " Betty, you must go 
 to market for some things." " Yes, ma'am." " But, Oh-deary-me! you 
 have got such a bad memory, that if you have only tlu-ee or four things 
 to do, you are sure to forget one of them. Do try this time to remember 
 what I want. You have so many good qualities, and you are so tidy and 
 so good-looking, that I really do not wish to part with you; but your for 
 getfulness is insufferable." "Yes, ma'am ; but if my Maker has given 
 me a bad memory, how can I help it'?" " Listen to me— I want suet and 
 currants for the pudding." " Yes, ma'am : suet and currants for the 
 pudding." " Leeks and barley for the broth: don't forget them." " No, 
 ma'am: leeks and barley for the broth." "A shoulder of mutton, a 
 pound of tea, a pound of coffee, six pounds of sugar: be sure you don't 
 forget the sugar, Betty, for we have not a bit in the house." " No, ma'am, 
 I won't forget the sugar." "And mind you call at the dressmaker's, 
 and tell her to bring out with her the calico for the lining, some black 
 thread, and a piece of narrow tape." "Yes, ma'am." "Stay, Betty, 
 you'd better tell the grocer to give us ajar of black-currant jam." 
 
 During this colloquy the honest farmer had been apparently engaged 
 in making entries in his farm-book, but in reality quietly and attentively 
 observing what had been going on. He had his own views about Betty's 
 bad memory; he felt too that Betty's confession was no atonement, and 
 most certainly gave no promise of amendment. The fact is, the honest 
 farmer had almost a father's love for poor Betty. 
 
 " Come here, lass," said he, " come here, and let me see if I cannot get 
 you to mind what you are going for." " Yes, sir." " Now then, tell me 
 what you are going to bring fi'om market." " Well, sir, there is sugar 
 and tea, a shoulder of mutton, coffee,— coffee— let me see— and— ." 
 " My good girl, that is not the way of doing business. You must arrange 
 your articles under different heads, as the parson does his sermon, or 
 you will never remember them. Now it appears to me that there are 
 three things to provide for: 1st. Breakfast; 2d. Dinner; 3d. A Dress- 
 maker." 
 
 " 1st. What are you to get for the breakfast?" " Sugar, tea, and cof- 
 fee, and jam— which I shall get at the grocer's." 
 
 "2d. What articles are you to get for the dinner?" "There's the 
 butcher's meat, the broth, and the pudding." " Now, what have you to 
 get for each of them?" "Well, sir, the shoulder of mutton, leeks and 
 barley for the broth, and suet and currants for the pudding." "Very 
 good— where do you get them?" " The mutton and suet at the butcher's; 
 the leeks at the gardener's; the barley and currants at the grocer's." 
 " But you had something to get at the grocer's for the breakfast?" " Yes, 
 
190 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 3. Beasoning is one of tlie best helps to memory. 
 
 Eesults should be, as far as possible, associated with the 
 processes of reasoning by which they are derived. This is 
 especially applicable to all mathematical subjects. Many stu- 
 dents tind a greater ditRculty in remembering results than in 
 remembering the steps of reasoning by which these results are 
 established. Such persons will say to you, " I do not remem- 
 ber the formula exactly, but I remember the way in which it 
 is got, and that to me is far more valuable," 
 
 One of the greatest drudgeries, in the form of tasks, is com- 
 mitting arithmetical tables to memory. But even here, if the 
 memory is aided by reasoning, the drudgery of the task is very 
 much lessened. Thus, for instance, in learning the multipli- 
 cation-table the child should be shown how to derive the suc- 
 cessive results of the table. 
 
 sir, I had sugar, tea, coffee, and jam to get for the breakfast, and be- 
 sides I have barley and currants to get ; so that— let me see— I have alto- 
 gether six things to get at the grocer's." "Very good, Betty; you are 
 getting to understand matters. Now, vi'hen you get to the grocer's, 
 fancy one part of his counter your breakfast-table, another part of the 
 counter your dinner-table, and then run over all the articles and see 
 that you have got them all right." " Oh yes, sir, that is capital; I feel 
 sure that I shall not forget anything to-day." 
 
 "3d. The dressmaker. AVhat has she to bring vv'ith her to-morrow?" 
 "The calico, the thread, and the tape." " Now go, Betty, and remem- 
 ber that I feel much interested in your success." 
 
 "Well, Betty," says her mistress, "you have got back." "Yes, 
 ma'am." "But have you brought all the things right?— let me see,— 
 sugar, tea, coffee, barley, . . . ; well-a-day, if you have not bi'ought 
 everything right this time'." " Betty," says her master, " I am glad to 
 see that you are an apt scholar; and I do believe, that if you would 
 always try to disentangle things in the way we have done to-day, you 
 might by and bj' rival the schoolmaster for memory, and the people 
 say that he can repeat the catechism backwards." " Yes, sir; I am cer- 
 tainly much obliged to you, and I shall always try to follow out what 
 you have shown me to-day." "Remember also never to blame your 
 Maker for faults which are due to your own negligence: be good, and 
 endeavor in all things to impx*ove tlie talents that He has given you, ard 
 I should not be at all surprised if you render yourself fit for becominjt i 
 farmer's wife," 
 
hesemblance and contrast. 1§1 
 
 The ideas, rather than the words, of an author should be 
 remembered. The passage which jwe wish to remember 
 should be analyzed and the essential ideas separated from the 
 non-essential. In order to show that ideas, not words, are the 
 great things to be remembered, the teacher should explain to 
 his pupils how the same ideas may be expressed in different 
 forms of language. 
 
 Problems in arithmetic afford excellent illustrations of this : 
 let us suppose the following question to be proposed by a mas- 
 ter to his pupils : 
 
 Question. A draper paid eight pounds ten shillings for six 
 pieces of fine linen, containing eighty yards ; how much should 
 he pay for twenty-five yards of the same kind of linen ? 
 
 Or thus in other words: 
 
 Question. How much should a draper pay for twenty-five 
 yards of fine linen, allowing that he had paid eight pounds ten 
 shillings for eighty yards of it ? 
 
 "Here" (we may suppose the master to say to his pupils) 
 ** we must first write down an abstract of the data, or things 
 given, necessary for solving the question, or, in other words, we 
 must separate the essential data from the non-essential. Now 
 the number of pieces is not necessary for the solution of the 
 question, because the measure of the whole is given, and the 
 cost required is for a certain number of yards, without any 
 regard to the number of pieces. The essential data of the ques- 
 tion are as follows : 
 
 " The cost of 80 yards is £8 10s. ; the cost of 25 yards is re- 
 quired. Having made this abstract of the question, we may 
 now go on with the solution, etc. " 
 
 4. Associations ofresemUanee and contrast are great helps to the 
 memory. 
 
 This principle of association may be used with advantage in 
 almost every branch of instruction. In geography, the pupil 
 should contrast different regions of the globe with each other, 
 or, it may be, trace their various prominent points of resem- 
 blance, as to form, climate, population, etc. The same course 
 should be pursued in history, divinity, arithmetic, chemistry, 
 and other branches of natural philosophy, etc. The teacher 
 should classify, for the use of his pupils, the subjects which 
 are most eligible for being viewed in contrast or resemblance. 
 
193 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 as tlie case may be. The following brief forms of classification 
 will sufficiently indicate the nature of the method proposed. 
 
 GEOGKAPHY 
 
 Subjects of contrast. The old world and the new world ;* 
 the two hemispheres ;* the frigid and torrid zones — climate, 
 vegetable productions, etc. ; Russia and Switzerland ; Spain and 
 England ; the Andes and the Cheviots ; the Amazon and the 
 Thames; London and Paris ;* Lancashire and Devonshire; east- 
 ern and western coasts of continents ; temperature of the land 
 and temperature of the ocean ; inundations of Siberian rivers 
 with inundations of tropical rivers ; the Hindoos and the Rus- 
 sians ; the Llanos of South America in the dry and the wet 
 season ; the climate of New South Wales with the climate of 
 Canada ; the rains of the torrid with those of the temperate 
 zone ; the Esquimaux with the Patagonians ; Quito with the 
 Steppes of Astrakhan in Southern Russia ; the Highlands and 
 Lowlands of Scotland ; the Valley of the Mississippi with the 
 Desert of Sahara ; the rivers of eastern with the rivers of west- 
 ern America ; Cornwall and the district around the Wash, etc. 
 
 Subjects of resemblance and comparison. Spain and Italy ; 
 France and England ; the Thames and the Seine ; Manchester 
 and Lyons ; Paris and Edinburgh ; Glasgow and Manchester ; 
 Edinburgh and Dublin ; Great Britain and Vancouver Island ; 
 Great Britain and New Zealand ;* the Islands of Ceylon and 
 Madagascar ; the Gold Fields of Australia with those of Cali- 
 fornia ; the water-shed between the basins of Hudson's Bay and 
 the Gulf of Mexico with the water-shed between the basins of 
 the Baltic and the Black and Caspian Seas ; the Isthmus of 
 Suez with the Isthmus of Panama ; Milford Haven and the 
 Moray Firth ; the Vale of Exe and the Vale of Eden ; the Paris 
 basin with the London basin ; the coast of Norfolk with the 
 opposite coast of Holland ; Hull and Liverpool as seaports ; the 
 
 * The subjects marked thus are eligible for comparison as well as con- 
 trast. 
 
RESEMBLANCE AND CONTRAST. 193 
 
 exports of Russia with the exports of Canada ; the currents cf 
 the South Atlantic with those of the North Atlantic ; etc. 
 
 HISTOKY. 
 
 Subjects of contrast. Alfred the Great and Charles II. ; Crom- 
 well and Charles I. ; Mary and Victoria ; Elizabeth and Mary 
 of Scotland ; Henry VIII. and John ; the 14th century and the 
 19th ; Cranmer and John Knox ; Jeffries and Hale ; Watt and 
 Napoleon ; etc. 
 
 Subjects of re^mblaiice. William I. and Edward I. ; Charles 
 I. and James II. ; Henry III. and Edward III. ; Cromwell and 
 Napoleon ; Marlborough and Wellington ; Richard I. and Ed- 
 ward VI. ; William III. and Richard III. ; Wolsey and Thomas 
 {i Becket ; Bacon and Newton ; Blake and Nelson ; Captaiu 
 Cook and Columbus; etc. 
 
 THE SCRIPTURES. 
 
 Subjects of contrast. Adam and Christ ; Cain and Abel ; Esau 
 and Jacob ; David and Solomon ; Joshua and Samuel ; Paul 
 and John ; Paul and Balaam ; Matthew and Luke ; Enoch and 
 Judas Iscariot ; Joseph and Moses ; Samson and Gideon ;* Ju- 
 daism and Christianity ;* etc. 
 
 Subjects of resemblance. Moses and Christ ;* Samson and 
 David ; Noah and Lot ; Elijah and Elisha ; Paul's conversion 
 given in the 9th and 26th chapters of Acts; Death of Christ as 
 given by the four Evangelists ; etc. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL. GEOGRAPHY AND ASTRONOMY. 
 
 Subjects of contrast. Surface of the earth and a known por- 
 tion of it ; latitude and longitude ; summer and winter ; Jupiter 
 and the Earth ; the Sun and the Planets ; distance of Neptune 
 and the distance of the Moon ; distance of Neptune and the 
 distance of the nearest fixed stars ; the Sun and the Moon ; etc. 
 
 Subjects: of comparison. Comparative magnitudes of the 
 13 
 
194 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 planets ; approximate numbers representing the relative dis- 
 tances of the planets from the Sun ; etc, 
 
 PROPERTIES OF BODIES. 
 
 Properties in contrast. Long and short, round and angular, 
 etc. ; hard and soft ; fluid and solid ; transparent and opaque ; 
 elastic and non-elastic ; black and white ; nutritive and poison- 
 ous; etc. 
 
 Properties in resemblance or comparison. Resemblances of 
 form ; degrees of hardness or softness ; more or less transparent ; 
 resemblances of color ; more or less elastic ; more or less nutri- 
 tive ; etc. 
 
 EXPERIMENTAL SCIENCE. 
 
 Subjects of contrast. Acids and alkalies ; oxygen and hydro- 
 gen,* etc.; north and south poles of a magnet ;* positive and 
 negative electricity ;* reflection and refraction ; conduction and 
 radiation ; etc. 
 
 Subjects of resemblance. Chlorine and sulphur ;* nitro- 
 gen and carbonic acid ;* light and heat ; ebullition and evapo- 
 ration ; dew and fog ; electricity and magnetism ; etc. 
 
 ARITHMETIC AND MATHEMATICS. 
 
 In no subject is the memory more aided by resemblances and 
 contrasts than in that of mathematics. Subtraction is the re- 
 verse of addition ; division is the reverse of multiplication ; and 
 the processes of Rule of Three may be regarded as combinations 
 of the four elementary operations of numbers. The analogies 
 of the cylinder, cone, and sphere are too obvious to escape 
 notice ; the pupil who has been shown how to derive the sur- 
 face of the sphere from that of the cylinder will never forget 
 those rules of mensuration treating of these three solids. 
 
 THE ALPHABET. 
 
 The dissimilar letters of the alphabet should be taught to 
 children before those that ai*e similar ; for, as we have already 
 
ItEsMBLANCE AND CONTtiAS'Jt. i&| 
 
 shown, resemblances in such cases confound the memory of 
 children. The child should be taught the Egyptian characters 
 first, on account of their being the most simple form of the let- 
 ters ; and the master should draw them on a bold scale with 
 chalk upon the black-board while he is giving his lesson. 
 
 In order to interest the children and help them to form fa- 
 miliar associations, graphic names may be given to the different 
 letters, descriptive of their peculiar forms. Thus, O may 
 be called the round O ; D half the round O ; S a pot-hook ; 
 J a walking-stick ; U a horse shoe ; B crooky-back ; V a fool's 
 cap upside down ; A a fool's cap with a bar through it ; I a 
 blind stroke ; H two blind strokes with a bar between them, etc. 
 
 While comparing the forms of different letters with each 
 other, the teacher will very much aid the memory of the chil- 
 dren by showing them how one letter may be converted into 
 another. Thus, P is readily converted into B, or into R ; C in- 
 to an O, and then O into Q ; I into L or into T ; I into F , and 
 then F into E ; and so on. 
 
 THE SPELLING AND MEANING OF WOEDS. 
 
 The spelling of words together which have nearly the same 
 sound but differently spelled, such as of and off, were and wliere, 
 etc., is a bad plan, on account of the resemblance of the words ; 
 and the method of teaching speUing by columns of words 
 alphabetically arranged is equally objectionable. The niceties 
 cf spelling and meaning should belong to a higher stage of in- 
 struction. Words in contrast having the same radical part are 
 easily remembered ; thus we have 
 
 Words in contrast. Agree and disagree ; join and disjoin ; 
 temperate and intemperate ; humanity and inhumanity ; thank- 
 ful and unthankful ; kindness and unkind ness ; etc. 
 
 The following illustrations of the method of instruction here 
 proposed will no doubt be acceptable to many of our readers. 
 
19G 
 
 PHILOSOPHY OF* EbUCATtON. 
 
 lUustrotions. 
 
 GEOGRAPHICAL CONTRASTS AND RESEMBLANCES. 
 
 1. The Old and New World. 
 
 Contrasts. 
 
 The Old World. 
 History ancient. 
 
 The principal mass of the Old 
 World, Asia and Europe, extends 
 from east to west, over one half of 
 the circumference of the globe. 
 
 The mountain-ranges nm from 
 east to west. 
 
 Asia, Europe, he within the tor- 
 rid, north temperate, and north 
 frigid zones. 
 
 Mountain-ranges somewhat cen- 
 tral. 
 
 Rivers of Europe, small. 
 
 Traversed by different mountain- 
 chains. 
 
 Vast table-lands or plateaus. The 
 mountains and plateaus of Asia 
 cover five sevenths of its sui-face. 
 
 Volcanoes on the Continent. 
 
 Coast-line of Europe very much 
 indented. 
 
 Inhabitants, white, dark, black, 
 etc. 
 
 Animals. Lion, tiger, leopard, 
 elephant, giraffe, cow, crocodile, 
 nightingale, etc. 
 
 The New World. 
 History modern. 
 The New World extends from 
 north to south, over two fifths oi 
 the circumference of the globe. 
 
 The mountain-ranges run from 
 noith to south. 
 
 America comprehends all climatic 
 zones, and hence presents a greater 
 variety of phenomena. 
 
 The"^ mountain-range extends lilce 
 a band along the western border. 
 
 Great water-basins. Rivers and 
 lakes very large. 
 
 One mountain-chain— the Andes 
 and Rocky Mountains. 
 
 Vast plains, which form two 
 thirds of its surface. 
 
 Great volcanoes on the islands. 
 
 Coast-line not so much indented 
 as Europe, but more indented than 
 Asia or Africa. 
 
 Native inhabitants chiefly red 
 men. 
 
 Animals. Ajnerican lion, jaguar, 
 panther, grizzly bear, buffalo, alli- 
 gator, mocking-bird, etc. 
 
 Resemblances. 
 
 Land in two great masses— Eu- 
 rope and Africa in the west, and 
 Asia in the east. 
 
 Isthmus of Suez connects Africa 
 with Europe and Asia. 
 
 The coast-line of Europe is more 
 broken or indented than that of 
 Asia, and still more than that of 
 Africa. 
 
 Europe better adapted for human 
 societies than Asia or Africa. 
 
 Europe 1 mile of coast to 150 of 
 surface; Africa 1 mile of coast to 
 630 of surface; Asia 1 mile of coast 
 to 460 of surface. 
 
 Land in two great masses— North 
 and South America. 
 
 Isthmus of Panama connects 
 North with South America. 
 
 The coast-line of North America 
 is more broken or indented than 
 that of South America. 
 
 North America better adapted for 
 human societies than South Ameri- 
 ca. 
 
 North America 1 mile of coast to 
 230 of surface; South America 1 
 mile of coast to 3S0 of surface. 
 
GEOGRAPHICAL CONTRASTS AND ItESEMBLANCES. 197 
 
 The direction of the land corre- 
 sponds with the general direction of 
 the mountain masses. 
 
 The southern extremity termi- 
 nates in a point dii-ected towards 
 the Southern Ocean, while they go 
 widening towards the north. 
 
 The peninsulas have nearly all the 
 same direction. 
 
 The highest mountain in the Him- 
 alaya is a little more than 5 miles 
 above the level of the sea. 
 
 The same as in the Old World. 
 
 The same as in the Old World. 
 
 The same as in the Old World. 
 
 The highest mountain in the 
 Andes is nearly 5 miles above the 
 level of the sea. 
 
 2. Europe and Asia. 
 
 Conti 
 Europe. 
 In the highest condition of civili- 
 zation and progress. 
 
 Religion, chiefly Christianity. 
 
 Contour most varied, but its pe- 
 ninsulas are not large. Indenta- 
 tions in all parts by the ocean and 
 by inland seas; thereby enjoys one 
 mile of coast for every 150 square 
 miles of surface. 
 
 The inland seas and the ocean 
 lying between the indentations form 
 nearly one half of its surface. 
 
 Open to inland navigation. 
 Lies between the other portions 
 of the Old World and America. 
 Best adapted for human societies. 
 
 Its physical features are highly 
 diversified. 
 
 Broken in relief by mountains and 
 valleys. The highest mountains do 
 not exceed 3 miles in height. Ex- 
 tensive plains fresh with vegeta- 
 tion. 
 
 Its numerous peninsulas form 
 about one third of its surface. 
 
 Like a perfect tree, with numer- 
 ous spreading branches clothed with 
 luxuriant foliage. 
 
 Rivers numerous, but not large. 
 
 Climate chiefly temperate. Winds 
 and rains variable. 
 
 asts. 
 
 As'"a. 
 
 The cradle of civilization, but now 
 chiefly sunk in ignorance and super- 
 stition. 
 
 Religion, chiefly Mahometauism 
 and idol-woi*ship. 
 
 Contour more uniform. Has vast 
 peninsulas on its eastern and south- 
 ern coasts, but the indentations of 
 the coast-line are not so numerous; 
 it in consequence only possesses one 
 mile of coast for every 460 squard 
 miles of surface. 
 
 In spite of the depth of the inden- 
 tations, there remains a great pre- 
 ponderating mass of unbroken land 
 towards the centre. 
 
 Open only at its margins. 
 
 Farthest removed from the New 
 World. 
 
 Vast portions scarcely accessible 
 to commerce. 
 
 All its physical features are on a 
 gigantic scale. 
 
 Great mountains nearly double 
 the height of those in Europe. Vast 
 plateaus and deserts. 
 
 All the vegetables essential to life 
 grow in almost every portion. 
 
 Its vast peninsulas only form one 
 fifth of its surface. 
 
 Like a vast trunk, with a few large 
 branches, with a scanty foliage. 
 
 Rivers large, but not numerous. 
 
 Burning heats in its equatorial 
 portions and extremes of cold in its 
 northern regions. Subject to tropi- 
 cal winds and raiijs. 
 
 Exuberant vegetation in its tropi- 
 cal portions, and sterility in tho 
 frozen tracts of Siberia. 
 
108 PmiOSbPHV OF kWCATiOlS 
 
 Wild animals are not niunerouS, 
 
 Domesticated animals very nu- 
 merous. 
 
 Neither flowers nor birds have 
 much variety or brilliancy of color; 
 but the flowers refresh us with their 
 scent, and the birds delight us with 
 their song. 
 
 Rich in minerals. 
 
 Wild animals exceedingly nunier' 
 ous. 
 
 Domesticated animals not numer- 
 ous. 
 
 In the tropical regions the flowers 
 and birds have the most briUiant 
 colors, but the flowers have little 
 scent, and the birds have no song. 
 
 Poor in minerals. 
 
 3. England and Spain. 
 
 Coidrasts. 
 
 England. 
 
 Forms the greater portion of an 
 island. 
 
 For the most part level, yet 
 beautifully diversified with hills, 
 valleys, and plains. 
 
 The elevatioji of the highest 
 mountain, Scaw Fell, in Cutnber- 
 land, is only a little more tiian half 
 a mile. 
 
 Tlie rivers are nuineious. and 
 many of tliem are navigable for a 
 considerable distance into the in- 
 terior. 
 
 The climate is damp and change- 
 able. 
 
 Grows all kinds of grain, etc.. but 
 the climate is too cold for the vine. 
 
 Rich in coal, and also in iron, 
 copper, and lead ores. 
 
 The religion is Protestantism. 
 
 Has advanced ver3' rapidly since 
 the Reformation. 
 
 The population of the capital is 
 upwards of two millions. 
 
 The work-shop of the world. A 
 land of steam-engines, railways, and 
 manufactures 
 
 The greatest country in the 
 world. 
 
 Possesses the most perfect poli- 
 tical institutions. 
 
 The people are pious, industrious, 
 generous, and brave. 
 
 Its colonies flourish in every part 
 of the globe. 
 
 Stands foremost in the ranks of 
 modern science and art 
 
 Famed for her philosophers, 
 poets, statesmen, and heroes. 
 
 The greatest maritime power in 
 the woild's history. 
 
 Spain. 
 
 I'orms the chief portion of a 
 peninsula. 
 
 Mountainous; a considerable por- 
 tion foims a plateau. 
 
 The elevation of the highest 
 point of the Pyrenees is about 2| 
 miles. 
 
 The I'ivers are not numerous, and 
 none of them can be said to be 
 navigable. 
 
 The climate is genej-ally Avarm 
 and salubrious. 
 
 Fine agricultural country. Grows 
 grapes and oranges. 
 
 No coal. 
 
 The religion is Romanism. 
 
 Has retrograded since the period 
 of the Reformation. 
 
 The population of Madrid, the 
 capital, is only one tenth that of 
 London. 
 
 Cannot suppl}- its own people 
 with manufactured goods. 
 
 One of the most contemptible 
 states in civilized Europe. 
 
 A prey to civil discords; no 
 protection to life or propei-ty. 
 
 The people are bigoted, indolent, 
 treacherous, and base. 
 
 Its colonies are dismembered and 
 enfeebled. 
 
 Has done nothing to advance 
 humanity. 
 
 Possesses no name associated 
 with greatness. 
 
 Her ships are barely suflicient for 
 her own limited commerce. 
 
HISTORICAL CONTRASTS AND RESEMBLANCES. 
 
 199 
 
 HISTORICAL CONTRASTS. AND RESEMBLANCES. 
 1. Alfred the Great and Charles II. 
 
 Conti 
 Alfred the Great. 
 The glory of his country. Amid 
 dangers and toil, devoted himself 
 to his country. 
 
 The saviour of his country. 
 
 Establisiied just and merciful 
 laws. 
 
 A true patriot. Laid the founda- 
 tion of the future greatness of his 
 countrj^. Said that " The English 
 ought to be as free as their own 
 thoughts." 
 
 Rewarded his friends aud conci- 
 liated his enemies. Temperate, 
 frugal, studious, prudent, and 
 pious. Burnt the cakes when 
 thinking of his country. Divided 
 his time. Couverted liis enemies 
 to Christianity. 
 
 Beloved and revered during his 
 life, and almost idolized after his 
 death. 
 
 asts. 
 
 Charles II. 
 
 A disgrace to humanity. After 
 much bloodshed, he became king, 
 and then devoted his country to 
 himself. 
 
 Sold his country to France. 
 
 Violated the rights and privileges 
 of his people. 
 
 Cared only for having the name 
 and privilege of a king. Content 
 if the nation would only last his 
 time. 
 
 Ungrateful to his friends and 
 heedless of his enemies. Sensual, 
 extravagant, idle, thoughtless, and 
 profuse. 
 
 Hated and despised during his 
 life, and at his death the dogs were 
 permitted to lick his blood. 
 
 Mary and Victoria. 
 Contrasts. 
 
 Mary. 
 Despotic and cruel. Bigoted and 
 intolerant. Morose and miserable. 
 Died childless. 
 
 A friend of ignorance and super- 
 stition. 
 
 Lived in an age of darkness and 
 ignorance. 
 
 An age of thumbscrews, racks, 
 and other instruments of torture. 
 
 Victoria. 
 
 Liberal and benevolent. Pious 
 and tolerant. Cheerful and happy. 
 
 Lives the mother of a large 
 family. 
 
 A promoter of education and 
 religion. 
 
 Lives in an age of knowledge and 
 progress. 
 
 An age of science, of steam-en- 
 gines, and of all the arts AA^hich add 
 to human happiness. 
 
 SCRIPTURE CONTRASTS AND RESEMBLANCES. 
 
 1. Cain and Abel. 
 
 Contrasts. 
 
 Cain. 
 Cain was the first born. A tiller 
 of the ground. 
 
 Offered to God the fruit of the 
 ground. 
 
 His offerings were not accepted 
 by God. 
 
 Slew his brother. 
 
 The first murderer, 
 with God's curse. 
 
 Branded 
 
 Abel. 
 
 Abel the first that died. A keeper 
 of sheep. 
 
 Was righteous. 
 
 Offered to God the firstlings of 
 his flocks. 
 
 His offerings were accepted by 
 God. 
 
 The voice of his blood cried unto 
 the Lord from the ground. 
 
 Enjoyed God's favor. 
 
200 
 
 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Cain became a vagabond. 
 Cain had children. 
 
 Abel died in the hope of salva- 
 tion. 
 Abel died childless. 
 
 2. 3I0SES AND Christ 
 Resemblances. 
 Moses. 
 Delivered the Israelites from the 
 bondage of the Egj'ptians. 
 
 The founder of the cei'emonial 
 dispensation. The founder of Ju- 
 daism. 
 
 Delivered to man the ten com- 
 mandments. 
 
 Led the Israelites through the 
 wilderness. 
 
 Christ. 
 
 Delivered us from the bondage of 
 sill. 
 
 The Founder of the NeAv Testa- 
 ment dispensation. The Founder 
 of Christianity. J 
 
 Gave to man the law of faith. 
 
 Moses lifted up the brazen ser- 
 pent in the wilderness, so that 
 those who looked upon h, might be 
 healed of tlie bites of the fier3- ser- 
 pents. 
 
 Moses conducted the Israelites 
 towards the land of Canaan, the 
 promised land flowing with milk 
 and hone}-. 
 
 3. Adam and Christ. 
 
 Said to His followers. " Lo, I am 
 with you, even unto the end of the 
 world." 
 
 Christ offered up Himself upon 
 the cross as a sacrifice for the sins 
 of man, so that those who look 
 upon Him may be healed of the 
 leprosy of sin and corruption. 
 
 Christ leads His people to the 
 heavenlv Canaan. 
 
 Contrasts. 
 
 Adam. 
 Adam was created. 
 
 Through Adam we lost a terres- 
 trial paradise. 
 Adam broke the law. 
 
 By Adam's sin. death came into 
 the world— death temporal as well 
 as spiritual. 
 
 In Adam all die. 
 
 Through Adam sin came into the 
 world 
 
 Through Adam man was rendered 
 liable to God's wrath and curse. 
 
 Through Adam we are the ser- 
 vants of the devil. 
 
 Througli Adam disease and pain 
 entered the world. 
 
 Adam, as the first man, is our 
 natural father. 
 
 Adam's death was not propitia- 
 atory, for he suffered death on ac- 
 count of his own sin. 
 
 Through Adam we are called 
 upon to fulfil the works of the law. 
 
 Christ. 
 
 Christ, as the Son of God, existed 
 from all Eternity, and Avas the 
 Creator of all things. 
 
 Through Christ we shall gain a 
 celestial paradise. 
 
 Christ fulfilled the law and made 
 it honorable. 
 
 By the death of Christ, we shall 
 be restored to life. 
 
 In Christ all shall be made alive. 
 
 Through Christ we shall be 
 clothed with rigbteousnes. 
 
 Through Christ man is restored 
 to God's favor. 
 
 Through Christ we become the 
 servants of God. 
 
 Through His stripes we are 
 healed. He has a fellow feeling 
 in all our pains, and pleads our 
 cause at God's right hand. 
 
 Christ is the spiritual father of 
 all those who trust in Him. 
 
 Christ's death was an atonement 
 for the sins of the world, for He had 
 no sin, neither was guile found in 
 His mouth. 
 
 Through Christ salvation comes 
 by faith and not by works. 
 
GEOGRAPHY SHOULD BE ILLUSTRATED BY HISTORY. 201 
 
 5. To improve the memory we should associate important ideas 
 with things, scenes, and events. We should gim graphic pictures 
 of important scenes and events. 
 
 Maps, useful and scientific pictures, scripture texts, and im 
 portant school-rules should be hung in the schoolroom. These 
 objects being kept before the eye suggest important trains of 
 association. After a time such things, no doubt, fail to arrest 
 the attention ; but, in order to avoid this consequence, they 
 should be removed at stated periods and fresh ones put in their 
 place, or they may simply be taken away for a time and then 
 replaced. The teacher will at once see the value of having 
 such rules as the following hung up in the schoolroom : 1. A 
 suitable place for everything, and everything in its place ; 2. 
 A proper time for everything, and everything in its time ; 3. 
 A distinct name for everything, and everything called by its 
 name ; 4. A certain use for everything, and everything put to 
 its use ; 5. Try to improve at school every day ; 6. Guard 
 against vulgar language ; 7. Pray daily to God, and praise his 
 holy name. The rules put up by the master should always 
 have a relation to the existing circumstances ; thus, for example, 
 during the fruit season the following would be highly appro- 
 priate : " Never eat sour or unripe fruit." 
 
 Teachers cannot be too strongly impressed with the fact that 
 our school -day associations exist in the mind to the latest period 
 of our existence. 
 
 " The School's lone porch, with reverend mosses gray, 
 Just tells the pensive pilgrim where it laj-. 
 Mute is the bell that rung at peep of dawn, 
 Quickening my truant feet across the lawn; 
 Unheard the shout that rent the noontide air, 
 When the slow dial gave a pause to care. 
 Up springs, at every step, to claim a tear, 
 Some little friendship formed and cherished here; 
 And not the lightest leaf, but trembling teems 
 With golden visions and romantic dreams!" 
 
 Geography should be taught in connection with history. 
 No teacher should give a lesson on the geography of a country 
 
202 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 without associating the leading geographical facts with the 
 most remarkable events of its history, or with its existing 
 resources of trade and wealth.* He should also introduce his- 
 torical and picturesque descriptions of the great cities of the 
 country of which he treats. Great cities constitute the identity 
 of a people : their past history is sculptured on their monu- 
 ments, churches, and public buildings ; their existing industry, 
 and real sources of v/ealth and power, are exhibited in their 
 machinery, their factories, their shipping, and their market- 
 places or thoroughfares, where the products of nature and art 
 are bought and sold ; their intellectual, moral, and political 
 tendencies may be seen in the tastes, habits, and pursuits of 
 the people that crowd their public rendezvous ; for the ceaseless 
 struggle of opinions, passions, and interests, which here mani- 
 fest themselves, may be regarded as the throbbings of the great 
 heart of society, which extend themselves, as certainly as by 
 the action of an hydraulic law, to the utmost extremities of the 
 living mass. 
 
 The events of scripture history should be taught in connec- 
 tion with the map of Palestine. In like manner, history should 
 be taught in connection with geography. Local associations 
 give vividness and power to the remembrance of events. 
 
 " And hence tiie charm liistoric scenes impart; 
 Hence Tiber awes, and Avon melts the heart." 
 
 A man who has looked upon the field of Bannockburn, 
 where the devoted bands of Scottish patriots withstood the on- 
 slaught of the mighty host of their oppressor, a^ ill never forget 
 the historical events connected with the battle. "That man," 
 f-ays Johnson, "is little to be envied whose patriotism would 
 not gain force upon the plain of Marathon, or whose piety 
 would not grow warmer among the ruins of lona." • Who can 
 look on the statue of Henri IV., standing on Pont-Neuf, which 
 crosses the Seine in the heart of Paris, without having the re- 
 markable events of this chivalrous monarch's life more deeply 
 impressed upon his memory ? The birth-places or the sepul- 
 
 * It is to be regretted that nearly all of our text-books on history 
 and geography ignoi-e this. The association of all the branches oi study, 
 except in a few instances, has hardly been attemjited. — E. S. 
 
PICTURING OUT SCENES. 203 
 
 chrcs of great men form some of our most remarkable linl^ of 
 association. 
 
 " 'Twas ever thus. As now at Virgil's tomb 
 We bless the shade and bid the verdure bloom; 
 So Tully paused, amid the wrecks of Time, 
 On the rude stone to trace the truth sublime; 
 When at his feet, in honored dust disclosed, 
 The immortal Sage of Syracuse reposed." 
 
 Picturing out scenes. Children are passionately fond of pict- 
 ures, whether real or imaginary, whether addressed to the 
 outward or to the inward sense of vision. This passion con- 
 stitutes one of the most unconquerable instincts of our nature 
 but why should we wish to conquer it ? none but antiquated 
 governesses or old maiden ladies would do such violence to our 
 happy nature. 
 
 " 'Twas here, at eve, we formed our fairy ring; 
 And Fancy fluttered on her v.ildest wing. 
 Giants and genii chained each wondering ear; 
 And orphan sorrows drew the ready tear. 
 Oft with the babes we wandered in the woo(? - - 
 
 Or viewed the forest feats of Robin Hood: 
 Oft fancy- led, at midnight's fearful hour, 
 With startling step we scaled the lonely tower, 
 O'er infant innocence to hang and weep, 
 Murdered by ruffian hands, when smiling in its sleep." 
 
 The gallery lessons given to children should contain pictures 
 addressed to the imagination. This mode of instruction not 
 only secures their attention by gratifying their intellectual in- 
 stincts, but also supplies their recoil ective faculty with appro- 
 priate links of association. The picturing style of teaching- 
 gives life and vivacity to a class ; whereas the dull, dry, sermo- 
 nizing style of giving a lesson is better than any soporific to 
 be found in the Pharmacopoeia. The tick-tick of the clock in 
 our room is rarely heard : so it is with the repetition of certain 
 set forms of words : the sounds grow familiar to our ears ; and 
 the ideas, however sacred, like an oft-told tale, cease to make 
 any impression on our minds. 
 
 This is especially the case with respect to scripture reading. 
 The plan of picturing out the scenes and events connected with 
 
204 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION, 
 
 a passage of scripture that may have been read is eminently 
 calculated to produce the most vivid and lasting impressions on 
 the minds of children. 
 
 In order to illustrate this plan of teaching, let us suppose 
 the first three verses of the sixth chapter of St. John to have 
 been read by the master to his pupils. How few of the chil- 
 dren would trouble themselves at all about the familiar sounds 
 that had fallen upon their ears ! And of the few who had given 
 their attention to the matter, how many of them could form any 
 clear conception of the ideas intended to be conveyed ? A skil- 
 ful teacher, it is true, might, by the usual method of interroga- 
 tion, succeed in making the children comprehend the subject- 
 matter of the verses ; but how long would they retain the ideas 
 thus conveyed to them? How many of them would be able to 
 answer the questions that might be put to them by the master 
 on the following day ? 
 
 But now suppose that the master could by some magic power 
 show to his pupils the real scene which these verses describe.* 
 Suppose he could go back through the eighteen hundred years 
 which have elapsed since these events occurred, and taking his 
 pupils to some elevation in the romantic scenery of Palestine, 
 from which they might overlook the country of Galilee, show 
 them all that this chapter describes. 
 
 " Do you see," he might say, " that wide sea which spreads 
 out beneath us, and occupies the whole extent of the valley ? 
 That is the Sea of Tiberias ; it is al?o called the Sea of Galilee. 
 All this country which spreads around it is Galilee. Those 
 distant mountains are in Galilee, and that beautiful wood 
 which skirts the shore is a Galilean forest." 
 
 " Why is it called the Sea of Tiberias ?" a child might ask. 
 
 " Do you see at the foot of that hill, on the opposite shore of 
 the lake, a small town? It extends along the margin of the 
 water for a considerable distance. That is Tiberias, and the 
 lake sometimes takes the name of that town." 
 
 "But look! Do you see that small boat coming round a 
 point of land which juts out beautifully from this side of 
 the lake ? It is slowly making its way across the water : we 
 can almost hear the splashing of the oars. It contains the 
 Saviour and some of His disciples. They are steering towards 
 Tiberias : now^ they approach the shore ; they stop at the landing, 
 and the Saviour, followed by His disciples, walks up the shore " 
 
 * This picture is mainly taken from Abbott's " Young Christian. 
 
ENFEEBLING INFLUENCE OF FEAR. 205 
 
 " Some sick person is brought to the Saviour to be healed. 
 Another and another is brought, A crowd collects around 
 Him, He retreats slowly up the rising ground, and after a little 
 time He takes His place upon an elevated spot, where He can 
 overlook and address the throng." 
 
 If teachers could accustom themselves to the habit of drawing 
 pictures like this, how" strong and how lasting would be the 
 impression made on the minds of their pupils ! Years, and 
 perhaps the whole of life itself, w^ould not obliterate the impi-es- 
 sion. Even this faint description, though it brings nothing new 
 to the mind, will make a much stronger and more lasting im- 
 pression than merely reading the narration would do. And 
 what is the reason ? Why, it is only because we have endeav- 
 ored to lead you to picture this scene to your minds, to con- 
 ceive of it strongly and clearl}'. Now" any teacher can do this 
 for himself, in regard to any passage of scripture. It is not 
 necessary that we should goon and delineate in this manner the 
 whole of the account. Each teacher can, if he will task his 
 imagination, picture for himself the scenes which the Bible 
 describes And if he does bring his intellect and his powers of 
 conception to the work, and read not merely lo repeat formally 
 and coldly sounds alread}^ familiar, but to bring vivid and clear 
 conceptions to his mind of all which is represented there, he 
 will be interCvSted himself and w'ill also interest his pupils. He 
 will find new and striking scenes continually coming up to view, 
 and will be surprised at the novelty and interest which this 
 simple and easy effort will throw over those very portions of 
 the Bible with which the ear has become most completely 
 familiar. 
 
 6. Frivolous, unnatural, or unpleasant associations should he 
 awided. Fear enfeebles tJie memory, and terror paralyzes it. 
 
 Our associations should always be in keeping with the 
 dignity of the subject. The unnatural and trifling modes of 
 association adopted by the advocates of systems of mne- 
 monics are unworthy the notice of intellectual teachers of 
 youth. If any artificial system of memory be necessary, it 
 
206 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 should be constructed on the principle of the chemical nomen- 
 clature, which is really one of the best systems of mcmoria 
 technica that ever has been invented. 
 
 The plan of giving tasks as punishments cannot be too 
 strongly deprecated : it invests learning with painful associa- 
 tions, and most effectually engenders a sullen and wilful habit 
 of inattention. 
 
 Fear enfeebles the memory by producing tremor and nervous 
 debility. How can a boy exercise his memory when the ter- 
 rors of the rod are placed before him ? How can the intellect- 
 ual faculties exercise themselves freely or vigorously when the 
 soul is manacled ? When the axe of the executioner is about 
 to fall upon the doomed wretch, can you expect him to admire 
 the surrounding scenery, or to observe the various passions pic- 
 tured on the faces of the eager crowd ? 
 
 " Come here, you dunce," says the pedagogue to his task- 
 ridden pupil—" come here. Well now, what dost thou chiefly 
 learn in these Articles of thy Belief ?" To which the boy with 
 trembling and hesitation answers, " First, I learn — .'' " Well, 
 what do you learn ?" To which the boy, rendered stupid by 
 fear, replies, " Please, sir, I don't know." " You saucy block- 
 head — there, take that, and that. Now you stand there, and 
 never move from the spot vmtil you have* committed the whole 
 of the question, word for word, to memory. In an instant give 
 over crying, or I shall give you something to cry for, — what 
 are you sobbing for?" "Please, sir — I cannot — help — it." 
 "You cannot help— saucy again — 1 11 make you help it,— there 
 — there— and there. Now you will remember that the rod 
 bites, if you cannot remember your task." True, the boy 
 Avill probably remember to the day of his death that he was 
 cruelly thrashed because he could not repeat the answer to the 
 question on the Articles of Belief. 
 
 A wise teacher in the place of thrashing his dull pupil would 
 assist him in completing his task by first impressing the ideas 
 contained in it on his memory. After having read the answer 
 twice or thrice over, he might proceed as follows : " The an- 
 swer to this question contains three parts. The first relates to 
 God the Father, the second to God the Son, and the third to 
 God the Holy Ghost. Let us now break down the ideas con- 
 tained in the first part. In whom have we to believe ?" " In 
 God the Father." " What is God here said to be ?" " He is 
 
IMPORTANCE OF REGULAR IXSTRUCTIOX. 207 
 
 said to be the Father." " What have you to do in reference to 
 God the Father ?" "I have to believe in Him." " What did 
 God the Father do for you ?" " He made me." " What did 
 He make besides ?" " He made all the world." 
 
 Proceedini^ in this way, the judicious teacher might analyze 
 the whole of the answer ; after this is done, the pupil would 
 probably find little difficulty in committing it to memory. 
 
 7. T/i€ memory should he cultivated in relation to common 
 things and every-day events. 
 
 The most ordinary and trifling occurrences may be made a 
 source of intellectual improvement : as the habits of animals, 
 or the manners of a people ; the construction of articles of 
 furniture and clothing ; the structure of a feather, a leaf, or a 
 flower ; the mode of building houses, or the making of a pin ; 
 and so on. 
 
 The difference of information found amongst men does not 
 depend so much upon the number of sights which they may 
 have witnessed, as upon the remembrance of the ideas which 
 these sights are calculated to suggest. Mr. S. never goes a 
 journey, no matter how short, without being able to amuse his 
 family by relating to them some incident, to describe to 
 them something new. " I don't know how it is," says Mr. B., 
 who had travelled over the v/orld for the mere sake of locomo- 
 tion, "that my friend Mr. S. finds so much to talk about. 
 He cannot go a journey of a dozen miles without having had 
 adventures enough to serve a man for a lifetime ; for my part, 
 I have visited most of the grcjit cities in the world, but I can 
 hardly get people to listen to my stories." The fact is Mr. S. 
 was an observing man, and never allowed an opportunity to 
 slip without storing his memory with useful facts ; with him 
 every new event became the nucleus of a new series of thoughts. 
 
 8. Instructioii should he given on a regular and connected plan. 
 Every lesson should have its proper time assigned to it, and it 
 
 should always be given at that time. A subject should never 
 be taught by fits and starts ; for nothing so much enfeebles the 
 recollection as sudden leaps from one branch of knowledge to 
 another. When the foundations of one science are fairly laid, 
 then another one may he commenced ; but a schoolmaster, like 
 the blacksmith, should never have too many irons in the fire. 
 
I 
 208 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. ] 
 
 " Notlimg," says Abercrombie, " appears to contribute more to 
 progress in any intellectual pursuit than the practice of keeping 
 one subject habitually before the mind, and of daily contribut- 
 ing something towards the prosecution of it." Important sub- 
 jects of knowledge, having thus had time for tlieir roots to 
 spread themselves in the soil, become as it Avcre incorporated 
 with the mind itself. 
 
 II. The memory is strengthened by all those exercises 
 which tend to cultivate the habit of attention.— We have 
 already explained some of the most important artifices which 
 may be employed in the cultivation of the habit of attention ; 
 the following, however, deserve especial notice in relation to 
 the faculty of recollection. 
 
 1. Interrogate your pupils upon wliat they may have read. 
 
 2. Get your pupils to put questions to each other at the end of a 
 lesson; amd also to talk together after school hours about the sub- 
 jects of the day's instruction. 
 
 3. Thepujnls should write in their ow^n language what is 
 most important for them to remember. 
 
 These notes should be neatly and methodically written ; they 
 should not be mere extracts from books, or verbatim reports of 
 lessons. 
 
 4. Make your 2m2nls FXMiiAAU with important principles aiid 
 results. ^ 
 
 It is not suflicient for your pupils simply to remember im- 
 portant principles and results ; they should remember them 
 perfectly— that is, in such a way as it would be impossible 
 ever to forget them. 
 
 "James," a teacher might say to his pupil, "have you 
 learned the fourth line of your multiplication - table yet ?" 
 "Yes, sir; 1 said it to you yesterday." " It is true, my boy, 
 you said it ; but it w^as done with some hesitation. You must 
 learn it so thoroughly that nothing can put you out when you 
 are called upon to repeat it. Now 3'^ou go on with the fourth 
 line while I repeat the fifth, and we shall see whether you put 
 Ttie out or I put you out." 
 
 As a matter of course James is put out ; whereupon the 
 
CULTIVATION OF IMAGINATION AND TASTE. 209 
 
 teacher might go on to say, "Now I have put you out." 
 " Well, sir, but I could have said it correctly if you had not 
 jarred with me." "Exactly so. But do you think that 1 
 could put you out in repeating the alphabet ? Let us try." 
 
 "Here, you see, I cannot put you out, because you have 
 learned the alphabet perfectly. Now it is equally important 
 that you should learn the multiplication-table perfectly." 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 CULTIVATION OF THE INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES, CONTINUED 
 — ON THE CULTIVATION OF IMAGINATION AND TASTE. 
 
 There is no faculty of the mind which requires more cai*e- 
 ful culture than that of imagination. When properly regulated 
 and directed, it may be made to contribute to the development 
 of all that is noble and estimable in our nature. It forms an 
 essential element of inventive genius. By imagination we are 
 enabled, as it were, to place ourselves in the situation of 
 others, and to sympathize with them in their distress, or to 
 participate in their sorrows.* A man deficient in imagina- 
 tion, however estimable he may be in his general conduct, is 
 usually unsocial, illiberal, and selfish. On the other hand, a 
 person with a wild, misguided imagination occupies his mind 
 in the pursuit of idle dreams and delusions, to the neglect of all 
 those pursuits which are calculated to ennoble a rational being. 
 The imagination should always be kept under the control of 
 reason, and it should never be allowed to wander too long at 
 discretion, amid beautiful and fallacious scenes, so as to impair 
 the judgment. The unrestrained indulgence of imagination 
 
 * The indifference of children to the sufferings of others, their want of 
 sympathy and provoking cruelty as manifested in the pleasure they seem 
 to derive from torturing animals, is in most instances the fault of an un- 
 developed imagination.— E. S. 
 14 
 
210 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 often exercises an enfeebling- influence over the other powers 
 of the intellect ; but a properly regulated imagination gives 
 strength to all the other faculties, and adds a charm to exist- 
 ence. 
 
 " His the city's pomp : 
 The rural honors his. Whate'er adorns 
 The princely dome, the column, or the arch. 
 The breathing marbles, or the sculptured gold, 
 Beyond the proud possessor's narrow claim, 
 His tuneful breast enjoys. For him, the Spring 
 Distils her dews, and from the silken gem 
 Its lucid leaves unfolds; for him the hand 
 Of Autumn tinges every fertile branch 
 "With blooming gold, and blushes like the morn. 
 Each passing hour sheds tribute from her wings ; 
 And still new beauties meet his lonely walk, 
 And loves unfelt attract him. Not a breeze 
 Flies o'er the meadow— not a cloud imbibes 
 The setting Sun's effulgence— not a strain 
 From all the tenants of the warbling shade 
 Ascends, but whence his bosom can partake 
 Fresh pleasure, unreproved." 
 
 To cultivate the imagination, we should exercise it on legiti- 
 mate objects, and this should be done in harmony with the de- 
 velopment of the other powers of the mind. The imagination 
 is exercised— (1) By fictitious narratives ; (2) By compositions 
 of the poet and the orator, addressed to the passions ; (3) By 
 sallies of wit and humor ; (4) By works of art addressed to the 
 sense of the beautiful. 
 
 The man who excels in all or any of these productions of 
 imagination is said to have an inventive genius ; but it is ob- 
 vious that this must depend quite as much upon the strength ol 
 the faculty of reason as upon that of imagination. Geometers 
 and scientific discoverers are often much indebted to the fertility 
 of their imagination. Persons of extraordinary power of im- 
 agination are not un frequently deficient in judgment. Why? 
 certainly not from any want of harmony between these facul- 
 ties, but rather from the want of a proper education ; for a man 
 of philosophic intellect must have a vigorous imagination : the 
 
CULTIVATION OF IMAGINATION AND TASTE. 211 
 
 genius of the poet and that of the mathematician are more nearly 
 allied than people generally suppose. 
 
 I, The picturing style of teacliiiig (described in relation to the 
 cultivation of memory) is one of the best means of dexelvping 
 the imagination of children. 
 
 Very few of our works of imagination are simple enough for 
 the comprehension of a child — the sentences in them are too 
 long and involved, and the figures and analogical phrases arc 
 too far beyond the range of his experience. We cannot expect 
 authors (who generally care more for their own fame than for 
 the improvement of their readers) to put in print all the little 
 and apparently trifling things which they would say to a child. 
 An experienced teacher, on the other hand, naturally clothes 
 his ideas in short pithy sentences, and draws his illustrations 
 and figures of speech from the things with which his pupils are 
 most familiar : he will frequently analj'^ze the figures or analo- 
 gies which he employs, so as to render their appositeness more 
 vivid and apparent, and to show the difference between a meta- 
 phor and an analogical phrase ; and above all things, he will 
 constantly endeavor to inspire his pupils with a love of nature, 
 and to kindle within them the sentiment of beauty. When he 
 has occasion to call the attention of his pupils to the aspect of 
 the morning sky, he speaks of "the blushing morn," or, it may 
 be, " the rosy morn ;" if anything comes suddenly into his 
 mind, it "flashes" upon him ; if he draAvs a picture of an ex- 
 tensive forest, he speaks of " the trackless woods ;" if he makes 
 a comparison between imagination and reason, he speaks of 
 fancy's flash and reason's ray. He speaks of reason as the rud- 
 der of the soul, which guides us through the stormy sea of life ; 
 of hope as the anchor of the soul ; of religion as the great pillar 
 of the state ; of remorse as the never-dying worm which gnaws 
 the vitals of its victim ; of crime as a loathsome monster, and 
 virtue as a lo}:ely angel clothed in light ; of the darkness of ig- 
 norance, and the light of knowledge ; of old age as the autumn 
 
212 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 of life, when all that is lovely withers and decays ; of the whis- 
 per of the breeze, and the roar of the tempest. 
 
 II. TJw imagination of children is cultivated hy simple iriects 
 of poetry, or by prose compositions of taste and feeling. 
 Simple good poetry delights the ear of children at the same 
 time that it elevates their character ; and even the harmony of 
 elegant prose, if not beyond their comprehension, will melt their 
 tender souls. The best books for children are those which con 
 tain simple phrases of beaiit}^ which turn on figures that depend 
 on points of harmony or analogy between the physical and the 
 moral world. "Pilgrim's Progress" is one of the best books 
 for children of ten or twelve years of age. Children should 
 never be allowed to read poetry which they cannot understand, 
 far less to commit it to memory. How matter-of-fact a poetical 
 conception becomes after it has been profaned, day after day, by 
 senseless repetitions ! How many of our intellectual pleasures 
 have been marred by our having Jiad the language of poetry 
 impressed upon our memories at a time when we could not real- 
 ize its import ! Rhetorical readings, in schools, are something 
 like the exhibitions of the common phantasmagoria — things to 
 laugh at. Teachers commit a gross mistake when they attempt 
 to bring the higher faculty of imagination too soon into play ; 
 just in the same way as many persons lose at chess by moving 
 their queen too early in the game. Every faculty must be fully 
 developed before the infant soul can spread its wings and fly 
 towards the higher heaven of poetry. True poetiy is the holy 
 of holies of the intellectual tabernacle, into which no one should 
 enter until all his faculties are matured and consecrated. 
 
 III. Fccblcs and simple tales are amongst the best rneans of culti- 
 vating the imagination of children.* 
 Children must romance, whether we permit them or not— it 
 
 =!= Most of our fairy tales, fables, and children's games'and plaj's can be 
 traced back to a time previous to written history. They are the pro- 
 ducts of the human mind at an epoch when it had attained the develop- 
 ment of the child of eight or ten, to-day.— E. S. 
 
CULTIVATIOX OF IMAGINATION AND TASTE. 213 
 
 is one of the most uncontrollable laws of human nature. Good 
 fables and tales always contain instruction — they turn facts into 
 poetry, and instruct the reason through the imagination. Some 
 little stories contain, in an unobtrusive form, more practical 
 wisdom than many learned homilies. Who would wish to for- 
 get the story about the fox and the grapes ; or the dog and the 
 shadow ; or the shepherd boy and the wolf ; or the dog in the 
 manger ; or the cock and the diamond ; or the lion and the 
 mouse ; and so on ? Nothing affords children a more sparkling 
 entertainment than to listen to the parley between the lion and 
 the ass, or between the fox and the crow ; while each of them 
 adheres to its character with dramatic strictness, each at the 
 same time, personates some moral quality. The perception of 
 this analogy leads, in the most pleasurable manner, to the cul- 
 tivation of abstraction and reason. 
 
 What child docs not read the Arabian Nights' Entertainments 
 with the most lively emotions ? Children like to transport 
 themselves, on the wings of imagination, from the cold and 
 sober realities of our northern clime to the warm and romantic 
 scenes of oriental climes, with their glittering caverns and 
 golden palaces, their genii and their wonderful lamps and 
 rings, their brilliant skies and gorgeous flowers. 
 
 " Let Fiction come, upon her vagrant wings 
 Wafting ten thousand colors through the air, 
 While by tlie glances of her magic eye 
 She blends and shifts at will, through countless forms, 
 Her wild creation.' 
 
 Good tales contain nothing really deceptive ; for a child with 
 a properly regulated mind knows perfectly well when he passes 
 the boundary-line which separates the region of fiction from 
 that of facts. The very worst tales are those which adhere too 
 rigidly to e very-day scenes and events, and inculcate religion 
 and morality with all the mock solemnity of a theological primer. 
 Those very pious, truthful, sermonizing tales (such as Peter 
 Parley's) outrage the patience of children, and really defeat the 
 
214 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 end which they have iu view. How can the soul of a child ap- 
 proach its God clothed in the garb of fiction ! * 
 
 None of our modern novels are sufficiently adapted to the 
 juvenile mind : they are too long ; their stories, for the most 
 part, are neither simple enough nor rom.antic enough ; and be- 
 sides, they generally presuppose a knowledge of human nature 
 and character which boys below fourteen years of age cannot 
 possibly possess. We should like to see a few novelettes written 
 after the fashion of " Waverley," or "The Last of the Mohicans," 
 but rendered somewhat more infantine in the characters de- 
 scribed. 
 
 Ko tale should do any unnecessary violence to the feelings 
 and sympathies of children : if the story tells of hideous wild 
 beasts in pursuit of some little innocent child, they should al- 
 ways at last meet with a proper punishment ; or if it describes 
 dismal dungeons or deep caverns, some way out of them should 
 always be found leading to celestial scenes of loveliness and 
 enjoyment ; or if it relates the adventures, by sea and land, of 
 some tameless being, he should always at last find a quiet and 
 happy home. We do not appear to have made any advance in 
 this kind of literature, at least for the last quarter of a century. 
 Hans Andersen's fairy stories of the Flying Trunk, the Wild 
 Swans, etc., are very much inferior to our old oriental tales : 
 what modern story of adventures can be placed by the side of 
 our old and dear friend Robinson Crusoe ? 
 
 IV. Tlie sentiment of the heautiful, in children, should be cul- 
 tivated by drawing and music. 
 
 Children should be taught drawing and music almost as soon 
 as they can speak. They should be early led to copy the most 
 beautiful forms and to sing the sweetest songs. Whatever is 
 insipid or deformed should never be placed before them for 
 
 * Since Tate wrote this there has been a great improvement in 
 juvenile works and papers. But the fairy tales and Robinson Crusoe 
 which delighted the child fifty years ago have not been surpassed by any 
 later productions.— E. S 
 
CULTIVATION OF REASON, 215 
 
 imitation. The sentiment of tasle should be constantly culti- 
 vated, by directing their attention to whatever is captivating in 
 nature or beautiful in art. The cultivation of taste not only 
 affords us a refined source of pleasure, but also, somehow or 
 other, gives force and acuteness to the moral sense. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 CULTIVATION OF THE INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES, CONTINUED 
 — ON THE CULTIVATION OF REASON AND JUDGMENT. 
 
 Reason is that mental faculty whereby we distinguish truth 
 from falsehood. When we duly exercise this faculty, we com- 
 pare facts with facts and events with events, and from their 
 relations and bearings we deduce certahi conclusions. We say 
 that a man possesses a sound judgment when he judges cor- 
 rectly of the relations of facts, events, or circumstances, and 
 gives to each its due amount of influence in the conclusions or 
 deductions which he makes. Reason is, in a certain sense, op- 
 posed to imagination, inasmuch as it deals solely with facts and 
 realities. Reason is distinguished from simple memory, by 
 which facts or events are merely connected hj the laws of as- 
 sociation, without any regard to their natural or philosophical 
 relation. Reason, in a well-regulated mind, holds the mastery 
 of all the other faculties ; it gives strength and precision to every 
 one of them, and harmonizes and regulates their operations as a 
 whole ; as we have already shown, it especially improves the 
 memory, and checks any unhealthful exuberance of imagina- 
 tion. No faculty in our nature is more susceptible of cultiva- 
 tion than reason ; and the neglect of its cultivation is attended 
 with the greatest possible evils, as well to the individual as to 
 societ}'^ at large. No doubt there are original differences in the 
 power of reason, but \\c have no hesitation in stating that the 
 
216 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 chief source of the differences in this power found amongst men 
 is to be traced to culture and discipline. When we neglect the 
 cultivation of the reason of young persons, their minds become 
 engrossed by trifles, or carried away by the wild freaks of ima- 
 gination; and the most sacred and momentous opinions are either 
 treated with unbecoming levity and indifference or accepted 
 Mithout thought or reflection. Such persons readily become the 
 victims of sophistry, or the willing slaves of superstition and 
 bigotry. They have not the power, because the habit has not 
 been cultivated, of giving a full and candid examination of all 
 the facts which ought to influence their opinions in any subject 
 of inquiry. Such persons never pursue truth for its own sake, 
 — they do not know what it is to yield their minds to the force 
 of truth ; and, as a necessary consequence, their opinions are 
 "^med from prejudice or passion. 
 
 ileason is, of course, aided by other mental faculties, such as 
 iiiemory, attention, conception, and abstraction, but esfjccially 
 by attention and conception. These two faculties, as we have 
 already shown, are strictly voluntary faculties, and therefore 
 may be greatly strengthened and developed by exercise and 
 habit. A. vivid conception of all the parts of a subject of inves- 
 tigation is the first great step gained in the process of inquiry. 
 
 It has not been considered necessary, in what follows, to make 
 any distinction between an act of judgment and an act of reason. 
 Our higher kinds of judgments seem to involve all the essential 
 elements of a process of reasoning. 
 
 The following general rules may be laid down for cultivating 
 the reasoning powers of children : 
 
 I. The minds of children shmdd be first exercised in easy pro- 
 cesses of reasoning, adapted to their state of intellectual decelop- 
 ment. Their reason should he first exercised in the discernment 
 of ilie relations, connections, tendencies, and analogies of familiar 
 facts. 
 
 Until a child has some knowledge of facts and effects he 
 cannot inquire into principles or causes. Our first steps in the 
 
FIRST EXERCISE OF THE REASONING FACULTY. 217 
 
 process of reasoning arc observation and comparison, then fol- 
 lo\v deduction and generalization, A child is capable of form- 
 ing conclusions long before he can put his reasoning into lan- 
 guage. The teacher should be in no haste to break the spell of 
 this silent— this trul}^ ideal— process of reasoning : it is better 
 that ideas — conceptions — judgments— should precede language, 
 for the formality of language too often casts a blighting shadow 
 over what might otherwise have been a glowing vital concep- 
 tion. But this solitary communion of a child with nature can- 
 not always go on; it is proper that the child should be for a time 
 cast upon the bosom of nature ; but after the nursling has at- 
 tained a certain stage of spontaneous development, it is necessary 
 that he should be able to express his ideas in language, in order 
 that he may profit from the results of the experience of others. 
 Hence it follows, that the vocabulary of children should be 
 gradually enlarged with the enlargement of their ideas or real 
 knowledge. Words become a hindrance to reasoning when the 
 vocabulary of the child exceeds his ideas. This we cannot 
 help regarding as one of the greatest evils in our present systems 
 of education ; and we are sorry to observe that men high in au- 
 thority have recently given, indirectly at least, their countenance 
 to the evil, by exacting a knowledge of the letter, rather than 
 the spirit, of certain subjects of instruction— such as religion, 
 geometry, arithmetic, and algebra. 
 
 The reason of children is frequently misled by the erroneous 
 use of words. We should constantly encourage them to ex- 
 plain their views and opinions in order that we may rectify 
 their errors. Some people do not care what absurdities they 
 utter in reasoning with children; they do not hesitate to talk 
 to them about things which are far above their comprehension, 
 and they have always a ready explanation to give of matters 
 involving the greatest mystery. Such tutors fill the young 
 mind with errors and prejudices, which years of training may 
 fail to eradicate ; for it is often more difficult for us to unlearn 
 what is false than it is to learn what is true. To judge whether 
 a subje(::t of reasoning is within the comprehension of a child, 
 
218 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 we should consider whether the facts or events upon which it 
 is based are within the range of his experience. 
 
 Reasoning must not be rendered a task, or conducted in so 
 formal a manner as to weary the mind of the pupil ; the exercise 
 of his reason must be spontaneous. We should give him the 
 facts and materials for reasoning, rather than make a direct de- 
 mand upon his reason. A desultory style of presenting those 
 facts will best secure our purpose ; for it is a law of the human 
 mind, that while we can achieve but little in the higher pro- 
 cesses of reasoning without the strictest observance of order — 
 in the first steps of reasoning, on the contrary, we seem to de- 
 rive the most healthful excitement from the very absence of 
 order. Every experienced teacher knows this to be true, and 
 unconsciously acts upon this conviction. The reasoning pow- 
 ers of a child are exercised whenever we put the question why 
 or receive the answer because. The higher principles of a sci- 
 ence should never be taught before the pupil has been made 
 acquainted with the relations and analogies of the most familiar 
 facts. But man)' teachers, for the sake of following what they 
 conceive to be a logical order, or, it may be, the arrangement 
 given in their text-books, reverse the natural order, and teach 
 the most abstract and least attractive things first. 
 
 Mathematical subjects afford one of the best exercises for the 
 reasoning powers. Mathematical reasoning is simple, and free 
 from all uncertainty ; this depends chiefly upon the following 
 circumstances : 
 
 1. Nothing is taken for granted or on mere authority ; for its 
 principles or reasoning are axioms of self-evident truths. 
 
 2. Its proper objects are the relations of numbers, lines, and 
 spaces, things which are cognizable by our senses, and which 
 can be defined and measured, with a precision of which the ob- 
 jects or no other kinds of reasoning are susceptible. 
 
 The earliest conceptions of a child relate to form and number, 
 and they are the first which their minds are capable of viewing 
 abstractedly : hence the elements of arithmetic, algebra, and 
 geometry should be amongst the very earliest subjects of study, 
 
MATHEMATiCAL ANt) kOkAl kVlbENcE JalO 
 
 for the purpose of devfelopiiig the reasoning powers. Mathe- 
 matics, however, like other first subjects of study, should be 
 taught progressively, avoiding as much as possible the formali- 
 ties of technical demonstration ; and principles should always 
 be taught in connection with their applications. 
 
 It is a gi'oss error to suppose that a pupil will have the power 
 of applying abstract principles merely because he is able to 
 demonstrate the truth of these principles, A knowledge of 
 Euclid is one thing, and the employment of geometrical theo- 
 rems in the business of life is another. The bringing of fa- 
 miliar facts and abstract principles into apposition is not only 
 attractive to the young mind, but also exercises the reasoning 
 powers in a way which no other subject can do. Who does 
 not remember the pleasure that he felt when he saw the doc- 
 trine of similar triangles applied to the finding of the height of 
 a tower by means of the shadow of a stick ? 
 
 (Although the mathematical sciences may forai one of the 
 best initiatory trainings of the reasoning powers, yet it is com- 
 paratively inefficient in giving that higher finish and develop- 
 ment to the powers of reason. It only exercises the mind in 
 appreciating one kind of evidence — namely, matJiemaiical evi- 
 dence. Some other subject, therefore, should be adopted for 
 the purpose of developing the reasoning powers of children in 
 relation to moral evidence. 
 
 These branches of knowledge* may give a false direction to 
 the mind, if they are not taught with caution, and in connection 
 with moral science. The certainty and peculiar nature of 
 mathematical science often inspire the disposition to demand 
 the same kind of demonstration in other points. The wonder- 
 ful extent to which we can trace and imitate the operations of 
 nature, tempts us to rest on second causes, and forget that 
 Power which is necessary to establish and maintain the laws 
 which we only discover. For this purpose, these studies should 
 not only be conducted in a religious spirit, but should be ac- 
 
 Woodbridge. 
 
fi20 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 companied and alternated with those which will give anothci 
 direction to the miiid. A pupil tlius learns much of the nature 
 of moral evidence and moral relations, and is accustomed lo 
 employ these, as well as mathematical demonstration, as a pan 
 of his series of thought, and as a sufficient ground for his con- 
 clusions. 
 
 On this subject Abercrombie observes: "Notwithstanding 
 the high degree of precision which thus distinguishes mathema- 
 tical reasoning, the study of mathematics does not, as is com- 
 monly supposed, necessarily lead to precision in other species 
 of reasoning, and still less to correct investigation in physical 
 or mental science. The explanation that is given of this fact 
 seems to be satisfactory. The mathematician argues certain 
 conclusions from certain relations of quantity and space, which 
 are ascertained with absolute precision ; and these premises are 
 so clear, and so free from all extraneous matter, that their truth 
 is obvious, or is ascertained without difficulty. By being con- 
 versant with truths of this nature, he does not learn that kind 
 of caution and severe examination which arc required in other 
 sciences for enabling us to judge whether the statements on 
 which we proceed are true, and whether they include the whole 
 truth which ought to enter into the investigation. He thus ac- 
 quires a habit of too great facility in the admission of data or 
 premises, — which is the part of every investigation which the 
 physical or mental inquirer scrutinizes with the most anxious 
 eare, — and too great confidence in the mere force of reasoning, 
 without adequate attention to the previous processes of investi- 
 gation on which all reasoning must be founded. It has been, 
 accordingly, remarked by Mr. Stewart and other accurate ob- 
 servers of intellectual character, that mathematicians are apt to 
 be credulous in regard both to opinions and to matters of testi- 
 mony ; while, on the other hand, persons who are chiefly con- 
 versant with uncertain sciences acquire a kind of skepticism in 
 regard to statements which is apt to lead them into the oppo- 
 site error." 
 
 The physical and mathematical sciences are full of simple 
 
'' SOliCNCE AT HOME.' 221 
 
 facts and principles, which are highly calculated to cultivate 
 the reasoning powers of children. History, too, if properly 
 taught, may be made a great instrument in the cultivation of 
 their reasoning powers : not that history which merely relates the 
 dull, dry detail of events in their chronological order, and gives 
 more prominence to the installation of a monarch than to the 
 discovery of a physical law, or to the advent of a great man 
 whose soul is destined to rule the world of philosophy ; not 
 that history which perse veringl}^ follows the blood-stained foot- 
 prints of warriors, or the chicanery of crafty, little-souled 
 statesmen, or the various ramifications of the petty schemes of 
 ambitious autocrats, who fret their day upon the stage of exist- 
 ence, then die and leave no sign behind them ; not that historj^ 
 in short, which ignores the philosophy of history — but that 
 history which gives the record of really great events, which 
 follows the development of society, marks the relations of 
 events to each other, and resolves them into epochs. The child 
 will thus be taught to study the nature of moral relations and 
 moral evidence. In the same manner we should like to see 
 language and literature taught. 
 
 In all these subjects the teaclier should lead his pupils to dis- 
 tinguish between the relations of facts and events which are 
 merely incidental from those that are fixed and uniform.* 
 
 * Twenty years ago, when amateur teachers were f e"w, the writer of this 
 work gave lessons on the science of common things (or what he called 
 •' science at home") to an evening class of boys, varying from twelve to 
 fifteen years of age. 
 
 These lessons were illustrated by simple and striking experiments 
 made with apparatus constructed, for the most part, out of the ordinary 
 articles of household use. The subjects selected for insti-uction were not 
 only useful in themselves, having a relation to the occupations of life, 
 but also so simple as to be within the comprehension of his young pupils. 
 Recondite facts of science, however useful in their remote applications, 
 were generally avoided when they did not admit of gi-aphic or exi)eri- 
 mental illustrations. 
 
 The following is a list of the subjects on which these familiar lectures 
 were given: 
 
 What is the best kind of gravel for making a path? The properties of 
 
^M PHtLbSOPHY oir EbuCA^ioK\ 
 
 From tlie relations of faiiiUiar facts atid events he wlll Ire^ 
 quently rise to the illustration of general principles ; at other 
 times he will descend from the general principles to the famil- 
 iar facts or events which illustrate them. But before children 
 are taught any systematic course of study they should be led 
 
 the lever shown by a rod balanced upon the edge of a book. The best 
 way of making a ftre. How a candle burns; and why you should not 
 take the snuff off too close. Why the smoke rises in the chimney; and 
 how a smoking chimney may be to a certain extent cured. To explain 
 the use and construction of a wheelbarrow. How breathijag and flame 
 vitiate the air; and how pure air should be supphed to apartments. Bad 
 smeUs are not only disagreeable, but they carry with them the seeds of 
 disease and death; how bad smells may be prevented; importance of 
 cleanliness, of drainage, and of good dwelling-houses. How to sink a 
 well. How to make a pump. How to economize labor. How to econo- 
 mize food, and to presence common articles of use. How to preserve 
 health: you should live upon plain wholesome food; you should perform 
 some physical labor; your clothes should be adapted to the season and to 
 the state of the weather. Where the water of the river Ouse comes from 
 and where it i-uns to. And so on. 
 
 These lessons on common things were productive of the most satisfac- 
 tory results. The boys were so interested in the lessons, that they would 
 at any time leave their games to attend the class. Many of the parents 
 did not at fii'st quite understand what their children had to do with sci- 
 ence; but when they found that the teacher had been explaining how to 
 make a fire, how to prevent the chimney fi-om smoking, etc., they became 
 as much interested in the lessons as their children; and thus the parents 
 speedily became powerful auxiliaries in carrying on the work of educa- 
 tion. It is true that some parents stood out for a long time against the 
 new-fangled system: they merely wanted their boys taught reading, 
 writing, and accounts. Indeed, a mother thrashed her son for asserting 
 that the teacher had shown him how the earth turned round every 
 twenty-f cm' hours. " Hold your tongue, su-rah ! don't tell me such lies," 
 said this prejudiced mother; ''master could never put such a falsehood 
 into your head. Has not the stack-yard stood at the back of our house 
 ever since I was a child, a girl, and a married woman; and does it not 
 stand there still?" But this argument did not carry conviction to the 
 boy's mind, and as a last resource he was thrashed for his obstinacy. 
 
 Noble lords and learned doctors and newspaper editors have lately dis- 
 covered the importance of teaching the science of common things in our 
 schools; and some of them no doubt will have their names emblazoned 
 in our blue-books as the great renovators of popular education. 
 
RELATIONS OF THINGS AND EVENrS. 003 
 
 to reason and to exercise their judgment upon common things, 
 facts, and events. 
 
 "Thus the men 
 Whom nature's works can charm with God Himself 
 Hold converse ; grow familiar, day by day, 
 With His conceptions; act upon His plan; 
 And form to His the relish of their souls." 
 
 The relations of things and events ma}' be viewed in six dis- 
 tinct aspects, viz., relations of character, of degree, of cause 
 and effect, of connection and composition, of analogy, and of 
 law. We shall give a few examples of these different kinds of 
 relation, with a view of illustrating what is here meant, 
 
 (1) Relations of Character. — All animals with four feet 
 arc called quadrupeds; then a cow must be a quadruped. A 
 fowl is not a quadruped. Why ? All hot-blooded animals 
 breathe air : then a horse must be a hot-blooded animal. Trans- 
 parent bodies can be seen through : then water is a transparent 
 body, because I can see objects through a glass of water. 
 Acids are sour to the taste and change vegetable-blue colors to 
 red : then vinegar must be an acid, for I am sure it tastes sour 
 enough, and the drop which Jane let fall on her blue apron has 
 made it red. All quadrilateral figures have four sides : then a 
 sheet of foolscap paper has the form of a quadrilateral figure. 
 Heavy substances sink in water : then chalk must be a heavy 
 substance. Inflammable bodies burn : then coal must be an in- 
 flammable body. The particles of a fluid body readily move 
 amongst themselves : then mercury must be a fluid body. 
 Metals have a peculiar lustre, called the metallic lustre, like 
 gold and silver : tben copper and lead must be metals. Artifi- 
 cial substances are made by man : then woollen cloth must be 
 an artificial substance. A natural substance is produced by 
 nature without the aid of art : then wool is a natural substance. 
 Bodies like the air which support flame are called supporters of 
 combustion ; then chlorine must be a supporter of combustion, 
 for a candle burns in this gas. 
 
 (2) Relations of Degree and Proportion.— John's shoe is 
 
224 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 too small for Henry's foot : then the child mil readily make the 
 deduction — Henry's foot must be larger than John's. Our dog 
 is larger than the cat : then a hole through which the dog can 
 just go must be larger than a hole which the cat can just go 
 through. I cannot reach to the top of the door : then the door 
 is higher than I am.* 
 
 I can lift the chair, but I cannot lift the table • then the table 
 is heavier than the chair. James can push the sofa along the 
 floor, but he cannot carry it : then it is easier, that is, it requires 
 less force, to push the sofa along the floor than to carry it. I 
 cannot lift that stone, but I can easily overturn it : then it re- 
 quires less force to overturn a heavy body like the stone than it 
 does to raise it up or lift it. 
 
 Thomas takes an hour to walk from Charing Cross to Chel- 
 sea, whereas I can walk over the distance in three quarters of 
 an hour : therefore I w^alk faster than Thomas. 
 
 Yesterday the water in the kettle took three quarters of an 
 hour to boil, but to-day it has only taken half an hour : then it 
 follows that the fire is hotter to-day than it was yesterday. The 
 sun is longer above the horizon in summer than he is .during 
 winter : hence the summer is hotter than the winter. Water 
 never freezes at Bermuda : then the climate of Bermuda must 
 be warmer than that of England. 
 
 A body of a red color can be seen at a greater distance than a 
 body of a blue color : then red must be a brighter color than 
 bhie. 
 
 The shadow of that tree is longer than the shadow of that 
 house : then the tree must be higher than the house. 
 
 A pound weight of bread is larger in bulk than a pound 
 weight of lead : then lead must be a heavier substance than 
 bread. Bread floats on w^ater, but cheese sinks in it: then 
 
 * Much more attention should be given to the necessity of teaching 
 facts, etc., from relations. A child, if told that a city has 500,000 inhab- 
 itants, can form no notion of such a number. It will, however, form an 
 approximately correct, ide^ of that city if told that it contains fifty times 
 more inhabitants and covers thiily times as much ground.— E. S. 
 
RELATIONS OF CAUSE AND EFFECT. 225 
 
 cheese must be a heavier substance, bulk for bulk, than bread. 
 
 Smoke rises in the air, but silk paper falls : then smoke must 
 be a lighter substance than silk paper. 
 
 (3) Relations of Cause and Effect.— A kettle on the fire 
 will never burn so long as there is water in it : then the boiling 
 water or steam must carry off the heat. It is warmer during 
 the day when the sun shines than it is during the night : then 
 the sun must be the source of heat. A crow on the top of St. 
 Paul's Cathedral does not look larger than a sparrow : then the 
 height of St. Paul's must be very great. When the fire burns 
 briskly light pieces of paper are carried up the chimney : then 
 there must be a current of air rushing up the chimney. When 
 sealing-wax, glass, or brown paper is rubbed with a dry piece 
 of flannel electricity is produced : then friction g enerates elec- 
 tricity. Snow-flakes fall in the air, soap-bubbles rise in the air : 
 then snow must be a heavier substance than air, and soap-bub- 
 bles must be lighter than air. 
 
 The soap-bubble is a heavy fluid inflated with hot air : then 
 this hot air must be the thing that makes the soap - bubble 
 lighter than the surrounding air. After a little time the soap- 
 bubble bursts. Does it burst inwards or outwards ? Inwards. 
 Why ? The soap-bubble moves from the shade to the sunshine. 
 It bursts. Why ? Inwards or outwards ? Outwards. Why ? 
 The soap-bubble is globular in its shape. Why ? 
 
 In order to roast a joint of meat it is made to turn before the 
 fire. Why ? The meat is turned round in order that every 
 part of it may be properly roasted. A register stove throws 
 out more heat than a common fire-place. Why ? Because the 
 register stove reflects the heat of the fire, or, in other words, it 
 throws the heat of the fire into the room. Woollen clothes 
 keep our bodies warm in cold weather. Why ? Because 
 woollen clothes prevent the heat from passing out of the body ; 
 or, in other words, we may say woollen is a bad conductor of 
 heat. Nature has clothed the lower animals either with wool, 
 hair, or feathers. Why ? Nature has done for them what the 
 reason of man enables him to do for himself. In igniting a 
 15 
 
226 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION, 
 
 fire we put shavings and wood at the bottom of the fire-place 
 and the coals above them. Why ? Prudent people take their 
 principal meal about the middle of the day. Why ? Men 
 work during the day and sleep during the night. Why ? 
 When the sky is cloudy we are likely to have rain, but when 
 the sky is clear we never have rain. Why ? Ice feels cold, 
 boiling water feels hot. Why ? Because the ice is colder than 
 our bodies, and the boiling water is warmer. The iron part of 
 a spade feels colder than the wooden part. Why ? Because 
 the iron conducts or conveys the heat from our bodies more 
 rapidly than the wood. The handle of a coffee-pot is usually 
 made of wood. Why ? Deal floors are warmer than brick 
 floors. Why ? In frosty weather the water from the clouds 
 falls in the form of snow or hail Why ? With us the north 
 wind is usually colder than the south wind. Why ? At noon- 
 day, when the sun shines, our shadows fall towards the north. 
 Why ? The snow falls upon the mountain-tops more than it 
 does in the valleys or plains. Why ? The west wind with us 
 is usually accompanied with rain. Why ? Because the west 
 wind passes over the Atlantic Ocean, and therefore comes to 
 us charged with moisture. The east wind is dry and parching. 
 Why ? Thunder-storms generally take place at the close of 
 summer. Why ? 
 
 (4) Relations of Connection and Composition. — The earth 
 on which we live is globular : then navigators should be able 
 to sail round it. When a body can be seen a long way off it 
 must be very large : then Windsor Castle must be very large, 
 for it can be seen from Richmond Hill ; then the moon must 
 be very large for we know that she is far, far above the clouds. 
 A square whose side is two feet may be divided into four small 
 squares one foot in the side : then a square which is two feet in 
 the side must be four times the size of a square which is one 
 foot in the side. When hydrogen gas burns in oxj-^gen, water 
 is formed : then water must be composed of hydrogen and 
 oxygen. When phosphorus is burned in oxygen a white sub- 
 stance is formed, called phosphoric acid : then phosphoric acid 
 
RELATIONS OF ANALOGY. 327 
 
 must be composed of phosphorus and oxygen. When sul- 
 phuric acid is poured upon chalk, carbonic-acid gas is given 
 off : then chalk must contain carbonic acid. When red lead 
 or oxide of lead is heated, oxygen ga& is given off, and metallic 
 lead is left behind : then red lead must be composed of lead 
 and oxygen. Drunkards always shorten their days : then a 
 drunkard must be guilty of self-murder or suicide. 
 
 (o) Helations of Analogy. — A piece of cork rises in water 
 in the same way as a balloon rises in the air, or as smoke rises 
 in the air : as the cork is lighter than the water, so the balloon 
 is lighter than the air, bulk for bulk. When a piece of lump 
 sugar is placed in a spoonful of water, the water rises up the 
 pores of the sugar in the same way as water rises up the pores 
 of a sponge, or as water rises up a fine tube, or between two 
 plates of glass placed near to each other. Water will dissolve 
 sugar ill the same way as water will dissolve salt, or as spirits 
 of wine will dissolve camphor. If a soap-bubble be twirled 
 round just before it is thrown from the bowl of the pipe, it will 
 revolve and become flattened at it& poles by its rotation on its 
 axis. When a mo"p is twirled round, it assumes a somewhat 
 flattened shape, in the same way as the whirling motion of the 
 earth has caused its equatorial parts to swell out. The steam 
 from boiling Avater, by its elastic force, sometimes raises the lid 
 of the kettle, in the same way as the steam of a steam-engine 
 raises the piston or plug in the cylinder. A watch has had a 
 maker ; in like manner the world has had a Creator. As a 
 magnet attracts iron, so somewhat in the same manner the sun 
 attracts the planets in the solar system. As the contrary poles 
 of a magnet attract each other, so bodies electrified in contrary 
 ways attract each other ; and as like poles of a magnet repel 
 each other, so bodies electrified in the same way repel each 
 other. As bodies in front of a fire become warmer than those 
 at the sides, so in like manner places at the equator more 
 directly under the sun's heat become warmer than those places 
 towards the poles, where the sun's heat glances obliquely upon 
 them. 
 
228 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 What qualities have sealing-wax, sulphur, and pitch in com- 
 mon ? They are all inflammable, fusible, brittle when cold, 
 but adhesive when melted, and generate the same kind of elec- 
 tricity by friction. What qualities and points of structure have 
 carnivorous animals in common ? An iron hoop is elastic. 
 Name some other bodies analogous to the hoop in this respect. 
 A bullet is a sphere. Name some other bodies that are spheri- 
 cal. What properties have all bodies in common ? Weight, etc. 
 
 When a child learns for the first time some new property of 
 a thing with which he is quite familiar, he is taken by that sort 
 of surprise which affords him the highest pleasure, and which 
 forms one of the most pow^erful incentives to intellectual ac- 
 tivity. Thus, for example, a boy readily admits that the air is 
 a transparent fluid ; but when he is shown that it has weight, 
 like lead, or any other material substance, he is taken by sur- 
 prise, — a surprise which is nearly allied to doubt, — and he is 
 thereby prepared to give an earnest attention to any experi- 
 ments we may make upon the subject. 
 
 (6) Relations of Law,- depending on Inductive Reason- 
 ing. — When iron is heated, its bulk is increased ; when water 
 is heated its bulk is also increased ; and the same holds true 
 with respect to any other substance which has been tried : 
 then one general law of heat is that it expands all bodies. 
 Sound travels over eleven hundred feet in one second, twice 
 eleven hundred in two seconds, thrice eleven hundred feet in 
 three seconds, and so on ; then sound travels at a uniform 
 rate. 
 
 Misery, disease, and death always follow drunkenness, dis- 
 sipation, and all such crimes : then vice and misery are in- 
 separably connected. Liars and thieves' are never trusted ; a 
 truthful and honest person is always esteemed : then honesty 
 must be the best policy 
 
 A body let fall from a tower falls sixteen feet in one second, 
 four times sixteen feet in two seconds, nine times sixteen feet in 
 three seconds, and so on : then the spaces passed over by falling 
 bodies increase as the squares of the times. 
 
RELATIONS OF LAW. 229 
 
 A ball struck along a floor moves in a straight line ; the 
 harder the blow the farther the ball moves. Then something 
 must cause the ball to stop. What is it ? Is it the roughness 
 of the floor (the friction of the floor), or the blowing of the air ? 
 If the floor were smoother would the ball move further ? 
 Would the ball stop if there were nothing tending to destroy its 
 motion ? Let us try. Has anybody tried this ? Yes, my 
 child, we may suppose a teacher to say, this has been tried, and 
 it is found that the more we remove the resistances of friction 
 and the air, the farther and farther the ball will move : then 
 if these resistances could be removed altogether, what should 
 we expect ? Why, that the ball would never stop ; that is to 
 say, it would move on and on in a straight line forever, if it did 
 not meet'with any external force or resistance to stop it.. 
 
 (7) Relations of Law, depending on Deductive Reason- 
 ing. — The force of gravity decreases as the squares of the dis- 
 tances : then a body will be lighter at the top of a mountain 
 than it is at the sea-shore : then a pendulum will vibrate slower 
 at the top of a mountain than it will do at the sea-shore. The 
 atmosphere is an elastic fluid : then the air at the top of a 
 mountain is not so dense as it is on the plain. The temperature 
 at which water boils increases with the pressure upon it : then 
 water will boil at the top of a mountain at a less degree of heat 
 than it would do at the sea-shore. Rough bodies radiate or 
 throw out heat more rapidly than smooth polished bodies: 
 then, other things being the same, hot water in the kettle will 
 become sooner cold than if it were in a polished metal teapot. 
 The force of the wind makes a kite fly : then a kite must fly 
 best in windy weather. When a flame is applied to a mixture 
 of street gas and atmospheric air it explodes : a lighted candle 
 should never be taken into a room where there is an escape of 
 gas. The pressure of water is in pro])ortion to its depth : then 
 the strength of embankments should be in proportion to the 
 depth of the fluid which they have to sustain : then the strength 
 of beer barrels should be in proportion to their depth. The 
 intensity of light decreases as the squares of the distances in- 
 
330 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 crease ; then the light of a candle at twenty feet distance will 
 be one fourth of what it is at ten feet. 
 
 The height to which water may be raised by the common 
 pump is in proportion to the pressure of the surroimding air : 
 then the common pump will raise water to a greater height on 
 the plain than it will do on the top of a mountain. The resist- 
 ance of fluids to a moving body is in proportion to the squares 
 of their velocities : then there must be a considerable loss of 
 power when railway-carriages move with great velocities. The 
 resistance which friction presents to a moving body is the same 
 for all velocities : then so far as friction is concerned there is no 
 loss of power in moving railway carriages at a high speed. 
 
 II. After the reasoning powers have teen exercised ir^ the man- 
 ner just described, the process of reasoning should he analyzed ; 
 and this slwuld he done in connection with simple examples. 
 
 It should be shown that every process of reasoning consists of 
 two parts, — the premises and the conclusion, — the thing or things 
 which we take for granted or assume to be true, and the pro- 
 position which we have to establish. 
 
 The premises consist of — (1) First or intuitive truths ; (2) Pro- 
 positions and principles, either taken for granted or which have 
 already been proved ; (3) Certain facts, or relation of facts, 
 which we believe to be authentic, and to which our assumed 
 principles are to be in some manner applied. 
 
 The conclusion is deduced from the application of the assumed 
 principles to the facts. Here we have not only to assure our- 
 selves of the correctness of the principles assumed, and of the 
 authenticity of the facts, but also to determine whether the 
 principles are legitimately applicable to the facts ; for the 
 principles may be correct and the facts may be authentic, and 
 yet the reasoning may be false from the want of a true connec- 
 tion between the principles and the facts. 
 
 We examine the truth or falsehood of a process of reasoning 
 or argument by the method of the ancient syllogism. Formal 
 logic is of very little use in the discovery of truth, or even in 
 
SYLLOGISTIC REASONING. 231 
 
 the first stages of school instruction ; yet a knowledge of the 
 syllogism will frequently enable a young man to detect the 
 sophistry of an argument which might otherwise confound his 
 judgment. An intelligent boy of thirteen or fourteen years of 
 age may readily understand the nature of a syllogism. 
 
 If I simply say that ' ' the greatest philosophers are mortal , 
 for they are but men," I reason — I employ the elements of a 
 syllogism. Thus w^e have — 
 
 First. I employ the general fact that all men are mortal. 
 
 Second. The special fact, coming under the general class of 
 facts referred to this proposition, that philosophers are men. 
 
 Third. The inference or deduction from this connection, 
 that philosophers are mortal. 
 
 The first is called the major proposition, the second the miiior 
 proposition, and the third the conclusion or new proposition. 
 Thus the foregoing reasoning may be put in the form of a 
 syllogism : 
 
 Major Proposition, All men are mortal, 
 Minor Proposition, Philosophers are men, 
 Conclusion, Therefore philosophers are mortal. 
 
 In order that our conclusions may be valid it is necessary that 
 the major and minor propositions should not only be separately 
 true, but the minor proposition must belong to the class of facts 
 included in the major proposition. 
 
 Exercise your pupils in putting simple processes of reasoning 
 (such as those given under the head of relations in the foregoing 
 article) into the form of a syllogism. Require them to name 
 the propositions or principles taken for gi*anted (are thej^ in- 
 tuitive, or have they been proved?), the facts alleged to be true 
 (upon what evidence do they rest?), the major and minor pro- 
 positions (is the former true without exception? does the latter 
 come under the former?), and so on. 
 
 Give instances of false reasoning, and call upon your pupils 
 to detect them. Let us give a few examples. 
 
23^ PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. ■ 
 
 Example 1. Point out the error in the following process of 
 reasoning : 
 
 The diagonals of all parallelograms bisect each other, 
 
 Trapezoids are parallelograms; 
 
 Therefore the diagonals of trapezoids bisect each other. 
 
 Ansicer. Here the major proposition is true, but the minor 
 proposition is not true ; that is to say, it is not one of the class 
 of facts comprehended by the major : therefore the conclusion 
 is false. 
 
 Example 2. Point out the error in the following process of 
 reasoning : 
 
 AH created beings are mortal, 
 Angels are created beings; 
 ' Therefore angels are mortal. 
 
 Answer. Here the minor proposition is tnie, but the major is 
 not true, for we have no ground for such a belief. 
 Example 3. Where is the error in the following reasoning? — 
 
 All human beings are mortal. 
 Angels are not human beings; 
 Therefore angels are immortal. 
 
 Answer. Here, although the conclusion is true, the reasoning 
 is false ; for since the converse of a proposition is not always 
 true, we are not entitled to infer that because human beings 
 are mortal, therefore angels, which are not human beings, are 
 not mortal. 
 
 III. Some of the 7nost common sources of false reasoning should 
 be pointed out. 
 
 1. The admission of alleged facts without a due examina- 
 tion. 
 
 "James," we may suppose a master to say to his pupil, 
 " how do you explain the fact that a steel needle will float upon 
 water?" 
 
 " I don't know, sir ; for steel being heavier than water, I 
 should have thought that the needle would sink in water. In 
 short, sir, I question the truth of the alleged experiment." 
 
SOURCES OF FALSE REASONING. 233 
 
 "That is just what I should have expected from you," re- 
 plies the master. " You were quite right to examine the truth 
 of an alleged fact, especially when it appears to interfere with 
 your previous experience, or at variance with certain general 
 principles which you know to be true. At the same time I 
 shall make the experiment, which establishes the fact, and you 
 will then see, upon further reflection, that the phenomenon is 
 due to the operation of a certain principle which counteracts 
 the tendency which the needle has to sink in the fluid." Illus- 
 trations of this kind may be readily extended by the teacher. 
 
 2. Mistaking incidental connections for those that are uni- 
 form and constant, or confounding accidental coincidence with 
 causation. 
 
 a. Black ribbon being rubbed with the hand becomes elec- 
 trified. A child, upon observing the experiment, may natu- 
 rally enough conclude that the color of the ribbon is essential to 
 the result, unless he is shown by further experiments that the 
 effect is independent of the color, and that the essential or per- 
 manent conditions are, that the substance should be silk, and 
 that it should be perfectly dry. 
 
 b. This spring, little James was looking at a man who was 
 mowing the grass before the door. It had been raining, and 
 when the sun shone the vapor began to rise from the grass. 
 'Does the man mowing make the smoke rise from the grass?' 
 said the little boy. He was not laughed at for this simple ques- 
 tion. The man's mowing immediately preceded the rising of 
 the vapor ; the child had never observed a man mowing before, 
 and it was absolutely impossible that he could tell what effects 
 might be produced by it ; he very naturally imagined that the 
 event which immediatelj^ preceded the rising of the vapor was 
 the cause of its rise ; the sun was at a distance ; the scythe was 
 near the grass. The little boy showed by the tone of his in- 
 quiry that he was in a philosophic state of doubt ; had he been 
 ridiculed for his questions, had he been told that he talked non- 
 sense, he would not upon another occasion have told his 
 thoughts, and he certainly could not have improved in rea- 
 soning." 
 
 The best way to improve the judgment of children with re- 
 spect to the interpretation of natural phenomena is to extend 
 their knowledge and to lead them to make experiments, so that 
 by the repetition of such experiments they may discover what 
 
234 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 circumstances are essential to the production of any given ef- 
 fects, and what are merely accidental or accessory. 
 
 3. Assuming the converse of a proposition to be true. 
 
 In mathematics nearly all the converse of propositions are 
 true ; but in general physics and the business of life this is far 
 from being the case. Thus, while all gaseous bodies are elas- 
 tic, all elastic bodies are not gaseous. All horses are quadru- 
 peds, but all quadrupeds are not horses. Angels are immor- 
 tal, but all immortal beings are not angels. Magnets attract 
 iron-filings, but all bodies which attract iron-filings are not 
 magnets, for any electrified body will attract iron-filings ; and 
 so on to numberless instances. 
 
 4. Confounding a mere illustration, or an analogy, with a 
 demonstration. 
 
 The relation of the times and spaces of a falling body is com- 
 monly illustrated by the division of a triangle into a series of 
 little triangles, etc. ; but something more is required to raise the 
 character of this illustration to the dignity of a demonstration. 
 
 The whirling of a stone is often used to illustrate the law of 
 centrifugal and centripetal forces ; but this scarcely advances 
 us a single step in the demonstration of the great law, which 
 reg-ulates the planetary motions. Illustrations are exceedingly 
 valuable in their place, but the pupil should never be allowed 
 to regard an illustration or analogy as a ground for dispensing 
 with a full demonstration. He should be led to regard illus- 
 trations and analogies as preliminary steps to demonstration. 
 
 5. In attaching erroneous or ambiguous meanings to terms , 
 or in using terms in different senses in the course of an argu- 
 ment. 
 
 Much false philosophy is based upon the ambiguities of 
 language. 
 
 Teachers should carefully rectify the verbal errors of 
 children. 
 
 " Turkey is an unhealthy country," said a teacher one day to 
 his pupils, "but this is owing more to the want of precaution on 
 the part of the people, than to the badness of the climate." The 
 boys did not appear fully to understand what was said to them. 
 "Precaution," said my friend, "that is a hard word for you 
 to comprehend. What boy will tell me the meaning of this 
 word?' The boys hesitated : they first stared at their master, 
 
RULES FOR THE PURSUIT OF TRUTH. 235 
 
 and then at each other, but gave no further sign of intelligence; 
 the case was desperate— they had got a tickler. The teacher 
 then, with the view of ascertaining the full amount of their 
 ignorance, said : " Now tell me whether precaution is exported 
 or imported." The bait took, for the head boy of the class at 
 once shouted out, "Exported, sir," — and, as a matter of course, 
 the answer went the round of the class. 
 
 6. When we assume, in a disguised form, the principle 
 which is to be proved. 
 
 This is commonly called begging the question. 
 
 Or when we take for granted any principle which requires 
 proof. 
 
 In proving, for example, that the angles at the base of an 
 isosceles triangle are equal to each other, if we assume that the 
 angles on the other side of the base are equal to each other, we 
 should take for granted a proposition, which is almost equiva- 
 lent to the one which is required to be proved. 
 
 IV. Some general rules should be occasionally given to children 
 for the conduct of tlieir understanding in the pursuit of truth. 
 
 The following are a few examples of this kind : 
 Before commencing any inquiry, strip your mind of all prepos- 
 sessions, prejudices, or hastily formed opinions, and yield your- 
 self freely and dispassionately to the force of truth. Earnestly 
 seek the truth. Never argue in support of opinions which you 
 do not believe ; for the habit of false reasoning distorts and 
 warps the soul, and tends to confound all distinction of right 
 and wrong : let the love of truth be your ruling principle. Re- 
 member that you are responsible as well for your opinions 
 and judgments as for your actions and conduct. 
 
 " Majestic truth; and where Truth deigns to come, 
 Her sister Liberty will not be far." 
 
 W^eigh well the validity of your arguments, or, it may be, 
 the accuracy of your processes of investigation. Never form 
 hasty conclusions ; always ask yourself, before you have come 
 to a final decision. Is there no other view of the case which is 
 as feasible as the one which I have taken? 
 
236 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATlOK 
 
 See that your axioms, or first traths, may be fairly ranked as 
 such. You may explain first truths, but you cannot prove 
 them. 
 
 Be watchful relative to the authenticity of facts. In the 
 formation of your opinions and in the regulation of your con- 
 duct give a due weight to all the facts which ought to influence 
 your decision. 
 
 Take care that your assumption, or it may be your definition, 
 does not include the truth of the proposition which is to be 
 proved. Remember, that the converse of an established pro- 
 position may not be true. 
 
 Clearly distinguish between an illustration of a truth and a 
 demonstration of it. Bear in mind that facts may either il- 
 lustrate the truth of a principle or they may prove the truth 
 of it. In reasoning from analogy, inquire whether there exist 
 any points of difference between the analogous cases which 
 may make the principle of reasoning inapplicable. 
 
 ON THE CULTIVATION OF WIT AND INVENTION. 
 
 Wit is only a peculiar form of reason: wit is reason exercised 
 in search of grotesque resemblances between things apparently 
 dissimilar. The decisions of judgment, which is another form 
 of reason, are slow — those of wit are rapid ; but the heavy thunder- 
 clouds of judgment not unfrequently burst forth iu the light- 
 ning flashes of wit. The passage from the settled gravity of 
 philosophy to the electric gayety of wit is easy and not unnatu- 
 ral. Great philosophers have generally been remarkable for 
 their wit. The earliest shoots of intellectual growth are witty. 
 It would be well if the teacher would try to enliven the dull 
 routine of school duties by occasional sallies of wit and humor. 
 His example would soon be followed by his pupils, for nothing 
 glances from mind to mind more rapidly than the flashes of 
 wit : such intellectual efforts are singularly procreative — one 
 witty idea soon doubles and triples itself. Wit and humor, 
 like gleams of sunshine, shed gladness and joy over a class of 
 
CULTIVATION OF WIT AND INVENTION. 237 
 
 children. The great object of Divine benevolence, says the 
 venerable Dwight, is the happiness of His creatures, and he 
 who promotes the happiness of a little child for half an hour 
 is a fellow-worker with God. 
 
 Invention, considered with respect to reason, consists in find- 
 ing out new relations, or in discovering new truths from these 
 new relations, and in putting these relations in such an order 
 or form as to show how new truths arise out of them. 
 
 If schoolmasters would endeavor to foster the development 
 of the inventive powers of their pupils, we might have fewer 
 learned unproductive drones, but most certainly we should have 
 more inventors;* We have known boys to make pulleys and 
 other kinds of wheel machines, electrical machines, and other 
 sorts of experimental apparatus. Boys soon acquire such a 
 passion for construction and invention, that they would rather 
 spend their market half -pence in the purchase of the materials 
 for construction than in sweetmeats. 
 
 In order to cultivate the inventive powers of children, the 
 teacher, after having supplied them with facts, might occasion- 
 ally throw out suggestions like the following : Could you make 
 anything of paper to illustrate the construction of the smoke- 
 jack, or the wind-mill, etc.? Can you make a cone, etc., out 
 of card-paper ? In how many different ways could you divide 
 the ground floor of a house into three equal apartments ? How 
 would you join three pieces of wood together so as to make a 
 model of the principal rafters of the roof of a house ? What 
 would be an improvement to the common snuffers, etc., etc.? 
 How would you join, without glue, in the simplest manner, two 
 pieces of wood, so as to form a T square? And so on. 
 
 * "The intellectual action and exercise in which the learner's edu- 
 cation essentially consists are performed by himself alone. It is what he 
 does himself, not what is done for him, that educates him."— Joseph 
 Payne. 
 
238 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 CUIiTIVATION OF THE MORAL, FACULTIES. 
 
 Man was originally created after the image of his Creator, in 
 knowledge and holiness : this was absolutely necessary in order 
 that the creature should become the worshipper of the Creator ; 
 for we can only have a knowledge of God by the contemplation 
 of His own image as it is reflected from our souls. The fall of 
 man has neither eradicated any principle from his soul, nor im- 
 planted any new one. This disastrous moral catastrophe has 
 destroyed the balance of the various moral and intellectual facul- 
 ties, by giving a preponderance to what we call the malevolent 
 and animal propensities over the intellectual and moral ones. 
 One great object of teaching should be to restore, under the 
 blessing of God, the various faculties of our nature to their first 
 condition of purity and harmonious action, by stimulating the 
 intellectual and benevolent affections, by curbing the undue 
 activity of the selfish and animal propensities, and by directing 
 them to their original ends and objects. There is no principle 
 in our nature which, under the blessing of God, may not be 
 directed to what is good. In like manner the fall of man has 
 neither eradicated any law or principle in physical nature, nor 
 given birth to any new or supplemental principle : it merely 
 destroyed the balance of the various laws operating in nature, 
 by giving an undue preponderance to the operation of certain 
 destructive or rather corrective agencies. The storm and the 
 whirlwind, which at present frequently spread havoc and deso- 
 lation over the earth, and the noisome weeds, which frequently 
 infest the soil, become evils only from their undue preponder- 
 ance. But the providence of God, co-operating with the labor 
 of man, which can make the wilderness to blossom as the rose, 
 which can make the dark and howling regions of the earth be- 
 come radiant with joy and gladness, can also illuminate and 
 
CULTIVATION OF THE MORAL FACULTIES. 239 
 
 purge those dark and foul recesses in the human soul which 
 have become the seat of gloomy and demoniacal passions. The 
 same beneficial influence, co-operating with the better nature of 
 humanity, which can convert whatever is apparently evil in the 
 external world into its original usefulness, can also divert the 
 current of our evil tendencies into a right channel. The pas- 
 sions of suspicion, anger, hatred, and revenge, which arm the 
 midnight assassin with the dagger or the poison cup, may be 
 legitimately directed to the detection of error, to the denuncia- 
 tion of vice, or to the punishment of crime. "Woe unto you," 
 says He who has no guile, " Scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites ! 
 for ye are like unto whited sepulchres, which indeed appear 
 beautiful outward, but are within full of dead men's bones, and 
 of all uncleanness." The love of self, which, in the form of 
 selfishness, is really the most fruitful source of the moral evils 
 which at present exist in the world, may become the mainspring 
 of religion. " Why will ye die ! O house of Israel." Pride, or 
 the consciousness of power, which often leads us to despise what 
 is humble and to oppress what is weak, may shield us from the 
 meanness of falsehood or raise us above th3 contamination of 
 folly. Rashness and temerity, which often result in misery to 
 ourselves, and in discomfort to our friends, may assume the 
 form of that high-toned moral courage which is one of the most 
 essential elements of true greatness. Ambition, combined with 
 inflexible purpose, which like a giant in its strength tramples 
 upon whatever stands in its path, and ruthlessly sacrifices all 
 that is great or holy at its shrine, may lead us to glory in what 
 is good, and to esteem it a greater honor to be a door-keeper in 
 the house of God than to be a dweller in the tents of sin. The 
 love of approbation, which in its vitiated form manifests itself 
 in a vain and heartless display of our own powers, may under 
 proper guidance stimulate us to merit the approbation of the 
 good and great, and above all to seek the approbation of God 
 and our own conscience. The man whose soul has been ex- 
 panded by philosophy, and sublimated by virtue and religion, 
 possesses the same faculties as the being whose soul has been 
 
240 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 cramped and enervated by ignorance, and corrupted and de- 
 based by crime. What a contrast between two things possess- 
 ing the same elements ! The one is like the sparkling and inde- 
 structible diamond, radiant with all the hues of heaven's own 
 light ; the other is like the charcoal — black, crumbling, shape- 
 less, and worthless. The great business of education, there- 
 fore, is not to eradicate any principle of our nature, but to direct 
 all our faculties towards their proper objects, — to foster what 
 is good and to check the development of what may tend to evil. 
 All the moral faculties, without exception, should be trained 
 from the earliest infancy ; for they manifest themselves at a 
 much earlier period than the higher faculties of intellect. " Train 
 a child," says the inspired writer, "in the way in which he 
 should go, and when he is old he will not depart from it." The 
 moral training of a child is, of course, 'best conducted by his 
 parents, and especially by his mother. Home is the proper 
 sphere of moral training ; the earthly parent possesses, in this 
 respect, the delegated authority of the heavenly Parent ; and 
 any system of school education which seeks to ignore this 
 heaven-stamped authority must be bad, not only in its princi- 
 ple, but also inexpedient and erroneous in its practice. But do 
 parents undertake this sacred duty ? or are they always willing 
 to perforai it in an efficient manner ? If parents do not (and we 
 fear that many of them in the present state of society fall far 
 short in this respect), is the teacher qualified, or is he authorized, 
 to undertake the sacred function ? The question is difficult to 
 answer when put in this comprehensive form. At least, how- 
 ever, we may safely say that he may fairly endeavor, to the best of 
 his abilities and opportunities, to educate the child placed under 
 his care in those grand and essential truths of morality and re- 
 ligion which are recognized by the great body of the people 
 in this country.* But the teacher should always endeavor to eu- 
 
 * To live in conformity with social laws, and even moral principles, 
 does not prove morality of the individual. The great object of educa- 
 tion is to develop character— that is, the habit of making our actions con- 
 form with what reason persuades us to be true and natural.— E. S. 
 
MORAL TRAINING. 241 
 
 list the co-operation of the parents in training the moral facul- 
 ties of their children. There are few parents so far sunk in 
 Ignorance and crime as to remain callously indifferent to the 
 remonstrances of a teacher relative to the future well-being of 
 their own children. What parents would desire that their own 
 moral degradation should be perpetuated in their children ? 
 The instinctive and disinterested love of the parent consecrates 
 every moral lesson which he may give to his offspring. No 
 school-teacher can possibly place himself in the same attitude in 
 relation to his pupil.* 
 
 The moral and religious training of children would be 
 greatly advanced if our clergy would frequently address pa- 
 rents from the pulpit on the best methods of conducting home 
 education ; and also if the teacher, along with the clergyman, 
 would frequently visit the parents of his pupils, with the view 
 of showing them how to proceed with the training of their 
 children at home. 
 
 /. All moral training should he based upon religion. 
 Avaunt that heartless secular system of training which would 
 inculcate moral precepts apart from the sublime and soul-in- 
 
 * " There is a love of offspring that knows no restrictive reasons; that 
 extends to any length of personal suffering or toil; a feeling of absolute 
 self-renimciation, whenever the interests of children involve a compro- 
 mise of the comfort or tastes of the parent. There is a love of children in 
 which self-love is drowned; a love which, when combined with intelli- 
 gence and firmness, sees through and casts aside every pretext of per- 
 sonal gratification, and which steadily pursues the highest and most re- 
 mote welfare of its object, with the determination at once of an animal 
 instinct, and of a well-considered, rational pm-pose. There is a species 
 of love not liable to be worn by time, or sfackened, as, from year to year, 
 children become less and less dependent upon parental care: it is a feel- 
 ing which possesses the energy of the most vehement passions, along 
 with the calmness and appUancy of the gentlest affections a feeling 
 purged, as completely as any human sentiment can be, of the grossness 
 of earth; and which seems to have been conferred upon human nature 
 as a sample of emotions proper to a higher sphere."—" Natural History 
 of Enthusiasm." 
 16 
 
243 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 spiring doctrines of revelation ! Begone with your tape-lines 
 and scissors — we do not want morality doled out to us by the 
 measure ! Begone, thou sneering spirit of scepticism, with all 
 your fine-spun moral theories of expediency, brought forward 
 to supplant the sublime doctrine of salvation by faith ; you 
 cannot disguise your cloven foot ! Begone from the land of 
 honest old England — Christian England ; destroy not the 
 quiet happiness which reigns in her hearths and homes ! Back 
 to sceptical France, if you please ; if not there, then back to 
 your native hell , and leave God-fearing teachers to do God's 
 work ! 
 
 Away with those false metaphysics which would persuade 
 us that the idea of God is too subtle for the mind of a child. 
 Its heartless propounders, no doubt, gauge the capabilities of 
 the virgin soul of the child by their own narrow, sin-scorched 
 natures. A more expansive and practical philosophy tells us 
 that there is no conception which more easily assimilates itself 
 to the infant soul than the idea of the Creator. The idea of 
 God is directly manifested to us through His Spirit, The 
 Spirit of God, where is it ? where is it not ? It pervades all 
 matter and all space ; but it specially manifests itself in the 
 sanctified human soul, in the form of the third person of the 
 glorious Trinity ; and we are told by Christ that the kingdom 
 of heaven will be especially composed of little children. 
 
 //. The teacher should, ahom all things, cultivate the sentimenta 
 of veneration and faith. 
 
 Children instinctively venerate what is great and holy ; and 
 that teacher is guilty of the grossest impiety who does not foster 
 and develop, on all fitting occasions, the devotional affections 
 of his pupils. There is scarcely any subject of instruction 
 without having its religious bearing. Besides the direct and 
 positive religious instruction usually given in our schools, the 
 good teacher will avail himself of every incidental opportunity 
 for inculcating moral and religious duties. The wisdom and 
 goodness of God, as manifested in the works of His hands, 
 
VENERATION AND FAITH. 243 
 
 afford one of the best means for cultivating the devotional sen- 
 timents of children ; the adaptation of the structure of animals 
 to their instinct and to their habits of life ; the relations of the 
 great physical laws to each other and to the essential purposes 
 of vegetable and animal life ; the intimate connection between 
 the laws of the physical and moral world— all these and many 
 other evidences of divine wisdom and goodness are highly cal- 
 culated to foster and develop the devotional sentiments of 
 children. 
 
 The love and fear of God should be made the mainspring of 
 all their actions. Children should be taught to do good be- 
 cause it pleases their Father which is in heaven, and to avoid 
 what is evil because it offends Him. There is no sure anchor 
 for the human soul but that infantine faith in the love and 
 goodness of God, which exhibits itself in the following forms : 
 faith in God's providence ; faith in His promises, as revealed in 
 His holy word ; faith in His Son Jesus Christ for salvation ; faith 
 in the moral government of God, and that under this govern- 
 ment society is advancing towards the millennium period when 
 humanity will have achieved for itself that intellectual and 
 moral emancipation from the thraldom of ignorance and from 
 the slavery of sin which prophets have foretold and of which 
 inspired poets have sung. 
 
 Teachers, instruct your children how to pray. "Wonderful 
 arrangements of divine mercy ! the tones of that feeble child's 
 voice ascend from earth to heaven, and, rising far beyond the 
 visible universe, they reverberate through the mansions of the 
 blessed and reach the ear of Divinity ; and God, well pleased 
 with that little child, deigns to answer the prayer ! — that prayer 
 descends to the lowest depths of hell, and makes the damned to 
 gnash their teeth. Teachers, a poor, guilty child of earth tells 
 you to teach your children to pray ; but the admonition should 
 not come with less force on account of the unworthiness of the 
 being that gives it, inasmuch as you may regard it, should you 
 think proper, as the tribute which an unauthorized layman 
 pays to religion. 
 
244 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 III. Teachers should constantly cultkate the henewlerd affec- 
 tions of children. 
 
 The exercise of the benevolent affections affords us one of the 
 purest and highest sources of pleasure. Children should he 
 shown that it is their interest as well as their duty to love one 
 another ; to be kind, forbearing, and forgiving in their tem- 
 pers ; and to be ever seeking to promote the comfort and hap- 
 piness of their companions in preference to their own gratifica- 
 tion. Tell them that when we pray to God (in our Lord's 
 Prayer) to forgive us our trespasses, that same pra5^er bases the 
 petition on the assumed fact that we forgive them that trespass 
 against us. But goodness of heart should not only proceed 
 from virtuous impulse — it should also be sanctified by proper 
 motives : children should be taught to love one another, be- 
 cause love is the fulfilling of the law — because God is love— 
 because He has manifested His love in their creation, in their 
 preservation, and in their redemption. 
 
 The schoolroom should he a happy place. That school is little 
 better than a pandemonium where the boys are allowed to quar- 
 rel and fight with one another. Malice, cruelty , and all vin- 
 dictiveness of character are a perpetual source of misery to 
 their possessor, as well as to all with whom he comes in con- 
 tact : on the contrary, gentleness, forbearance, and mercy 
 iliffuse joy and gladness throughout the whole school. 
 
 " The quality of mercy is not strained; 
 It droppeth as the gentle rain from heaven 
 Upon the place beneath: it is twice blessed; 
 It blesseth him that gives, and him that takes 1 
 'Tis mightiest in the mightiest; it becomes 
 The throned monarch better than his crown; 
 His sceptre shows the force of temporal power, 
 The attribute to awe and majesty, 
 Wherein doth sit the dread and fear of kings. 
 But mercy is above this sceptred sway, 
 It is enthroned in the hearts of kings, 
 It is an attribute to God Himself; 
 And earthly power doth then show likest God's 
 When mercy seasons justice. Therefore, Jew, 
 
THE BENEVOLENT AFFECTIONS. 245 
 
 Though justice be thy plea, consider this— 
 That in the course of justice none of us 
 Should see salvation ! We do pray for mercy; 
 And that same prayer doth teach us all to render 
 The deeds of mercy." 
 
 Good-natured children are always cheerful and happy, and 
 they become a source of happiness to all their companions ; but 
 ill-natured spiteful children become the plague-spots of a school 
 — they make everybody about them miserable. A happy, cheer- 
 ful disposition is not only salutary as regards its moral influ- 
 ence, but it is also one of the most indispensable conditions of 
 intellectual progress. 
 
 IV. Tlie benevolent affections, as well as all the other moral 
 faculties, should he cultivated so as to become habits of action. 
 
 We have already explained the importance of establishing 
 right habits of thought as well as virtuous habits of action ; we 
 have here only further to reiterate, that in order to establish 
 habits of virtue and religion the teacher should constantly en- 
 force the performance of all important duties at their proper 
 time and in their fitting place ; for it should always be borne 
 in mind that the neglecting to perform any duty at the time 
 assigned for it tends to weaken the habit which we wish to es- 
 tablish. 
 
 V. The teacher must educate the moral faculties of his pupils 
 by his example as well as by his precepts. 
 
 Example bears the same relation to moral science that experi- 
 ment does to physical science : you cannot thoroughly teach 
 abstract principles without giving them a tangible form — "a 
 local habitation and a name." A teacher's life and conversa- 
 tion should, in all respects, become the living form and em- 
 bodiment of his precepts. 
 
 But the discrepancy between our precepts and practice has 
 assumed the form of a common adage, " Do as I say, and not 
 as I do." The teacher, of all men in society, should be the 
 
246 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 most watchful. He necessarily impresses the leading features 
 of his own moral character upon his pupils. What an awful 
 responsibility this involves ! What a moral power he wields 
 . for good or for evil ! Each grain of truth or falsehood which 
 he sows in the field of his labor will multiply itself indefinitely 
 throughout eternity. 
 
 No motion or dynamical action can be lost in the physical 
 world ; so in like manner in moral dynamics the results of our 
 actions will flow on through indefinite ages. What finite mind 
 can investigate that moral formula which shall express the re- 
 mote bearings of a single example of vicious conduct ! Every 
 moral precept given by a teacher to his class, and every act 
 performed by him before his class, will live long after he is 
 dead, and will perpetuate itself a thousand-fold in distant ages. 
 
 How awful is the responsibility of the teacher ! Every wrong 
 word uttered by him and every improper act done by him will, 
 as regards its remote consequences, be recorded again and 
 again in the doom-book of God, there to stand as damning 
 blots against him till the great day of reckoning ! 
 
 The thistledown from a single thistle, if left uncnecked, will 
 soon spread the weed over a whole district. A single plague- 
 spot is sufficient to give rise to the contagion which may de- 
 populate a city. In like manner one symptom of moral corrup- 
 tion in the personal character of a teacher may be the cause of 
 a moral contagion which may spread far and wide, and influ- 
 ence the destinies of future ages. 
 
 The teacher should beware of acquiring any habits calculated 
 to provoke censorious remarks. Children are keenly alive to 
 any defects or imperfections in their teacher. It is almost im- 
 possible for any teacher to appear what he really is not before 
 his pupils : his weaknesses are sure to become a matter of ridi- 
 cule, and his faults a subject of censure. And it would be well 
 if the evil stopped here ; but it does not, for children insensibly, 
 and even in spite of their better feelings, imitate the manners 
 and conduct of their superiors in knowledge and station. To 
 laugh at folly does not shield us from its attack, and to animad- 
 
INFLUENCE OF EXAMPLE. 247 
 
 vert upon what is vicious is no guarantee that we are raised 
 above its contamination.* 
 
 Our moral duties may be classed under three heads, viz. : (1) 
 our duty to ourselves ; (3) our duty to our neighbor ; and (3) 
 our duty to our God. To treat this subject adequately, or to 
 give all the rules and maxims by which our moral faculties may 
 be cultivated in relation to these duties, would more properly 
 belong to a treatise on ethics, rather than to a work on school 
 education. There are, however, three cardinal school virtues 
 
 * We have sometimes heard conversations like the following going on 
 amongst schoolboys: 
 
 '• I say, Tom, what a fine white choker teacher has got!" 
 
 " Do you think that he washed his face this morning?" 
 
 " To be sure he did, but he has stuffed his nose into his snuflf-box." 
 
 "Don't you think, Jim, that you coidd give the lesson as well as mas- 
 ter if you had that book of his?" 
 
 "How slow master speaks!" 
 
 " Hold your tongue, man; don't you see that he is thinking what he 
 say next?" 
 
 " I do believe that master was a-drinking last night, for he's half asleep 
 while he's a-talMng," 
 
 " How very polite 1 Why don't you return the nod of a gentleman?" 
 
 " Do you think he could do that sum without the key, which he always 
 peeps into when he is puzzled?" 
 
 " Don't you think that master wovild give a better lesson without that 
 bit of paper which he's always a-looking at?" 
 
 " I wonder where he copied his notes from." 
 
 " Do you see that there little book that is lying on his desk? Well, he 
 took them from that, for I saw him while we were saying our tables." 
 
 " I don't care about being late for school— teacher is often late him- 
 self." 
 
 " What a raging passion master sometimes puts himself in 1 I wonder 
 if he would like to be struck with a stick as he sometimes strikes me." 
 
 " How awfuUy long teacher makes the prayers! Do you think that he 
 could pray without the book?" 
 
 " I don't understand the prayers; they seem to be written for men and 
 women, and not for Httle boys like us." 
 
 " Teacher never called once upon me for all the time I was ill." 
 
 " Do you know where teacher goes to of a night? He goes to the crick- 
 eters' suppers; I saw him once myself coming out of the 'White Hart' 
 late of a night," 
 
348 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 which demand the special attention of every schoolmaster. 
 These cardinal school virtues are (1) Truthfulness ; (2) Hon- 
 esty ; arid (3) Humility. 
 
 ON THE CULTIVATION OF TRUTHFULNESS. 
 
 Truthfulness is said by Professor Moseley to be the great 
 central pillar of the schoolroom. All cases of falsehood and 
 deceit should be promptly denounced, and even the slightest 
 evidence of prevarication, cunning, or hypocrisy should be un- 
 masked and exposed to reprobation. The concealment of truth 
 is in many cases as great a crime as a direct falsehood. Boys 
 too readily fall into a habit of adhering to the truth as regards 
 the letter, but violate it as regards the spirit and intention. In 
 such cases the teacher should carefully explain to his pupils the 
 true character of a lie : that they tell a lie w^henever they say 
 anything or do anything with the intention of deceiving others.* 
 
 * Mr. A. entered his school one day and found what appeared to him to 
 be a piece of cotton rag pinned to the coat-tail of one of the boys, but 
 which was in reality a piece of flannel. " Who pinned that bit of rag to 
 this boy's coat-tail?" said he to his class. But no boy had moral courage 
 enough to answer him. He looked round his class, and observed the evi- 
 dences of guilt in the countenance of little Tommy Teaser, who was al- 
 ways the ringleader in all sorts of spiteful pranks. " Now, Tommy," said 
 Mr. A., " tell me the truth: did you pin that cotton rag to this boy's coat- 
 tail?" " Please, sir," answered Tommy, " I did not pin any cotton rag to 
 his coat tail." Mr. A. was not satisfied— he felt confident that the boy 
 had told a falsehood; but being always very careful in making any direct 
 charge of falsehood without a full evidence of the fact, he patiently and 
 cautiously made further inquiries. "Please, sir," at length said a little 
 boy, "it is a bit of flannel; not a bit of cotton rag." " Oh, that is it," 
 said Mr. A. ; "and Tommy Teaser tried to deceive me by apparently ad- 
 hering to the letter of the fact, while he lied in spirit and intention. Now, 
 my boys, he has not only practised a piece of deception upon me, but he has 
 also lied to himself by attempting to silence his own conscience. Do al- 
 ways remember, my children, that you tell a lie when you say or do any- 
 thing with the intention to deceive others. I propose, as a punishment 
 for this great crime, that Tommy Teaser shall not be allowed to enter the 
 play-ground for the next two days. Do you not consider that this pun- 
 ishment is only fit and proper ?" "Yes, sir," was the response of the 
 
The cultivation of truthfulness. 249 
 
 We should endeavor to keep, as far as possible, all tempta- 
 tions to lying and deceit out of a child's way. The fear of 
 punishment, the love of gain, and the love of approbation, are 
 the great causes of lying in the schoolroom. Whenever tempta- 
 tions to lying are unavoidably incurred, the teacher should be 
 more than usually careful and watchful. When a boy, for ex- 
 ample, is suspected of having committed a fault, it may not be 
 wise to ask him the direct question, " Did you do this?" for 
 in such case a great majority of timid boys would most certainly 
 tell a falsehood in order to shield themselves from punishment: 
 lying is most frequently a cowardly act. Again, in the con- 
 ducting of school-examinations great care and delicacy should 
 be observed to prevent the boys from practising any deceit : 
 here the love of approbation is the chief temptation to the prac- 
 tice of falsehood or deceit, as the case may be. The teacher 
 should frequently illustrate the evil consequences of lying by 
 stories and anecdotes : the fable of the '' Shepherd Boy and the 
 Wolf " is an excellent example. 
 
 The teacher should in all things be an example to his pupils 
 in honesty and truthfulness. He should especially guard against 
 disingenuous concealment of his own ignorance, or that ridicu- 
 lous pretension to universal knowledge which too often leads 
 him to mystify what he cannot explain. The best apology for 
 ignorance is the acknowledgment of it, and the highest practi- 
 cal lesson «f truthfulness is the candid confession of error. 
 Nothing can be more beautiful than that reciprocal confidence 
 and trust which subsist between the honest teacher and his 
 truth-loving pupils. But if one link in the chain of confidence 
 be broken, the whole is destroyed. "When once a child de- 
 tects you in equivocation," observes Miss Edge worth, " you lose 
 his confidence ; his incredulity will then be as extravagant as 
 his former belief was gratuitous. It is in vain to expect, by 
 the most eloquent manifestoes, or by the most secret leagues 
 ofiiensive and defensive, to conceal your real views, sentiments, 
 and actions from children. Their interest keeps their attention 
 continually awake ; not a word, not a look, in which they are 
 
250 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 concerned, escapes them ; they see, hear, and combine, with 
 sagacious rapidity : if falsehood be in the wind, detection hunts 
 her to discovery. Honesty is the best policy, must be the 
 maxim in education as well as in all the other affairs of life." 
 
 It is almost impossible to conquer the hateful habit of lying 
 and prevarication, after they have been confirmed by long 
 practice. So remarkable is the habit amongst a large body ol 
 the laboring population in this country, that they really feel a 
 pleasure in deceiving people, and regard a well-told falsehood 
 as the very highest evidence of superior intellect.* 
 
 Oppression and terror necessarily produce meanness and de- 
 ceit in all climates and in all ages ; and wherever fear is the 
 governing motive in education we must expect to find in chil- 
 dren a propensity to dissimulation, if not confirmed habits of 
 falsehood. Look at the true-born Briton under the government 
 
 * The following graphic description of the character of the Irish 
 laborer may be regarded as the type of cunning and deceit which exists 
 amongst the uneducated classes of all countries: 
 
 " All who are governed by any species of fear are disposed to equivo- 
 cation. Amongst the lower class of Irish laborers, and under-tenants, a 
 class of people who are much oppressed, you can scarcely meet with 
 any man who will give you a direct answer to the most indifferent ques- 
 tion; their whole ingenuity— and they have a great deal of ingenuity— is 
 upon the qui vive with you the instant you begin to speak: they either 
 pretend not to hear, that they may gain time to think whilst you repeat 
 your question, or they reply to you with a fresh question to draw out 
 your remote meaning; for they, judging by their own habits, always 
 think you have a remote meaning, and they never can believe that your 
 words have no intention to ensnare; simplicity puzzles them much more 
 than wit. For instance, if you were to ask the most direct and harmless 
 question, as, " Did it rain yesterday?" the first answer would probably 
 be, " Is it yesterday you mean?" " Yes, yesterday." " No, please your 
 honor, I was not at the bog at all yesterday— wasn't I after setting 
 my potatoes?" "My good friend, I don't know what you mean 
 about the bog: I only asked you whether it rained yesterday." "Please 
 your honor, I couldn't get a car and horse anyway, to draw home 
 my little straw, or I'd have the house thatched long ago." " Cannot you 
 give me a plain answer to this plain question— Did it rain yesterday?" 
 "Oh sure, I wouldn't go tell your honor a lie about the matter. Sorrah 
 much it rained yesterday after twelve o'clock, barring a few showers." 
 
ON THE CULTIVATION OF HONESTY. 251 
 
 of a tyrannical pedagogue, and listen to the language of ii}born 
 truth ; in the ^vhining tone, in the pitiful evasions, in the stub- 
 born falsehoods ^which you hear from the schoolboy, can you 
 discover any of that innate dignity of soul which is the boasted 
 national characteristic? Look again — look at the same boy, in 
 the company of those who inspire no terror ; in the company 
 of his school-fellows, of his friends, of his parents : would 
 you know him to be the same being ? His countenance is 
 open, his attitude erect, his voice firm, his language free and 
 fluent, his thoughts are upon his lips ; he speaks truth without 
 effort, without fear. Where individuals are oppressed, or 
 where they believe that they are oppressed, they combine 
 against their oppressors, and oppose cunning and falsehood to 
 power and force ; they think themselves released from the com- 
 pact of truth with their masters, and bind themselves in a strict 
 league with each other ; thus schoolboys hold no faith with 
 their schoolmasters, though they would think it shameful to be 
 dishonorable amongst one another." 
 
 ON THE CULTIVATION OF HONESTY. 
 
 Picking and stealing is peculiarly the besetting sin of the 
 children of the poor. When a boy has once acquired this odious 
 habit, it is almost impossible to cure him of it. The slightest 
 evidences of dishonesty should be promptly checked. The 
 teacher should frequently show by examples how petty acts of 
 pilfering lead to the gallows. He should promptly and care- 
 fully check all the incipient forms of dishonesty, such as the 
 improper use of the property of others, the disposition to de- 
 fraud others of their just claim, and so on. While the teacher 
 should never allow his boys to think that he suspects them 
 capable of dishonesty, at the same time he should not throw 
 temptations unnecessarily in their way. The adage, " Suspect 
 a man, and you make him a rogue ; trust him, and you make 
 him honest," should be acted upon with caution. The tempta- 
 tions to dishonesty in the schoolroom chiefly originate in an 
 undue love of property, in the love of luxuries, in the want of 
 
252 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 the necessaries of existence, and in malevolence of disposition. 
 In trying to keep children honest, the teacher should look M^ell 
 to the motives which may he operating to lead them into the 
 commission of crime, and they should he dealt with accordingly. 
 
 HUMILITY AND OBEDIENCE. 
 
 The virtues of humility and docility form the brightest and 
 most lovely ornaments in the infant character. They not only 
 tend to promote the order and discipline of a school, but they 
 at the same time induce that happy condition of mind which is 
 most favorable for the acquisition of knowledge. On the con- 
 trary, superciliousness and conceit are not only the most prolific 
 sources of disorder and disorganization in a school, but they at 
 the same time not unfrequently entail upon their possessors the 
 irremediable doom of stationary ignorance. Conceit is the 
 most enfeebling of all our passions, and little hope can be en- 
 tertained of that boy's future career in life who indulges him- 
 self with the fallacious idea that he has arrived at the ne plus 
 ultra of knowledge. 
 
 I. In order to foster a spirit of Tiumility, the teacher should 
 show his pupils some of the mighty results which men of 
 science have achieved ; he should show what inscrutable mys- 
 teries there are still in nature, which have hitherto baffled the 
 comprehension of the greatest intellects ; he should show them 
 that the greatest philosophers have always been the most re- 
 markable for humility of character — Newton, for example, 
 who compared himself to a little child picking up pebbles up- 
 on the sea-shore ; he should tell them of the humility of Jesus, 
 who left His seat on the throne of the universe to take upon 
 Himself our nature, and closed a life of sorrow by a death of 
 agony, that He might restore a guilty world to the favor of its 
 offended God. 
 
 II. If the Jiahit of obedience he properly cultivated, the child 
 will promptly and cheerfully 'perform all the exercises and diit- 
 charge all duties assigned to him hy his teacher, A due atten- 
 
HUMILITY AND OBEDIENCE. 353 
 
 tiou to home exercises, a punctual attendance at school, and a 
 prompt attention to all the class arrangements should be con- 
 stantly and strictly enforced by the teacher. Children should 
 never be allowed to follow their own wiiims in preference to 
 the commands of their master, nor should they be permitted to 
 depart from the general rules of the school under any specious 
 pretence, without the direct sanction of their master. The 
 spoiled child is always seeking to escape froni control ; and the 
 teacher should be very careful how he allows himself to be 
 swayed by the caprices of the little tyrant. The little world of 
 the schoolroom may be regarded as a type of the great world, 
 where there must be a supreme ruler, and a proper subordina- 
 tion of one authority to another, and where the duty of all is 
 obedience to the claims of the ruler. Taking this aspect of 
 the matter, a properly organized school, therefore, may tend to 
 foster that spirit of obedience and contentment, which is so in 
 timately connected with national peace, order, and prosperity. 
 If children have not been vitiated by bad examples or by im- 
 proper training, they will have an instinctive faith in the judg- 
 ment and good intentions of their teacher ; and, as a necessary 
 consequence, they will eagerly receive his instructions and im- 
 plicitly obey his commands. But if the teacher once deceives 
 them, by practising upon their credulity, or if he once treats 
 them with harshness or injustice, then his power over them is 
 lost forever. Thus the disobedience of children is often the 
 result of the improper management of the teacher. No good 
 teacher will require his pupils to perform any important duty 
 without showing them the reasonableness of that duty ; at the 
 same time it must be observed, that the highest evidence of 
 docility of character is manifested where the pupils promptly 
 and implicitly obey the commands of their master. 
 
354 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF SUBJECTS OF INSTRUCTION IN RELATION 
 TO THE CULTIVATION OP THE INTELLECTUAL AND MORAL 
 FACULTIES. 
 
 Religion constitutes the great fundamental basis upon 
 which all the intellectual and moral faculties should be culti- 
 vated. 
 
 Writing and Drawing cultivate the perceptive and imita- 
 tive faculties ; and if properly taught tend especially to culti- 
 vate the taste and foster a love of the beautiful. 
 
 Mental Arithmetic cultivates the memory and the powers 
 of conception and reasoning. It also especially fosters the 
 habit of promptitude, presence of mind, and mental activity. 
 
 Arithmetic cultivates the reasoning powers, and induces 
 habits of exactness and order. 
 
 Grammar cultivates the faculties of abstraction and reason. 
 
 Geography specially cultivates the memory and the concep- 
 tive faculties. 
 
 Mathematics and Natural Philosophy cultivate the 
 reasoning powers chiefly in relation to the acquisition of nec- 
 essary truths ; they also cultivate habits of abstraction. 
 
 The Physical Sciences exercise the observing and percep- 
 tive faculties, cultivate all the reasoning powers in the highest 
 degree, and lead us to appreciate the force of moral evidence. 
 If properly taught, they also foster the sentiment of devotion. 
 
 Poetry and Works of Fiction specially cultivate the im- 
 agination, the taste, and the moral feelings. 
 
 Biography, History, and Narratives specially awaken 
 the faculty of attention, and cultivate the memory. They 
 also exercise the moral affections, and lead to the formation of 
 habits of reflection and self- inquiry. 
 
 Music cultivates the taste, and refines and elevates the moral 
 feelings. 
 
 Intellectual and Moral Philosophy cultivate all the 
 higher faculties of our nature, and induce habits of abstraction 
 and self-examination. 
 
SYSTEMS OF mSTBlTCTION. 255 
 
 Part III. 
 
 ON THE COMPARATIVE ADVANTAGES OF 
 DIFFERENT METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF 
 INSTRUCTION. 
 
 The systems of instruction at present in use are — the indi- 
 vidual system ; the collective system ; the monitorial, or pupil- 
 teacher system ; and the system of home instruction. 
 
 These systems may be carried out on any of the plans or 
 methods of giving instruction which we have described. The 
 most important of these methods are as follows : The synthetic 
 and analytic methods, which may be either demonstrative or 
 dogmatic ; the interrogative, or catechetical method ; the 
 simultaneous method, which may be employed in the ordinary 
 form of questioning, or in connection with the elliptical 
 method ; the lecturing method. 
 
 SYSTEMS OF INSTRUCTION 
 I. The Individual and Collective Systems. 
 
 The individual system may be used with advantage in small 
 schools, especially if it be occasionally associated with collec- 
 tive teaching, and in constant co-operation with the system of 
 home instruction. By the individual system of teaching, the 
 master is more fully able to adapt his instruction to the pecu- 
 liar capabilities of his pupils ; at the same time it is not so 
 much calculated to engage their sympathies or to arouse the 
 principle of emulation as collective teaching. Individual 
 
^56 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 leaching may be conducted after any of the leading methods 
 or forms of communicating knowledge ; that is to say, it may 
 be either synthetic or analytic, demonstrative or dogmatic, 
 lecturing or catechetical, etc. If the upper classes of a school 
 are well supplied with good text-books, individual instruction 
 becomes very effective when it is associated with self-insiruc- 
 iion. In this case the master has merely to give an occasional 
 glance at the work of each pupil, and to give him time after 
 time such hints as may be required to stimulate him in pro- 
 ceeding with his work. Individual instruction, as it is prac- 
 tised in most of our Scottish schools, is merely supplemental 
 to the system of home education. Here the parents are the 
 real instructors, and the master merely directs, controls, or 
 tests the progress of his pupils, who are to get up their lessons, 
 tasks, etc. , under the parental authority. 
 
 But whatever may be the ad van tages of individual instruc- 
 tion, it is utterly impracticable, as a general system in the 
 common-schools of this country. An easy process of arith- 
 metic will show that a master of a school containing one hun- 
 dred and twenty children could not give more than live min- 
 utes individual attention to each boy in the course of a day ! So 
 that, after all-, w^e have not to consider the abstract question 
 whether the individual or the collective system is the best ; but 
 which of the two systems, under existing circumstances, is best 
 calculated to give the greatest amount of instbuction 
 
 TO THE greatest NUMBER IN A LIMITED TIME. A modcm 
 
 teacher shows his tact and skill by multiplying and subdivid- 
 ing his power, and by acting on numbers at once. The great 
 point to be considered in the management of a large school is, 
 not how you may rapidly advance a few scholars, but how you 
 should classify, arrange, and instruct a large number of boys, 
 differing in age, knowledge, and capacity, so as to give the 
 greatest amount of instruction to them, as a whole. A master 
 who is skilful in the management of numbers, and who has 
 practised the collective system, may teach a hundred boys at 
 one time on certain subjects, adapted for gallery lessons, as 
 
SYSTEMS OF mSTRtJCTlOIf. 257 
 
 efficiently as he could teach one boy ; and with a proper ar- 
 rangement of classes, and a large black board, he could give 
 more efiicient instruction to a class of twenty or thirty boys, on 
 almost any subject of education, than he could give in the same 
 time to a single pupil, A good teacher always seeks to employ 
 his energies to the greatest advantage : he rarely if ever wastes 
 his strength upon one or two boys ; what he does for the benefit 
 of one boy, he does it in such a way as to conduce to the benefit 
 of his whole class. While he teaches his own class, he at the 
 same time directs the movements of half a dozen contiguous 
 classes, placed under the management of his monitors or pupil- 
 teachers. The motive-power of the master is everywhere per- 
 forming available work : amid the weaf and tear of his various 
 avocations, he economizes the expenditure of his labor by con 
 stantly keeping in view the principle of acting with the greatest 
 efficiency on the greatest possible number. Like the machine, 
 which drives a hundred spindles, weaves cloth, blows furnaces, 
 etc., he never departs from the great end of his labor or for one 
 moment relaxes his directing and all- controlling power. But 
 all this requires great skill, energy, decision, and conscientious 
 perseverance. The modern schoolmaster holds no sinecure's 
 place. 
 
 The collective system of teaching should never be employed 
 in schools where the pupils are not properly classified. The 
 pupils to whom a collective lesson is given should be nearly 
 about the same stage of mental culture. • 
 
 II. Home Education. 
 
 We have already shown that the master of a family is God's 
 vicegerent, in relation to the education of all the members of 
 his household ; and that every good teacher will act in co- 
 operation with a proper system of home instruction.* The 
 
 * " The circle of knowledge through which every man in his own place 
 becomes blessed, begins immediately around him, from his own being 
 and from his closest relations."— Pestalozzi. 
 17 
 
258 PHILOSOPHY OF t^DVCATlOK. 
 
 school subjects most eligible for home study are — religious 
 knowledge, writing, drawing, arithmetic, grammar, geography, 
 and reading lessons. Those subjects are best adapted for home 
 exercises which admit of being exactly defined, and of being 
 readily tested : boys work the most industriously when they 
 can see the results of their labor. Hence it is that drawing 
 and arithmetic are the best of all subjects for home study. 
 Drawing-cards should be given to the pupils to be copied at 
 home ; and exercises on arithmetic, grammar, geography, etc. , 
 should be given them out of text books, which they should be 
 allowed to take home with them. The master should always 
 have a certain time set apart for reviewing and correcting these 
 home exercises : with a proper system of management, a few 
 minutes every morning would suffice : and occasional hints 
 should be time after time given to the parents relative to their 
 duties in carrying out the system of home instruction. Such a 
 course would not be without its influence on the character of 
 the parents themselves. 
 
 We suggest the following as a routine of home lessons for 
 the upper classes in an elementary school : 
 
 Monday Evening Drawing and Practical Geometry. 
 
 Tuesday " Definitions of Grammar, Grammatical 
 
 Exercises, and Map-Drawing. 
 
 Wednesday " Arithmetic or Algebra, and Tables. 
 
 Thursday " Texts of Scripture and Writing. 
 
 Friday " Arithmetic, Drawing, and Reading Les- 
 
 sons. 
 
 III. The Pupil-teacher System. 
 
 We regard the pupil-teacher system as one of the greatest im- 
 provements which have taken place in modern education. 
 No school, whatever may be its character, should be without 
 pupil-teachers. The advantages of the system are twofold : 
 (1) It constitutes the best nursery for schoolmasters. (3) It 
 forms the great element of the order and organization of a large 
 
SYSTEMS OF INSTRUCTION. 259 
 
 school, and gives power and eflSciency to the whole system of 
 instruction,* 
 
 The pupil-teacher should be adequately paid, and the master 
 should always set apart a certain time for their special instruc- 
 tion, not only in the ordinary subjects of technical learning, 
 but also on the subject of method as applied to education. 
 The master should register the progress which they make in the 
 different subjects of instruction, and he should especially note 
 down the manner in which they teach their classes, in order 
 that he may be able to correct their faults, and to stimulate and 
 improve their teaching powers. The master should always 
 base his opinion of the teaching power of pupil-teachers upon 
 the results of their teaching, and not upon any preconceived 
 theory. The master should keep a register for recording these 
 results. This registration of the results of different methods of 
 teaching will not only advance his own knowledge of method, 
 but will also form the proper basis of his criticisms upon the 
 lessons given by his pupil-teachers. 
 
 The pupil- teachers should prepare all their lessons, and the 
 master should inspect their notes, before the lessons are given 
 to the children. 
 
 IV. The Mixed System. 
 
 Our best schools are conducted on a mixed system of instruc- 
 tion, comprehending all the leading features of the particular 
 systems just described. The peculiar combination of the sys- 
 tems must always be determined by the nature of the school, 
 and the peculiar circumstances connected with it. In very 
 large primary schools, where the pupils can never reach a high 
 standard of technical attainment, the system of instruction 
 must necessarily consist, almost exclusively, of a combination 
 
 * A system which supplied no better means for preparing trained 
 teachers could not continue at the present day. The Normal schools, 
 with their theoretical and practical departments, undertake to perform 
 this work in a far more philosophical and efficient manner.— E. S. 
 
260 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 of the collective and pupil-teacher systems ; but in a small 
 school, or where the school is provided with a good staff of 
 pupil-teachers or assistant masters, the individual and home 
 systems of instruction should have a greater degree of promi- 
 nence given to them. The individual and home systems should, 
 if possible, be frequently employed in the instruction of the ad- 
 vanced classes. 
 
 METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. 
 I. Synthetic and Analytic Methods. 
 
 As a general rule, the synthetic method is best adapted for 
 elementary instruction. In order to employ this method with 
 efficiency, the teacher should first analyze the subject which he 
 is about to teach, that is to say, he should separate it, or sub- 
 divide it into its elements or parts, and then he should put these 
 elements or parts together, in such a manner as to conduct the 
 minds of his pupils, step by step, to the general principles 
 which he wishes to inculcate or establish. After the teacher 
 has given a synthetic development of a subject, he may fre- 
 quently show with advantage how the same subject may be 
 treated analytically. Demonstrative geometry affords us some 
 of the best illustrations of these two methods of teaching. 
 
 The analytic method of teaching is best used in connection 
 with text-books and reading-books. After the pupils have read 
 a certain portion of a book, the teacher may proceed to analyze 
 the subject-matter by the usual method of interrogation. At 
 the same time we cannot help observing that a really good mas- 
 ter will never allow himself to be fettered with text-books, 
 however good they may be in themselves. A crutch is only 
 useful to the lame and halting ; so, in like manner, a text-book 
 is only useful to him who is too feeble to depend upon his own 
 resources. 
 
 These methods may be frequently used with advantage in 
 combination with each other. The most general rules of edu- 
 cation have their exceptions and therefore no teacher should 
 blindly adhere to any general rule. 
 
METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. 261 
 
 Eocampleft of the Synthetic and Analytic Methods of Teach- 
 ing. — Let us suppose, for example, that the teacher wishes to 
 explain to his pupils the law of descending bodies ; then he 
 would proceed in the following manner : (1) By the synthetic 
 method. If a stone be let fall from the top of a high tower, 
 you will find that it will move more and more rapidly as it 
 falls. During the first second of its descent it will fall through 
 the space of sixteen feet. At the end of the second second of 
 its descent it will have fallen through four times sixteen feet : 
 here the time is two seconds, and the number of feet is found 
 by squaring the 2. and multiplying by 16 ; that is, the space in 
 feet is equal to 2"^ X 16. At the end of the third second of its 
 descent it will have fallen through nine times sixteen feet : here 
 the time is three seconds, and the number of feet is found by 
 squaring the 3 and multiplying by 16, that is, the space in feet 
 is equal to 3"^ X 16. And so on to any number of seconds. 
 You sec, then, that the number of feet passed over by a falling 
 body in any given number of seconds is found by squaring the 
 number of seconds and multiplying that result by 16 ; thus, 
 the number of feet passed over by a falling body in three se- 
 conds is equal to nine times sixteen feet, or one hundred and 
 fourteen feet. (2) By the analytic method. The space passed 
 over by a falling body increases with the square of the time ; 
 that is to say, the space in feet is equal to the square of the 
 number of seconds of the body's fall, multiplied by 16. Thus, 
 in two seconds, the number of feet through which the body 
 will fall is equal to 2 squared multiplied by 16, or 64 feet ; and 
 so on to any other number of seconds. 
 
 Generally speaking, the analytic form is more concise than 
 the synthetic. 
 
 II. Interrogative or Catechetical Method. 
 
 The interrogative or catechetical method of teaching may be 
 used for two distinct purposes : (1) For the purpose of exam- 
 ination, or for simply testing the progress of the pupils. (2) 
 For the purpose of conveying instruction : when interrogation 
 is employed in this form, we have called it the method of sug- 
 gestive interrogation. This method may be used either for in- 
 dividual teaching or for collective teaching : the observations 
 which we have to give on this method are especially applied to 
 the latter. 
 
263 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 The rules to be observed in using the method of interrogation 
 in these two forms are in some respects very different. But 
 the following rules are common to both forms : 
 
 Principles and Rules common to the two Forms of Inter- 
 rogation. — 1. The answers may be simultaneous or individual, 
 according to circumstances. 
 
 The teacher should always tell his pupils when he requires 
 them to answer simultaneously, or when individually. When 
 individual answers are required, all the pupils who are pre- 
 pared to answer the question should hold up their hands, and 
 then the master should name the boy whom he wishes to give 
 the answer : if the boy's answer be incorrect, then the master 
 must call upon another boy ; and so on. 
 
 2. The language used by the teacher should be as simple and 
 concise as possible. Every question put by the teacher should 
 admit of a definite answer. 
 
 The questions should be adapted to the capabilities of the 
 pupils, both as to the matter and language. If a question is 
 not at once understood by the pupils, then the master must 
 change the form of language, or he miist subdivide the ques- 
 tion, until he is understood.- Long answers should never be 
 expected from young children ; on the other hand, the more 
 advanced boys should be accustomed to express their ideas in 
 good language. The teacher should not be satisfied with in- 
 definite or incomplete answ^ers. 
 
 3. Never put questions which simply require a Yes or iVi? 
 for the answer.* 
 
 4. The questions should be given in such an order as to form 
 a systematic and progressive development of the subject. Ram- 
 bling questions should never be put until the whole subject has 
 been gone over. 
 
 5. Random answering should always be checked; at the 
 same time a due amount of quickness in answering should be 
 cultivated. 
 
 * This, of course, cannot always be avoided ; but at least the scholar 
 should then give the entire answer : " Yes, I met Mr. X. on the street." 
 
 — ZlLLER. 
 
 But the rule is a most valuable one.— E. S. 
 
SUGGESTIVE INTERROGATION. 263 
 
 6. Children should be accustomed to answer questions in 
 their own language. 
 
 7. The subject-matter of a question should be sometimes 
 varied in form, so as to require a different form of language in 
 the answer. 
 
 As the same facts may be viewed in different aspects and re- 
 lations, the teacher should vary the form of his questions so as 
 to embrace these different aspects or relations ; and he should 
 always put those questions first which take in the most striking 
 or important of these facts or relations. 
 
 8. The pupils should be sometimes called upon to question 
 each other. 
 
 9. The teacher should express his approbation when a good 
 answer has been given to a question of more than ordinary dif- 
 ficulty. 
 
 10. The eye of the teacher should be constantly- upon all the 
 pupils in his class, and whenever he detects the slightest sym- 
 toms of inattention on the part of any of them he should at 
 once put a question to the individual on the matter that had 
 just been explained. 
 
 11. Questions should be put at the three following stages of 
 instruction : (1) at the commencement of tJie lesson, in order to 
 determine the knowledge of the class on the subject upon which 
 the lesson is to be given, to excite the curiosity of the pupils, 
 and to enable the teacher to adapt his instruction to their know- 
 ledge and capabilities ; (2) during the lesson, in order to secure 
 the attention of the pupils, and to make them more thoroughly 
 acquainted with the subject of the lesson ; (3) after the lesson, in 
 order to give a general view of the whole subject, and to make 
 the pupils fully master of it. 
 
 Special Rules for Examination Questions. — 1. The ques- 
 tions should be restricted to the subject of examination. The 
 questions should form a strict analysis of the subject-matter. 
 
 2. The question should not contain any hint or clew to the 
 answer. 
 
 3. Simultaneous answers should never be taken as decided 
 tests of progress. 
 
264 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 4. Not the slightest assistance should be given to the pupil in 
 framing his answer. 
 
 5. In order to give the pupils a requisite amount of confidence, 
 the questions should be short and easy at first, and then, as the 
 examination advances, they should be gradually increased in 
 difficulty. Herein lies the secret tact of a first-rate examiner. 
 
 Special Principles and Rules relative to Suggestive 
 Interrogation. — 1. The questions and observations of the 
 master, and the answers given by the pupils, should together 
 form a sort of conversational lecture. 
 
 In order to sustain the continuity of the lecture, the grada- 
 tions or steps should be easy and natural. The teacher should 
 endeavor to make the pupils take an equal share of the lec- 
 ture. Every question, taken in connection with the explana- 
 tory remarks which may accompany it, should lead to or sug- 
 gest the answer. The teacher should tell his pupils so much 
 of a thing, and leave them to find out the remainder. The 
 question and its answer should be logically connected with each 
 other : (1) the question may contain the premises ; the answer, 
 the conclusion ; (2) the question may contain the facts ; the an- 
 swer, the generalization or deduction ; (3) the question may con- 
 tain the ideas ; the answer, those ideas differently arranged or 
 expressed in another form of language. 
 
 2. The teacher should frequently preface his questions with 
 an exposition of facts and principles ; but the questions them- 
 selves should always be so framed as to reproduce the facts and 
 principles in the pupil's own language. 
 
 3. The method of suggestive interrogation being essentially 
 synthetic, the system of questions should proceed according to 
 a systematic and progressive order of development : that is to 
 say, facts should precede general principles, expositions should 
 go before abstract mles ; the concrete should lead to the knowl- 
 edge of the abstract, the simple to the complex, the familiar 
 to the unknown ; and so on. 
 
 4. The teacher should never pass over a question until it has 
 been fully answered. If one boy does not answer it, then it 
 should be put to another boy, and so on ; and if the pupik fail 
 in giving a satisfactory answer, then the teacher should go over 
 
EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 265 
 
 all the previous steps again, adding some fresh explanations, so 
 as to lead them to the proper answer. 
 
 The teacher should never directly tell them the answer : he 
 should rather show them how to find it out. If the answer 
 given by the pupils is incomplete or in any way defective, and 
 yet as good, as the teacher might reasonably expect from them, 
 then he should supply them with the complete answer, taking 
 care not to alter the language of the pupils, excepting where it 
 is absolutely necessary. 
 
 5. The questions requiring simultaneous answers should be 
 few and exceedingly simple. 
 
 6. The teacher should put the most difficult questions to the 
 more advanced boys in the class ; and thus make them become 
 the instructors of those who have made less progress. 
 
 Examples of Good and Bad Examination Questions. — 
 Suppose the pupils of the class to have read the last seven verses 
 of the twenty-sixth chapter of St. Matthew's Gospel ; the master 
 proceeds to give the following examination question : 
 
 1. Where was Peter when the first damsel spoke to him ? 
 
 2. What did she say to him ? 
 
 3. What was his answer to her ? 
 
 4. Did he deny Jesus before all the people ? 
 
 5. Where was Peter when the second damsel spoke to him ? 
 
 6. Did he deny Jesus again ? 
 
 7. How did he deny Jesus the second time ? 
 
 8. Who next charged Peter ? 
 
 9. What reason did they give him for believing that he was 
 one of the followers of Christ ? 
 
 10. How did Peter answer them ? 
 
 11. What took place immediately after Peter had denied his 
 Lord for the third time ? 
 
 12. Of what did the crowing of the cock remind Peter ? 
 
 13. Why did Peter deny our Lord ? 
 
 14. AVhat sin did Peter commit, and what aggravated this 
 sin? 
 
 15. What did Peter do when he remembered the words of 
 Jesus ? 
 
266 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 16. What caused him to weep bitterly ? 
 
 17. Good people are very sorrowful when they find that they 
 have been led into sin. What made Peter so sorrowful ? 
 
 Remarks on the Questions. — Nos. 4 and 6 are bad questions, 
 for they simply require yes or no for the answer. No. 10 is 
 not a good question, for it is not exact enough, and the proper 
 answer to it is too long. Nos. 18 and 16 would require some 
 explanations to be given by the teacher. No. 16 should be 
 given in two distinct questions. No. 17 is rather too sugges- 
 tive for an examination question. 
 
 No. 4 should be put in the following form : Before whom 
 did Peter this time deny Jesus ? And No. 6 would be better 
 put as follows : What did Peter say to the maid ? No. 13 
 might be preceded by a question something like the following ; 
 What would they have done to Peter if they had known that 
 he was a follower of Jesus ? And No. 16 might be preceded 
 by the question. What reminded Peter of the falsehood he 
 had told ? How should people feel when they find that they 
 have committed a great sin ? or, What do people do when they 
 feel very sorrowful ? What made Peter so very sorrowful ? 
 
 Questions on vmy given portion of the Scriptures may be put 
 in a great variety of forms, more or less eligible : thus the text 
 upon which Question 15 is given may be broken into the fol- 
 lowing forms of questions : When did Peter go out ? What 
 did he do after he went out ? What were the words of Jesus 
 which Peter remembered ? How many times did Peter deny 
 his Lord before the cock crew ? And so on. 
 
 Examples of Suggestive Interrogations. On Peter's Denial 
 of our Zt?/'^^.— Supposing the same portion of Scripture to have 
 been read, then the following suggestive questions may be given : 
 
 1. While Peter sat without in the palace of the high-priest, a 
 damsel came unto him. (1) Who came unto Peter ? (2) Where 
 was Peter when the damsel came to him ? And so on. 
 
 2. This damsel had no good intentions towards Peter. She 
 wanted him to be condemned and put to death with Jesus. 
 What did she say to Peter ? 
 
 3. Peter had not the boldness to tell the truth. He was 
 
iJXAMPLES OF SUGGESTIVE INTERROGATION. 267 
 
 afraid to die for his Lord. What answer did he give to the 
 damsel ? 
 
 4, Wishing, perhaps, to escape further notice, he went out 
 into the porch ; but here he met with another tormentor, for an- 
 other maid saw him, and said to the people that thronged the 
 porch of the temple, " Thifi fellow was also with Jesus of Naza- 
 reth." (1) To whom did she say this ? (2) Where was Peter 
 when this second charge was made ? (3) What low name did 
 she call Peter ? 
 
 5. Peter got more alarmed. He lost all command of himself, 
 and added sin unto sin : he not only again denied his Lord, but 
 denied Him with an oath, and spoke sHghtuigly of Him. (1) In 
 what manner did Peter this time deny Jesus ? (2) What words 
 did he use in referring to Jesus ? (3) What sin did Peter here 
 commit, besides falsehood ? 
 
 And so on throughout the remaining verses. 
 
 On the Diurnal Motion of the Earth. — Suppose the pupils to 
 have read some simple book on this subject, then the teacher 
 might question them in the following manner : 
 
 Teacher. If I hold an orange before a candle at night (this 
 should actually be done), how much of the surface of the 
 orange will be enlightened ? 
 
 Teacher. How much of the surface will be in the shade ? 
 
 Teacher. Now, if I turn the orange round, the parts in the 
 shade will be brought within the light. After I have turned 
 the orange completely round, how much of its surface will have 
 been brought within the light of the candle ? 
 
 T. How much of the earth's surface does the sun enlighten 
 at one time ? 
 
 T. By what means is every part of the earth's surface brought 
 within the light and heat of the sun ? 
 
 P. The earth is made to turn round upon its axis in the course 
 of every day. 
 
 T. (Turning a globe round.) Now where is the axis in this 
 revolving globe ? Is there a real axis, or only an imaginary 
 one ? 
 
 P. The axis is only imaginary, and it is the line about which 
 the globe appears to turn. 
 
 T. What have you now to say respecting the axis of the 
 earth ? 
 
 P. That it is the line about which the earth appears to turn. 
 
 T. What are the poles upon the earth ? 
 
 P. The two points where this imaginary axis meets the earth's 
 surface. 
 
268 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 T. On what point is ray finger now placed ? 
 
 P. On the North pole. 
 
 T. (Tracing the equator with his pointer.) What is this line 
 called, and how is it placed with respect to the poles ? 
 
 P. It is called the equator, and lies at the same distance from 
 either of the poles, 
 
 T. How does the equator divide the globe ? 
 
 P. Into two equal parts. One is called the northern hemis- 
 phere and the other the southern hemisphere. 
 
 T. Upon what hemisphere is my hand now placed ? 
 
 P, The northern hemisphere. 
 
 T. Is there any other way in which the changes of day and 
 night might be produced ? 
 
 P. Yes ; the sun might turn round the earth in the course of 
 a day. 
 
 T. If a poor woman wanted to roast a joint of mutton before 
 the fire, what would she do in order to have every part equally 
 roasted ? 
 
 P. She would tie a piece of string to the mutton, and make 
 it spin round before the fire. 
 
 T. Is there any other way in which this might be done ? Now 
 think. 
 
 P. The fire might be made to turn round the meat. 
 
 T. But which of these methods is the better ? 
 
 P. The first method, certainly; because it must be far less 
 trouble to make the meat turn round before the fire, than to make 
 a machine for turning the fire round the meat. 
 
 T. What should you say if a man proposed to do this ? 
 
 P. That, although he might show some ingenuity, yet he 
 would be a very foolish person. 
 
 T. Now it is equally ridiculous to suppose that the sun turns 
 round the earth. It is too monstrous for us to conceive it pos- 
 sible that Almighty God, who is the fountain of all wisdom 
 and goodness, could effect any of His purposes by the agency 
 of means which it would appear unsuitable, even on the part of 
 His creatures, to employ. 
 
 III. The Simultajsteous Method. 
 In this method all the pupils in the class are allowed to speak 
 at once.* Here, in order to secure a uniformity in the responses, 
 
 * Class drill is particularly valuable in impressing on the mind the re- 
 sults of the instructions— the rules, principles, etc., which have been 
 found, and which must be remembered.— E. S, 
 
The simultaneous method. ^60 
 
 the questions put to the class should be very short and simple. 
 One great object to be served by this form of teaching is to give 
 vitality and a tone of sympathy to the class. It also economizes 
 the time of the master, by enabling him to direct his energies 
 to large numbers at once. Its great defect is, that it creates noise 
 and confusion in the school, and thereby interferes with the in- 
 struction that may be going on in the other classes. It is best 
 practised, as a means of instruction, in connection with the 
 elliptical method of teaching, and when gallery Icssans are given 
 to four or more classes combined. 
 
 The teacher must guard against the following evils connected 
 with the practice of this method : 
 
 1. Some eager vain boys will answer before the others. 
 
 2. Some boys will defer their answer until they catch the an- 
 sv/er of the leading boys in the class. 
 
 3. Some boys will remain silent. 
 
 4. There will sometimes be a cqnfusion in the answers, espe- 
 cially when the answers are too long. 
 
 By a little tact on the part of the teacher, all these evils may 
 be guarded against. 
 
 This method may be advantageously used in the examination 
 of large classes, when it is requisite that the examiner should 
 economize his time. We shall afterwards have occasion to notice 
 this form of its application. 
 
 The plan of answering questions simultaneously is also an 
 excellent way of fixing simple and important facts in the mem- 
 ory. The name of a great man, for example, is recited aloud 
 by all the boys in the class ; they then spell the name aloud ; 
 and lastly, the master writes it upon the black-board. Thus 
 all their senses are brought to bear on the thing to be remem- 
 bered: how can they ever forget it? There are few subjects 
 which may not be taught, with tolerable efficiency, in the 
 largest schools, by a well-organized method of simultaneous an- 
 swering. 
 
 The best course for a teacher to follow is to vary his methods 
 of instruction. After teaching for a sufficient length of time by 
 the method of suggestive interrogation, he should indulge his 
 
270 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATIOIT. 
 
 pupils with a few simultaneous answers ; and then he may close 
 his lesson with catechizing two or three hoys singly before the 
 whole class, so that all the boys, if they are disposed to listen, 
 may derive some benefit from the individual instruction. 
 
 Example of Simultaneous Teaching after the Catechetical 
 Method. — Peter's denial of our Lord. 
 
 Teaclier. Who came to Peter as he sat without in the palace ? 
 Pupils. A damsel. T. With whom did she say Peter was ? 
 P. With Jesus. T. Jesus is said to be of a certain place — what 
 place did the damsel name ? P. Galilee. T. Where is Galilee ? 
 P. In Palestine. T. Point your fingers to it on the map. And 
 so on. 
 
 The Elliptical Form of Teaching. — The advantages of the 
 elliptical form of teaching are as follow : 
 
 1. The ellipsis does not break upon the continuity of the lesson 
 or narrative. 
 
 2. It is generally more concise than the usual forms of ques- 
 tion and answer. 
 
 3. It gives a variety of form to the lesson, and to a certain 
 extent relieves that censorious-like character of catechetical 
 lessons. 
 
 4. It engages the sympathies of the children, and more com- 
 pletely gives to the lesson the character of a common lecture, in 
 which the pupils take a part. 
 
 The following principles and rules should be observed in 
 practising this method of instruction : 
 
 1. The word or words to be supplied by the pupils should be 
 short and easy. At the same time, the word to be supplied 
 should awaken some intelligence on the part of the pupils. 
 
 3. Ellipses should be associated with direct questions. 
 
 3. The word or words to be supplied should not be doubtful 
 or ambiguous. 
 
 In comparing 6 and 9, if a teacher should not say " 9 is greater 
 than — ," the word to be supplied might be any number less 
 than nine; and besides, the boys would most likely say six, 
 without ever thinking about the matter. In this case it would 
 be better to ask the question, " Whether is 6 or 9 the greater ?" 
 
ELLIPTICAL FORM OF TEACHING. 271 ■ 
 
 4. The ellipses should be single words or simple phrases. 
 
 5. Arithmetic, and other subjects of this kind, should be 
 rarely taught by the elliptical method. 
 
 6. As a general rule, an ellipsis should be equivalent to a 
 good question. (See the rules given in relation, to the sugges- 
 tive method of interrogation.)* 
 
 (1) " The color of common ink is ." Here this is equi- 
 valent to the question, *' What is the color of common ink ?" 
 
 (2) "Ink is ." Here the word to be supplied by the 
 
 pupils is doubtful, for it might be red, or liquid, or any other 
 property of the ink. 
 
 (3) " When the flame of a candle is applied to hydrogen gas, 
 
 it will ." Here this is equivalent to the question, "What 
 
 will take place when the flame of a candle is applied to hydro- 
 gen gas?" "It will burn." Now, in the place of burn some 
 boys might say ignite ; but this variation in the form of the 
 response would be rather an advantage than otherwise, pro- 
 vided the teacher embraces the opportunity of explaining to 
 his pupils how different words may be properly employed to 
 express the same idea or thing. 
 
 Examples of the Elliptical Method of Teaching. — Subject 
 of the lesson. Peter's denial of our Lord. Matthew, chap. 
 
 xxvi. verse 69. " Now Peter sat without in the : and a 
 
 damsel came unto , saying, Thou also wast with of 
 
 Galilee. But Peter, being afraid to tell the truth, before 
 
 them , saying, I know not what thou . And when he 
 
 was gone — — into the , another saw him, and said 
 
 unto the people collected in the porch, this was also with 
 
 of Nazareth. And Peter, still more afraid, again 
 
 with an , I do not know the , that is, he wickedly pre- 
 tended not to know ." And so on. 
 
 * The elliptical form of teaching is what Ziller characterized as the 
 worst possible form. The answer is involved in the question suggested 
 by the question. Thinking becomes almost unnecessary. At the end 
 of half a dozen or more questions a result may be reached, but the child 
 has no distinct notion of how it ever came to such a result.— E. S. 
 [The words intended to be supplied by the pupils are omitted.] 
 
372 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 IV. The Constructive Method. 
 
 This is perhaps the best form of the synthetic method of 
 teaching : its fundamental idea is that of progressive develop- 
 ment ; it, in fact, embodies the essential features of all our 
 most approved modes of primary instruction. The first ele- 
 ments of Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Mechanism, Geogra- 
 phy, and Grammar may be efficiently taught by this method. 
 
 V. Illustrative Method.* 
 
 By this method we convey insti-uction to the minds of chil- 
 dren by means of pictorial representations, diagrams, models, 
 and experimental illustrations, addressed to the senses, or by 
 pictures addressed to the imagination. 
 
 Pictures may be either descriptive or historical, that is, they 
 may depict objects, animals, persons, etc., or they may repre- 
 sent scenes and events. A child reads a picture as we do a 
 book. Good pictures of animals not only give the shape, 
 color, and relative size of the animals, but they also represent 
 the peculiar habits of the animals. A good picture of a tiger, 
 for example, shows a child at a glance what are its structure 
 and habits, how it lives, on what it lives, and in what region 
 of the earth it lives. The child reads the history of great 
 events in a good picture ; the grand features of the events, the 
 scenes amid which they transpired, the characters of the differ- 
 ent actors, and so on, all readily fix themselves in the child's 
 mind. Picture lessons constitute one of our most important 
 means of primary education. On the subject of pictures, as 
 addressed to the imagination, see pages 157 and 203. 
 
 In teaching (such subjects as geography and mechanism), 
 models, and other material aids of instruction, are most inval- 
 uable. 
 
 Experimental illustrations give the matter-of-fact form of 
 abstract laws and principles. 
 
 * By " illustrative method " Tate means nothing else but the employ- 
 ment of all such aids as maps, charts, pictures, objects from museums, 
 which are at present employed to convey clear conceptions.— Drawing 
 on the black-board belongs in the same category.— E. S. 
 
THE LECTURING AND THE MIXED METHODS. 273 
 
 YI. The Lecturing Method. 
 
 Strictly speaking, a continuous style of lecturing is not 
 teaching. But when lecturing is accompanied with or fol- 
 lowed by a close course of questioning, it becomes an efficient 
 form of instruction, as applied to adults or to an educated class 
 of boys. Simple conversational lectures on the science of com- 
 mon and useful things, illustrated by easy and familiar experi- 
 ments, have contributed very much to raise the standard of 
 intelligence in our elementary schools. The experimental ap- 
 paratus employed in these lectures should be of the most sim- 
 ple kind, and for the most part constructed out of the com- 
 mon articles of household use. Expensive instruments should 
 never be placed in the hands of ordinary teachers, for the skill 
 requisite for using an instrument is, generally speaking, in pro- 
 portion to the delicacy of its construction. It is not desirable, 
 nor would it be expedient if even it were desirable, that 
 teachers should become finished manipulators : the great facts 
 and laws of physical science may always be demonstrated to 
 children by the aid of apparatus which is within the reach of 
 almost every respectable householder. 
 
 YII. Mixed Method. 
 
 In order to sustain the interest of children, the teacher should 
 vary his methods of instruction. The very best methods, when 
 uniformly followed for any length of time, become dull and 
 monotonous, and, as a necessary consequence, the pupils cease 
 to feel any interest in the lesson. Variety in method, as well 
 as variety in the subject-matter, should form an essential fea- 
 ture in all school instruction. When the pupils get tired with 
 questions, the master must try ellipses ; and when they get 
 tired with ellipses, he must have recourse to pictorial represen- 
 tations or experimental illustrations, accompanied with a sort 
 of tete-a-tete lecture ; after having changed the methods in this 
 manner, he may retui-n to his first method, for it will thea 
 18 
 
274 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Lave regained its original freshness. The intelligent teacher 
 should modify, arrange, and combine his methods so as to 
 form a harmonious whole suited to the peculiar circumstances 
 of his school.* 
 
 VIII. On the Reproduction of Lessons in Writing. 
 
 The advanced boys in a school should be frequently re- 
 quired to reproduce the lessons given to them by the master. 
 This plan gives efficiency to all the methods of instruction or- 
 dinarily used in our schools ; it forms an almost necessary ad- 
 junct to the method of lecturing. 
 
 We have already fully explained the advantages to be de- 
 rived from this exercise (see page 129) : it is, therefore, only 
 necessary in this place that we should make a few remarks re- 
 specting the duties of the master in relation to these written 
 exercises, and point out certain artifices whereby the amount 
 of his labor may be lessened, without materially infringing up- 
 on the efficiency of the plan. 
 
 After the time allotted to the reproduction of the lesson has 
 expired the master should lirst ascertain the number of boys 
 that have completed the exercise. He should then call upon 
 about half a dozen of these boys, taken at random, to give 
 their exercises. He then assumes that these exercises may be 
 taken as average specimens of the work of the class, and that 
 the errors found in them will give him a tolerably good idea of 
 the errors contained in all the others. He rapidly corrects the 
 errors, and notes down the imperfections in these specimens. 
 He then writes the corrected passage on the black-board, and 
 explains to the whole class the nature of the errors and blun- 
 ders which have been committed. 
 
 We shall now consider more fully some of those artifices 
 which tentl to economize the time and labor of the master. 
 
 * "'The evidencing of truth to children lays a heavy and continuous 
 tax upon the teacher's inventive faculties; for the same lesson, involving 
 precisely similar principles, however oft repeated, needs the dress of new 
 language, must, come vi'ith new illustration evoked by the various indica- 
 tions of the taught; and as nothing so tends to clarify and intensify one's 
 views as looking at them through varied and harmonizing media, so 
 nothing will lead to such just and clear apprehension as placing the same 
 truth repeatedly before the yoimg, in language and with illustration a« if 
 spontaneously called forth at the m.QVcieuV— Educator'' s Instruments. 
 
PLANS FOR ECONOMIZING TIM^. 275 
 
 IX. On certain Plans or Artifices for Economizing 
 THE Time op the Master in the Examination of 
 Classes, or it may be in extending and thoroughly 
 grounding the knowledge which the pupils may have 
 
 ACQUIRED. 
 
 These plans or artifices should, of course, be altered or modi- 
 fied to suit the peculiar tastes and capabilities of the master. 
 The following examples are given as illustrations of the main 
 features which ought to characterize all such plans or artifices. 
 These main features are : 
 
 (1) The master should act upon the wJiole of the pupils of his 
 class at once, rather than on individuals. 
 
 (2) He should get all his pupils to act perfectly in concert, or 
 exactly together. 
 
 1. An Examination Lesson on Spelling. 
 
 After requesting in a cheerful tone of voice all the boys in the 
 class to prepare their slates and pencils for writing down the 
 words which he is about to give them, he recites the words slow- 
 ly and distinctly. As he dictates word after word, the pupils 
 write them on their slates in the same order. "When the words 
 have been all written, he calls upon the whole class to spell the 
 words simultaneously, exactly as they are written on their 
 slates, leaving a moment's pause between every two consecutive 
 words, to allow those who are wrong an opportunity of placing 
 a mark at each misspelled word. The teacher then requests the 
 boys to count the number of their errors, and to report the same 
 to him. He next gives a rapid glance at the slates, to' see that 
 all is right, looking with more care at the slates of those boys 
 in whose honesty he has not the fullest trust. The master will 
 now be able to register the average attainments of the class. 
 But, if instruction "be specially his object, he will write upon 
 the black-board all those words which have been misspelled, giv- 
 ing at the same time such remarks as he may deem necessary 
 relative to the rules of spelling or the quality of the writing. 
 
 2. An Examination Lesson on Arithmetic. 
 
 The teacher or examiner recites, in a distinct tone of voice, 
 the arithmetical problem which he requires the class to solve, 
 
276' PHILOSOPHY OF EDtTCATlOJ!^. 
 
 After a sufficient time has been allowed them for working out 
 the question, he calls upon those boys who have finished it to 
 hold up their hands, or, it may be, to stand. He then says, 
 " Let all those boys hold up their hand who have got the fol- 
 lowing answer." He then reads out the answer, and at once 
 sees the number of boys who have done the question correctly. 
 He then desires the boys who have not worked the question 
 correctly to mark the erroneous figures in their answers, A 
 rapid glance at a few slates will generally be sufficient to act as 
 a check upon any unfair dealing on the part of the boys. In 
 some cases it may be advisable to inspect the slates of those 
 boys who had not finished the question. But the teacher should 
 be careful how he gives any countenance to idleness, or how he 
 wastes his energies on individuals. If instruction be a special 
 object, the problem should be done upon the black-board, ac- 
 companied with an exposition of principles, etc. The teacher 
 should frequently call upon the more advanced boys to give 
 this exposition. 
 
 Respective Advantages of the three great Methods of Examination. 
 There are three great methods of examination, viz. , the sim- 
 u/taneous, the individual, and the method of written answers. 
 
 1 . The simultaneous method of examination awakens a general 
 interest and takes up little time ; but we cannot easily arrive 
 a correct estimate of the attainments of the class by the ex- 
 clusive use of this method. 
 
 2. The individual method of examination is more rigid and 
 more to be relied on than (he simultaneous method ; but it 
 takes up more time, and leaves the greit body of the class com- 
 paratively unemployed while each individual is being exam- 
 ined. 
 
 3. Tlie method of written answers is the most exact and search- 
 ing of all the methods,, while at the same time it keeps all the 
 pupils engaged ; but it is long and tedious as regards both the 
 writing of the papers and the inspection of them. 
 
 A judicious examiner will not fail to avail himself of all the 
 advantages arising out of the use of the three methods. 
 
PREPARATION OF LESSONS. J^'J"? 
 
 X. On the Preparation op Lessons, 
 
 No teacher should give a lesson until he has made himself 
 thoroughly master of the subject. He should also fix in his 
 own mind how he should treat it, both as to arrangement and 
 method. He should, generally, draw out a sketch of the lesson 
 in the form of notes, but he should never refer to these notes 
 while he is giving the lesson ; he ought rather to have these 
 notes fixed in his mind before he begins the lesson. His notes 
 should be concise and methodical ; they should form leading 
 points in the lesson, with which he should associate the leading 
 train of ideas which are to constitute the real knowledge to be 
 given to the pupils. He should not confine himself to any set 
 form of language ; and his questions, as a general rule, should 
 be framed at the time of asking them. No teacher should be- 
 come a slave to books or notes while he is giving a lesson ; 
 books and notes should be the passive tools of the master — not 
 he the subservient slave of them. 
 
 The master should carefully revise the notes of his pupil- 
 teachers ; and he should never allow the pupil-teachers to give 
 a lesson without they are fully prepared to give it with efli- 
 ciency. He should always place before them a high standard of 
 teaching power. Every pupil teacher should be provided with 
 a book for entering down his notes of lessons. 
 
 The form of the notes of lessons must necessarily vary with 
 the nature of the subject and the age of the boys to whom the 
 lesson is to be given. But there are, no doubt, certain general 
 principles of arrangement which are common to all subjects. 
 The following are the notes of a lesson on ink, supposed to be 
 given to the upper class : 
 
 JShtes of a Lesson. 
 
 Subject — Common Ttik. 
 
 Properties.— Liquid, black, and slightly adhesive. 
 
 CTse.— Used for writing on white paper. The use depends upon the prop- 
 erties—why liquid -why black— why shghtly adhesive. What do we 
 write upon the black-board with ? Why we cannot write upon white 
 paper with white chalk, etc. 
 
^t8 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Hoiv ilfad<?.— Experiment. To a solution of sulphate of iron (green cop- 
 peras) add a solution of nutgaUs: a black precipitate is formed. The 
 addition of some gum helps to keep this black substance from falling 
 to the bottom, and also to make the ink adhere to the paper. 
 
 How to take ink- stains onf.— Experiment. To the black liquid formed 
 in the last experiment add a few drops of oxalic acid. The color is 
 at once destroyed. 
 
 Words to be explained, and their meanings illustrated.— Adhesive- 
 mention some things that are adhesive. Sulphate of ii'on— what it 
 is like— what it is composed of— where it is found— and what it is 
 used for. NutgaUs— what are their properties— where they are got. 
 Precipitate— its meaning. Oxahc acid— what it is, etc. Found in 
 plants, etc. 
 
 When a teacher is about to give a lesson on any proposed 
 subject his first inquiry should be, "Am I sufficiently ac- 
 quainted with the sub ject ?" His next inquiry should be, "How 
 should I treat the subject?" If he is not sufficiently acquainted 
 with the subject he should at once study it and seek informa- 
 tion upon it. If he does not know how to treat the subject, he 
 should at once seek information from those who are properly 
 qualified to give it. 
 
 When the subject of the lesson requires experiments or prac- 
 tical illustrations, he should not spare a little trouble or expense 
 to render himself fully qualified for the performance of his 
 work. Experimental illustrations should be repeated again and 
 again, until he finds that he can perform them with perfect 
 certainty and success. 
 
 XI. On the Periodic A.L Examination of Classes and 
 THE Registration op Progress. 
 
 The whole school should be examined at stated intervals, 
 with the view of registering the progress of the pupils, and also 
 for the purpose of remodelling the classes. These intervals 
 will of course vary according to the circumstances and peculiar 
 relations of the school, but the interval should in no case ex- 
 ceed a quarter of a year. Whatever may be the period fixed 
 for these general examinations, it should be strictly adhered to, 
 and the examinations and registrations should be thoroughly 
 carried out. When any boy is found qualified to enter a higher 
 
QUALIFICATIONS OF THE SCHOOLMASTER. 279 
 
 class, or, on the other hand, when any boy has not kept pace 
 with the progress of his class, no feelings of delicacy should 
 prevent the master from making the necessary transfer. We 
 shall afterwards have occasion to treat of the different forms of 
 school registers. 
 
 XII. On the Qualifications of the Schoolmaster in 
 
 RELATION to HIS PROFESSIONAL DUTIES. 
 
 The qualifications of the schoolmaster may be viewed in the 
 three following aspects : With respect to his attainments, -to his 
 capabilities ; add to his character. 
 
 The Teacher's Attainments, considered in relation to his 
 Office. — The following attainments may be considered essential 
 to his success as a teacher, whatever may be the nature or 
 peculiar character of his school. 
 
 1. He should be thoroughly acquainted with the following 
 subjects : The leading doctrines and narratives of Scripture ; 
 mental and common arithmetic ; reading, writing, and spelling ; 
 English history ; and the principles of teaching. 
 
 2. He should have a fair knowledge of the following subjects: 
 Drawing, mensuration, and practical geometry ; geography 
 and astronomy ; elementaiy grammar, composition, and general 
 history ; elementary algebra, to the end of quadratic equations, 
 together with a little demonstrative geometry ; industrial me- 
 chanics, and some simple coiu'se of experimental philosophy. 
 
 It is highly desirable that his mind should be well stored with 
 general knowledge, that he should have a ready command of 
 language, and that he should be able to express his ideas with 
 fluency^, clearness, and precision upon any sul)ject within the 
 range of his knowledge. Profound attainments in any techni- 
 cal subject of knowledge are scarcely of any value to him as an 
 elementary teacher. His knowledge should be varied rather 
 than profound. An acquaintance with Latin or Greek, or the 
 higher branches of mathematics and natural philosophy, would 
 rather interfere with his usefulness as an elementary teacher. 
 At the same time it is necessary to bear in mind that a school- 
 master should know a good deal more than he has to teach. 
 Whatever he has to teach, he should know thoroughly — at least 
 as far as he may have to teach it. Thus, to teach little boys draw- 
 
280 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 ing, it is not necessary tliat he should become an artist ; to teach 
 English, that he should know French ; to teach simple equa- 
 tions, that he should know surds ; or to teach some of the most 
 important principles of geometry, that he should know the fifth 
 book of Euclid. 
 
 All that technical knowledge which leads the mind of the 
 teacher away from the subjects of elementary education tends 
 most undoubtedly to compromise his usefulness as an element- 
 ary teacher. It is true people talk much about the discipline 
 which such subjects give to his mind— as if the knowledge 
 which is essential to his duties as a teacher did not suffi- 
 ciently exercise, discipline, and task his intellectual energies. 
 Would it not be better to raise our standard of his knowledge 
 in physical science, and in the principles and art of education, 
 than to exact from hira such an amount of knowledge in those 
 technical subjects of learning which have no direct bearing 
 upon the duties of his profession ? But we suppose that inspec- 
 tors of schools and masters of training institutions will always 
 regard their own course of collegiate education as the proper 
 type of the system which should be pursued in the training of 
 schoolmasters. 
 
 The Teacher's Capabilities and Character considered in 
 relation to his Office.— A teacher should be a pious, conscien- 
 tious man ; his talents- should be at least respectable ; and he 
 should have a decided predilection and aptitude for teaching. 
 
 Aptitude for Teaching.— The most essential of all qualifica- 
 tions for teaching is that peculiar faculty which we call, for the 
 want of a better name, aptitude for teaching. Aptitude for 
 teaching ! what is it ? There is no mistaking it when we see it 
 Everybody recognizes it when it is presented to his notice. Is 
 it a quality of the head or the heart, or does it belong to both ? 
 Is it a natural or an acquired gift ? Is it an instinct, or a habit 
 acquired by efforts, repeated from the earliest dawn of reason ? 
 Does it grow spontaneously by imperceptible gradations of de- 
 velopment, or is it a faculty dependent upon the growth of cer- 
 tain intellectual and moral powers ? 
 
 We witness certain teaching effects, and too readily rest satis- 
 fied with attributing them to what we call aptitude for teaching, 
 as if it were some original and mysterious faculty, without at 
 all seeking to discover the chain of circumstances and the 
 
QUALIFICATIONS OF THE SCHOOLMASTER. 281 
 
 qualities of mind and cliaracter which have contributed to form 
 this aptitude. But we cannot allow the subject to remain in 
 this unphilosophical condition of mysticism. The aptitude for 
 teaching must undoubtedly be a qualification resulting from the 
 development of certain intellectual and moral faculties of our 
 nature. Let us endeavor to analyze this remarkable qualifica- 
 tion ; that is to say, let us endeavor to discover those qualities, 
 intellectual and moral, with which it is invariably associated, 
 or rather with which it is connected by the constant relation 
 of cause and effect.* 
 
 It will be instructive not only to ascertain what such a man 
 MUST be, but also what he may not be. 
 
 I. What a man having an aptitude for teaching may not be. 
 (i) He may not be a man of great technical attainments. (3) 
 He may not be a man of comprehensive mind, or possessing 
 great reasoning powers. (3) He may not be a man of robust 
 frame. 
 
 2 What a man having a great aptitude for teaching must he. 
 (1) He must have a love for children and a knowledge of their 
 tastes, habits, and capabilities. (2) He must be a man of a 
 kind and benevolent disposition. (3) He must love knowledge, 
 and feel a pleasure in communicating it. (4) He must be a 
 man of fervid imagination, and of great enthusiasm, decision, 
 and force of character. (5) He must be a man of respectable 
 general attainments. (6) He must have considerable fluency 
 of speech, and powers of illustration and exposition. (7) He 
 must have faith in the efficacy of instruction as a means of 
 ameliorating the condition of society. (8) He must be a man of 
 quick and observing habits, and must be in the constant habit 
 
 * " We can have little hesitation in asserting that the pretensions to be 
 able to teach without even knowing what teaching means, without mas- 
 tering its processes and methods as an art, without gaining some ac- 
 quaintance with its doctrines as a science, without studying what has 
 been said and done by its most eminent practitioners, is an unwarrant- 
 able pretension which is so near akin to empiricism and quackery that 
 it is difficult to make the distinction."— Joseph Payne. 
 
^8^ Philosophy of education. 
 
 of reflecting and reasoning upon the various methods by 
 which knowledge may be cominuDicated to children. 
 
 Xow as all those qualities, essential to great aptitude for 
 teaching, admit of cultivation, it necessarily follows that the 
 aptitude for teaching also admits of cultivation in the same 
 degree. This aptitude for teaching, therefore, is no more in- 
 stinctive or innate than any of the intellectual or moral faculties 
 of our nature can be said to be. 
 
 XIII. On School Registers for Recording the Results 
 OF different Systems or Methods of Instruction, and 
 
 ALSO for testing THE CAPABILITIES OP TEACHERS IN RE- 
 LATION TO THESE Methods. 
 
 These registers should be regularly and faithfully filled up by 
 the head schoolmaster, who is supposed to be acquainted with 
 all the circumstances and facts necessary for doing so, and who 
 is supposed to test the results of the various lessons given by 
 the pupil-teacher or by the assistant teacher, as the case may be. 
 The teacher who gives the lesson is supposed to adhere strictly 
 to some definite method or combination of methods throughout 
 the lesson — Avhether it be given accordingto the interrogative 
 method or any other particular method, or according to a com- 
 bination of tw^o or more methods. 
 
 No doubt all intelligent teachers have, more or less, formed 
 certain general views, based on their experience, respecting the 
 relative merits of different methods of education. But these 
 views are too frequently based upon a few incidental facts, and 
 are very rarely the result of a cautious, candid, and systematic 
 induction of facts which have been carefully observed and faith- 
 fully recorded, and which are so comprehensive and determi- 
 nate as to embrace all the circumstances which may in any way 
 affect the question. 
 
 The relative merit of any two methods will in general be 
 tested by the progress of the same class of pupils when taught 
 by the different methods under the same circumstances. But as 
 the efficiency of a particular method may depend not only upon 
 the age, character, and attainments of the pupils, but also upon 
 the peculiar adaptation of the method itself to the mind and 
 capabilities of the teacher, it is necessary that these conditions 
 should be fully recorded in the register. If sufficient data of 
 this kind were collected we should then be able to arrive at the 
 following generalizations with considerable certainty : 
 
SCHOOL REGISTERS. 283 
 
 1. Under a certain range of capabilities of the teacher, and 
 under a certain average condition of intelligence on the part of 
 the pupils, what method or combination of methods is best 
 adapted for teaching certain given subjects. 
 
 2. What method or combination of methods is best adapted, 
 under ordinary circumstances, to a teacher of given qualifications 
 and capabilities. 
 
 3. What method or combination of methods is most suit- 
 able, under ordinary circumstances, for the instruction of boys 
 of a given age, character, and attainmeuts. 
 
 4. What qualifications and capabilities are best calculated to 
 form a good teacher. 
 
 The following are some of the systems and methods most 
 eligible for being tested in this way : 
 
 1. The comparative advantages of the individual and collec- 
 tive methods of teaching. To wliat extent should individual 
 instruction be carried when combined with the method of col- 
 lective teaching ? and in what subjects may the respective 
 methods be most efficiently employed ? 
 
 2. The comparative advantages of the synthetic and analytic 
 methods, applied to the teaching of different subjects, 
 
 3. The method of suggestive interrogation compared with the 
 dogmatic method, or with the purely elliptical form of giving 
 collective lessons. 
 
 4. The familiar style of lecturing, on the best recognized foiTn, 
 compared with the plan of using reading-books or text-books. 
 Or the comparative efficiency of a system which adopts certain 
 advantages belonging to each. 
 
 5. The advantages arising from home instruction when asso- 
 ciated with certain forms of teaching. 
 
 6. Comparison of different modes of teaching children to read, 
 or to write, or to spell. 
 
 I have used this plan of registration in connection with the 
 model lessons which I have had occasion to superintend ; and it 
 has led me to several important generalizations relative to 
 methods of instruction, to their adaptation to the minds of dif- 
 ferent masters, and to their suitableness to different classes of 
 pupils ; and also with respect to those qualifications, etc., on the 
 part of the master which are most likely to form the superior 
 teacher. It is not improbable that seme of these generalizations 
 may not have been based upon a sufficient number of facts, or 
 that they may not have embraced some hidden circumstances 
 which might vitiate the deductions. Be this as it may, they 
 constitute the chief results of the experience of my life as a prac- 
 tical educator. 
 
284 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Genebal Conclusions debited fbom the Wbiteb's Keg- 
 
 ISTBATION OF THE KeSULTS OF METHODS, etC. 
 
 1. Belative to Systems of Teaching . 
 
 1. Comparatively few men teacli well upon the elliptical plan 
 of giving lessons. The efficiency of this plan is much increased 
 by being associated with direct interrogation. Bible lessons 
 are peculiarly adapted to the elliptical form of teaching. 
 
 2. It is much more easy to lecture than it is to teach. Lectur- 
 ing, especially in an elementary school, should always be accom- 
 panied with a close system of questioning. 
 
 3. Collective teaching is most efficient when it is followed by 
 individual instruction, by individual examination, or by the 
 reproduction of the subject-matter of the lesson in writing uj 
 the pupils. 
 
 4. Oral instruction, given in the form of familiar lectures, by 
 a superior teacher, is in general a much more efficient mode of 
 instruction than the plan of teaching from reading-books or 
 text-books, even when accompanied with an analysis of the sub- 
 ject-matter which has been read by the class. 
 
 5. Suggestive modes of interrogation should never be employed 
 as tests of progress. The questions which we use for the pur- 
 pose should not contain the slightest clew to the answer. 
 
 7. As a general rule, having some important exceptions, the 
 progress of the pupils is in proportion to the apparent amount 
 of attention which they give to the lesson or lessons. 
 
 2. Belatwe to the Qualifications of the Master. 
 
 1. Teachers of limited capacity, or whose command of Ian" 
 guage is limited, invariably teach best with text books, or by the 
 individual system of instruction. 
 
 2. Men of fervid imaginations, having a great command of 
 language and enthusiasm of character, almost invariably become 
 superior teachers. 
 
 3. Decision of character almost invariably forms an element 
 in the qualifications of a superior .teacher. 
 
REGISTRATION OF RESULTS. 285 
 
 4. Men who are deficient in general knowledge and in enthu- 
 siasm of character are generally bad teachers, even though they 
 may possess great technical acquirements. 
 
 5. An earnest man, imbued with the love of children, is rarely 
 a bad teacher. 
 
 6. The love of teaching is generally associated with the 
 capability for it ; but the converse does not so frequently hold 
 true. 
 
 7. A man of superior teaching power teaches well by any 
 rational method. But he will always teach best by that method 
 which is suited to his peculiar capabilities. 
 
 8. Men generally teach badly when they attempt to teach too 
 much, or when they do not duly prepare their lessons. 
 
 9. Presence of mind, and that self-confidence which is based 
 on self-knowledge, are essential elements in a good teacher's 
 character. 
 
 10. Success in teaching is more dependent upon the capabili- 
 ties of the master for teaching than upon his technical acquire- 
 ments. Teaching-power is not always associated with superior 
 talents or great acquirements. 
 
 11. A teacher must practise a new method until he is fully 
 master of it before he can come to any conclusion as to its eflS- 
 ciency. Teachers are too prone to attribute their failures to the 
 method they employ, rather than to the improper way in which 
 they use it. 
 
 12. The best methods are the worst instruments which can be 
 put into the hands of incompetent teachers. The best and most 
 intellectual methods require a corresponding skill on the part of 
 the teacher to use them with efliciency, 
 
 3. Relative to fhe Pupils. 
 
 1. The more exciting modes of instruction are best suited to 
 phlegmatic children, or to the children of the poor. Children 
 of precocious minds do not require exciting modes of teaching. 
 
 3. Collective teaching associated with individual questioning, 
 etc., should invariably be used in teaching boys from six to 
 
286 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 twelve years of age. The advanced boys should have a larger 
 amount of individual teaching, 
 
 3. Evening exercises, when the parents arc able and willing 
 to co-operate with the teacher, add greatly to the efficiency of 
 school instruction. 
 
 4. Childreu in manufacturing aiid mechanical districts evince 
 considerable aptitude for acquiring a knowledge of geometry, 
 mechanism, and construction. Indeed, as a general rule, the 
 predilections of children have a leaning towards the pursuits 
 of their parents. School routines should always have a due re- 
 gard to the tastes, wants, and capabilities of the pupils. 
 
 Forms of Entry in the Begister. 
 
 Where there are a great many entries to be made in the columns 
 of a school register, it becomes desirable that we should have 
 some concise and graphic mode of symbolizing the results 
 which are to be recorded. The symbol which I have adopted 
 to express any word is simply the first letter of the word, and 
 where ambiguity may arise, the first two or the first three let- 
 ters of the word. The numerals 1, 2, 3, are used to express 
 the amount of any qualification, or the extent to which any 
 plan or method may be carried. These numerals, affixed to 
 any symbol expressing a particular qualification, indicate the 
 amount or degree of that qualification— that is to say, whether 
 it is moderate, fair, or excellent. Teachers, of coui-se, will 
 modify or extend these symbols to suit their convenience, or 
 they may perhaps find it most convenient to adhere to the ordi- 
 nary form of registration. These symbols, it will readily be 
 understood, do not form an essential feature of the proposed 
 plan of registration. 
 

 ^ 
 
 
 No. in class, 18. 
 
 No. in class, 24. 
 A little appa- 
 ratus useful. 
 
 S 
 
 co- 
 ol 
 
 Black-board 
 
 Slates. 
 Household 
 Articles. 
 
 2 
 
 
 Gallery 
 with desks. 
 
 Gallery 
 with desks. 
 
 0H 
 
 S 
 
 •uiajsjfs 8q!) 
 aapun ssaj 
 
 
 s 
 
 •uoTjuawv 
 
 CO CO 3 : S 
 
 e» 
 
 II 
 
 Chiefly Agri- 
 cultural. 
 Tradesmen, 
 intelligent. 
 
 00 
 
 •s^uauiurenv 
 a3B.i8AV 
 
 
 t^ 
 
 
 2 £ 
 
 (»> t^ 3 3 3 
 
 i 
 
 O 
 
 III 
 
 hJ3 
 
 Half hour. 
 
 Four lessons, 
 half hour ea. 
 
 liS 
 
 0} uon-Bia.! 
 UT IIIJls siH 
 
 (N N " 3 S 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 JO ?09Cqns 
 
 (^ r- . ^ .. 
 
 -^ ^ - ' - 
 
 N 
 
 II 
 
 K.M. F. m. k. 
 
 2 12 2 2 
 
 K.M. F. m. k. 
 
 12 113 
 
 - 
 
 •jaqDTS8x 
 
 JO 9UI13^ 
 
 < o ' ' ' 
 
 llll 
 
 '•w^w 
 
 
 41 g 
 
 
 il.a §• 
 
 
 oS 
 
 Los «b 
 
 
 I X . 
 
 I P._^| I. 
 
 It -^ 
 ^llol 
 
 1 ^ (3 fc 
 
 -m 4 1:111 
 
 ^O 
 
 2- 
 
 52 S' a 
 
 ToS S3 
 
 ■COS 5« 
 o bos 'S — 
 
 S§8 -1 
 
 .^,"Ss. 
 
 5Sao.d 
 
 
 ..X! fl fe 0) 
 
 ^ .§ c S 
 
 1 «B -^-g-a 0^.25 g 
 ^S 5|c£-2.coj^ 
 
 a fl <D - s 
 
 ■Wa; 
 S a 
 
 „ j3 oj ^ >-i 
 °>Ha'*5 a 
 
 c m oj *3 a Cti-ht;. 
 
 aj'oi a o 
 
 SS2 v.B^i^zi 
 
 ®g??£2ii.&' 
 
 •2S 
 
 S-a 
 
 ft^S 
 
 a) tja «t-i 2 (p ® S lu . 
 
 2|a ^.§^.2 l^-H"! 
 ft( 41 o a^ 
 
 i^<^ 
 
 ^'B^. 
 
 
288 PHILOSOPHY OS" EDUCATION. 
 
 Part IV, 
 
 ON THE APPLICATION OF DIFFERENT SYS- 
 TEMS AND METHODS TO THE VARIOUS 
 BRANCHES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCA- 
 TION. 
 
 The Scriptures, History, etc. — Bible lessons should always 
 be given, in an elementary school, on the collective system of 
 teaching. The following rules may be advantageously observed 
 in giving these lessons : 
 
 1 . The passage on which the lesson is given should be read by the 
 class. In the course of the reading, the meaning of the words 
 should be familiarly explained to the children, and the general 
 purport of the lesson should be constantly kept before them. 
 
 3. The teacher should picture out the subject-matter of the 
 lesson, after the manner described in connection with the cul- 
 tivation of memory (see p. 202). This will, generally, be best 
 done by the method of ellipses, occasionally varied by individ- 
 ual or collective interrogation. 
 
 3. The subject should be elucidated by the method of con- 
 trasts and resemblances (explained in connection with the cul- 
 tivation of the memory, see p. 192). 
 
 4. The progress of the class should be tested by the individ- 
 ual method of examination. 
 
 5. The duties to be learned from the lesson should be fully 
 explained. This will generally be most efficiently carried out 
 by the method of suggestive interrogation, or by the method of 
 ellipses. 
 
 6. Notes of the lesson should be written, with conciseness 
 and distinctness, upon the black-board. 
 
 Sketch of a Bible Zess6>?z.— Subject : Trial of Abraham's faith. 
 Genesis, chap. 22, verses 1 to 13. Mixed method : interroga- 
 tive, elliptical, illustrative, etc. 
 
 1. TJie reading lesson. — Words and phrases to be explained 
 in the course of the reading : The land of Moriah, burnt offer- 
 ing, worship, etc. 
 
APPLICATION OF SYSTEMS AND METHODS. 289 
 
 2. The picture.— \The words to be supplied by the pupils are 
 printed in italics.] 
 
 Abraham was a very good man, and had great faith or trust 
 in his Ood : Abraham had one son called Isaac, one darling boy, 
 that he loved more than anything in the icorld : Abraliam was 
 very happy with his son Isaac : * God was about to put Abra- 
 ham's faith and obedience to a very great trial: Let us see how 
 God tried Abraham's faith and obedience. God told Abraham 
 to take his son Isaac to a mountain a great way off, and offer 
 him there for a hurnt-offering. Oh ! what a trial for Abraham's 
 obedience this was, to slay his only son, as he did lambs and 
 calves and rams, upon the altar as a hurnt-offering. But Abra- 
 ham loved and feared Ood so much, that he never doubted 
 for one moment that whatever God commanded him to do 
 would be for his good — he did not even ask why he was to slay 
 his son, because he was sure that God had a good reason for 
 what He required him to do. Abraham then got up early in 
 the morning, and saddled his ass, and took two of the young men 
 with him, and Isaac his son, and cut some wood for a burnt- 
 offering, and started off towards the place where God had told 
 him to go. After they had travelled for three days and three 
 nights, they at last came in siglit of the mountain : Abraham 
 lifted up his eyes and saw the place afar off. And he told his 
 young tnen to stop and take care of the ass, while he and his 
 son w^ent up the monntain. Behold Abraham and his son, as 
 they climb the mountain ! — Isaac carries the heavy burthen of 
 wood for the hurnt-offering, and Abraham carries the fire to 
 kindle the wood, and in his hand is the terrible knife with 
 which he is to slay his only son as an offering to the Lord. 
 How sorrowful Abraham looks !— God has commanded him to 
 offer his son as a burnt-offering. • Isaac seems at a loss to know 
 what h\^ father is about to do with him. When they came to 
 the i)lctA:e which God had told Abraham of, Abraham laid the 
 wood in order, and bound his son and laid him upon the altar. 
 His hand is stretched forth, and he is about to plunge the 
 knife into his son, but the angel of the Lord, arrested the stroke, 
 saying to Abraham out of heaven, " Kow I know that thou 
 fearest God, seeing that thou hast not withheld thy son, thine 
 only son, from Me." 
 
 3. Contrasts and Resemhlances. — Contrast Abraham's charac- 
 ter with that of Balaam's or with that of Jonah's. Compare 
 
 * If the pupils do not fill in the ellipses, the teacher should ask the 
 question, 
 
 " What was the name o^ Abraham's son?" 
 19 
 
280 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Abraham's readiness to sacrifice his only sou at the command 
 of God, with the great sacrifice which Christ offered up upon 
 the cross for the sins of the world, 
 
 4. Examination. — To what land did God command Abraham 
 to go to offer up his son ? Hoav was Isaac to be offered ? For 
 how many days did they travel before they came in sight of 
 the mountain ? Who went with Abraham to the place of sac- 
 rifice ? What did he say to the young men before be left 
 them ? etc., etc. 
 
 5. Duties to be learned from the lesson. — When we are sore 
 beset with trials, what should we always do ? However hard 
 our lot in this world may be, our duty is simply to obey God, 
 who always knows what is best for us. If we simply follow 
 the commands of God, however strange they may appear to our 
 corrupt nature. He will find a way of escape for us. God 
 often tries our faith as He did Abraham's of old, by requiring 
 us to perform painful duties ; but we, like Mm, should obey God 
 and leave the results in His hands, knowing that all things will 
 at last work out for the good of them that fear Him. 
 
 6. Notes written on the black-board.— God's command to 
 Abraham — given to try his faith ; his journey to Moriah ; 
 Abraham and his son went alone to the place of sacrifice ; the 
 angel of the Lord prevented Abraham from slaying his son ; etc. 
 
 History and Subjects of General Reading. — History and 
 other subjects of general reading should be taught by the same 
 method as that which we have just described in relation to the 
 teaching of the Scriptures, 
 
 Reading and Spelling ; Etymology ; Grammar. — These 
 subjects should be taught in our elementary schools upon the 
 collective system of instruction. While one boy reads or spells, 
 the other boys must listen. Important passages should be read 
 simultaneously by the class, and sometimes words should be 
 spelled, letter after letter, in the same manner. In the course of 
 the reading the master will frequently have occasion to correct 
 the pronunciation, indistinct utterance, the accent, and the in- 
 tonations of the pupils. Whenever he does so, he should 
 always endeavor to put his reasons into the form of a general 
 rule. Above all things, the pupils should be taught to read 
 with intelligence. 
 
 Very young children should be taught to read from large 
 class-cards, having pictures of the leading subjects of each les- 
 son. The look and say plan of teaching to read is certainly the 
 best, especially when it is combined with some of the most 
 striking principles of the phonic method. In like manner the 
 best plan for teaching children to spell is to get them to write 
 
APPLICATION OF SYSTEMS AND MICTHODS. 09 ^ 
 
 out the lessons which they have read : the eye, hi my opinion, 
 is a better guide to correct spelling than the ear. The lessons 
 for teaching little children to read should contain frequent repe- 
 titions of the same word in each lesson. Let us take an ex- 
 ample : 
 
 S/pecimen of a Reading lesson for little children 
 
 Tom is a good boy. A good boy does what he is told. I 
 told Tom to be good, John is a bad boy. A bad boy does 
 not do what he is told. And so on. 
 
 When the child is able to read words of three letters, he 
 should then be taught to read words of four or more letters ; 
 and after words of one syllable he should be taught to read 
 words of two syllables ; and so on. 
 
 In the course of these reading lessons the intelligent teacher 
 will not fail occasionally to avail himself of some of the most 
 prominent principles of the phonic system of reading. Certain 
 combinations of letters almost invariably represent certain ele- 
 mentary sounds ; as, for example, the sound of ad in bad, lad, 
 sad, mad, etc.; the sound of ay in bay, lay, say, may, etc.; 
 the sound of un in bun, sun, etc. ; the sound of sh in shut, 
 shark, shave, shall, etc.; the sound of cli in child, chide, chick, 
 etc. ; and so on. 
 
 The ordinary box of reading letters should be used in show- 
 ing the child how the elementary sounds go to form the sound 
 of the word. Thus in showing the sound of the word sha'i^e, 
 the teacher first gives the sound of the letters sh, next that of 
 am, and then putting the letters together he gives the com- 
 pound sound shave. 
 
 To follow out the phonic system of reading in all its details 
 is neither practicable nor desirable. The fact is this system re- 
 quires the pupils to make analyses of sounds, which we our- 
 selves never do in the practice of reading, The rules of pronun- 
 ciation in our language are so very complicated, that it seems 
 to be almost ridiculous to attempt to teach reading on a strictly 
 phonic plan. By the practice of reading on the look and say 
 system (aided by occasional hints relative to the elementary 
 sounds of the most common combinations of letters), the child 
 gradually and insensibly acquires the pronunciation of words. 
 On the teaching of the alphabet, see page 194. 
 
 The etymology of technical words and philosophical terms 
 (particularly those that are derived from the Greek and Latin) 
 should be given in connection with reading lessons. But the 
 teacher should Ijenr in mind that the derivation of a technical 
 
29^ PHILOSOPHY OF EDVCATIOK. 
 
 term does not supersede the necessity of giving the full mean^ 
 ing of the term as it is used in our language ; the chief pur- 
 pose which etymology serves in the elementary school is to aid 
 the pupils in remembering the signification of technical terms. 
 Important words and phrases which occur in the lesson should 
 be written in large characters upon the black-boaid, with their 
 meanings and derivations. 
 
 Grammar should also be taught in connection with the read- 
 ing lessons. But besides such desultory exercises on Grammar, 
 the definitions and principles should be systematically taught 
 by collective lessons, and by simple text-books upon the subject. 
 
 Grammar more fully considered. — Grammar may be 
 taught by a constructive method, or by a method of progressive 
 development. A first course of instruction should comprehend 
 all the simple parts of speech without their inflections, etc. ; 
 the particular and most familiar form of each definition should 
 be explained before the general or most abstract form ; and 
 where the definition contains a comprehensive statement, it 
 should be broken down into its component parts, and after each 
 part has been successively explained, their relative connection 
 or dependence should be distinctly pointed out. A second 
 course of grammar should comprehend the inflections of 
 words ; and'a third course that of the analysis of sentences and 
 the rules of syntax and composition. These rules should be 
 based on the analysis of sentences ; for by so doing we follow 
 one of our most certain general prir;ciples of method, viz., that 
 of teaching the concrete before the abstract. We have too much 
 parsing in our schools, and too little of the practice of composi- 
 tion. Teachers should get their pupils to construct sentences 
 as early as possible ; for it should be borne in mind that pars- 
 ing is only a means for the attainment of an end — that is, to 
 enable the pupils to write and speak with accuracy and facility. 
 All our exercises in composition should have some actual ob- 
 ject ; they should express familiar ideas, or describe things and 
 events which actually exist (see page 1 59). The old plan of 
 teaching syntax (that is, by giving bad English to correct under 
 each rule) has not yet been superseded. In grammar, as in 
 many things else, we seem to know what is right by seeing 
 what is wrong ; and we are the better able to follow what is 
 right by constantly endeavoring to avoid what is wrong. 
 
 A lesson on Orammar. Subject— The noun. Mixed method, 
 interrogation, ellipses, etc. 
 
 Now, my children, I am going to show you what a noun is. 
 Listen ! 
 
 A NOUN is the name of an object or thing ; as book, apple, 
 table, etc. 
 
ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 203 
 
 Hat IS the name of a thing — what kind of word is hat ? 
 Write the following- sentence on your slates : " Pears and ap- 
 ples grow on trees." Now" put a line below all those words 
 which are nouns. 
 
 A NOUN is the name of an animal ; as dog, cat, horse, etc. 
 
 Cow is the name of an animal ; therefore the word cow is a 
 noun. And so on to other examples. 
 
 A NOUN is the name of a person ; as John, Thomas, Milton, 
 etc. 
 
 Andrew is the name of a 'person ; therefore the word Andrew 
 is a noun. And so on to other examples. 
 
 A NOUN is the name" of a place ; as London, York, Leeds, 
 etc, 
 
 Hounslow is the name of a place ; therefore the word Houns- 
 low is a noun. 
 
 A NOUN is the name of anything which we can speak of as 
 existing ; as chair, whiteness, darkness, etc. 
 
 I can speak of table as a thing which exists ; therefore^ the 
 word table is a noun. I can speak of the soul as existing ; 
 therefore the word soul is a noun. And so on. 
 
 Now let us collect together all that has been said about a noun. 
 
 A NOUN IS THE NAME OF AN OBJECT, AN ANIMAL, A PER- 
 SON, A PLACE, OR ANYTHING W^E CAN SPEAK OF AS EXISTING. 
 
 Give me as many words as you can think of which are nouns. 
 
 AVhy is the word book a noun ? Why is the word heaven a 
 noun ? And so on. Put a mark beneath all the nouns in the 
 following sentences : Thomas has got a dog. London is a 
 large city ; etc. 
 
 A lesson on Grammar. Subject— The adjective. Mixed 
 method. 
 
 An adjective is a word which points out the quality of a 
 noun ; as large, good, black, etc. 
 
 I have a sharp knife. Now what word here points out the 
 quality of the knife ? Sharp, then, is an adjective, for it points 
 out or expresses the quality of the knife. 
 
 He gave me some ' apples. Now a:l the words which 
 
 I put before the word apples to make sense are adjectives ; 
 find out as many of these as you can. Small, large, round, 
 ripe, unripe, sour, red. siceet, etc. 
 
 An adjective limits the meaning of a noun ; this, many, 
 fourth, etc. And so on. 
 
 Now let us collect together all that has been said about an 
 adjective. 
 
 An adjective is a word v-rich points out the qual- 
 ity OF A NOUN OR LIMITS ITS MEANING. 
 
3§4 PHiLosoriiY Of education. 
 
 Put a mark beneath all the adjectives in the following sen- 
 tences : 
 
 A horse is a noble animal. The cow gives fine milk. 
 
 Why is the word the an adjective ? Why is the word noble 
 an adjective ? And so on to other examples. 
 
 Lessons on composition and tlw analysis of sentences. 
 
 1. To enlarge the subject. Simple sentence— " The dog is 
 ill."* 
 
 What is the subject of this sentence ? What is the predicate ? 
 
 Now I shall enlarge the subject of this sentence, that is to 
 
 say, I shall add something v/hich shall tell us all about the dog. 
 
 "The dog is ill." 
 
 1. The large dog is ill. 
 
 2. The dog Pompey is ill, 
 
 3. The carrier's dog is ill. 
 
 4. The dog of four years old is ill. 
 
 0. The dog, b^ing very fat, is ill. 
 
 And putting all these enlargements of the subject in one sen- 
 tence, we have — 
 
 The carrier's large dog Pompey, of four years old, heing very 
 fat, is ill. 
 
 What purpose is served by these enlargements of the sub- 
 ject ? What do they tell us ? First, that the dog is large ; sec- 
 ond, that his name is Pompey ; third, toat he belongs to the 
 carrier ; fourth, that he is four years old ; and fifth, that he is 
 very fat. What kind of word have 1 used to enlarge the sub- 
 ject in No. 1 ? The adjective large. And so on to the others. 
 
 Enlarge the subject of the following sentence ; first by an ad- 
 jective, second by a noun in apposition ; and so on : " The 
 boy reads." 
 
 2. To extend the predicate. Simple sentence—" The bcj 
 reads." 
 
 The predicate may be extended in the following different 
 ways : 
 
 ' ' The boy reads. " 
 
 1. The boy reads /^/i'rt^. 
 
 2. The boy reads /I??' information. 
 (b) The boy reads at home. 
 
 3. The boy reads every day. 
 - 4. Tiie boy reads standing. 
 
 * Here we suppose this to be reallj' a fact. 
 
ARITHMETIC. 095 
 
 111 (1) tbc predicate is extended by an adcerh ; iu (2) by a pre- 
 position or by a prepositional phrase ; in (3) by a noun in the 
 objective case ; in (4) by a participle used adverbially. 
 
 if n (1) and (4) we use an adjunct of manner ; in (2) an adjunct 
 of cause ; in (b) an adjunct of place ; in (3) an adjunct of time. 
 
 Show the different ways in which the predicate in the fol- 
 lowing sentence may be extended : " The boy runs," 
 
 Point out the subject, predicate, and object of the following 
 sentence : * ' A had boy called Thomson hurt little William very 
 severely." What words enlarge the subject ? What word 
 qualifies the object ? What words extend the predicate ? 
 
 Obser mt ion. -—FrocQe(\mg in this wa}^ the pupil will be 
 taught the art of composition. But in all this there is compar- 
 atively little knowledge of parsing required. 
 
 Arithmstic. — All the junior classes in an elementary school 
 should be taught arithmetic on the collective system. The syn- 
 thetic method of demonstration — first explained, at least in this 
 country, in the writer's treatise on the Principles of Arithmetic 
 — is certainly the best adapted for elementary instruction. The 
 suggestive method of interrogation is most generally applicable 
 to the teaching of demonstrative arithmetic. 
 
 In teaching common or slate arithmetic the following 
 general rules should be observed : 
 
 1. All the demonstrations should be given distinctly upon 
 the black-board. 
 
 2. The essential data of the question (not the whole question) 
 should be written, in a proper order, on the black-board, es- 
 pecially when the question contains three or more data. 
 
 3. The teacher should fully explain every step of the process 
 as he v.-rites it down. It is a bad plan to work out the whole 
 question, and then to proceed with the explanation. 
 
 4. The pupils should take ai part in the investigation. The 
 master should require them, time after tim.e, to tell him what 
 quantities he must write down, at the different steps of the in- 
 vestigation. 
 
 Let us take a few examples of this method of teaching arith- 
 metic. 
 
 1, Lesson on the Addition of Fractions. 
 
 Let it be required to add one half and three fourths together. 
 Here, before we can add these fractions together, we must 
 bring them to the same part of unity, or, to speak more simply, 
 we must bring them to bits of the same size. Let us suppose 
 that we have to find how much the half of a loaf added to the 
 three quarters of a loaf will make, What do I take as the ujiit 
 
296 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 here ? (Ans, A loaf.) Now, how do we get the half of a loaf ? 
 (Ans. By cutting it into two equal parts.) How do we get 
 the three fourths of the loaf ? (Ans. By cutting the loaf into 
 four equal parts, and taking three of them.) Now, how should 
 you put the half bits into quarter bits ? (Ans. By cutting each 
 half into two equal bits, for then w^e should haAC the whole 
 loaf cut into four equal bits.) Very well. Now, how many 
 fourths will there be in one half ? (Ans. Two fourths.) So 
 that you have to put together, or add, two fourths and three 
 fourths. What will they make ? (Ans. Fivx^ fourths.) But 
 I want you to gire me the sum in mixed numbers. How 
 many w^hole loaves would you have in five quarter loaves ? 
 (Ans. One and a quarter more.) That is to say, the sum of 
 one half and three quarters will be equal to one and a quarter. 
 
 I am going to show 3 on how to do this question in another 
 way. 
 
 A, , . 1 
 
 J or 1. 
 
 Let a stick or a line (A B) be divided on the upper side into 
 two equal parts, and the bottom side into four equal parts. 
 What will each of the upper parts be called ? What will eacli 
 of the bottom parts be called V Look at the figure, and tell me 
 how many fourths there are in each half. And so on, as before. 
 
 The teacher should also do the same thing by the division 
 of a space. 
 
 2. A Lesson on Rule of Three. 
 
 Let it be required to find the cost of 9 books when the cost 
 of a dozen is 8«. \d. 
 
 Let us first write the essential data of the question on the 
 black-board. 
 
 DATA. 
 
 Cost of 12 is 8s. 1 J.— the cost of 9 is required. 
 
 SOLUTION TO BE WRITTEN ON THE BLACK-BOABD. 
 
 Cost 12 books = 8s. Id. 
 .-. Cost 36 books - 3 times 8s. Id. = 24s. Sd. 
 
 24s. Sd. 
 .•. Cost 9 books = one fourth part of 24s. 3d. — = 6s. 0|cZ. 
 
 After the teacher has written down the language, "Cost 12 
 books =" he asks the class, " What shall I put this equal to?" 
 After he has received the answer he fills it in, and then asks, 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 297 
 
 " Why is it equal to 86'. Id. ?" " How many books have we to 
 find the cost of ?" " Now if we can get the cost of 36 books 
 we may readily get the cost of 9, as you will see when we pro- 
 ceed with the solution." After writing down " Cost 36 books 
 =" he asks, 'Will the cost of 36 books be more or less than 
 the cost of 12 books ?" " Why ?" " You are quite right : three 
 times the number of books will cost three times as much." 
 " Now, having got tlie cost of 36 books, how are we to get the 
 cost of 9 ?" " Exactly so: one fourth the number will of course 
 cost one fourth the price." And so on. 
 
 The more advanced boys should be sometimes called upon to 
 give a demonstration on the black-board. 
 
 Mental Arithmetic. — Tiiis subject should be taught on the 
 collective system in connection with the method of interroga- 
 tion. The boys prepared with an answer to the question pro- 
 posed by the master should hold up their hands, and the mas- 
 ter must then cull upon some boy to give the answer ; and so 
 on to the other artifices described in connection with the subject 
 of collective teaching. Young children should be practised for 
 some time in mental calculation before they are taught anything 
 relative to the symbols and notation of numbers. Strokes, 
 counters, balls, etc., should be taken as the representatives 
 of numbers, and all the leading properties and operations of 
 arithmetic should be demoustrated by the use of these objects 
 before any technical modes of calculation are attempted. All 
 the processes should be thoroughly demonstrative, and no rules 
 should be laid down independently of the inv^estigations. All 
 tricks and clap-traps of mental calculation sliould be conscien- 
 tiously avoided. The boy called upon to give the answer should 
 give the process of investigation. 
 
 Geography. — Geography may be thoroughly taught to large 
 classes on the collective system. The method of suggestive in- 
 terrogation, followed by or accompanied with catechetical ex- 
 amination, seems well adapted for teaching this subject to all 
 classes in an elementary school. No branch of geography 
 should be taught without the aid of a map. Every collective 
 lesson on geography should be given in connection with a large 
 map, which should be suspended directly before the class. 
 When any country, or city, or river, or mountain is spoken of, 
 its place upon the map should be pointed out, and its relative 
 bearings, boundaries, or extent should be fully explained. 
 Physical geography and history should always be taught in 
 connection with descriptive geography. (See p. 201.) 
 
 If a teacher can sketch well he should draw his own maps 
 upon the black-board. First, tracing the outline of the country, 
 
298 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 he mentions the various kingdoms or seas wLose boundaries his 
 chalk is tracing ; second, with a few jottings of his chalk he 
 marks out the principal mountain-ranges forming the great 
 ridges or apexes of the water-sheds ; third, he traces the rivers 
 winding their way from their mountain source or sources to the 
 great reservoirs of the waters of the globe. He pauses for a 
 moment to review his work. He has sketched out the works 
 of nature as the hand of the Creator has left them ; now he has 
 to begin to sketch the works of art and civilization — he has to 
 people the wilderness and to trace the progi-essive steps of civi- 
 lization ; upon the banks of the tidal rivers he marks the site of 
 the great mercantile cities; on the shores of the mountain 
 streams he plants the names of the oldest industrial cities ; on 
 the coal-fields he places those mighty manufacturing cities 
 which have almost sprung into existence since the discovery of 
 the steam-engine— that mightiest monarch of civilization and 
 power, which seems to control the destinies of the w^orld ; last 
 of all, he marks the sites of those large towns which form the 
 market-places of the rural population. We said that the work 
 was progressive : exQvy fi-esh touch of the chalk is associated 
 with some new idea, and every fresh idea has its appropriate 
 association with some line or mark upon the board. The sketch 
 goes on ; it becomes more and more finished ; the skeleton be- 
 comes lined with sinews, then clothed Avith flesh and blood ; 
 every fresh step towards completion excites new interest in the 
 minds of the boj^s ; they wonder how a few jottings can call up 
 the idea of a mountain-range, or how a winding line can call 
 up the idea of the course of a spai'kling river, or hoAV the little 
 mark put for the mountain city should av/aken in their imagina- 
 tions the sound of the flip-flap, flap-flip of water-mills and the 
 busy hum of industry ; they wonder, but they know not, that 
 the visible picture which their master has drawn with his chalk 
 would be dull and lifeless without the living moral picture with 
 which it is associated. Such a lesson is complete in its parts 
 and perfect as a whole. It is a complete exemplification of 
 what has been called the constmcUce method of teaching. 
 
 Map-drawing is an excellent means of teaching geography. 
 This exercise, as we l)efo)'e obser\ed, should be set^ apart for 
 home lessons. 
 
 Drawing.— Collective teaching, combined Avith the system of 
 home studies, is best adapted for giving lessons on this impor- 
 tant branch of school education. As this truly useful branch 
 of knoAvledge does not appear to have received that amount of 
 attention in cur schools generally which its utility demands, 
 
DRAWING. 299 
 
 we shall enter more fully into the details of the method by 
 which it should be taught in our elementary schools. 
 
 1. T/ie teaclier should first explain the elements of form. — Draw- 
 ing, like all other branches of instruction, has its simple ele- 
 mentary principles ; these principles should be learned by the 
 pupil before he can be expected to make any satisfactory prog- 
 ress. 
 
 All drawing must be "based upon a knowledge of the elements 
 of form. Before a boy can draw a line correctly he should know 
 something about the nature of that line. 
 
 All forms, whether in nature or art, may be reduced to a few 
 geometrical elements. 
 
 Straight lines should be copied of various lengths and 
 positions, and next in order should follow the various geometri- 
 cal iigurcs formed b}' straight lines. 
 
 The CIRCLE is the simplest and most perfect of all curved 
 LINES ; it, in fact, forms the standard by which we judge of the 
 relative degree of curvature of the various portions of any other 
 curved line. To draw a circle by the hand requires some skill ; 
 and the acquisition is well deserving the trouble. Curves of 
 contrary flexure, that is, curves whicli arc convex at one part and 
 concave at another, have been called the lines of beauty. Ex- 
 amples relating to the circle, with various curved figures more 
 or less depending upon it, should be given to the pupils. 
 
 These elements of form constitute the alphabet op draw 
 ING. No satisfactory progress can be made in drawing until 
 the pupil has become thoroughly acquainted with these forms. 
 You may as well attempt to teach a boy to read before he is ac- 
 quainted with his alphabet, as give him an axe, or any such 
 object, to draw before he is made acquainted with the different 
 kinds of lines found in its outline. 
 
 In this way drawing is made a useful instrument of a higher 
 kind of instruction ; for the pupil is insensibly, and at the same 
 time pleasantly, made acquainted with the names and properties 
 of geometrical figures. Why should the boy, who is supposed 
 to be skilful enough to draw a chair or a looking-glass, remain 
 ignorant of the names of the geometrical elements of form ? A 
 child of five years of age readily learns the names and under- 
 stands the construction of the most useful geometrical figures ; 
 and not only so, but he reallj^ feels a pleasure in learning them. 
 JTow the best way of learning the names and definitions of 
 geometrical figures is actually to draw them. Children fe^l as 
 much pleasure in drawing beautiful geometrical forms as they 
 do in imitating the drawings of natural objects, more especially 
 if they are taught to draw these geometrical forms by method. 
 
300 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 The teaching of the first facts of geometry ought to be con- 
 sidered as one of the most important ends which is to be attained 
 by an elementary course of drawing lessons. It is not prac- 
 ticable, and indeed it is not desirable if it were practicable, to 
 teach drawing without embracing a certain amount of geomet- 
 rical knowledge. 
 
 The pleasure of success is the best incentive to the pupil in 
 learning to draw ; but if the exercises are too difficult for him 
 he will give up in despair, believing that he has no genius for 
 drawing. A teacher gives a boy, as a first lesson, a drawing of 
 an Ass to copy: the boy labors earnestly at his task, for he 
 really would like to draw a donkey ; but notwithstanding his 
 repeated efforts, he cannot decidedly say whether his drawing is 
 more like a horse than it is like a donke3^ That boy should 
 first learn the alphabet of drawing— the 'leading elements of 
 forms— before he attempts to copy such difficult pictures. 
 
 2. The teacher' should explain the various lines of construction 
 necessary for drawing a figure. — In these lines of construction 
 we bring principles to aid the eye and the hand. The facility 
 and accuracy with which an artist, will copy any drawing de- 
 pends not more upon his skilful command of the pencil, than 
 upon the method which he adopts, unconsciously it may be, in 
 determining the leading points of the outline of the drawing. 
 The figure or model to be drawn should be first examined as a 
 whole, and then the leading points as well as the general out- 
 line of the drawing should be laid down, before any of the mi- 
 nute or subordinate parts are attempted. All beautiful figures 
 have symmetry ; and therefore, in constructing such figures, 
 there may always be found some geometrical forms which will 
 aid us in the construction. The habit of constracting figures 
 in this way, besides serving the end for which it is directly in- 
 tended, tends very much to improve the observing and reason- 
 ing powers of the pupil, ; it insensibly and gradually instils into 
 the young mind a knowledge of geometrical principles, and lays 
 the "foundation of a more demonstrative course of geometry. 
 Let us take a few illustrations. 
 
 A pupil having to draw an octagon for the first time would 
 scarcely know how to begin it ; but a glance at the teacher's 
 lines of construction should give him the idea of a method 
 which will enable him to draw the figure with facility and 
 precision. 
 
 Few persons, even amongst artists, can draw a perfect ellipse 
 by the hand ; but by attending to a few simple principles of 
 construction it becomes easy even to a pupil. 
 
 All points and lines of construction should be drawn faintly 
 
DRAWING. 301 
 
 in order that they may be readily erased, and that they may be 
 easily distinguished from the real lines of the drawmg. For 
 various illustrations of the methods of construction, the reader 
 may consult the writer's work on Drawing. 
 
 3. The teacJier sliould explain tlie manner of using iJis pencil or 
 crayo?i.— The drawing-pencil, or crayon, as the case may be, 
 should be held in the same manner as the common w^'itrng-pcn. 
 In order to give freedom of motion to the hand, the pupil should 
 be accustomed to hold the pencil loosely, with the first two 
 fingers and the thumb at some distance from the point. Every 
 line should be seen as it is being drawn, and, in order to secure 
 this, all lines should be drawn from left to right, and from the 
 top to the bottom of the paper. As a general rule, lines should 
 be first sketched out faintly, and then any inaccuracies can be 
 corrected as the line is being finished off. The beginning and 
 the end of a line should be fixed before the pupil commences 
 to draw it. Certain intermediate points should also be fixed 
 before the whole line is attempted to be drawn. Great precision 
 cannot be expected from young persons at first, nor should they 
 be required to dwell too long upon any particular drawing at 
 this early stage of their instruction ; the patience of a child 
 should never be wwn out by a fastidious regard to what is called 
 accuracy of finish. The fact is, there is a want of flexibility m 
 the muscles of the hand of young children which time and na- 
 ture only can fully remedy. 
 
 4 Proper drawing instruments and materials should be 
 provided for the pupils.— "Tha pupils should be provided vdth 
 slates, drawing books or drawing-paper. If slates are used, the 
 
 ,_ pointed, _ 
 
 freedom. If crayons are adopted, they should be of different 
 degrees of hardness, and fixed in a port-crayon, one at each end. 
 Some teachers may prefer pen-and-ink drawings ; this mode of 
 drawing is exceedingly useful and convenient for schools; in this 
 case the drawings may be first traced with black-lead pencil, 
 and then afterwards completed with the pen and ink. Each 
 pupil should be provided with a copy of some drawing exercises, 
 so that he may at certain periods go on with his work without 
 the constant supervision of the master. 
 
 5. The pupils should then dra w the outlines of familiar objects. - 
 After the pupil has been made acquainted with the leading ele- 
 ments of form, he will find much interest in tracing the outlines 
 of familiar objects. Outline drawings, it will be observed, are 
 not really representations of the objects, for they want the 
 
302 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 touches of light and shade, as well as some other artistic arti- 
 fices, requisite for forming a true picture. Notwithstanding 
 this, the drawings are sufticiently like the objects which they are 
 intended to represent, so as to interest the child in the resem- 
 blance. The pupil should first copy from the drawing of the 
 object, and then he should have the object itself plticed directly 
 before him to be drawn in outline. The master should carefully 
 explain to his pupils the different geometrical forms to which 
 the various parts of the outline (U'awing may be referred. 
 
 6. T/ie teacher should explain tlie method of drawing a fgure on 
 the'blackboard. — The teacher should construct the figure (which 
 his pupils are about to draw) on the black-board, "on an en- 
 larged SCALE. All the lines of construction should be ex- 
 plained by him as he draws them, and all the pupils should go 
 along with him, drawing line after line as their master pro- 
 ceeds with his exposition. After such explanations, the master 
 may leave his pupils for a time to copy the drawing from their 
 sheets with more care and exactness. The impetus which the 
 master thus gives to his class will be sufficient to render it self- 
 acting for the time which he may require to bestow to the other 
 classes in the school. 
 
 When a model is to be drawn, it should be placed before the 
 pupils in a position similar to that in which it is given in the 
 drawing copy; the master should then show the pupils hoio and 
 why he draws the different lines in his I'cpresentation. 
 
 There are a few important points upon which children require 
 to be especially guided. In drawing vertical lines, they are ver}^ 
 liable to make the lines lean in the same direction as the lines 
 of ordinary writing. Children should constantly have their at- 
 tention directed to the pi'oportion of the parts of a figure ; as, 
 for example, a line in a drawing may be exactly the same length 
 as another line, or it may be twice or thiice the length. The 
 jTOsition of lines should be carefully noted : as, for example, 
 one line may be perpendicular to another line ; or a line may be 
 drawn exactly between the vertical and the horizontal ; or a line 
 may rise to the left of the horizontal ; and so on. They are very 
 apt to draw a line before its exact position has been realized in 
 their own minds. Children, if left to themsclvec-, will often 
 begin with some unimportant detail, and thus go on drawing 
 without method ; here the master should show the child what 
 lines to begin with, how to get a good general outline, and then 
 how the minute parts should be finished off. 
 
 7. The teacher should carefully inspect the work done by the 
 pupils.— Wh\\Q the pupils are at work, the master should move 
 rapidly amongst them, giving hints to some, correcting the 
 
DRAUIXG. 308 
 
 errors of others, and in all cases showing them how they should 
 do it, rather than actually doing it for them. A few minutes 
 at the close of each lesson should be devoted to the examina- 
 tion of the slates or books of the pupils. The drawings done at 
 home should also be carefully examined by the master. 
 
 8. The nmsier should give his pupils drawing copies for home 
 exercises. — Our present systems of elementary education seem to 
 make too little provision for home instruction. Drawing at 
 home is admirably adapted for supplying the place of evening- 
 tasks, Avhich were once given in the form of columns of spell- 
 ings or paragraphs of geography. Drawing is rather an amuse- 
 ment than a task, and children need very little persuasion to 
 induce them to devote some portion of their leisure time to this 
 delightful study. In home studies esi^ecially, children like to 
 show^ some evidence of their application, with the \iew of com- 
 paring the work of one week with that of another. Exercises 
 on drawing, as we have already observed, are well calculated to 
 eifect this end. 
 
 9. The more admnced pupils should draw the figures upon an 
 enlarged scale. — Young persons can draw small tigures much 
 more easily than they can draw large ones. Their eye more 
 readily catches the proportions of small figures than of large 
 ones ; and their hand is better able to draw short lines than long 
 ones. Children have a more perfect perception of an object of 
 moderate size than they have of a large object ; the eye takes 
 in all the parts of the object more readily in the former case 
 than in the latter case, and thus a more perfect picture is 
 formed upon the retina. Hence it is in accordance with nature 
 that a young person should first copy moderate-sized drawings, 
 such as those given at page 308 of this book, before he at- 
 tempts to draw upon a large scale. But after he has drawn the 
 figures upon a small scale, he should then draw^ them upon a 
 scale of twice, thrice, or even four times the size. The draw- 
 ing of figures on a large scale gives freedom and power to the 
 hand and precision to the judgment. But, besides this, the 
 drawing of figures on different scales forms one of the most 
 useful lessons in practical mathematics. If a child is required 
 to draw a figure on double the scale of any given figiu-e, he 
 sees that if he takes the base of his drawing double the length 
 of the base of the original figure, then all ti^ parts of his figure 
 will be respectively double the corresponding parts of the ori- 
 ginal figure; and so on to other cases: in this way he will draw 
 a figure of the same form as the original, the only difference 
 between the two figures being that one is drawn upon a larger 
 scale than the other. 
 
304 PHILOSOPHY OF ELfVCATION. 
 
 10. After drawing from copy, the pupils should draw from, 
 familiar objects. — Co])ying' is the first step in drawing. It is one 
 of the easiest acts of imitation. When a pupil makes a copy of 
 a drawing, he merely transfers the lines on one sheet of paper 
 to another ; but in this exercise of the faculty of imitation some 
 reasoning and judgment are involved, especially if the pupil is 
 called upon to use certain artifices of construction. To give a 
 representation of a natural object just as it appears to us is 
 much more difficult than to make a copy of a drawing already 
 made of the object. The lines which we draw in this case are 
 not the exact counterparts of the corresponding lines in the 
 object, but merely representations of them, drawn so as to con- 
 vey to the organs of perception an impression of the object. 
 In order to understand how this effect is produced, we must be 
 acquainted with the laws of vision, with the effects of light and 
 shade, and with certain principles of perspective relating to the 
 foreshortening of lines, etc. In a course of elementary instruc- 
 tion in drawing, therefore, the pupil should first exercise his 
 eye and hand in the copying of certain geometrical forms and 
 simple drawings of natural objects, before he commences draw- 
 ing from actual objects. It is, moreover, necessary that the 
 pupil should first copy the drawing of a natural object before 
 he proceeds to give a representati(jn of it as it would appear to 
 him vv'hen placed before liim. While the pupil is thus acquir- 
 ing steadiness of hand and accuracy of eye, he is at the same 
 time gradually becoming acquainted with the art of perspective, 
 or the true mode of representing solid figures on a fiat surface. 
 In order that the drawing may be of service to the pupil, the 
 object should be placed before him nearly in Ihe same position 
 as that in which it is represented in the drawing. A further 
 change of view will sufficiently task the skill of the pupil. 
 The master should be at some pains to show the coincidence of 
 the lines of the representation with the actual appearance. He 
 should show them, for example, why all the vertical lines in 
 the object are also draw^n vertical in the picture ; why certain 
 horizontal lines in the object are drawn rising or falling, as the 
 case may be, from the horizontal line in the picture ; why cer- 
 tain lines in the object are draw^n much shorter in the picture 
 than they really are in the object ; and so on, as explained in 
 the writer's w^ork on " Drawing for Schools." 
 
 The best stand for the drawing models is a common table. 
 They may be raised, if necessary, by placing them on a box or 
 any rectangular object. 
 
 11. Advantage of small drawings for children. — Some teach- 
 ers suspend large drawings before their class to be copied. This 
 
DRAWING. 305 
 
 plan is in many respects highly eligible for simultaneous in- 
 struction when the pupils can be placed directly in front of the 
 drawing ; but when this cannot be done the figure will appear 
 foreshortened and distorted to those pupils on each side of it. 
 It should also be observed that drawing from a large figure is 
 not strictly an act of imitation, for the copy made by the pupil 
 is what the figure would appear to be, supposing it placed at 
 the same distance from the eye as the copy. Besides, these very 
 large figures are not adapted for home instruction. J^ow, when 
 each pupil is pro\dded with a drawing, he is able to place it 
 directly before him at the same distance from his eye as the 
 copy which he is about to make ; hence he finds it more easy 
 to copy a small drawing so placed than to copy a large drawing 
 suspended at a distance from his eye. But the greatest advan- 
 tage of small drawings is that they may be taken home by the 
 pupils and copied in their leisure hours. 
 
 Chalk drawings, executed nowEVER roughly by the 
 MASTER ON THE BLACK-BOARD, are really much more efficient 
 means of instruction than the suspending of large drawing 
 sheets before the class. 
 
 13. T/ie pupils should be taugJd to draw from Modtls, after 
 the metJiod of Dupuis. — A boy may be able to make excellent 
 copies of drawings or pictures without being able to give any- 
 thing like a tolerable representation of the simplest natural ob- 
 ject : this requires distinct cultivation. Model-drawing is the 
 best way of teaching beginners to draw from nature. 
 
 The following are some of the advantages of teaching draw- 
 ing from models : 
 
 (1) Natural objects are generally too difficult for the learner 
 to begin with, whereas the models can be constructed accord- 
 ing to a progressive order of difficulty. 
 
 (2) The models are always under our control ; they may be 
 readily placed at any distance from the pupil or in any desira- 
 ble position. 
 
 (3) They may be made to represent various geometrical 
 forms, and owing to this uniformity of shape, the drawings 
 taken from one set of models may be compared with those taken 
 from another set. 
 
 (4) The models may be used in combination with one an- 
 other, and thus the different parts of a complex figure may be 
 first drawn separately before they are drawn in combination. 
 
 (5) The system of model-drawing is especially calculated to 
 exercise and develop the powers of observation and comparison, 
 and forms the best introduction to a system of mathematical 
 perspective. 
 
 20 
 
306 PHtLOSOPllV OF EDUCATION. 
 
 The models which the pupils are required to draw are made 
 of wood or some other light material, and they are placed iu n 
 proper position before the pupil, in order to be drawn by hir 
 on paper or on a common slate. He is taught certain easy pr( 
 cesses, by which he is enabled to find out the apparent size aL< 
 shape of the various parts of the model, so as to give its tru^ 
 representation on paper. 
 
 The method of drawing from models was invented by M. 
 Dupuis, Its grand feature consists in making perspective draw- 
 ing a matter of observation on the part of the jpupil, rather than 
 a subject of mathematical reasoning. The principles, practice, 
 and advantages of the method are fully explained in the author's 
 work on "Drawing for Schools." 
 
 The following simple apparatus has been used by the author 
 to render the principles of model-drawing more apparent. The 
 construction is so very simple that it may be made for a few 
 pence. 
 
 A B c p is a block of wood about 9 inches long, 3 inches broad, 
 and 1^ inches thick ; a saw -cut a l is made square across for 
 receiving the pane of glass g l i k, upon which the representa- 
 tions of the objects are to be drawn ; e s is a small pin of wood, 
 having a hole at the top to which the eye Is applied, fixed at 
 the distance of about 6 inches from the glass pane ; the surface 
 of the pane is covered with a thin coating cf gum, for the 
 purpose of retaining the chalk-lines traced upon it. When any 
 drawing is to be rubbed off, it is only necessary to warm the 
 surface of the gum before the fire, so as to raake it perfectly free 
 from moisture, then lightly rub off the chalk-marks with a silk 
 handkerchief. Let the advanced pupils occasionally practise 
 drawing frona simple objects, with this simple apparatus, and 
 they will insensibly acquire a knowledge of the principles and 
 practice of perspective representations. 
 
 Model Lessons on Drawing. — (1) On the drawing of a Circle. 
 I am going to show you how to draw a circle with the hand. 
 Draw the straight line b d equal to the length of the diameter 
 of the circle which you wish to make. Find the middle or 
 centre c of this line. Do you think that I have got the middle 
 exactly ? James Carter says that I have taken the point too 
 much to the left. I think that he is right, therefore I shall 
 place it a little further to the right. I must now look at your 
 shites to see that you are all going along with me. 
 
 Through the centre c draw the straight line e c r, perpen- 
 dicular to B D. Now to which side does e f lean ? Please, sir 
 (we may suppose the pupil to answer), it leans neither to the one 
 side nor the other ; that is to say, e f is at right angles to b d. 
 
DRAWING. 
 
 307 
 
308 
 
 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Teaclier. How many right angles have we got here ? 
 Pupil. Four right angles. 
 
 Teaclier. Now I am going to cut these right angles through 
 their middles by two straight lines : thus we have g h and i J. 
 
 Mark off c g, c e, c i, c h, and c j. each equal to c d or c b. 
 What will these distances be called ? Trace the circle lightly 
 through these points. Having done this, I must mend some 
 portions before I attempt to draw the full line. I now proceed 
 
 Er- 
 
 SPIRAL. 
 
 to finish off the circumference. We may now rub out the lines 
 of construction, just as a builder takes away his scaffolding af- 
 ter he has completed the house. 
 
 The teacher may now put a few questions relative to the va- 
 rious lines connected with the circle. 
 
WRITING. 309 
 
 (2) On Ihe drawing of a Spiral. — I am going to show you 
 how to draw a spiral. Draw the dotted lines o D and o e at 
 right angles to each other. With o as the centre, draw the 
 concentric quadrants e f and a b of any convenient size ; — 
 (what do you mean by concentric ?) — mark off f k, k i, and i d, 
 each equal to b f ; then draw the semicircles b c d. F g i, D v k, 
 and K I ; which will be the spiral required to bo drawn. 
 
 Tecicher. Of what parts is the exterior spiral a b c d v f t 
 composed ? 
 
 Pupil. It is composed of one quadrant and three semicircles. 
 
 Teacher. What is the size of the semicircle b c d as compared 
 v^dth the semicircle d v k ? 
 
 Pupil. The diameter b d of the first is double the diameter 
 K D of the second. 
 
 Writing. — This branch of education may be thoroughly 
 taught, in a common-school, on the collective system. In con- 
 ducting such lessons as writing, it is desirable that the master 
 should exercise his classes, in all their movements, in habits of 
 military precision and promptitude. In order to follow out the 
 collective system in relation to this subject, the writing to be 
 copied should be written by the master on the black-board, or 
 large sheets containing copies should be suspended in front of 
 the class. After the copy-books and pens have been distribut- 
 ed, the master gives the order, " Open copy-books ;" then all 
 the pupils in the class must obey the order at the same moment 
 the master may next say, " Take up pens ;" then all the pupils 
 must, in like manner, promptly and exactly obey the order : 
 he may next say, " Prepare to write ;" every boy, in this case, 
 must place his copy-book and his own body in the proper posi- 
 tion for writing, this position having been previously exiDlained 
 by the master: he may now say, "Begin writing;" and all 
 the class commence their work at the same moment. Similar 
 orders may be given when the pupils have finished the first line. 
 The master must then rapidly inspect the copy-books, giving a 
 hint to each pupil as he passes him, and afterwards he will 
 make some more enlarged remarks upon the writing, addressed 
 to the whole class, as it generally happens that the faults of one 
 boy are common to the whole class. We do not mean to say 
 that an intelligent teacher will slavishly follow this plan, or in- 
 deed any other plan that might be proposed ; at the same time 
 it should be observed, that the plan here given must contain 
 the leading elements of every etficient plan w^hich might be 
 devised. Every teacher will, of course, adapt the details of a 
 plan to suit his peculiar tastes and habits of thought. 
 
 Mulhauscr's method of writing seems to be well adapted for 
 
310 
 
 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 giving the first elementary lessons in writing ; but the method 
 should not be carried beyond its legitimate limits. In order to 
 give a finish to writing, no method can supersede that of care- 
 fully prepared copy-heads, such as those given by Butterworth, 
 Foster, Story, and others. 
 
 Practical Geometry and Mensuration. — The pupils 
 should be taught these subjects after the collective system of 
 teaching, followed up by individual exercises. Each pupil in 
 the class should be provided with a pair of compasses, a ruler, 
 and if possible a scale, having a diagonal scale of equal parts on 
 one side, and a protractor on the other, and a little triangular 
 square (see the author's Geometry and Mensuration). The master 
 should be provided with a large pair of wooden compasses, 
 having a chalk-holder at the extremity of one of its legs ; a long 
 ruler ; a large wooden protractor, which need not be very ex- 
 
 HORIZONTAL LINE 
 
 ^*,;=^$^J:S^lSS^f^^^;^::^#iiS^ 
 
 actly made ; and a large T square. He should construct his 
 figures without the aid of any other instruments. 
 
 The master should draw the geometrical problem on the 
 black-board on a large scale, taking care to excite the attention 
 of the pupils in the class, time after time, by putting various 
 suggestive questions to them, such as we have given in connec- 
 tion with the teaching of drawing, etc. 
 
 Familiar and common-sense expositions (without aspiring to 
 strictness of demonstration) should be given relative to the 
 methods of construction. In the same manner, the leading 
 problems of mensuration should be taught. 
 
 A lesson mi Geometry. Subject — A" perpendicular, a right 
 angle, — illustrative method, — from the concrete to the abstract. 
 
 When a man stands upright, he stands perpendicular to the 
 floor. The floor of this room is level or horkonkd ; the wall 
 
GEOMETRY AND ifEXSURATJOX. 
 
 811 
 
 of the room is vertical , and stands perpendicular to the level 
 floor. The surface of still water is level or horizontal; a plum- 
 met line hangs vertically ; the plummet Hue is perpendicular to 
 the surface of the iCoMr. It will be seen that the plummet li'iw 
 neither inclines to the one side nor to ths other ; that is to say, 
 the openings or angles, which it forms with the horizontal line, 
 on each side, are equal to each other. 
 
 F 
 
 Is the line c d perpendicular to a b ? To which side does it 
 incline ? On which side docs it form the greater angle or open- 
 ing ? To which side does c e incline ? On which side does 
 c E make the greater angle ? Whether does c d or c e ap- 
 proach nearer to the perpendicular position ? To which side 
 does the line c p incline ? To neither the one side nor the other. 
 Then the angles on each side are equal to each other, and they 
 are called right angles. 
 
 A lesson 07i Practical GeomHry. Subject — To erect a peii^en- 
 dicular. Mixed method. Illustrative, constmctive, etc. 
 
 I want to show you how to draw one line perpendicular to 
 another. From the given point, or mark, d, in the straight 
 line A B, I want to erect a perpendicular, that is, a line which 
 will neither incline to the one side nor to the other. 
 
 On each side of d, I take d f, of the same length as d e. 
 (The teacher is supposed to construct the figure as he describes 
 
 it.) I open the legs of my compasses so that the opening be- 
 tween ihe. points shall be greater than d e or d f ; I place one 
 point of my compasses on the mark or point e, and sweep a 
 portion of ?i circle; I now place the point of the compasses on 
 the mark or point f, and sweep a portion of another circle, 
 cutting the former in a point which we shall call c ; I join d 
 and c, and the line d c will be j^crrendicnlar to the line A b. 
 
312 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 I shall now explain to you why this mode of construction 
 causes e d to be perpendicular to a b. 
 
 There are two things in the construction which cause the 
 line D c to he perpendicular to a b ; first, d e is of the same 
 length as D F ; second, the two circles were swept with the 
 same radius or opening of the compasses. These two things 
 cause the point c to lie directly over, or perpendicularly over 
 the point d. If the second radius or opening of the compasses 
 
 be taken less than the first opening (here the teacher must de- 
 scribe the figure), how will the line c d be inclined ? It will be 
 inclined towards the side f. Why ? For the point where the 
 two circles cut each other must lie nearer to f than to e. But 
 when the openings of the compasses are the same, the point 
 where the circles cut each other lies neither more towards f than 
 toioards e, and therefore the line d c is equall}^ inclined to a b ; 
 that is to say, d c is perpendicular to a b. 
 
 Observations. Although this may not be what is called a 
 logical demonstration, yet it most certainly gives the pupil a 
 SUFFICIENT reason for Concluding that the line c d is perpen- 
 dicular to A B. It is further worthy of observation, that such 
 familiar expositions prepare the mind of the pupil for following 
 more strictly logical demonstrations, I am well aware that 
 some persons are disposed to say that the shortest course is to 
 carry the pupil through Euclid's Elements ; but, after the ex- 
 l)erience of a quarter of a century as a mathematical lecturer, I 
 have no hesitation in saying that it is quite impracticable to 
 teach young persons the elements of Euclid until they have gone 
 over some initiatory course of demonstrative geometry, by 
 Avhich the mind of the pupil is led to pass from the concrete to 
 the abstract. It is true that this initiatory process of demon- 
 stration is always lengthy ; but it acts like a mechanical power, 
 for what we lose in time we gain m force. 
 
 Algebra. — This subject should be taught by a demonstrative 
 method, — proceeding from the concrete to the abstract. The 
 leading simple elementary operations of quantities should be 
 fii-st taught in connection with the solution of problems. 
 
ALGEBRA. 313 
 
 A lesson on Algebra. Subject — Equations, etc. 
 
 Problem. A man bought a cow and a horse for 2Sl, ; now the 
 horse cost twice as much as the cow and 41. more ; what did he 
 pay for the cow ? 
 
 Here the problem tells us that the value of the cow and the 
 horse equals twenty-eight pounds. I may then write this down 
 in the form of an equation ; thus— 
 
 1 cow -j- 1 horse = 28^. 
 
 Now I must put the horse into cows. What does the ques- 
 tion tell us about the value of the horse ? That a horse is 
 woith two cows and U. more. Then I may write down — 
 
 1 horse = 2 cows -|- 45. 
 
 We shall now write down, or substitute, this value of the horse 
 in the first equation ; thus 
 
 1 cow + 2 cows -f U. = 2SL 
 
 What have I here substituted for one horse ? 
 Putting the cows together, we have 
 
 3cows + 4?.= 28?. 
 
 If I take away the 41. from the left side of this equation what 
 must I take away from the other side to keep up the equality ? 
 Let us do this ; then 
 
 3 cows = 24^. 
 .-. lcow = iof 24?.= 8?., 
 
 that is to say, the value of the cow is SI. 
 Or thus more symboUcally : Proceeding as before, we have 
 
 1 cow + 1 horse = 28?. 
 
 Let us, for the sake of convenience, put x for the value of the 
 cow in pounds, that is, let 
 
 1 cow = X, 
 but 1 horse = 2 cows + 41. 
 one horse = 2.r -\- 41. 
 Why do I put 2x for the value of "2 cows"? Because ;c 
 pounds is the value of one cow, and therefore 2x pounds will be 
 the value of tico cows. 
 
 Now let us put these values for the cow and tlie horse in our 
 first equation. First writing x for th^ cow and 2x-\-4i. for the 
 horse, we get 
 
 x + 2x-\-4l. = 28l. 
 .-. dx-\-4l.= 28l., 
 
SU PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 What have I done here? Exactly, an .*' added to 2.t' will 
 make 3^', in the same manner as one coin added to two cows will 
 make thtre coics. 
 
 In order to leave nothing but -r's on the left side of this equa- 
 tion, what must I do? 
 
 .-. ^v = Ul. 
 
 .-. .i'i=iof 24?.= 8?., 
 
 tliat is to say, the value of the cow" is 8?. 
 
 Mechanical and Physical Science. — All our instructions in 
 these sciences should be based on observation and experiment. 
 The methods of interrogation and ellipses are best adapted for 
 giving familiar lectures on these subjects. 
 
 A lesson on Chemistry. Subject — To distinguish iron from 
 copper. Mixed method — Experimental, Interrogative, Ellipti- 
 cal, etc. 
 
 Propekties derived from observation. What are the 
 names of these metals? The one is called iron, the other copper. 
 The color of the copper is redclish-yellow , that of the iron dark 
 i/ray. They have some properties in common. They both have 
 a peculiar glitter or lustre, called \\^q metallic lustre, or the lustre 
 common to all metals. Polished wood has a lustre, but it is not 
 the metallic lustre. I can readily scratch the copper with my 
 knife, but I cannot so easily scratch the iron. What inference 
 do you draw from this? Copper is softer than iron. They 
 may be both hammered out ; they are both malleable. It takes 
 a very intense heat to melt them — they are not easily melted or 
 fused. They are both drawn out into wires — they are both 
 ductile. 
 
 Uses. Name the uses of iron. Name the uses of copper. 
 On what properties do these uses depend? 
 
 Ores of iron and copper. This a specimen of iron ore, 
 that of copper ore ; the one is called iron pyrites, the other cop- 
 per pyrites ; the one is called sulphuretof iron, being composed 
 of sulphur and iron ; the other is called sulphuret of copper, 
 being composed of sulphur and copper. Compare their colors ! 
 The copper ore has the deeper yellow color. I can scratch the 
 copper ore with my knife, but I cannot scratch the iron ore — 
 the copper ore is softer than the iron ore. 
 
 Chemical properties or tests. Here is a solution of 
 sulphate of copper. What is its color ? what is its composi- 
 tion ? Here is a solution of sulphate of iron. AVhat is its 
 color, etc.? 
 
 Here are two glasses : to the first I add a little of the solution 
 of the sulphate of iron, and to the other a little of the sulphate 
 
t'HEMiCA LS. -NA TVRA l itisToti V. g^ 5 
 
 of copper. To these I add a few drops of the tincture of nutgalls ; 
 the first becomes black, the second is sUgJitly discolored. 
 
 Here are two glasses containing pure water : to the first I add 
 a few drops of sulphate of iron, and to the second a few drops 
 of sulphate of copper. To these I first add a drop of ammonia 
 —a light precipitate is formed in both glasses. What are these 
 precipitates ? Now so far we have not arrived at any decided 
 test as to the nature of the two substances ; but I now add to each 
 a larger quantity of ammonia : in the first glass the precipitate 
 is redissolved, and a beautiful deep blue color is formed ; in the 
 second glass the precipitate remains uncMmged. And so on. 
 
 Natural History.* — Natural History, as a branch of Educa- 
 tion, has been almost entirely neglected in our schools, although 
 it treats of objects with which we come daily and hourly into 
 contact throughout the whole course of our lives. Much time 
 is devoted to subjects which have but a remote and indirect 
 bearing on the pupil's future career ; yet how few there are who 
 come out of the Elementary, or even Grammar School, with a 
 knowledge of the name and history of the little plant which 
 grows at the side of the playground, or of the rock which ap- 
 pears in the neighboring val ley. 
 
 For the neglect of Natural History in our schools training 
 Colleges are not a little to blame, for they have rarely given it 
 an adequate place in their curriculum; and the consequence has 
 been that few teachers have acquired a knowledge of the sub- 
 ject, or become imbued with a love of Natural History pursuits. 
 The technicalities of the science have proved a stumbling-block 
 to many who have not enjoyed the advantages of special col- 
 legiate ^instruction. But an intelligent teacher need not be 
 scared away by such ditticulties, for they may be as easily sur- 
 mounted as the preliminary obstacles which bar the entrance 
 into mathematics or classics. Indeed we know no class of men 
 for whom Natural History studies are more fitted than for 
 teachers. Most of them have sufficient leisure for these pur- 
 suits, which have this peculiar advantage, that while they im- 
 prove the mind they give health to the body. What more bene- 
 ficial to the teacher than to escape from the crowded school- 
 room, and to wander over green fields and wild moors, through 
 shady forests, or along the solitary shore, jind to examine, as he 
 passes, the lovely flower blushing beneath the hedge, the rock 
 forming the picturesque cliff, the insects flitting in the air, or 
 the finny tribes sporting in the waters ! 
 
 Communicated by the Author's brother, Mr. George Tate, F.G.S. 
 
gl6 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 The introduction of Natural History as a prominent subject 
 of school instruction would, we are persuaded, not only impart 
 valuable knowledge, but also improve the taste of the pupils, 
 and furnish them with healthful sources of enjoyment. It would 
 be an efficient means of mental training, well suited to children, 
 for it would teach how to observe, to note qualities and forms, 
 to mark agreements and differences, and how to describe natural 
 objects in precise and distinctive language. The higher facul- 
 ties of the mind are also called into exercise in discovering the 
 relations which the varied productions of nature have to each 
 other, and in groping and classifying them according to these 
 relations. 
 
 There is probably no occupation which might not be more or 
 less benefited by a knowledge of Natural History ; it has a di- 
 rect bearing on medicine, agriculture, gardening," mining, and, 
 indeed, most mechanical employments ; but to the emigrant — 
 and in these days many of our fellow-countrymen seek in dis- 
 tant colonies a more profitable field of labor than they can find 
 in their native land — it is of incalculable value. Through ig- 
 norance of minerals, quantities of iron pyrites, Avhich have the 
 yellow glittering aspect of the noble metal, but which are com- 
 paratively worthless, have been sent from distant lands to Eng- 
 land under the belief that they contained gold. Not long ago a 
 Calif ornian adventurer picked up a bright transparent crystal, 
 which he imagined was a diamond, and for which he refused 
 £200 ; he brought it to England and learned that it was worth- 
 less. A little knowledge of Mineralogy, which might have been 
 given in any elementary school, would have taught him that this 
 crystal, which he prized so highly, was only a six-siLled prism 
 of quartz, and that it could not be a diamond since this valuable 
 gem never assumes that form. 
 
 It is no slight recommendation of Natural History that the 
 materials for its study are inexhaustible, and that they lie in every 
 man's path. Hence it is, that he who has received elementary 
 instruction in this department of science is ever brought into 
 connection with the beautiful, the wonderful, and the perfect ; 
 he can interrogate Nature and understand her responses ; he is 
 surrounded with familiar friends — though solitary, he is never 
 alone — rocks, plants, and animals are to him ministering spirits, 
 full of hidden meanings, and ready to contribute to his improve- 
 ment and happiness. 
 
 To children Natural History can be most efficiently taught 
 out of doors. Here, if anywhere, pleasure may be combined 
 with instruction. For this purpose rambles should be taken 
 into the country pretty frequently when the weather is favor- 
 
StitURAt HISTORY. 3l7 
 
 able. Let Botany, for example, be the subject studied: the 
 teacher should visit with his pupils some pleasant spot where 
 the wild -flowers grow in profusion ; the pupils should gather 
 these plants, and the teacher, seated, it may be, on a grassy hil- 
 lock or on a jutting rock, should, making use of the materials 
 collected, explain their character, structure, and relations. Nor 
 will the intelligent teacher neglect to link with direct instruction 
 the legends and the historical or remarkable events of the dis- 
 trict, so as to invest the natural objects with local associations, 
 giving a deeper interest to his subject. The rector of an acad- 
 emy in Scotland, who is an accomplished entomologist, acts the 
 peripatetic philosopher with his pupils, and from his school 
 several good naturalists have gone forth : and we read not long 
 ago an account of a national school in the South of England, 
 where the children had made no inconsiderable progress in Bot- 
 any. We are persuaded that Natural History could be taught 
 to children even from an early age without materially interfer- 
 ing with the time devoted to other branches ; and we may here 
 after enter into more practicd details on the subject. In the 
 mean time vre would ask any intelligent teacher. Would not the 
 adoption of some such plan as we propose have a healthful in- 
 fluence both on himself and his pupils ? Would it not relieve 
 the tedium of the ordinary school routine, carried out as it is 
 for the most part in conflned apartments ; and while opening 
 out new sources of instruction and enjo3^ment, would it not lay 
 the foundation of much future happiness ? Let him fairly 
 attempt to work out our suggestion, and we are sure of a satis- 
 factory result. 
 
318 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 Part V. 
 
 ON SCHOOL ORGANIZATION AND DISCI- 
 PLINE. 
 
 SCHOOL ORGANIZATION. 
 
 School orgauization has respect to all those mechanical ar- 
 rangements, appliances, and artifices whereby the business of 
 instruction may be facilitated and promoted. The following 
 subjects deserve especial attention : 
 
 I. School-buildings and Fittings. — The best form of a 
 schoolroom is that of an oblong. It should be fitted up with 
 parallel rows of desks, in the form of a gallery, for the differ- 
 ent classes ; and a raised platform should be erected at one end, 
 from which the master can overlook the Avhole school. The 
 desks should be arranged into five or six divisions, to suit the 
 number of classes in the school. Tlie room should contain at 
 least 7 square feet of an area for each pupil to be accommo- 
 dated ; and the space of 18 inches should be allowed for each 
 boy on the forms. The class divisions should be about 9 feet 
 in length, and ma}' contain from three to five rows of parallel 
 desks. Every good school should have a separate room called 
 a class-i'oom, fitted up with a gallery having parallel desks, for 
 the purpose of enabling the master to give instruction to his 
 pupil-teachers, and occasional special lessons or lectures to the 
 advanced pupils of the school. This class-room should be fitted 
 up with an open fire-place, a large black-board, a lecture table, 
 and cases for holding experimental and other kinds of school 
 apparatus. 
 
 The schoolroom should be well Avarmed and thoroughly- 
 ventilated. The most economical and eflScientmeans of warm- 
 ing and ventilating schoolrooms are those stoves which attain 
 both of these objects at the same time. There have been some 
 
SCHOOL APPARATUS. 319 
 
 excellent stoves of this kind introduced into some of our large 
 workshops, but we are not aware that they have as yet been 
 sufficiently employed in our schools. 
 
 Some schoolrooms are divided into three equal portions, the 
 first containing space for the children to stand in semicircular 
 drafts ; the second, seats with desks for writing ; and the third, 
 a gallery for simultaneous instruction. But it appears to us 
 that this triple division interferes very much with the order, 
 quiet, and discipline of the school. A series of parallel desks, 
 arranged in the gallery form, and subdivided for the accommo- 
 dation of the ditferent classes, under proper management, not 
 only answers all the desirable purposes of this triple division, 
 but also secures the uniform and continuous action of all the 
 classes, without any of that noise and confusion necessarily at- 
 tendant upon the changes of position, etc., connected with the 
 standing drafts. 
 
 The schoolroom should be constructed so as to deaden as 
 much as possible the echo of the teachers' or the children's 
 voices ; and the school should be in a quiet, cheerful, and 
 healthy neighborhood. The ground should be thoroughly 
 drained, and complete water-closets should be provided for the 
 use of the children. A playground should be attached to th(; 
 schools, where the children may amuse themselves with games 
 and gymnastic exercises, at the times set ap-art for that pur- 
 pose ; and where also the boys should be daily exercised at 
 drill. 
 
 The best plans of schools have been given by Sir James Kay 
 Shuttleworth, in the Minutes of Council for the years 1839, 
 1840, 1844, and 1847-8. Professor Moseley's tripartite plan is 
 admirably adapted to the higher class of elementary schools. 
 
 II. School Apparatus. — The Black-board should be sup- 
 ported on an easel in front of the class. It should be sufficiently 
 large, with a smooth black surface capable of receiving chalk- 
 marks. All diagrams and expositions should be distinctly 
 sketched upon the black-board with prepared chalk. The 
 teacher should be provided with a pointer, and a duster, which 
 should be in a damp state when used for rubbing out the chalk- 
 marks. 
 
 The Text-books, Maps, Diagrams, Models, and Picto- 
 rial Illustrations should be in keeping Avith the master's 
 peculiar system of instruction. 
 
 The School Library should contain books suited to the 
 attainments, capabilities, and future pursuits of the pupils in 
 the school, 
 
320 
 
 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 ■a > 
 
 St. 
 
 
 t2 <^ 
 
 
 
 > .1^ 
 o 
 
 2 8 
 
 
 '■^ «4H 'S ^ 
 
 I ^ ^ 2 
 
 'e *" '^ rg 
 
 ^ ^ 2 si 
 
 S ^ 2 ^ 
 
 1 2 g ^ 
 
 ^ &l ^ ^ 
 
 Sin U 
 
 ~- OJ OJ 3^ 
 ^ -S -^ -^ 
 
 'k. 
 
 ^^•; 
 ^ p 
 
 2 c2 -r 
 
 in i-H 
 
 !^ 
 
 a) 
 
 ^ CD TT 
 p w 
 ^ O 
 
 ^" 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 0) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 JO 9IUIX eqci 5V 
 
 
 
 
 
 •uoissuupv 
 JO auiij," ain W 
 
 
 
 ! 
 
 1 
 
 -^• 
 
 
 •iionTitlnono 
 l).^sodojj 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 •nost?aii 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■sstJio 
 
 
 
 
 •loonos ui 8unx 
 
 
 
 
 
 •9Sv 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 •aj^O. 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 ii 
 
 11 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 » 
 
 
 • 1 
 
 
 ■^ 
 
 
 
 %^ 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 -1 
 
 --- - 
 
 1 
 
 
 § 
 
 •rioi4onJ5siii 
 snoiAajcI .wpiin 8inix 
 
 
 
 < 
 
 •nojion.nsiii snoiAaij 
 
 
 
 
 •s4U9.iBcI JO uoHi?cInooo 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 •aDtispisaa 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 •uoissiuipv 5« 82v 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 •iioissimpY JO a^-ca 
 
 
 
 
 •.laqtunsj xopiq 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 •aKTN 
 
 
 1 
 
REGISTER OF DAILY ATTENDANCE. 
 
 321 
 
 
 
 
 •saa^ looqos 
 SB prej 
 
 looi(os 'OX 
 
 « 
 
 II 
 
 11 
 
 il* 
 
 
 •899^ lOOqOg SB piBJ 
 
 •9snoxa 
 
 •SUOSB9J 
 
 aaqjO 
 s^uajBd JO 
 
 •asnoxa 
 
 9UIOH 
 
 21 
 
 
 
 3S 
 
 a-" 
 
 
 l-s 
 
 1^ 
 
 ^,g 
 
 S2o 
 
 IIS 
 
 ^!£ 
 
 * •" to 
 
322 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. > 
 
 The Experimental Apparatus should, at first, be of the 
 most simple and inexpensive description. It is better that a 
 master should learn to use a little apparatus with smartness and 
 precision, than to be constantly handling a great deal, with 
 awkwardness and indecision. It is important to bear in mind, 
 that reading alone will not give a man the power of manipula- 
 tion. Let the teacher begin with the simplest possible appara- 
 tus, and then go on progi-essively until he is able to manipulate 
 with perfect instruments. 
 
 List of Apparatus for General Use. — Map of the World, of 
 Europe, of England, of Palestine, of the British Colonies, and 
 a raised physical map of England. 
 
 A terrestrial globe, black-boards for all the classes in the 
 school, slate-pencils, black-lead pencils, penholders, pencil- 
 holders, earthenware ink-wells, strings for slates, prepared 
 chalk, admission-book, class-register books, attendance and 
 absence register, routines of lessons, visitors' book, etc. 
 
 Class register of daily attendance, etc. — This form (B) is also 
 recommended by Professor Moseley. Each class should be pro- 
 ^vided with this register, and the teacher or pupil-teacher su- 
 perintending the particular class should fill in the columns. 
 It will be observed that the register extends over the whole 
 quarter. This register should always be kept under lock and 
 key when not in use. The time-table of each class should be 
 entered in its register; a certain number of fly-leaves being left 
 at the beginning for the purpose. 
 
 Weekly summary of attendance, etc., for each quarter. — Table 
 C gives the form of this register. The averages, etc. , to be en- 
 tered in these columns should be filled in at the end of every 
 week, and then the result, found by adding together the num- 
 bers in the columns, should be entered. 
 
WEEKLY SUMMARY OF ATTENDANCE. 
 
 C. Weekly Summary of Attendance, etc. 
 
 , for each Quarter 
 
 • 
 
 First Quarter. 
 
 
 
 From Monday, the Day of , to Saturday, 
 
 the Day of 
 
 u 
 
 Class. 
 
 Average 
 
 No. 
 present. 
 
 No. 
 present 
 ataU. 
 
 Average No. 
 
 of Days 
 attended by 
 each Child 
 
 present at all. 
 
 No. on 
 Register. 
 
 Received 
 
 by School 
 
 Fees. 
 
 1 
 
 n 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 .a 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0) 
 0) 
 
 1 
 
 "a 
 
 s 
 
 S 
 o 
 
 § 
 
 Result. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (And so on to the Second, Third, and Fourth Quarters.) 
 
 Quarterly summary of attendance, etc. — The form of this reg- 
 ister is given in Table E. Each of the quarterly tables should 
 be filled up at the end of each quarter. Nothing has to be done 
 except to write in and add up the weekly results of the preced- 
 ing register (C). 
 
 Annual summary ofMtendance, etc. — 'Table E gives the form 
 of this register. In this case the quarterly results are filled in, 
 aud then added up to give the results fo' the year. 
 
324 
 
 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 
 &i 
 
 •« 
 
 
 
 
 
 l! 
 
 oi 
 
 
 
 
 
 li 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 &i 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 o-i a 
 
 
 
 O O tj 
 
 
 
 
 
 u - ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 S Ste 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ !-■- 
 
 
 
 
 
 ess 
 
 
 
 
 
 ir 
 
 
 
 
 
 s-'O 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 l-Ssd 
 
 
 
 
 "a 
 
 
 
 
 
 Tri 
 
 Average 
 
 of Days 
 
 by eac 
 
 presen 
 
 
 
 
 
 11^ 
 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 S ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 — — e8 
 
 
 
 
 £ 
 
 ^Oh'' 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <!!S(i; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 cv 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 <D 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 ' 
 
 5 
 
 ^. 
 
 
 
 o'S 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 II 
 
 L 
 
 Ǥ 
 
 e 
 
 
 o 
 
 1 1 
 
 C iJ 
 
 
 
 1 
 g 
 
 1 1 
 
 5^ 
 
 fa 
 1 
 
 
 II 
 
 <8 fl 
 
 
 o 
 
 -^^ 
 
 5^ 
 
 S 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 g 
 
 «M 
 
 
 1 
 
 is 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 b 
 
 
 
 
 -! 
 
 •« 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■g£ 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 li 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 iSS 
 
 <^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 fc.'o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 mi 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (^^ 
 
 < O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ s 
 
 ^a^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s § 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 §^ 
 
 111 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <3 ?i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 p4 
 
 << 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 >< 
 
 
 5> 
 
 ,_, 
 
 IN 
 
 CO 
 
 •V 
 
 u 
 
 
 O" 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 'i 
 
 l^ 
 
 le 
 
 
TIME TABLE Oh' LESSONS. 
 
 325 
 
 ft a 
 
 ee ^- 
 
 g 
 
 ^.-i § » 
 
 2 H « S 
 
 III! 
 
 aS 
 
 l^a 
 
 s "S 'S 
 
 -5 frt «a 
 
 \.i B 
 
 
 |l|iii°=".§l| I 
 
 
 «i^|S«l ^ll^- 
 
 
 s:fi-cs33 o 
 
 04 "^ So 
 
 a 1 
 
 ;«:^ ic :^ :^ '» 
 
326 PHILOSOPHY OF EDtCAfTO^. 
 
 Classification. — Without classification, the collective sys- 
 tem of instruction would be worse than useless. The first 
 business of the schoolmaster, therefore, is to throw his pupils 
 into classes, where the boys in each class shall have the same, 
 or as nearly as possible the same, attainments and capabilities. 
 The number of classes in a school must depend upon its size 
 as well as Upon the diffferences of age and attainments of thie 
 pupils, A very minute division is neither desirable nor practi- 
 cable. It is not at all requisite, to secure efficient instruction, 
 that all the pupils in a class should have exactly the same at- 
 tainments ; for a good teacher can always adapt his instiiiction 
 to suit boys whose attainments do not differ widely from each 
 other. As a general rule, a large school may contflin about 
 eight classes, and a school of an average size about five. The 
 pupils in each class should continue there for every subject oi 
 study until promoted tO the next class. Under a proper sys- 
 tem of management, the subdivision of classes into drafts, for 
 the purpose of attaining a more perfect classification, ia rarely 
 necessary, and, in my opinion, should only be resorted to in 
 special cases. 
 
 Basis op classification. — The proper basis of classifica- 
 tion, as we have already explained (see p. 117), should be the 
 mental power and capabilities of the pupils. The following- 
 method of classification is simple, practicable, and suflSiciently 
 exact for all ordinary cases : 
 
 First, arrange the pupils into three great divisions; second, 
 subdivide ieach division into two or more classes. Thus in a 
 school of 120 boys we should have on an averiage 40 bbya iii 
 each division, and 20 boys in each class. 
 
 Tests or qualifications for the three divisions.— 
 Reading and general intielligence may be taken a^ the best tesfe 
 for fixing the division to which any child may belong. Bead- 
 ing words of one and two syllables may be taken as the qualifi- 
 cation for the third or lowest division; reading words of W,6 
 and three syllables, or reading simple sentences with intielli- 
 gence, as the qualification for the second division; and reading 
 words of four or any highfer number of syllables, or i^adin^ 
 the higher class-books with tolerable intelligence, as the qiiah- 
 fication for the first or highest division. 
 
 Tests or qualiftcations for the classes.— Ih this case 
 arithmetic forms the best basis of classiflcatfbta. Here a knowl- 
 edge of principles, not less than mechanical dextieriiiy, dhouH 
 eJQfer intp our estimate of <|ualifications. 
 
 if the third dimmn contains two classes-, thie Ibwier class ttiajf 
 contain those children ^hat have not obmiuienced ^te arith- 
 
SCHOOL DISCIPLINE. 337 
 
 metic, or who have only commenced the subject of mental cal- 
 culation ; the higher class may contain those children who have 
 commenced slate arithmetic, or who have made some progress 
 in mental arithmetic. 
 
 If the second division contains two classes, the lower class 
 may contain those children that have not completed the four 
 elementary rules ; the higher class those that have commenced 
 the subject of reduction. 
 
 If ihe first division contains two classes, the lower class may 
 contain those boys who are capable of working questions in 
 the rule of three, without the use of fractions ; and the higher 
 class those that are capable of understanding fractions and arith- 
 metical problems generally. 
 
 The Pupil Teachers. — The pupil-teachers should always be 
 selected for their general intelligence, good conduct, and apti- 
 tude for teaching. The number of pupil-teachers must, of 
 course, depend upon the size of the school ; for a school of 120 
 boys there should be at least four pupil-teachers. It is also 
 desirable that there should be a class of assistant pupil-teach- 
 ers, who may be considered in a state of probation, or prepa- 
 ration, for the office of pupil- teacher. These assistant pupil- 
 teachers may have a draft of a class given to them, for teaching 
 certain subjects which may require a greater subdivision of 
 labor. The master should constantly bear in mind that the or- 
 ganization and efficiency of his school greatly depend upon the 
 training of his pupil-teachers. 
 
 SCHOOL DISCIPLINE. 
 
 School discipline includes all those means and appliances 
 whereby the order and healthful action of aschoc^ are maintained 
 and promoted, 
 
 I. Order, etc.— Under this head may be classed obedience, 
 punctuality, silence, cleanliness, politeness, and g^eral good 
 conduct. It is quite unnecessary to explain in detail how these 
 matters of discipline should be carried out in a school. The 
 following general principles are well deserving the teacher's 
 notice : 
 
 1. The teacher should eTidea/mr toestoMiah aprind^ of limited 
 adf-^omrnment m Ms scltool. This will occasionally relieve him 
 of s(Mne of his most onerous duties ; but even tMs is the least 
 important; end which wlU be gained by »uch a pteo. The greaJb 
 end to be attained by it is to mterest the pupils in the manage^ 
 ment and proper discipline of tke sc1m>o1-HEo id^n/tify them, as 
 it were^ with the good nam« of the school, to hm^ it said th^ 
 
328 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 the order of the school is mainly due to their own good sense 
 and self-govei-nnient. One of the most obvious plans for carry- 
 ing out this plan is for the teacher to delegate (under super- 
 vision) his authority, in relation to order, etc., to his pupil- 
 teachers. But the principle should not stop here : he shciil'^ 
 endeavor to enlist the co-operation of all the advanced pupils, 
 and to govern the whole school by its public opinion. 
 
 The following story given by Jacob Abbott, about a hat-peg, 
 affords us a graphic illustration of the principle which we should 
 wish to see carried out. 
 
 The preceptor of an academy was sitting at his desk, at the 
 close of the school, while the pupils were putting up their 
 books and leaving the room, when a boy came in with angry 
 looks, and, with his hat in his hand bruised and dusty, ad- 
 vanced to the master's desk, and complained that one of his 
 companions had thrown down his hat upon the floor, and had 
 almost spoiled it. 
 
 The teacher looked calmly at the mischief, and then asked 
 how it happened. 
 
 " I don't know, sir ; I hung it upon my nail, and he pulled 
 it down." 
 
 "I wish you would ask him to come here," said the teacher]; 
 **'askhim pleasantly." 
 
 The accused soon came in, and the two boys stood together 
 before the master. 
 
 " There seems to be some difl5culty between you two boys, 
 about a nail to hang your hats upon. I suppose each of you 
 think it is your own nail." 
 
 ^* Yes, sir," said both the boys. 
 
 **It will be more convenient for me to talk with you about 
 it to-morrow, than to-night, if you are willing to wait. Be- 
 sides, we can examine it more calmly then. But if we put it 
 off till then, you must not talk about it in the mean time, blam- 
 ing one another, and keeping up the irritation that you feel. 
 Are you both willing to leave it just where it is, till to-morrow, 
 and try to forget all about it till then? I expect I shall find you 
 both to blame." 
 
 The boys reluctantly consented. The next day the master 
 heard the case and settled it, so far as it related to the two 
 boys. It was easily settled in the morning, for they had had 
 time to get calm, and were, after sleeping away their anger, 
 rather ashamed of the whole affair, and very desirous to have 
 it forgotten. 
 
 That day, when the hour for transaction of business came, 
 the teacher stated to the school that it was necessary to take 
 
SCHOOL DISCIPLINE. 329 
 
 some measures to provide each boy with a nail for his hat. lu 
 order to show that it was necessary, he related the circum- 
 stances of the quarrel which had occurred the day before. He 
 did this, not with such an air and manner as to convey the im- 
 pression that his object was to find fault with the boys, or to 
 expose their misconduct, but to show the necessity of doing 
 something to remedy the evil, which had been the cause of so 
 unpleasant an occurrence. Still, though he said nothing in the 
 way of reproach or reprehension, and did not name the boys, 
 but merely gave a cool and impartial narrative of the facts — 
 the effect, very evidently, was to bring such quarrels into dis- 
 credit. A calm review of misconduct, after the excitement has 
 gone by, will do more to bring it into disgrace, than the most 
 violent invectives and reproaches, directed against individuals 
 guilty of it. 
 
 " Now, boys." continued the master, " will you assist me in 
 making arrangements to prevent the recurrence of all tempta- 
 tions of this kind hereafter ? It is plain that every boy ought 
 to have a nail appropriated expressly to his use. The first thing 
 to be done is to ascertain whether' there are enough for all. I 
 should like, therefore, to have two committees appointed — one 
 to count and report the number of nails in the entry, and also 
 how much room there is for more. The other is to ascertain the 
 number of scholars in school. They can count all who are here, 
 and, by observing the vacant desks, they can ascertain the num- 
 ber absent. When this investigation is made, I will tell you 
 what to do next." 
 
 The boys seemed pleased with the plan, and the committees 
 were appointed, two members on each. The master took care 
 to give the quarrellers some share in the work, apparently for- 
 getting, from this time, the unpleasant occurrence which had 
 brought up the subject. 
 
 When the boys came to tell him their results, he asked them 
 to make a little memorandum, in writing, as he might forget, 
 before the time came for reading them. They brought him 
 presently a rough scrap of paper, with the figures marked upon 
 it. He told them he should forget which was the number of 
 the nails, and which the number of the scholars unless they 
 wrote it down. 
 
 " It is the custom among men," said he, " to make out their 
 
 report in such a case fully, so that it would explain itself ; and 
 
 I should like you, if you are willing, to make out yours a little 
 
 more distinctly." 
 
 , MxQTMnglY, aS^jklitpl^.^^^^^ ^^ boys 
 
•];jO PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 
 
 made another attempt, and presently returned, with something 
 like the following: 
 
 " The Committee for counting the nails report as follows : 
 " Number of nails - - 35 
 " Boom for - - - 15 " 
 
 The other report was very similar, though somewhat rudely 
 written and expressed, and both were satisfactory to the pre- 
 ceptor, as he plainly showed by the manner in which he re- 
 ceived them. 
 
 I need not finish the description of this case, by narrating 
 particularly the reading of the reports, the appointment of a 
 committee to assign the nails, and to paste up the names of the 
 scholars, one to each. The work in such a case might be 
 done in recesses and out of school hours, and though at first 
 the teacher will find that it is as much trouble to accomplish 
 business in this way as it would be to attend to it directly him- 
 self, yet after a very little experience he will find that his 
 pupils will acquire dexterity and readiness, and will be abk to 
 render him very material assistance in the accomplishment of 
 his plans. 
 
 2. As far as possible, the discipline of the school should be 
 maintained loithout the aid of direct punishments; and its health- 
 ful tone and action should be rarely promoted by the application of 
 such powerful stimulants as rewards or flattering commendations. 
 
 We have already explained pretty fully our views relative to 
 the subject of rewards and punishments (see p. 125, etc.). We 
 have therefore only further to add, that when the teacher 
 really finds it necessary that he should have recourse to punish- 
 ments in order to maintain the discipline of his school, he 
 should act upon some graduated system of secondary punish- 
 ments before he inflicts the severest of them. Sometimes a 
 look from the teacher will be sufficient to make a bov sensible 
 of his fault ; a reproof may supersede the necessity of any fur- 
 ther punishment ; the withdrawal of some privilege may do 
 more in correcting a boy of his error than the use of the rod ; 
 and a moderate infliction of some corporal punishment may 
 be more efficacious in counteracting crime than a higher degree 
 of degrading torture. 
 
 Whenever rewards are bestowed on boys of superior merit 
 and character, they should be given as mementoes of good con- 
 duct, and not as possessing any value apart from the object 'for 
 which they are given. 
 
SLHOOL DISCIPLINE. 331 
 
 3. Brill exercises are highly calculated to promote (he order and 
 healthful action of a school. 
 
 Besides the usual drill exercises in the playground, the 
 teacher should frequently relieve the monotony of his lessons 
 by requiring his pupils, time after time, to go through certain 
 simple gymnastic movements, such as " arms folded," "hands 
 on desks," " stand," " sit," " hands up," "down," " shoulders 
 up," " right hand up," " left up," " turn," " front," etc. 
 
 Before a teacher commences a lesson, he should drill the 
 children into good order; amongst other things they should be 
 commanded to sit upright, or to sit exactly in front of their 
 desks, or to place their feet in a proper position, or to sit at 
 proper distances from each other, or to place their books or 
 slates properly — and so on. 
 
 They should be marched in and out of their classes in regular 
 military order. Every gymnastic movement should be per- 
 formed simultaneously, and vdth smartness and precision. All 
 this tends very much to foster habits of order and prompt 
 obedience. 
 
 THE BSD. 
 
.^oa&vh£ al jJa£3 0K£$ to! bUqteo<| tag sdt basa Oiw »W 
 
 ^d'HoY w^Fi ♦T^.'j'iTC) uix »zi k<^ ./..>...' ^.^ -;;u\jd^i^ ♦J 3 
 
Teachers' Manual Library. 
 
 This consists of twenty Jive little books ^ each an educational 
 gem. It contains some of the best short books ever written on edu* 
 cation. You ca7t carry one with you and read in odd ?jiinutes» 
 Bound in strong manila, uniform in size and style. Price, i^c. ea. 
 
 1. Fitch's Art of Questioning 
 
 2. Fitch's Art of Securing Attention 
 
 3. <Sidgwick"s Stimulus in School 
 
 4. Yonge s Practical Work in School 
 
 5. Fitch's Improvement in the Art of Teaching 
 
 6. Gladstone's Object Teaching 
 
 7. Huntington's Unconscious Tuition 
 ■ 8. Hughes's How to Keep Order 
 
 9. Quick's How to Train the Memory 
 
 10. Hoffman's Kindergarten Gifts 
 
 11. Butler's Argument for Manual Training 
 
 12. Groff's School Hygiene 
 
 13. How to Conduct the Recitation 
 
 14. Carter's Artificial Production of Stupidity in School 
 
 15. Kellogg's Life of Pestalozzi 
 
 16. Lang's Basedow : his Life and Educational Work 
 
 17. Lang's Comenius : his Life and Educational Work 
 
 18. Kellogg's The Writing of Compositions 
 
 19. Allen's Historic Outlines of Education 
 
 20. Phelps's Life of David P. Page 
 
 21. Lang's Rousseau and his Emile 
 
 22. Lang's Horace Mann : his Life and Educational Work 
 
 23. Roopers The Child: his Studies and Occupations 
 
 24. Rooper's Drawing in Infant Schools 
 
 25. Dewey's Educational Creed 
 
 Ve will send the set postpaid for $3.40 cash in advance. // will 
 also be furnished on the installment plan. For terms of pay- 
 ment address the publishers. 
 
 E I^ KELLOGG & CO., 6J E. 9th Street, New York. 
 
Helps in Teaching Geography. 
 
 ANALYTICAL QUESTIONS IN QEOQRAPHY. 
 
 is the best little book of questions and answers published. Invaluable for review or 
 to question a class. Limp cloth. Price, 25 cents. 
 
 AUGSBURG'S EASY DRAWINGS FOR THE GEOGRA- 
 
 PHY CLASS. Here are presented over 200 simple drawings that can be placed on the 
 blackboard by any teacher, even the one ignorant of the simplest rules. An island, 
 an isthmus, a cape, mountain ranges, animals, plants, etc., are illustrated in profusion. 
 Opposite each plate a lesson in geography is given that may be used in connection, 
 and an index brings any plate sought for instantly to the eye. There is no book like 
 it published. Quarto, tasteful cardboard cover, 40 large plates, 90 pages. Price, 50 
 cents ; to teachers, 40 cents ; by mail, 5 cents extra. 
 
 KELLOGQ'S GEOGRAPHY BY MAP DRAWING. 
 
 By Amos M. Kellogg. The object of this book is to encourage and aid the teacher 
 in the effort to have his pupils draw geographical forms on the blackboard with readi> 
 ness and pleasure. The book shows the teacher how to make geography the most 
 interesting of all the studies pursued Jn the schools. It is profusely illustrated with 
 outline mapf. The type is large and clear and the page of good size. Limp cloth^ 
 Price, 50 cents ; to teachers, 40 cents ; by mail 5 cents extra, 
 
 DEAN'S THE GEOGRAPHY CLASS : HOW TO INTER- 
 
 EST IT. By M. Ida Dean. How will you study Germany, or France, or Egypt, or 
 China, so as to fix the facts in the child's mind, without effort, through his intense 
 interest? Is not that your problem in geography? Miss Dean's book tells you how 
 
 solves the problem. Her description of " A Day in Asia," and " A Day in Egypt," 
 
 makes us all wish we had been there. Awaken the interest of your pupils and parents. 
 Fully illustrated. Limp cloth. Price, 35 cents, postpaid. 
 
 HALTBY'S HAP flODELING IN GEOGRAPHY AND HIS- 
 TORY. By Dr. Albert E. Maltby, Prin. Slippery Rock State Normal School, Pa. 
 This book is of the greatest value to teachers of Geography and History. It is liter- 
 ally crammed full of the most helpful suggestions, methods, devices. It considers 
 fully the use of sand, clay, putty, paper pulp, plaster-of-paris, and other materials ifi 
 map modeling ; also chalk modeling. The chapters on Home Geography are exceed- 
 ingly valuable. Those who would co-ordinate Geography with Science teaching 
 will here find much to assist them. The chapter on Nature Study will give a great 
 deal of help. There are over one hundred illustrations, man> of them being full-p^ge. 
 Handsomely bound in cloth. Large size. 229 pages. Price, $1.25 ; to teachers, 
 $1.00 ; postage, 10 cents. 
 
 E. U KELLOGG & CO,, 6i E. 9th Street, New Yotk^ 
 
SEND ALL ORDERS TO 
 
 «2 E. L, KELLOGG & CO., NEW YORK & CHICAGO, 
 
 No. 2. Autobiography of Frcebel. 
 Materials to Aid a Compreheneion of the Works of th« 
 Founder of the Kindergarten. 16mo, large, clear type, 
 128 pp. Unique paper cover. Price, 30 cents ; to 
 teachers, 24 cents ; by mail, 3 cents extra. Bound in limp 
 cloth, 50 cents ; to teachers, 40 cents ; by mail, 5 cents 
 extra. 
 This little volume will be welcomed by all who want to get 
 a good idea of Frcebel and the kindergarten. 
 
 1. The dates connected with 
 Frcebel and the kindergarten 
 are given, then follows his 
 autobiography. To this is 
 added Joseph Payne's esti- 
 mate and portrayal of Frce- 
 bel, as well as a summary of 
 Froebel's own views. 
 
 2. In this volume the stu- 
 dent of education finds ma- 
 terials for constructing, in an 
 intelhgent manner an estimate 
 and comprehension of the kin- 
 dergarten. The hf e of Frcebel, 
 mainly by his own hand, is 
 very helpful. In this we see 
 the working of his mind when 
 a youth ; he lets us se© how 
 he felt at being misunder- 
 
 Btood, at being called a bad boy, and his pleasure when face 
 to face with nature. Gradually we see there was crystallizing 
 in him a comprehension of the means that would bring har- 
 mony and peace to the minds of young people. 
 
 3. The analysis of the powers of Frcebel will be of great 
 aid. "We see that there was a deep philosophy in this plain 
 German man ; he was studying out a plan by which the 
 usually wasted years of young children could be made pro- 
 ductive. The volume will be of great value not only to evei^ 
 kindergartner, but to all who wish to understand the philoso- 
 pliy of mental development. 
 
 La. Journal of Education.— "An excellent little work.* 
 
 "W. Va. School Journal.—" win be of great value." 
 
 XdQoatioDAl Courant, Ky.— " Ought to have a very extensive circu< 
 lation among the teachers of the country." 
 
 Educational Seo<Mrd, Can.—" Ought to be in the hands of every pr» 
 iessional teacher.^ 
 
 FRTEDRICH FBCEBEIi. 
 
Schod Entertainment Series* 
 
 Each a Complete Entertainment at t5 cents. 
 LINCOLN, THE PATRIOT 
 
 it the tide of a Ready Program for Lincoln's Birthday, by Aucs M. Kbllogg. II 
 contains a Narrative of the Life of Lincoln, Tributes Here and Abroad, Speeehac, 
 Qiaracteristic Anecdotes, Material for Compositions, Portr^'i and Picture of Birth> 
 place and Tomb. Price, 15 cents. 
 
 AT THE COURT OF KINO WINTER. 
 
 9y Lizzib M. Hadley. Characters — Winter, November, December, Nature, Santa 
 Clams, Elves, Heralds,' Winds, Christmas Day, Forefathers' Day. Many children or 
 a few may take part. Suggestions for costumes are given. This play will easily In- 
 dbade children of all ages. Price, 15 cents. 
 
 CHRISTMAS STAR. 
 
 A fancy drill with songs and recitations for a Christmas Festival. By Lbitib 
 SteRLiNG. Ten girls over twelve years old are repaired, assisted by a choru*. It 
 Wia make a novel and brilliant entertainment. Price, 15 cents. 
 
 A VISIT FROn nOTHER GOOSE. 
 
 A Christmas play for primary pupils. By Beixb L. Davidson. Will make a delight* 
 fU entertainment. From twelve to twenty-four children may take part. Costumes 
 fttiy described. Price, 15 cents. 
 
 BANNER DAYS OF THE REPUBLIC. 
 
 An effective Patriotic Exercise, by Alice M. Kellogg. For thirty<seven pupils 
 (or less number if desirable). The grouping of the chief points in American history 
 yminh inspiring songs, pretty costumes, and original speeches, makes an entertainmeot 
 aopropriate for any patriotic occasion. Price, 15 cents. 
 
 nOTHER NATURE'S FESTIVAL. 
 
 An exercise for primary grades. The characters are Mother Nature, Aprfl,, 
 May, Birds, Flowers, Trees. From 30 to 50 children can take part. Pric*, 
 ■5 cents, postpaid. 
 
 AN OBJECT LESSON IN HISTORY. 
 
 An historical exercise for school exhibitions, by Emma Shaw Colclouch. The 
 •ecne is represented as laid in the school-room, where the characters introduced 
 ve divided into those who have just been on a trip to the historical scenes about 
 Boston and the "stay-at-homes." The conversation between them introduce* a 
 Ikrge number of quotations from American authors, descriptive of the histofkai 
 scenes visited. Price, 15 cents, postpaid. 
 
 £• L. KELLOGG & CO,, 6J E. 9th Street, New VcA 
 
Psychology for Teachers 
 
 J 
 
 ALLEN'S MIND STUDIES FOR YOUNG TEACHERS. 
 
 By Jerome Allen, Ph.D., late Dean of the School of Pedagogy, Um- 
 Tersity of the City of New York. • , ;j , j • +^ 
 
 To aid teachers who know little about paycholpgy. and who desire to 
 be informed concerning its principles, especially its relation to the wor^ 
 of teaching, this book has been prepared. Its method is subjectire, lead- 
 ing the student to watch mental processes, and draw his own codcIu- 
 Bions. It ia written in language easily comprehended, with many prac- 
 
 '•^^^ book has been extensively used as a text in the Normal institutes 
 of the ^v estern states and is without doubt the most popular mtroauc- 
 tion to educational psychology. ^, ,, , . ,• ^^ . 4.„ +„„«v,«^a 
 
 Size, 6^8 X 4H inches. 128 pages. Cloth binding, 50c ; to teachers, 
 40c.; postage. 5c. 
 
 \ KELLOGG*S ELEMENTARY PSYCHOLOGY. 
 
 ^ By Amos M. Kellogg, author of School Management, etc. This book 
 is for beginners Ap attempt is made to exhibit the processes by which 
 we know, by employing familiar examples and illustratioBS. It is a good 
 book for high schools and for beginners m pedagogy before taking up a 
 larger book. Question? are added to each cnapttr. 
 Size, QVaxAH. 50 nages. Limp cloth covers. 35c. 
 
 KIRKPATRICK»S INDUCTIVE PSYCHOLOGY. 
 
 ^ An Introd u. tion to the Study of Mental Phenomena. 
 
 r By Prof. E. A. Kirkpatrick. The author believes that the induc- 
 
 Jtivemethodof study, now almost univer8ally followed m teaching the 
 natural science, sh«.uld equally be employed m teaching and studying 
 psychology. To obtain real knowledge the pupil must observe and ana- 
 d fvze the actual processes of his own mind and those of others, instead ot 
 5 taking for granted what others say ; he must be led to observe, judge, 
 f and think for himself. This book, introducing the learner to the study 
 S of the mind, in this way secures his interest and attention. For reading 
 S circles it is excellent. The chapter on Child Study is especially strong 
 r and valuable. Size, 6% x 4 H inches. 208 pages. Cloth l)inding, 80c.; 
 d to teachers, 6*« .; postage, 6c. 
 
 5 ROOPER'S A POT OF GREEN FEATHERS : 
 
 W A Study in Apperception. 
 
 r By T. a RooPKB. I his ii a very famous Uttle book and deserves the 
 # reputation it has as the most interesting of all books on psychology It 
 X is a simple discussion of the mental operations by which we acquu^ft 
 r knowledge. Com. Harris and many other eminent educators recom- 
 mend it. Siz«, 6V* X 4M» inchei. 46 pages. Limp cloth covers. »5c. 
 
 WELCH'S TALKS ON PSYCHOLOGY. 
 
 This book states in a remarkably clear and eflfective way the outline 
 
 Srinciples, and the entire second part is devoted to the educational side- 
 well-known school inspector of Canada, says: It is the most lucid 
 and practical introduction to mental science I have ever seen. , 
 
 Size, 6M X 414 inches. 136 pages. Cloth binding. 60c.: to teachers 
 40c. ; by mull. 5. , e . » r». 
 
 KELLOGG & CO., 61 E. 9th St., New York. 
 
BOOKS ON 
 
 HISTORY OF EDUCATION 
 
 Allen's Historic Outlines of Education. 
 
 This is aa excellent little book to read as an introduction to the sub- 
 ject or for reviewing the main points of educational history. It gives in 
 oa-line the different views of education held from the time of the 
 Grreeks to the present day. Manila covers. I5c. 
 
 Browning's Educational Theories. 
 
 This boDk has ]|?ecotne the recognized standard short histoiry of educa- 
 tion, and has no superior. Tt describes the main lines of thought which 
 have been followed upon educational subjects, so far as they are impor- 
 i ) taut at t!2e present day, and is of .i^reat practical use to teacfeers in two 
 ' . ways: it may show what is the rjis^orical ground for retaining existing 
 ( f pr.icfrioes in e la'.ation. or for substituting others; and it may, by telling 
 i \ what ^reat educators have attempted and what great tBinkershavecon- 
 \ cmv^edas possible in this lepart.nent. stimulate teachers to complete 
 9 their work or to carry out their principles under easier conditions. 
 ^ :.J37 pages. Cloth, 6 Or. 
 
 ■ Browning's Aspects of Education. 
 
 .A Sketch of the History of Education from the earliest time to the 
 presenc- written in tne aataor'-* clear and brilliant style. As a book to 
 precede the more t.ioro stndy in detail of the advance of •ducational 
 i l,eas. there is no better b )ok. Linp cloth covers, '■i.^c. 
 
 Lang's Great Teachers of Four Centu- 
 
 • KCKS. An Outline History of the Great Movements and Masters of 
 the past four hundred yea-'S. it presents as clear an account of the im- 
 porrait oerioi which it overs a^^ is >o^sibieinasmallspace. Itcontains 
 bi^^i'aDhies of all the great eUi'ator.s of the past four hundred years, 
 a<id iii^es outli'ies ot their educational ideas and the effect they have 
 had on the world. Limp cloth cover, 5J"»<'. 
 
 Quick's Educational Reformers. 
 
 By Rrv. Robert Hebbeet Quick, of Trinity College, Cambridge, Eng. 
 This i« the most widely-know i an t i.he most entertaining History of Ed- 
 ucation, and is the best one for the ordinary teacherand student to read. 
 
 Onr edition is one-third cheaper than any other. It is haT'dsomely 
 printed and in beautiful library cloth binding. Size, 7Vi^ x 5 inches. 
 835 pases. *«.00 ; to t«-fU'liei-, 80*. : ,»0)«tag:e, lOo. 
 
 Seeley's Common School System of 
 
 CiERMANT AND ITS L«SSO>*>^ TO AMERICA. No book, m 
 Eui^rlish, gives so complete and accurate an account ot the German 
 School System Its value H^s not only m this fact, but also in its com- 
 parison of the German schools with our own— and m pointing out what 
 may be learned from the f' rmer to our advantage. It deserves a place 
 in the library of evtry thinking teacher. 
 
 243 pages. Sl.SO ; to tearljerB, »1.20 ; postage, lOo. 
 
 L. KELLOGG & CO.. 61 E. 9th St., New York.